National Standards for Traffic Control Devices; the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways; Revision, 66730-66863 [E9-28322]
Download as PDF
66730
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Highway Administration
23 CFR Part 655
[FHWA Docket No. FHWA–2007–28977]
RIN 2125–AF22
National Standards for Traffic Control
Devices; the Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and
Highways; Revision
AGENCY: Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA), (DOT).
ACTION: Final rule.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY: The Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways (MUTCD) (also referred to as
‘‘the Manual’’) is incorporated by
reference within our regulations,
approved by the Federal Highway
Administration, and recognized as the
national standard for traffic control
devices used on all public roads. The
purpose of this final rule is to revise
standards, guidance, options, and
supporting information relating to the
traffic control devices in all parts of the
MUTCD to expedite traffic, promote
uniformity, improve safety, and
incorporate technology advances in
traffic control device application. The
MUTCD, with these changes
incorporated, is being designated as the
2009 Edition of the MUTCD.
DATES: Effective Date: This final rule is
effective January 15, 2010. The
incorporation by reference of the
publication listed in this regulation is
approved by the Director of the Office
of the Federal Register as of January 15,
2010.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr.
Hari Kalla, Office of Transportation
Operations, (202) 366–5915; or Mr.
Raymond Cuprill, Office of the Chief
Counsel, (202) 366–0791, Federal
Highway Administration, 1200 New
Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590.
Office hours are from 7:45 a.m. to 4:15
p.m., e.t., Monday through Friday,
except Federal holidays.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This document, the notice of
proposed amendments (NPA), and all
comments received may be viewed
online through the Federal eRulemaking
portal at: https://www.regulations.gov.
Electronic submission and retrieval help
and guidelines are available under the
help section of the Web site. It is
available 24 hours each day, 365 days
each year. Please follow the
instructions. An electronic copy of this
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
document may also be downloaded
from the Office of the Federal Register’s
home page at: https://www.archives.gov
and the Government Printing Office’s
Web page at: https://
www.access.gpo.gov/nara.
by discussion of significant comments
and adopted changes in each of the
individual Parts of the MUTCD. All of
the items discussed below were
proposed in the NPA unless otherwise
indicated.
Background
On January 2, 2008, at 73 FR 268, the
FHWA published an NPA proposing
revisions to the MUTCD. Those changes
were proposed to be designated as the
next edition of the MUTCD. Interested
persons were invited to submit
comments to FHWA Docket No. FHWA–
2007–28977. Based on the comments
received and its own experience, the
FHWA is issuing a final rule and is
designating the MUTCD, with these
changes incorporated, as the 2009
Edition of the MUTCD.
The text of the 2009 Edition of the
MUTCD, with these final rule changes
incorporated, and documents showing
the adopted changes from the 2003
Edition, are available for inspection and
copying, as prescribed in 49 CFR part 7,
at the FHWA Office of Transportation
Operations (HOTO–1), 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
Furthermore, the text of the 2009
Edition of the MUTCD, with these final
rule changes incorporated, and
documents showing the adopted
changes from the 2003 Edition, are
available on the FHWA’s MUTCD
Internet site https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov.
The previous version of the MUTCD, the
2003 MUTCD with Revisions 1 and 2
incorporated, is also available on this
Internet site. The 2009 Edition
supersedes all previous editions and
revisions of the MUTCD.
Discussion of General Amendments to
the MUTCD
Summary of Comments
The FHWA received 1,841 letters
submitted to the docket, containing over
15,000 individual comments on the
MUTCD in general or on one or more
parts, chapters, sections, or paragraphs
contained in the MUTCD. The National
Committee on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (NCUTCD), State Departments
of Transportation (DOTs), city and
county government agencies, Federal
government agencies, consulting firms,
private industry, associations, other
organizations, and individual private
citizens submitted comments. The
FHWA has reviewed and analyzed all of
the comments received. The NCUTCD
comments included support for all
items in the NPA except as otherwise
indicated. The significant comments
and summaries of the FHWA’s analyses
and determinations are discussed
below. General comments and
significant global changes throughout
the MUTCD are discussed first, followed
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1. The FHWA received several general
comments from State DOTs, local
agencies, associations, and citizens
regarding the NPA. Two local agencies,
a traffic control device vendor, an
association, and two citizens expressed
general support for the changes in the
MUTCD, such as incorporating into the
MUTCD recommendations of the Older
Driver Handbook, the Synthesis of NonMUTCD Traffic Signs, and new
technologies. In addition to the overall
general comments, some of the
commenters had specific comments that
relate to the entire MUTCD. Those
topics that the FHWA considers to be
substantive and non-editorial in nature
are discussed in the following items
within this section.
2. The NCUTCD submitted a letter
suggesting that the FHWA issue a
supplemental notice of proposed
amendments (SNPA). Fourteen State
DOTs, AASHTO, and the Chair of the
NCUTCD submitted duplicate copies of
the NCUTCD’s letter in support of an
SNPA. In addition, three State DOTs, a
county DOT, an NCUTCD member, and
a traffic engineering consultant also
stated support for the NCUTCD’s letter.
The NCUTCD’s letter included the
following statements in support of an
SNPA:
1. The NPA did not include a
quantified assessment of the economic
impacts of the proposed changes on
public agencies and the private sector.
2. More details are needed regarding
some of the proposed changes and some
of the proposed changes need to be
reorganized or reformatted.
3. The extent of the proposed changes
and the number of expected comments
is such that the final rule would be
significantly different from the NPA
version, and would therefore constitute
a new document which should be
reviewed as an SNPA prior to becoming
a final rule.
4. Because of the interconnectivity
between the language in the various
sections, chapters, and parts, a change
in one section might have impacts on
multiple other sections. Therefore, an
SNPA is needed in order to have the
opportunity to review additional
changes resulting from responses to
comments to assess whether they are
consistent with each other.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
5. There is precedent for issuing
multiple proposed rules for changes to
the MUTCD.
6. It is essential that the FHWA
provide an opportunity to review the
FHWA responses to the docket so that
implementation and liability changes
can be identified, assessed, and
discussed before a final rule is
published.
7. An SNPA is needed to assess the
FHWA response to comments and
evaluate the level of engineering
flexibility that will be provided in the
next edition of the MUTCD.
Five State DOTs, a local agency, nine
toll road operators, a major retail
business owner, and a traffic
engineering consultant also expressed
general support for an SNPA.
Two bicycle associations, a traffic
engineering consultant, and a citizen
disagreed with the need for an SNPA
and requested that FHWA publish a
final rule. The two bicycle associations
suggested that if an SNPA were to be
published instead of a final rule, the
FHWA should issue Interim Approvals
for all new devices and applications in
Part 9 so that public agencies can begin
installing them to improve conditions
for bicyclists.
The FHWA carefully reviewed and
considered the concerns both for and
against issuing an SNPA and decided
that an SNPA is not necessary or
appropriate. The FHWA determined
that the seven specific statements cited
by the NCUTCD in support of an SNPA
do not justify delaying the finalization
of a new edition of the MUTCD that will
significantly improve the safety and
efficiency of highway travel.
Additionally, in making decisions in the
final rule regarding the various
technical issues cited in the letters from
the NCUTCD and others who requested
an SNPA, the FHWA has taken into
consideration the concerns expressed.
To address the concerns, in most cases
the FHWA has revised certain
provisions to make them less restrictive
or has deleted from the final rule certain
provisions that were proposed in the
NPA, has reorganized and reformatted
material to clarify it, and has eliminated
specific target compliance dates or
established long compliance periods
consistent with service lives of the
devices. In most cases the new
provisions apply only to new
installations or reconstructions of
devices, and the provisions for
systematic upgrading cited in Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Regulations 1 allow existing
noncompliant devices in good condition
to remain in place until the end of their
service lives, thus minimizing any
impacts of new requirements on State or
local highway agencies and owners of
private roads open to public travel.
3. The FHWA received comments
from three local agency DOTs, an
association of counties, and a citizen
suggesting that there are too many
proposed changes to the MUTCD and
that many of the changes are too
complex. The FHWA believes that
continuously updating the MUTCD is
necessary in order to incorporate
advances in technology, new research
results, and state of the practice in
traffic control devices. Since the
MUTCD’s purpose is to improve safety
and efficiency, the MUTCD must be
revised to remain current with these
new technologies and applications.
4. A State DOT, 10 local agency DOTs,
an association representing local DOTs,
and a traffic engineering consultant
expressed concern that there were too
many new STANDARD statements (or
GUIDANCE statements elevated to
STANDARD statements) in the
proposed revisions, and that the large
number of changes places an undue
financial burden on agencies. The
FHWA believes that the changes to the
MUTCD will provide improved
uniformity in traffic control device
applications across the country, thereby
increasing safety, and that the
additional Standards will not result in
undue financial burden on agencies. As
discussed under Amendments to the
MUTCD Introduction, in the vast
majority of cases existing devices in
good condition that are not in
compliance with new standards can
remain in place for the remainder of
their service life, thus minimizing any
impacts of new requirements on State or
local highway agencies and owners of
private roads open to public travel.
5. The FHWA received comments
from a State DOT and three city DOTs
opposing the scope of the changes
within the MUTCD and suggesting that
many of the changes are more
appropriate for a handbook, rather than
the MUTCD. Several of the commenters
expressed concern that the MUTCD was
becoming more prescriptive in nature,
thus limiting creativity, flexibility, and
judgment. The FHWA believes that the
widespread use of the MUTCD by State
and local agencies and design
professionals, and its importance as a
Federal regulation for traffic control
1 The Code of Federal Regulations can be viewed
at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.gpoaccess.gov/CFR/.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66731
devices justifies the level of detail
incorporated in the MUTCD. Further,
the FHWA believes that sufficient
justification has been provided for any
new standards and that ample latitude
for flexibility and judgment is provided
in the application of Guidance and
Options in the MUTCD.
6. The FHWA adopts a new cover
page for this edition of the MUTCD that
maintains general consistency with
covers of previous editions, but with
changes to give it a distinctive
appearance to minimize the possibility
of confusion by users. The date of this
edition, which is identified on the cover
and elsewhere within the document, is
the year in which the final rule is
issued.
7. The FHWA includes paragraph
numbers in the margins for each
paragraph of each section for the final
page images of this edition of the
MUTCD. The FHWA includes these
paragraph numbers in order to aid
practitioners in referencing the MUTCD,
as well as to assist readers of future
MUTCD notices of proposed
amendments. The FHWA posted sample
pages on its MUTCD Web site showing
four possible methods for paragraph
numbering and as part of the NPA asked
interested persons to review the sample
pages and provide comments to the
docket on the paragraph numbering
options. Based on comments, the FHWA
numbers the paragraphs in the manner
that was shown as Alternative #3, with
dark numerals outside the margin, and
in a font that is easy to read without
being distracting.
8. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and
a citizen provided comments regarding
the format of MUTCD pages, print style,
numbering of sections, etc. Based on a
comment from the NCUTCD, the FHWA
changes the font of GUIDANCE
statements to italics to distinguish them
from OPTION and SUPPORT
statements. As part of this change, the
FHWA eliminates italics from the titles
of figures and tables.
9. The FHWA received several
comments regarding the use of metric
units in the MUTCD. The NCUTCD, six
State DOTs, ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and two traffic engineering
consultants suggested that the metric
units be removed in their entirety or
that the English units precede the metric
units, and a traffic engineering
consultant suggested that the MUTCD
continue to be issued with both systems
of measurement. Because metric units
are not currently used in the U.S. for
traffic control device applications, the
FHWA determines that only English
units are to be used in the MUTCD text,
figures, and tables and places metric
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66732
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
equivalent values for all English unit
values used in the MUTCD in a new
Appendix A2 in this final rule. This
preserves the soft conversions of the
English to metric values in the MUTCD
while also providing a document that is
less cumbersome to read and apply.
This change is consistent with an
Informational Memorandum from
FHWA’s Executive Director, dated
November 25, 2008,2 stating that use of
metric measurements will now be
optional in all FHWA documents,
including letters, memoranda,
publications, reports, and information
on FHWA Web sites.
10. Throughout the MUTCD, the
FHWA incorporates minor changes in
text, figures, and tables for grammatical
or style consistency, to improve
consistency with related text or figures,
to improve clarity, or to correct minor
errors. Where the FHWA adds a new
chapter within a part of the MUTCD, a
new section within a chapter of the
MUTCD, or a new item within a listing,
the chapters or sections or items that
follow the addition are renumbered or
relettered accordingly. All Tables of
Contents, Lists of Figures, Lists of
Tables, and page headers and footers are
revised as appropriate to reflect the
changes.
11. The FHWA modifies figures and
tables to reflect changes in the text and
adds figures and tables to illustrate new
or revised text.
12. In various sections of the Manual,
the FHWA relocates statements or
paragraphs in order to place subject
material together in logical order, to
provide continuity, or to improve flow.
In addition, the FHWA changes the
titles of some sections, figures, and
tables in order to more accurately
describe the content.
13. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA removes the phrase ‘‘reasonably
safe’’ throughout the Manual because it
cannot be easily defined, and as a result
it is open to too much subjective
interpretation. The FHWA received a
comment from a local DOT opposed to
this revision, stating that there are some
circumstances in the MUTCD where the
phrase ‘‘reasonably safe’’ reflects realworld conditions, and that removing the
phrase could pose a liability problem to
State and local agencies in civil
litigation. The FHWA disagrees because
of the subjectivity of the term and for
each occurrence of the term either
eliminates or replaces the term with
2 Informational Memorandum, ‘‘Update on Metric
Use Requirements for FHWA Documents,’’ by
Jeffrey Paniati, dated November 25, 2008, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/
1108metr.cfm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
suitable language that is more
appropriate.
14. The FHWA changes the references
to the book previously titled ‘‘Standard
Highway Signs’’ to refer to the current
title, ‘‘Standard Highway Signs and
Markings.’’ This reflects FHWA’s
change of the title of that book to more
accurately reflect its content, which
includes information regarding
pavement markings. The FHWA
received a comment from ATSSA in
support of this change. The FHWA also
resolves the inaccuracies between the
sign illustrations in the MUTCD and the
‘‘Standard Highway Signs and
Markings’’ (SHSM) book to the extent
practical in the MUTCD figures.
15. The FHWA conducted a
comprehensive review of all of the sign
codes used throughout the Manual, and
revises sign codes in several places in
order to provide more consistency and
clarity. As part of this process, the
FHWA revises the term ‘‘sign code’’ to
‘‘sign designation’’ to avoid confusion
with other uses of the word ‘‘code.’’ The
FHWA received a comment from
ATSSA in support of this change. A
State DOT opposed sign nomenclature
changes, stating that these changes
could be complex for agencies that
catalog sign inventory databases based
on the nomenclature. The FHWA
understands the issues related to
inventory databases but determines that
the nomenclature changes are necessary
for consistency. The FHWA received a
comment from ATSSA suggesting that
the suffix ‘‘w’’ be used for word message
signs to avoid confusion with the ‘‘a’’
suffix being used for abbreviations in
the route marker series (such as M4–1a
and M4–7a). The FHWA disagrees and
uses the ‘‘a’’ suffix in sign designations
for word message signs that are
alternatives to symbol signs, as
presented in the NPA. The FHWA uses
the ‘‘P’’ suffix for designations for
plaques to clarify that these devices
must accompany a sign and cannot be
used alone. ATSSA supported this
change. Also, based on a comment from
a citizen, the FHWA adds a column to
the sign size tables in Parts 6 and 9 to
cite the applicable MUTCD Section for
each sign so that MUTCD users can
review the pertinent information for
each sign. The sign size tables for other
Parts of the MUTCD already have this
column.
16. Based on a comment from the
NCUTCD that a single location should
be provided where all definitions can be
found, the FHWA places all definitions
in Part 1 by relocating to Section 1A.13
all definitions that were previously
contained or repeated in the MUTCD
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Introduction and in Parts 2 through 10
of the 2003 MUTCD and in the NPA.
17. The FHWA adds information in
the MUTCD regarding toll plaza
applications, because toll facilities are
becoming more common and there is a
need to provide more consistent use of
signs, signals, and markings in advance
of and at toll plazas, in order to enhance
safety and convenience for road users.
The FHWA adds provisions on toll
plaza traffic control devices to Parts 2,
3, and 4 that reflect the results of
research studies on best practices for
traffic control strategies at toll plazas,3
FHWA’s policy on toll plaza traffic
control devices,4 and FHWA’s report on
‘‘Strategies for Improving Safety at Toll
Collection Facilities.’’ 5 The NCUTCD
and 10 agencies that operate toll
facilities suggested that the toll road
related material be placed in a new,
separate Part to facilitate the use of this
material. The FHWA understands that
the toll operators would like to have the
information consolidated into one area,
but disagrees with adding a separate
Part. Instead, the FHWA creates new
chapters for toll plazas within Parts 2,
3, and 4 and places the new toll-related
material in those chapters.
18. The FHWA expands the
provisions regarding preferential lanes
and adds new provisions regarding
managed lanes in various parts of the
MUTCD to address the increasing
complexity and use of these types of
lanes. Although four agencies that
operate toll facilities expressed support
for the need for increased uniformity in
traffic control devices on managed lanes
for the purposes of improving traffic
safety, eight agencies (including some of
those who also supported the need for
including toll facilities in the MUTCD)
expressed concern that the changes will
place a financial burden on their
agency, and two of these agencies felt
that the changes were too restrictive and
should reflect recommendations, rather
than requirements. The FHWA
understands that changes in the MUTCD
are often met with financial concerns;
however, the FHWA believes that the
provisions for systematic upgrading
3 ‘‘State of the Practice and Recommendations on
Traffic Control Strategies at Toll Plazas,’’ June 2006,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/rpt/tcstoll/index.htm.
4 ‘‘Toll Plaza Traffic Control Devices Policy,’’
dated September 8, 2006, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcstollmemo/
tcstoll_policy.htm.
5 ‘‘Strategies for Improving Safety at Toll
Collection Facilities,’’ Report number FHWA–IF–
08–005, May 2008, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/
tolling_pricing/resources/report/toll_summary/
index.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
cited in Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23,
Code of Federal Regulations 6 will
enable changes associated with the final
rule to be accommodated without
significant expense. The information on
preferential and managed lanes is
contained primarily in Parts 2 and 3 and
is intended to address specific signing
and marking issues associated with
High Occupancy Toll (HOT) lanes,
variable tolls and other operational
strategies on managed lanes, etc. To
better facilitate user understanding, the
FHWA creates new chapters for
preferential and managed lanes in Parts
2 and 3 and places the new and existing
material on those subjects in those
chapters. In addition, as proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA eliminates some
information regarding preferential lanes
that is too specific for the MUTCD
because it deals with highway planning
and programmatic matters rather than
the traffic control devices for
preferential lanes.
19. The FHWA received comments
from a variety of commenters on subject
material that was not included in the
NPA. In some cases those comments
pertain to existing subject matter in the
2003 Edition that was not proposed for
change in the NPA, while in other cases
the commenters suggest new material
for the MUTCD such as new signs or
different traffic control device
applications from those included in the
2003 Edition or the NPA. Comments
received during the comment period
that were outside the scope of this
rulemaking are neither discussed in this
preamble nor addressed in the final
rule. The FHWA appreciates these
comments, and might consider some of
these ideas for potential future
rulemaking activities.
Discussion of Amendments Within the
Introduction
20. The FHWA revises paragraph 01
regarding the definition of traffic control
devices to reflect that traffic control
devices on private roads open to public
travel are placed by authority of the
private property owner or private
official having jurisdiction. A State DOT
commented that the existing language
and that proposed in the NPA for this
paragraph implied that public agencies
have the authority to place traffic
control devices on private roads open to
public travel. The FHWA agrees that
clarification is needed and revises the
text accordingly.
21. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
revisions and additions to the text
6 The Code of Federal Regulations can be viewed
at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.gpoaccess.gov/CFR/.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
regarding the locations where the
MUTCD applies. Two city DOTs, an
NCUTCD member, three transportation
professionals, a traffic control device
vendor, and two citizens all supported
the changes, as proposed in the NPA
and as currently provided in the CFR, to
apply the MUTCD to private roads open
to public travel. Two State DOTs, a local
DOT, and an employee of a State DOT
opposed applying the MUTCD to private
roads, mostly because of concerns about
enforcement of the provisions. The
FHWA recognizes that enforcement can
only occur when a State includes the
requirement to comply with MUTCD in
State ordinances, local building codes,
development approvals, site plans, etc.,
and as a result of the potential tort
liability to the owners of the private
roads. The FHWA believes that public
agency traffic engineers are not expected
to enforce this provision for existing
conditions on private roads open to
public travel.
Two State DOTs and two toll road
operators suggested that the wording be
revised to reflect that toll roads may be
operated by public, quasi-public, or
private entities and that toll roads are
gated and restricted by tolling. The
FHWA agrees and revises the language
in this final rule and in 23 CFR
655.603(a),7 to clarify that, for the
purpose of applicability of the MUTCD,
toll roads under the jurisdiction of
public agencies or authorities or of
public-private partnerships are
considered to be public facilities, and
that ‘‘open to public travel’’ includes
private toll roads and roads within
shopping centers, airports, sports
arenas, and other similar business and/
or recreation facilities that are privately
owned, but where the public is allowed
to travel without access restrictions. To
address the comments from two toll
road operators, this final rule language
further clarifies that except for gated toll
roads, roads within private gated
properties where public access is
restricted at all times shall not be
considered to be open to public travel.
The FHWA received several
comments from a major retail business
operator suggesting that there are many
items in the MUTCD that are not easily
applicable to parking lots within
shopping centers and the driving aisles
within those parking lots. The FHWA
agrees that, while MUTCD general
principles and standard traffic control
7 The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule,
dated December 14, 2006, Vol. 71, No. 240, pages
75111–75115, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/
cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=fr14de066.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66733
device designs should be used in
parking lots, there are some MUTCD
provisions that do not easily translate to
conditions typically found in parking
lots and parking garages. The FHWA
believes that additional future
consideration is needed to determine
appropriate and feasible standards and
guidance for the application of traffic
control devices in parking lots.
Therefore, the FHWA exempts parking
spaces and driving aisles in parking lots,
both privately and publicly owned, from
MUTCD applicability in this final rule.
The MUTCD continues to be applicable
to ring roads, roads providing access to
or egress from public roads, and
circulation roads on private property
open to public travel. Accordingly,
throughout the MUTCD, where the term
‘‘private property open to public travel’’
was used in the NPA, the FHWA
clarifies the term to be ‘‘private road
open to public travel’’ and provides a
precise definition of that term in Section
1A.13 in this final rule. The FHWA also
incorporates these changes into 23 CFR
655.603(a).
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
also modifies the wording of 23 CFR
655.603(a) to remove the exemption
from MUTCD applicability for military
bases, based on a request from the
Military Surface Deployment and
Distribution Command to include
military bases, in order to facilitate road
user safety through conformity and
consistency with national standards.
22. The FHWA adds SUPPORT
paragraph 05 to clarify that pictographs
embedded within signs are not in
themselves considered traffic control
devices and thus the pictographs are not
subject to the provisions in paragraph
04 that prohibit patented, copyrighted,
or trademarked items. This clarification
is necessary to address frequent
questions from users of the MUTCD on
this subject.
23. In concert with the change to
show dimensions throughout the
MUTCD in only English units, the
FHWA revises the text in paragraphs 13
and 14 to provide a reference to new
Appendix A2 for tables converting each
of the English unit numerical values to
the equivalent Metric values and to
recommend that if metric units are to be
used in laying out distances or
determining sizes of devices, such units
should be specified on plan drawings
and made known to those responsible
for designing, installing, or maintaining
traffic control devices.
24. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to revise the paragraph regarding
adoption of MUTCD revisions by the
States or other Federal agencies,
substantial conformance of State or
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66734
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
other Federal agency MUTCDs or
Supplements, and compliance periods
for new and existing devices to reflect
the requirements of the Code of Federal
Regulations applicable to the MUTCD
that have been in effect since 2006.8 In
this final rule, the FHWA further revises
the text to make it clearer and more
easily understood by users. The FHWA
divides the single paragraph into several
separate paragraphs containing
applicable text on certain subjects that
are presented in a more logical
sequence. New text consistent with the
CFR is added regarding compliance of
new or reconstructed devices, and
Option and Support text regarding
replacement of existing noncompliant
devices is revised for clarity and
relocated from the end of the MUTCD
Introduction to follow other related text.
25. In the NPA, the FHWA asked for
comments regarding the possibility of
incorporating the phase-in target
compliance periods into the body of the
MUTCD text throughout the applicable
parts and sections in this Final Rule.
The FHWA considered this change
because the list of target compliance
periods is lengthy, and it might be more
convenient and effective for
practitioners to have target compliance
periods embedded in the text, rather
than in a different area of the Manual.
The Minnesota DOT has incorporated
the target compliance periods into its
State MUTCD text, and the FHWA asked
whether Minnesota’s method is
preferable to listing all the target
compliance periods in the MUTCD
Introduction. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, a
State DOT, a toll facility operator, an
NCUTCD member, and a traffic control
device vendor favored placing the
compliance periods within the sections
to which that they pertain. The
NCUTCD also suggested that a reference
be placed in the Introduction to a list of
all target compliance dates on the
MUTCD Web site. The FHWA
understands that there are advantages
and disadvantages to placing the target
compliance dates within the text.
Placing the target compliance dates
within the sections to which they apply
might result in some agencies delaying
action to comply with the provision
until the compliance date approaches.
As a result, the FHWA continues to
provide the target compliance date
information in the Introduction, and
does not embed the dates within the
8 The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule,
dated December 14, 2006, Vol. 71, No. 240, pages
75111–75115, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/
cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=fr14de066.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
section text. However, to consolidate
and improve the clarity of this
information, the FHWA relocates the
listing of target compliance dates from
the body of the MUTCD Introduction to
a new Table I–2.
In new Table I–2, FHWA includes the
specific target compliance dates for
those items whose dates were
determined through previous
rulemaking, now that the effective dates
are known, and deletes from the listing
any items for which the target
compliance dates have passed by the
date of the publication of this final rule.
The FHWA deletes most of the large
number of new target compliance dates
that were proposed in the NPA. Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal
Regulations, states that for existing
highways ‘‘each State, in cooperation
with its political subdivisions, and
Federal agency shall have a program as
required by 23 U.S.C. 402(a), which
shall include provisions for the
systematic upgrading of substandard
traffic control devices and for the
installation of needed devices to achieve
conformity with the MUTCD.’’ Although
the FHWA may establish specific target
compliance dates to achieve compliance
with respect to specific devices, the
systematic upgrade program allows
public agencies and officials having
jurisdiction to upgrade their existing
noncompliant devices when the devices
are no longer serviceable because they
reach the end of their service life or
otherwise need to be replaced, or when
other events such as highway
improvement or reconstruction projects
occur, thus minimizing any impacts to
State or local highway agencies and
owners of private roads open to public
travel. Target compliance periods
shorter than expected service life have
generally only been established in
unusual cases when a new MUTCD
requirement is deemed to be so
critically important from a safety impact
standpoint that it justifies earlier
replacement of noncompliant existing
devices. In some cases, the FHWA has
adopted target compliance dates for
certain provisions, such as a
requirement to do a study or to evaluate
the timing of traffic signal clearance
intervals, that are not directly related to
the service life of a device but which the
FHWA believes can be reasonably
accommodated within typical agency
procedures and practices. The FHWA
reviewed all the proposed target
compliance dates in the NPA in the
context of the CFR language, the general
intents stated above, and the comments
received, and the FHWA establishes
only 12 new target compliance dates in
this final rule. Each of these new target
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
dates is discussed in detail under the
appropriate item later in this preamble.
Additionally, for new target
compliance dates, the FHWA
establishes specific dates (December 31
of a particular year) rather than the
previous practice of setting target
compliance dates as a certain number of
years from the effective date of the final
rule. The FHWA believes that specific
end of calendar year target compliance
dates will assist MUTCD users by
making the dates clear without the need
to determine what date a final rule
became effective. It should also be noted
that the target compliance dates define
the end of the ‘‘phase-in compliance
period’’ as discussed for various items
in the remainder of this document.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Part 1
26. In Section 1A.07, Responsibility
for Traffic Control Devices, the FHWA
revises paragraphs 01 and 02 to be
consistent with the language of 23 CFR
655.603 regarding the applicability of
the MUTCD as the national standard for
all traffic control devices installed on
any street, highway, bikeway, or private
road open to public travel. The FHWA
adopts language for these paragraphs in
this final rule that is consistent with
terminology regarding private roads as
discussed above under Introduction to
the MUTCD.
The FHWA received a comment from
a citizen opposed to changing ‘‘bicycle
trail’’ to ‘‘bikeways’’ as proposed in the
NPA. However, because the MUTCD
defines bikeway as the generic term for
any road, street, or shared-use path that
is specifically designated for bicycle
travel, the FHWA retains the word
‘‘bikeways’’ in this final rule.
The FHWA received three comments
from local agencies opposed to
including the term ‘‘private property’’
because of their belief that the property
owner should be responsible for
maintaining traffic control devices on
private property, not a public agency or
other entity. As discussed previously,
the FHWA revises the term ‘‘private
property’’ to ‘‘private roads.’’ To
respond to the comments from the local
agencies, the FHWA modifies the
language in this final rule to clarify that,
in the case of private roads open to
public travel, it is the property owner or
the private official having jurisdiction
who is responsible for traffic control
device design, placement, maintenance,
operation, and uniformity, consistent
with language in the MUTCD
Introduction.
The FHWA adds a Support sentence
in this final rule about adoption of the
national MUTCD, supplements, or State
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
manuals by all States and a new
GUIDANCE paragraph recommending
that these State manuals or supplements
should be reviewed for specific
provisions relating to that State. The
NCUTCD recommended these additions
and the FHWA agrees that this is
necessary to clarify that there is a need
to review the specific State Manuals for
local requirements.
As requested by the U.S. Military
Command, and supported by ATSSA,
the FHWA expands paragraph 07 to add
the U.S. Military Command to the list of
Federal agencies that have adopted the
national MUTCD.
Two State DOTs opposed the
proposed change of paragraph 08 to a
GUIDANCE statement that would
recommend that States adopt Section
15–116 of the Uniform Vehicle Code
(UVC) because the adoption of State
laws is outside of the control of State
DOTs and is in the hands of elected
officials. The FHWA retains and adopts
this change in this final rule and
reiterates that this is GUIDANCE, a
statement of recommended but not
mandatory practice, and as a result the
MUTCD is merely recommending the
adoption of this section of the UVC by
the States, in accordance with their laws
and constitutions.
27. In Section 1A.08 Authority for
Placement of Traffic Control Devices, in
the NPA the FHWA proposed adding a
new SUPPORT statement describing
certain signs and other devices that do
not have any traffic control purpose that
are placed with the permission of the
public agency or official having
jurisdiction and a new GUIDANCE
statement that such signs and other
devices should not be located where
they will interfere with or detract from
traffic control devices. The FHWA
proposed this change to clarify that
there are some signs and devices that
are placed within the right-of-way for
distinct purposes that are not traffic
control devices. The FHWA received
comments from the NCUTCD, five State
DOTs, a local agency, a vendor, and an
association agreeing with the proposed
SUPPORT statement. A State DOT, a
local DOT, and a traffic device vendor
suggested that some of the items
included in the SUPPORT statement,
such as markers to guide snowplow
operators, markers that identify fire
hydrant locations, markers that identify
underground utility locations, and
design features such as speed humps are
indeed traffic control devices and their
application should be standardized by
including them in the MUTCD. The
FHWA disagrees with adding explicit
standards for these devices in the
MUTCD, noting that States may
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
establish requirements for these devices
and design features under their adopted
policy for use of the public right-of-way.
The FHWA adopts the SUPPORT
statement, as proposed in the NPA but
with minor editorial changes, in this
final rule.
Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a toll road
operator, the FHWA changes the
proposed GUIDANCE statement to a
STANDARD statement in this final rule
to require, rather than just recommend,
that such signs and other devices shall
not be located where they will interfere
with or detract from traffic control
devices, since it is important that traffic
control devices not be blocked or
interfered with. This is also necessary
for consistency with other provisions in
the MUTCD about device placement,
such as the requirements in Sections
2D.50 and 2H.08 that community
wayfinding signs and acknowledgement
signs shall not be installed in a position
where they would obscure the road
users’ view of other traffic control
devices. Signs and other devices that do
not have any traffic control purpose that
are placed within the highway right-ofway have even less importance than
community wayfinding and
acknowledgement signs.
28. In Section 1A.09 Engineering
Study and Engineering Judgment, the
FHWA received comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and two toll
road operators recommending the
removal of the existing STANDARD
statement stating that the MUTCD shall
not be a legal requirement for the
installation of traffic control devices,
because it is a general provision for all
devices in the Manual that is
inconsistent with numerous specific
requirements elsewhere in the MUTCD
that specific devices must be installed,
and such requirements are ‘‘legal
requirements.’’ The commenters also
suggested that this Standard statement
may not be consistent with the
Guidance statement that immediately
follows it. The FHWA agrees that this
STANDARD statement is not easily
understood by users of the MUTCD
outside of the legal profession, but this
statement has been the subject of
important court interpretations
regarding the applicability of the
MUTCD and has legal significance
beyond its plain meaning. The FHWA
believes that, in the future,
consideration should be given to
removing or revising this statement, but
additional legal study should be
undertaken before doing so. Therefore,
the FHWA decides to retain this
STANDARD statement but cautions
users of the MUTCD to consult with
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66735
legal counsel before attempting to
ascertain the meaning of the statement.
The FHWA did not propose in the
NPA a significant change to the second
paragraph of the GUIDANCE statement
as it appears in the 2003 MUTCD.
However, four Kansas counties, the
Kansas Association of Counties, and an
engineer from Kansas suggested revising
the language that recommends that
jurisdictions with responsibility for
traffic control that do not have engineers
on their staffs who are trained and/or
experienced in traffic control devices
should seek engineering assistance from
others. The commenters felt that many
applications of the MUTCD are
straightforward and well illustrated, and
engineering assistance is not needed. As
a result, the commenters felt that the
language should be revised to
recommend engineering assistance only
if warranted due to the complexity of
the situation. The commenters also
recommended removing language about
smaller agencies requesting assistance of
larger agencies because of liability
reasons. The FHWA disagrees with
these comments and in this final rule
adopts the revisions to the GUIDANCE
statement as proposed in the NPA.
However, to address the concerns, the
FHWA also adds a SUPPORT statement
noting that, as part of the Federal-aid
Program, each State is required to have
a Local Technology Assistance Program
(LTAP) that provides technical
assistance to local highway agencies and
that requisite technical training in the
application of the principles of the
MUTCD and, as needed, engineering
assistance, is available from the State’s
LTAP.
The FHWA received a comment
suggesting that the first paragraph of the
GUIDANCE statement in the 2003
MUTCD be revised so that the phrase
‘‘this Manual should not be considered
a substitute for engineering judgment’’
cannot be used to ignore Standards
based on ‘‘engineering judgment,’’ such
as creating new sign symbols. The
FHWA agrees that this language
conflicts with other statements in the
Manual regarding the intent and
strength of Standards and in this final
rule revises the GUIDANCE statement in
Section 1A.09, the definition of the text
heading ‘‘Standard’’ in Section 1A.13,
and the definitions of engineering
judgment and engineering study in
Section 1A.13, to resolve the conflict
and to make these statements consistent
with each other.
29. In Section 1A.10 Interpretations,
Experimentations, Changes, and Interim
Approvals, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed to revise paragraph 03 to
indicate that electronic submittals of
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66736
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
requests for interpretation, permission
to experiment, interim approvals, or
changes shall be submitted
electronically rather than by standard
mail, and proposed to include the email address for such electronic
submittals. As part of this change, the
FHWA proposed to add an OPTION
statement that includes the postal
address for mailing of requests in the
event that the submitter does not have
access to e-mail. The FHWA received
comments from the NCUTCD, a State
DOT and two toll road operators
recommending that the STANDARD
statement be changed to GUIDANCE or
SUPPORT as this might not be
convenient for all agencies. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments as
adequate provision for submission by
standard mail is provided in the
OPTION statement. The FHWA is aware
that some written requests that are
submitted by standard mail are lost or
damaged in the screening of all postal
mail that is sent to FHWA headquarters.
As a result, e-mail submittals are
preferred but standard mail submittals
are also allowed. The FHWA adopts in
this final rule the STANDARD and
OPTION as proposed in the NPA but
with minor editorial changes.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts
the proposed change of paragraph 20,
regarding local jurisdictions informing
their State DOT of locations where they
are using devices under an Interim
Approval, to a GUIDANCE statement
(formerly a STANDARD statement in
the 2003 MUTCD). The FHWA received
comments from a State DOT and two
toll road operators in support of the
revision and a comment from another
State DOT opposed to the revision
because of their belief that the local
jurisdiction should be required, rather
than merely recommended, to notify the
State DOT of locations where a traffic
control device or application under an
interim approval is being used. The
FHWA disagrees with this comment as
not all State DOTs believe that such
notifications are needed and because
State DOTs can require such notification
when they adopt the MUTCD.
The FHWA received a comment from
a State DOT suggesting that a new
STANDARD statement as proposed in
the NPA be expanded to also require
that jurisdictions check with their State
DOT for official status of an Interim
Approval in their State before
requesting permission from the FHWA.
The FHWA agrees with the concept and
adopts a new GUIDANCE paragraph 21
in this final rule about requests for both
experimentation and interim approvals,
which recommends that local agencies
be aware of any State requirements and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
policies that might apply to these
processes.
30. In Section 1A.11 Relation to Other
Publications, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add four FHWA publications
and a publication by the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI).
The FHWA publications cover topics
such as roundabouts, designing
sidewalks and trails for access, older
drivers, and ramp management and
control. The ANSI publication discusses
high-visibility public safety vests. In
addition, the FHWA proposed revising
the list to reflect current editions of the
publications and adding Web site
addresses to obtain the documents. The
FHWA adopts these new publications
and revisions in this final rule. In
addition, based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a utility commission, and an
engineering consultant, the FHWA adds
several other new publications that are
useful sources of information. These
publications include four FHWA
documents covering topics in signal
timing, signalized intersections,
railroad-highway grade crossings, and
changeable message signs and an
AASHTO publication on pedestrian
facilities.
31. In Section 1A.12 Color Code, in
the NPA the FHWA proposed adding to
the STANDARD statement the
assignment of the color purple to
indicate facilities or lanes that are
allowed to be used only by vehicles
equipped with electronic toll collection
(ETC) devices. ATSSA, a State DOT,
four toll road operators, a traffic control
device vendor, and a citizen all
supported adding the color purple for
signing and marking ETC facilities and
lanes. A toll road operator in Florida
stated that their past experience has
shown that the color purple fades
rapidly in Florida and will likely do so
in other States with similar climates. A
toll road operator in Texas questioned
whether there were any purple materials
for signs and markings that would meet
Texas DOT durability and nighttime
standards. The Illinois Tollway
expressed a similar concern about
challenges in design and application to
ensure that effective color contrast is
provided under all circumstances. The
FHWA disagrees with comments that
adequate materials do not exist,
particularly with the adjustment in
color values discussed below, and
incorporates this change to readily
identify such facilities or lanes using
signs and pavement markings as
discussed in the changes in Parts 2 and
3. As a part of the change, in this final
rule the FHWA revises the text to reflect
the intended general use of the color
purple for lanes restricted to use only by
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
vehicles with registered electronic toll
accounts, such as in ETC systems
utilizing transponders or video/license
plate recognition systems to identify a
vehicle with a registered toll account.
Where a toll lane or facility is not
restricted to specific vehicles and any
vehicle without a toll account can use
a toll lane or facility because a license
plate recognition system sends the
vehicle owner a bill for the toll, the use
of the color purple is inappropriate.
Color specifications for signing and
marking materials are contained in title
23 of the Code of Federal Regulations,
part 655, appendix to subpart F, Tables
1 through 6. The FHWA received a
comment from a signing material
manufacturer stating that the proposed
values for the color coordinates in the
NPA were too restrictive. Based on
retroreflectivity evaluations, the
commenter suggested that the daytime
chromaticity coordinates for the purple
colored sign sheeting be shifted to a
redder shade, and that a new set of
chromaticity coordinates be generated
for a nighttime color that also allows for
a redder shift and that might be different
from the daytime requirements. A toll
road operator suggested that the color
purple designated by the chromaticity
coordinates is not the same hue as the
color their agency currently uses. The
FHWA has reviewed the color
properties of the purple signing
materials available from a variety of
manufacturers and adopts daytime and
nighttime color coordinates for purple
retroreflective sign material (Tables 1
and 2) that are slightly revised from the
values that were proposed in the NPA.
The adopted daytime color coordinates
are based on a large series of
measurements of various purple
materials that are close to or match the
Pantone color selected by the EZ–Pass
consortium. With the minor adjustments
as adopted, there are sufficient materials
that meet the values to provide for
competition, but without reducing color
recognition. The adopted nighttime
color coordinates are similar to the
nighttime coordinates for purple
pavement markings. The FHWA also
adopts daytime and nighttime color
coordinates and luminance factors for
purple retroreflective marking material
(Tables 5, 5A, and 6) as proposed in the
NPA. The values for purple in the tables
are as indicated below (no change in the
existing values for luminance factors for
purple as contained in Table 1A):
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
comments from a State DOT. Also based
TABLE 1—DAYTIME CHROMATICITY
COORDINATES
FOR
PURPLE on a State DOT comment, the FHWA
further clarifies the definition of
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN MATERIAL
STANDARD statements by adding that
such statements shall not be modified or
compromised based on engineering
0.302
0.064
judgment or engineering studies. This
0.310
0.210
prohibition has always been inherent in
0.380
0.255
the meaning of Standards, but the
0.468
0.140
FHWA is aware of cases where the lack
of explicit text to this effect has resulted
TABLE 2—NIGHTTIME CHROMATICITY in the misapplication of engineering
FOR
PURPLE judgment or studies. Some agencies
COORDINATES
believed that Standards could be
RETROREFLECTIVE SIGN MATERIAL
ignored based on engineering judgment
or an engineering study, which is not
x
y
the case.
Additionally, the FHWA revises the
0.355
0.088
0.385
0.288
definitions for various words and
0.500
0.350
phrases to better reflect accepted
0.635
0.221
practice and terminologies and for
consistency in the usage of these terms
in one or more Parts of the MUTCD.
TABLE 5—DAYTIME CHROMATICITY
COORDINATES
FOR
PURPLE Except as specifically discussed, there
were a few comments of an editorial
RETROREFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT nature regarding some of these
MARKING MATERIAL
definitions that the FHWA incorporates
in this final rule, as appropriate.
x
y
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
specify that the height of a raised
0.300
0.064
pavement marker is not to exceed
0.309
0.260
approximately 1 inch above the road
0.362
0.295
surface, rather than specifying a
0.475
0.144
minimum height, in order to clarify that
tubular markers and other similar
TABLE 5A—DAYTIME LUMINANCE FAC- devices that might be placed on or in
TORS
FOR
PURPLE the roadway are not raised pavement
RETROREFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT markers. Based on recommendations
MARKING MATERIAL
from the NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and
a traffic control device manufacturer,
Minimum
Maximum
the FHWA changes the height
requirement of a raised pavement
5
15
marker to not exceed 1 inch for a
permanent marker or 2 inches for a
TABLE 6—NIGHTTIME CHROMATICITY temporary flexible marker and
COORDINATES
FOR
PURPLE references Part 6 for information on
RETROREFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT temporary flexible markers.
The FHWA clarifies the definition of
MARKING MATERIAL
‘‘intersection’’ to reflect comments from
three State DOTs, two city DOTs, and an
x
y
NCUTCD member suggesting that
several of the items within the
0.338
0.380
definition were confusing and needed
0.425
0.365
0.470
0.385
clarification. The FHWA also clarifies
0.635
0.221
the definition of ‘‘special purpose road’’
by deleting the phrase ‘‘or that provides
32. In Section 1A.13 Definitions of
local access,’’ because the definition in
Headings, Words and Phrases in This
the 2003 MUTCD was overly broad. The
Manual, as discussed previously, the
FHWA received comments from two
FHWA places all definitions in Part 1 by local DOTs in Washington State
relocating to Section 1A.13 all
opposed to the FHWA’s proposed
definitions that were previously
clarification that neighborhood
contained or repeated in the MUTCD
residential streets are not specialIntroduction and in Parts 2 through 10.
purpose roads and signing for such
In regard to the definitions of the text
streets should be the same as that for
headings ‘‘Standard’’ and ‘‘Guidance,’’
other conventional roads. One of those
the FHWA clarifies that the verb ‘‘may’’ commenters suggested that
is not used in STANDARD or
neighborhood residential streets should
GUIDANCE statements, based on
be treated differently from other
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
x
VerDate Nov<24>2008
y
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66737
conventional roads and suggested that
there should be two classes of
conventional roads: High-speed and
low-speed. The FHWA disagrees with
the commenters and retains the
definition, as proposed in the NPA in
Section 2A.01, and notes that
neighborhood streets are two-lane
conventional roads within the definition
for ‘‘conventional road.’’
The FHWA also adds definitions for
a variety of new terms to the list of
definitions because they are used in the
MUTCD and need to be defined. In the
NPA, the FHWA proposed using the
term ‘‘hybrid signal;’’ however, based on
comments from two State DOTs and
three city DOTs, the FHWA changes the
term ‘‘hybrid signal’’ to ‘‘hybrid beacon’’
throughout the MUTCD to emphasize
that it is not intended that approaching
vehicles stop at a dark beacon face as
they are required to do at a dark traffic
control signal in some States. To
address comments from the NCUTCD,
two State DOTs, and seven agencies that
operate toll facilities, the FHWA adopts
the definition for ‘‘open road tolling
(ORT),’’ rather than ‘‘open road
electronic toll collection’’ as proposed
in the NPA, to match current use of the
term. To reflect the changes discussed
previously in the MUTCD Introduction,
in this final rule the FHWA revises the
term ‘‘private property open to public
travel’’ to ‘‘private road open to public
travel’’ and clarifies the definition to
reflect that parking areas and driving
aisles within parking areas are not
included. The FHWA also adds a
definition of ‘‘parking area’’ since that
term is used in the MUTCD. The FHWA
also makes minor revisions to several
definitions to improve clarity and
consistency, as suggested by comments.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
include in the definition of the term
‘‘school zone’’ that it is an area where
special law enforcement activity or
increased fines for traffic violations are
authorized. An NCUTCD member
suggested that such enforcement is not
required for the area to be considered a
school zone. The FHWA agrees, and
deletes that criterion from the definition
in this final rule. The NCUTCD, two
State DOTs, two toll road operators, and
an NCUTCD member suggested that the
proposed definition of ‘‘worker’’ be
revised to include workers that are not
on foot, such as equipment operators,
toll collectors, etc. In addition, the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a toll road
operator suggested that ‘‘pathway’’ also
be added to the definition of ‘‘worker’’
since workers on pathways are also
subject to potential harm. The FHWA
decides to add pathway to the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66738
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
definition, but does not make the other
suggested change, because this
definition is general in nature and other
specifics about workers are covered in
Section 6D.03.
The FHWA received many comments
suggesting other new terms be added to
the list of definitions. In response to the
comments received, the FHWA decides
not to add all of the terms suggested, but
adds definitions for ‘‘accessible
pedestrian signal detector,’’ ‘‘altered
speed zone,’’ ‘‘attended lane,’’ ‘‘average
daily traffic (ADT),’’ ‘‘downstream,’’
‘‘dropped lane,’’ ‘‘ETC account only
lane,’’ ‘‘exact change lane,’’ ‘‘grade
crossing,’’ ‘‘lane drop,’’ ‘‘open road
tolling point,’’ ‘‘overhead sign,’’
‘‘plaque,’’ ‘‘post-mounted sign,’’
‘‘primary signal face,’’ ‘‘pushbutton
information message,’’ ‘‘rail traffic,’’
‘‘signing,’’ ‘‘statutory speed zone,’’
‘‘supplemental signal face,’’ ‘‘toll
booth,’’ ‘‘toll island,’’ ‘‘toll lane,’’ ‘‘toll
plaza,’’ ‘‘toll-ticket system,’’ and
‘‘upstream’’ because they are used in the
MUTCD and should be defined.
33. The FHWA adds a new section
following Section 1A.13. This new
section is numbered and titled Section
1A.14 Meanings of Acronyms and
Abbreviations in This Manual, and
contains a STANDARD statement with
42 acronyms and abbreviations and
their meanings. The FHWA adds this
new section to assist readers with the
acronyms and abbreviations used
throughout the Manual. In the NPA, the
FHWA proposed 38 acronyms and
abbreviations. The NCUTCD, ATSSA,
and two State DOTs suggested several
more acronyms and abbreviations. The
FHWA conducted a review of terms
used more than once in the MUTCD text
and/or figures and adds five acronyms
and their definitions in this final rule.
For those terms used only once, the
FHWA decides not to include their
acronyms and their definitions in this
final rule. The FHWA also deletes one
of the abbreviations, km/h, that was
proposed in the NPA, because of the
deletion of metric values from the
MUTCD.
34. In Section 1A.15 (numbered
Section 1A.14 in the 2003 MUTCD)
Abbreviations Used on Traffic Control
Devices, the FHWA adds paragraph 02
indicating that when the word messages
shown in Table 1A–2 need to be
abbreviated on a Portable Changeable
Message Sign (PCMS), the abbreviations
shown in Table 1A–2 shall be used and
that, unless indicated by an asterisk,
these abbreviations shall only be used
on PCMSs. The original research 9 on
9 Report number FHWA/RD–81/039 ‘‘Human
Factors Design of Dynamic Displays’’ by C.L. Dudek
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
abbreviations was based on the need to
shorten words when used on portable
changeable message signs because of the
limited number of characters available,
unlike fixed-message signs. Many of the
abbreviations were developed for words
that would not otherwise normally be
abbreviated on signs, and the intent was
not to abbreviate such words on fixedmessage signs. A local DOT opposed
adding abbreviations to the MUTCD,
preferring instead to allow their use
only on a case-by-case basis. The
NCUTCD suggested that Table 1A–2 be
moved to Part 6 because PCMSs are
covered in Chapter 6F; however, the
FHWA decides not to relocate the table
because PCMSs can be used outside of
temporary traffic control zones and
some of the abbreviations used on
PCMSs apply to applications other than
temporary traffic control.
35. In Table 1A–1 Acceptable
Abbreviations, the FHWA adds several
additional abbreviations for various
terms that are often used on signs or
markings and for which a single
abbreviation for each is needed to
enhance uniformity. A traffic
engineering consultant opposed the use
of the abbreviation AM for two separate
meanings (morning and AM radio);
however, the FHWA retains the
abbreviation for both meanings based on
effective use of both abbreviations by
several States and because context of
use differentiates the meanings. Based
on comments from a State DOT and a
traffic engineering consultant regarding
the use of the abbreviation ‘‘LA’’ for
lane, the FHWA places the note ‘‘see
Table 1A–2’’ in the column for the
abbreviation for lane, and makes
subsequent changes in Table 1A–2 to
clarify the use of the abbreviation ‘‘LN’’
for use with PCMSs. Another State DOT
suggested adding several abbreviations
and the FHWA agrees to add
abbreviations for ‘‘Saint,’’ ‘‘Mount,’’ and
‘‘Mountain’’ as ‘‘ST,’’ ‘‘MT,’’ and
‘‘MTN,’’ respectively. Although the
FHWA proposed an abbreviation for
township in the NPA, the FHWA
removes this abbreviation from this final
rule based on comments from a traffic
engineering consultant. The FHWA also
removes several abbreviations from
Table 1A–1 that are symbols rather than
abbreviations (such as ‘‘D’’ for diesel on
general service signs) and revises
several abbreviations based on accepted
practice in the specific context of the
manner in which fixed messages are
and R.D. Huchingson, Final Report, May 1982, is
available from the National Technical Information
Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA
22161, and at the Web site:
https://www.ntis.gov.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
developed. The FHWA removes from
Table 1A–1 some words that should not
be abbreviated on static signs or large
permanent full-matrix changeable
message signs.
In concert with these changes to Table
1A–1, the FHWA revises the title of
Table 1A–2 to ‘‘Abbreviations That
Shall Only Be Used on Portable
Changeable Message Signs’’ and adds to
Table 1A–2 some of the abbreviations
that were removed from Table 1A–1.
The FHWA also revises the content of
Table 1A–2 to specifically list the
abbreviations (some of which can only
be used with a prompt word) that are
appropriate for use only on PCMSs. A
local DOT opposed the abbreviations for
downtown and slippery as being
unclear. The FHWA disagrees, because
the abbreviations are based on research
and experience, and retains in this final
rule the abbreviations for these terms
that were proposed in the NPA. Three
State DOTs suggested that the
abbreviations for eastbound (and the
other directions) be shortened to two
letters. While the FHWA agrees that
traffic engineers understand the twoletter abbreviations (EB, WB, NB, and
SB), research has shown that those
abbreviations are not well understood
by the public. Two State DOTs
suggested that there might be cases
where abbreviations need to be used on
static signs, and as a result, the FHWA
reviewed the list of abbreviations and
has added additional asterisks to items
that are acceptable for use on permanent
CMSs and static signs. As discussed
above, the FHWA revises the prompt
word for the abbreviation ‘‘LN’’ to
include the roadway name and allows
the use of the combination ‘‘[roadway
name] LN’’ to be used on traffic devices
other than PCMSs without the use of the
prompt words ‘‘Right,’’ ‘‘Left,’’ or
‘‘Center.’’
Discussion of Amendments Within Part
2—Signs —General
36. In this final rule, the FHWA
reorganizes the information regarding
toll road signs and preferential and
managed lane signs into two separate
chapters. Although the information was
not organized in the NPA in this
manner, the FHWA received comments
from several State and local DOTs, as
well as toll road operators, suggesting
that the information would be easier to
find if it was contained in separate Parts
of the MUTCD. As discussed above
under General, the FHWA disagrees
with adding new Parts but agrees with
consolidating this information into new
chapters and adopts new Chapters 2F
Toll Road Signs and 2G Preferential and
Managed Lane Signs in this final rule.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion regarding specific elements
of those chapters and comments
submitted to the docket are contained in
the appropriate sections below.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2A
37. In Section 2A.03 Standardization
of Application, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed deleting paragraph 02, which
recommends that signs should be used
only where justified by engineering
judgment or studies. Although ATSSA
agreed with the proposal, three State
DOTs, three local DOTs, and two
associations suggested retaining the
statement because determining the
placement of signs is an engineering
function. The FHWA agrees and retains
the paragraph in this final rule. The
FHWA notes that this statement is not
a requirement for an engineering study
for the determination to use each
individual sign because the
determination for the use of many
regulatory signs is based upon State
laws and local agency ordinances.
38. In Section 2A.06 Design of Signs,
as proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
relocates a STANDARD paragraph
regarding symbols on signs, and the
associated OPTION paragraph, from
Section 1A.03 to this section. The
FHWA incorporates this change because
Section 2A.06 is the most likely place
for a reader to look for information
regarding sign design.
In addition, as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds information regarding
the use of e-mail addresses to
paragraphs 14 and 16. The use of e-mail
addresses on signs is to be the same as
Internet Web site addresses. Five State
DOTs opposed the provisions and
suggested that Internet and e-mail
addresses be allowed because they
provide important information for
travelers, including information about
work zones, carpools, and toll facilities.
The FHWA agrees that Internet
information can be helpful, but adopts
the changes as proposed based upon
research10 that has identified the upper
range of driver workload to be 4 bits of
information (4 individual characters)
before glancing back to the road. E-mail
addresses are just as difficult to read
and remember as Internet Web site
addresses and constitute the same issues
for a driver traveling at highway speeds.
Lastly, the FHWA in this final rule
relocates and consolidates existing and
proposed text concerning the design of
pictographs on signs from other sections
10 ‘‘Additional Investigations on Driver
Information Overload,’’ NCHRP Report 488, 2003,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.trb.org/news/blurb_detail.asp?id=1324.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
in chapters 2D, 2E, and 2J to a new
paragraph 17 in Section 2A.06. This
material on pictographs also
incorporates the FHWA’s Official
Interpretation 2–646(I).11
39. The FHWA relocates the
information in Section 2A.07 of the
2003 MUTCD to new Chapter 2L in
order to consolidate all information on
changeable message signs into one
chapter.
40. In Section 2A.07 Retroreflectivity
and Illumination (Section 2A.08 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to revise the existing
GUIDANCE statement to clarify that
overhead sign installations on freeways
and expressways should be illuminated
unless an engineering study shows that
retroreflection will perform effectively
without illumination, and that overhead
sign installations on conventional or
special purpose roads should be
illuminated unless engineering
judgment indicates that retroreflection
will perform effectively without
illumination. ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and a traffic control device
manufacturer all supported the change.
A State DOT and two local DOTs
opposed the revision, because they felt
that illumination of overhead signs,
particularly on conventional roadways,
is not necessary. In this final rule, the
FHWA deletes the existing and
proposed guidance about illumination
of overhead signs, because the
minimum maintained retroreflectivity
levels for overhead signs that were
adopted as Revision 2 of the 2003
MUTCD12 provide for adequate
performance of these signs. Highway
agencies can determine to illuminate
overhead signs based on their own
policies or on studies of specific
problem areas.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a paragraph prohibiting the use of
individual LED pixels and groups of
LEDs within the background area of a
sign, except for the STOP/SLOW
paddles used by flaggers and the STOP
paddles used by adult crossing guards.
The FHWA’s intent was to clarify that
LEDs are to be used only in the border
or in the legend/symbol and not in the
background of signs. Although ATSSA
supported the clarification, three State
DOTs, a local DOT, and a traffic
engineering consultant expressed
11 This official interpretation can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interpretations/
2_646.htm.
12 Sign retroreflectivity final rule was published
in the Federal Register at 72 FR 72574 on December
21, 2007 and can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/
index.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66739
confusion and possible contradiction
between this statement and others in the
MUTCD. To respond to the need to
clarify the statement, and the desire to
place all of the information related to
LEDs and their application in one place,
the FHWA adds paragraphs 07, 08, 11,
and 12 to this section in this final rule.
41. On January 22, 2008, after the
NPA was published, the FHWA adopted
revision Number 2 of the 2003 MUTCD
to add minimum maintained
retroreflectivity requirements for signs
in Section 2A.09 (Section 2A.08 in the
NPA) and a new Table 2A–3 detailing
minimum retroreflectivity values. The
FHWA incorporates that text and table
into Section 2A.08 in this final rule,
with a minor editorial correction to the
table to match the applicable text. The
FHWA also in this final rule adds to the
table the new Bold Symbol signs (W2–
7, 8 Double Side Roads and W11–16–22
Large Animals) that are adopted in
Chapter 2C, for consistency and
accuracy regarding minimum
retroreflectivity values.
42. In Section 2A.10 Sign Colors
(Section 2A.11 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add an
OPTION statement that allows the use
of fluorescent colors when the
corresponding color is required. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, two local
agencies, and an NCUTCD member all
supported the use of fluorescent colors,
while a traffic engineering consultant
opposed the addition of fluorescent
colors without guidance on when they
should be used. The FHWA adopts this
change in this final rule with minor
editorial revisions in order to give
jurisdictions the flexibility to use
fluorescent colors when they determine
they are needed in order to attract
additional attention to the signs. As part
of this change, the FHWA revises the
color specifications in 23 CFR part 655,
appendix to subpart F, Tables 3, 3A, and
4 to add the fluorescent version of the
color red, as proposed in the NPA. The
color specifications for fluorescent
yellow, fluorescent orange and
fluorescent pink are already included in
those tables of the appendix to 23 CFR
part 655, subpart F.
43. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to make several changes to Table 2A–5
Common Uses of Sign Colors, to
correspond to proposed changes in the
text. Specifically, the FHWA proposed
to add the color purple for Electronic
Toll Collection signs and to remove the
use of the color yellow from school
signs. The FHWA also proposed to add
additional types of Changeable Message
Signs and expand the table to include
various legend and background colors
for those signs, consistent with the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66740
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
proposed text of proposed new Chapter
2M (numbered Chapter 2L in this final
rule) as discussed below. In addition,
the FHWA proposed to note that
fluorescent versions of orange, red, and
yellow background colors may be used.
The NCUTCD and ATSSA supported
these changes. The FHWA adopts the
changes and, for consistency with
Section 1A.12, the FHWA adds a
footnote to Table 2A–5 to indicate that
the color purple is only used on plaques
or header panels mounted with other
signs and only for lanes restricted to
vehicles with registered toll accounts,
and that purple is not used as a full sign
background, nor is it used for toll lanes
with video/license plate recognition that
any vehicle without a registered toll
account may use.
44. In Section 2A.11 Dimensions
(Section 2A.12 in the 2003 MUTCD), in
this final rule the FHWA adds new
provisions to the STANDARD and
GUIDANCE statements regarding the
appropriate use of the various columns
in the tables throughout the MUTCD
that describe sizes for signs on various
classes of roads, as proposed in the
NPA. While a traffic control device
manufacturer supported the referenced
tables, a State DOT, two city DOTs, and
an NCUTCD member opposed the
dimensions, stating that they are too
prescriptive, no longer allow
jurisdictions to use good engineering
judgment in determining sign sizes, and
could result in larger signs. The FHWA
disagrees, because the sizes specified
are appropriate to enable letter sizes
sufficient to meet the legibility needs of
all drivers, including older drivers.
These sizes remain largely unchanged
from the 2003 MUTCD and only a few
specific sign sizes were increased. The
FHWA adopts this language to clarify
how the columns in the sign size tables
are intended to be used. The FHWA also
adds language in each of the sections
throughout the MUTCD that refer to a
sign size table, to refer back to this
generally applicable text in Section
2A.11, and deletes repetitive text on use
of the various columns in the size tables
that appeared in other sections
throughout the 2003 MUTCD.
45. In Section 2A.12 Symbols (Section
2A.13 in the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
adds a STANDARD statement and a
corresponding OPTION statement at the
end of the section prohibiting the use of
symbols from one type of sign on a
different type of sign, except in limited
circumstances or as specifically
authorized in the MUTCD. While a State
DOT and a local DOT supported these
revisions, two other State DOTs and
another local DOT opposed the changes
and suggested that it would be simpler
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
to use the same symbols for recreational
and cultural interest areas on other
signs. The FHWA disagrees with the
commenters because many approved
symbols for recreational and cultural
area guide signing are not appropriate
for use on warning or regulatory signs.
The colors and shapes of symbols are
designed to have a specific impact
depending on the intended use of that
type of sign. Intermixing symbols from
one type of sign to a different type of
sign can affect the impact and can be
potentially confusing, and therefore
should be specifically prohibited. The
FHWA adopts this change as proposed
in the NPA, with minor editorial
revisions.
46. In Section 2A.13 Word Messages
(Section 2A.14 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA revises the first GUIDANCE
statement to recommend that the
minimum specific ratio for letter height
should be 1 inch of letter height per 30
feet of legibility distance. In conjunction
with this proposed change, the FHWA
deletes the SUPPORT statement that
followed this paragraph in the 2003
MUTCD. The NCUTCD and ATSSA
supported these changes. Four State
DOTs, seven local DOTs, an NCUTCD
member, a traffic engineering
consultant, and a citizen all opposed the
change, stating that the larger letter
heights would create larger signs, and
suggesting that there was a lack of
significant research and justification.
The FHWA notes that the majority of
sign sizes remain the same as the 2003
MUTCD and only a few specific sign
designs which had legends too small to
be read from an appropriate distance
were increased in size. Additionally,
signs in good condition may remain in
place as long as they are serviceable
until they are replaced under the
periodic maintenance program of each
agency. The FHWA adopts these
changes in order to be consistent with
recommendations from the Older Driver
Handbook 13 that sign legibility be based
on 20/40 vision. Most States allow
drivers with 20/40 corrected vision to
obtain driver’s licenses, and with the
increasing numbers of older drivers, the
FHWA believes that 20/40 vision should
be the basis of letter heights used on
signs. This change will generally not
impact the design of guide signs because
13 ‘‘Highway Design Handbook for Older Drivers
and Pedestrians,’’ FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–
01–103, May 2001, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/
01103/coverfront.htm. Also see recommendation
number II.A(1) in ‘‘Guidelines and
Recommendations to Accommodate Older Drivers
and Pedestrians,’’ FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–
01–051, May 2001, which can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the provisions in the 2003 MUTCD for
guide sign letter heights already
provided sufficient legibility distances
for 20/40 vision in most cases. The sizes
of regulatory and warning signs used in
some situations will need to be
increased to provide for larger letter
sizes. Specific changes to sign sizes
resulting from the change in letter
height are discussed below in the items
pertaining to the sign size tables in other
chapters in Part 2 and in certain other
Parts of the MUTCD.
ATSSA, a State DOT, a research
institute, and a traffic engineering
consultant suggested that the FHWA
add the positive contrast Clearview font
into the SHSM and MUTCD based on
the research done under the
experimental use of the font
demonstrating significant legibility
enhancements for older drivers. The
FHWA did not propose such an
addition in the NPA and the FHWA
disagrees with the commenters and does
not add the font. Although the
Clearview font received Interim
Approval in September 2004 for
positive-contrast guide sign legends
only, some research to date has shown
that negative contrast mixed-case
Clearview legends are not as legible as
standard SHSM alphabets. The
practicality of maintaining two separate
alphabet systems, one for positivecontrast and one for negative-contrast
legends, has also been taken into
consideration. Further, the alternative
alphabet did not undergo any testing on
numerals and special characters, which
have been reported to be problematic
from a legibility standpoint, nor has any
testing been performed on a narrower
series. It would be premature to
categorically adopt the alternative
alphabet for a marginal theoretical
improvement in legibility where no
supporting evidence of a demonstrable
improvement has been reported by
those agencies who have erected signing
using the alternate alphabets. Highway
agencies can continue to use the
Clearview font for positive contrast
legends on guide signs under the
provisions of the FHWA’s Interim
Approval IA–5 dated September 2,
2004.14
ATSSA, a State DOT, a local agency,
and a citizen supported the FHWA’s
proposal to eliminate the option to use
all upper-case letters for names of
places, streets, and highways and to
require that such names be composed of
a combination of lower-case letters with
initial upper-case letters. However, 5
14 Interim Approval IA–5 can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/res-ia_clearview_font.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
State DOTs, 10 local DOTs, an NCUTCD
member, an association of local
counties, and a traffic engineering
consultant opposed the change and
suggested that the use of all upper-case
letters remain an option, or that the
FHWA change the proposed
STANDARD statement to a GUIDANCE
statement. Many of the commenters
expressed concern with cost and
thought that while the mixed-case
words might be easier to read, the
amount of improvement in legibility did
not justify the cost. The FHWA adopts
the STANDARD requirement for mixedcase lettering for names of places,
streets, and highways because published
research 15 supports the enhanced
legibility of mixed-case legends in
comparison to all upper-case legends.
The FHWA also notes that under the
systematic upgrading provisions of
Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of
Federal Regulations, existing signs in
good condition can remain for the
remainder of their service life.
The FHWA also adds text in Section
2A.13 regarding fractions, hyphens, and
relationships of upper case to lower case
letters in mixed-case words used in
word messages in this final rule, for
consistency with other MUTCD
provisions in Chapters 2D and 2E,
information in the SHSM book, and
accepted sign design practices necessary
for proper sign word message legibility.
47. In Section 2A.14 Sign Borders
(Section 2A.15 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA clarifies the GUIDANCE
statement to indicate that the corner and
border radii on signs should be
concentric with one another. The
FHWA received a comment from
ATSSA in support of this revision and
the FHWA adopts the proposed text
with editorial revisions in this final rule
to better facilitate the use of sign
fabrication software with inset borders.
48. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2A.15
Enhanced Conspicuity for Standard
Signs. This section contains an OPTION
statement regarding the methods that
may be used to enhance the conspicuity
of standard regulatory, warning, or
guide signs and a STANDARD statement
prohibiting the use of strobe lights as a
sign conspicuity enhancement method.
The NCUTCD, ATSSA, and several State
and local DOTs, NCUTCD members, and
traffic engineering consultants
commented on the various conspicuity
enhancement methods proposed in the
15 Research on this topic is cited and discussed
in ‘‘Highway Design Handbook for Older Drivers
and Pedestrians,’’ FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–
01–103, May 2001, which can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
humanfac/01103/coverfront.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
NPA. Some commenters felt that having
a large variety of methods for sign
conspicuity would not help with
uniformity, and therefore the methods
should be deleted altogether, or at least
the number of items reduced. Other
commenters provided comments about
the specific methods. Several
commenters suggested that a red strip
(item F in the NPA) should only be
permitted on signs indicating that a
stop, yield, or prohibition is involved
with the sign. To avoid confusion, the
FHWA does not adopt item F in this
final rule. The FHWA believes that
adding specific methods for increasing
sign conspicuity will actually result in
more uniform use of conspicuity
methods, because agencies will have
access to a list of optional uses, rather
than creating an unlimited number of
their own methods. The methods
contained in the OPTION reflect
widespread and successful practices by
State and local agencies, and as a result,
the FHWA incorporates the methods,
with minor editorial changes for
consistency with other MUTCD
sections, in this final rule.
The New York State DOT opposed the
FHWA’s proposed prohibition of the use
of strobe lights for conspicuity of
highway signs, stating that there is no
research indicating that their use is
dangerous and that information about
their use in New York shows that they
can have a very positive effect on
highway safety. The FHWA disagrees
and notes that published reports 16 on
experimentation with the application of
strobe lights to traffic signals have not
demonstrated lasting safety effects and
therefore it is unlikely that application
of strobes to other traffic control devices
would have lasting effects. The FHWA
also notes that New York State has not
provided any documentation of positive
effects.
The FHWA incorporates this new
section to provide improved uniformity
of enhanced conspicuity treatments to
benefit road users.
49. The FHWA received several
comments associated with Figure 2A–1
Examples of Enhanced Conspicuity for
Signs. Many of the comments were the
same as those expressed for the written
text in Section 2A.15. Based on
comments from a State DOT, the FHWA
adds two new drawings illustrating the
use of the words ‘‘NEW’’ and ‘‘NOTICE’’
16 ‘‘Evaluation of Strobe Lights in Red Lens of
Traffic Signals,’’ by Benjamin H. Cottrell, Virginia
Transportation Research Council, was published in
1995 in Transportation Research Record number
1495, which is available for purchase from the
Transportation Research Board’s bookstore, which
can be accessed at the following Internet Web site:
https://pubsindex.trb.org/.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66741
on the yellow sign panel and renumbers
the drawings accordingly. The FHWA
also adds that orange flags may be used
on drawing B and deletes the drawing
showing the use of a red strip of
retroreflective sheeting on a regulatory
sign panel.
50. In Section 2A.16 Standardization
of Location, the FHWA adds to
paragraph 06 an additional
recommended criterion for locating
signs where they do not obscure the line
of sight to approaching vehicles on a
major street for drivers who are stopped
on minor-street approaches. The FHWA
received comments from two State
DOTs and a local DOT supporting this
proposed revision and the FHWA
adopts this change in this final rule to
reflect good engineering practice and
improved safety.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adds to paragraph 10 that the placement
of community wayfinding and
acknowledgment guide signs should
have a lower priority than other guide
signs. The FHWA received a comment
from a State DOT and local DOT in
support of this addition and
incorporates it in this final rule to
clarify the priority of sign type
placement, reflecting the addition to the
manual of new types of guide signs.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a paragraph to the last GUIDANCE
statement to provide recommendations
on the placement of STOP and YIELD
signs at intersections, and to clarify that
the dimension shown in Figure 2A–3 for
the maximum distance of STOP or
YIELD signs from the edge of the
traveled way of the intersected roadway
is GUIDANCE. A State DOT, a local
DOT, and an NCUTCD member agreed
with this statement. In this final rule the
FHWA moves this statement to Section
2B.10 based on a comment, since the
statement is more appropriately related
to the content of that section.
51. The FHWA received comments
from the NCUTCD regarding proposed
revisions to Figure 2A–2, and as a
result, changes the title to ‘‘Examples of
Heights and Lateral Locations of Sign
Installations’’ to indicate that these are
examples and to be consistent with the
text in Sections 2A.16, 2A.18, and
2A.19. Although a State DOT, an
NCUTCD member, and a traffic
engineering consultant opposed the use
of the 12-foot dimension between the
edge of the pavement and the sign in
drawings A and D, the FHWA disagrees
and retains the 12-foot dimension in
this final rule, because the guidance text
in Section 2A.19 recommends the 12foot dimension, and therefore the figure
should reflect the text. The FHWA
received similar comments about the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66742
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
lateral offset dimensions in Figure 2A–
3; however, the FHWA retains the
offsets as shown in the NPA, because
the MUTCD text remains unchanged.
The dimensions in the figure were
merely corrected to maintain
consistency with the text.
52. In Section 2A.18 Mounting
Height, the FHWA adopts the change of
paragraph 01 to a STANDARD, as
proposed in the NPA, to require that the
provisions of this section apply to all
signs and object markers, unless
specifically stated otherwise elsewhere
in the Manual. The FHWA incorporates
this change to emphasize that the
mounting heights in this section are
mandatory, including in relation to
pedestrian considerations.
The FHWA also clarifies that
mounting heights are to be measured
vertically from the bottom of the sign to
the level of the edge of the traveled way.
The FHWA also adds text to clarify that
a minimum height of 7 feet is to be used
for signs installed at the side of the road
in business, commercial, or residential
areas where parking or pedestrian
movements are likely to occur, or where
the view of the sign might be obstructed,
or where signs are installed above
sidewalks. In concert with these
changes, the FHWA adds that a sign
shall not project more than 4 inches into
a pedestrian facility if the bottom of a
secondary sign that is mounted below
another sign is mounted lower than 7
feet. The FHWA had proposed these
provisions as a GUIDANCE statement in
the NPA; however, based on comments
from the Utah DOT and an advocacy
group for the blind, the FHWA changes
this to a STANDARD statement in this
final rule to be consistent with
requirements of the Americans with
Disabilities Act as set forth in ADAAG
provisions 17 regarding signs in the
vicinity of pedestrian activity and in
order to make the mounting height
language consistent throughout the
Manual. In addition, the FHWA
reorganizes the order of the text within
the STANDARD statements in this
section for clarity.
53. In Section 2A.19 Lateral Offset,
the FHWA received a comment from a
State DOT expressing the need to
reconcile the compliance date for the
existing statement in this Section that
requires post-mounted supports to be
crashworthy if in the clear zone. The
FHWA notes that there is an existing
target compliance date of January 17,
2013, that was established with the final
17 The Americans With Disabilities Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.accessboard.gov/ada-aba/index.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
rule 18 for the 2003 Edition of the
MUTCD for crashworthiness of sign
supports for roads with posted speed
limits of 50 mph or higher. No specific
target compliance date was established
for roads with posted speed limits of 45
mph or less and for all roads with
unposted speed limits. The FHWA
believes that no target compliance date
is needed for crashworthiness of sign
supports on these lower speed roads
and that systematic upgrading processes
will suffice in ultimately achieving
crashworthiness of all sign supports.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2B
54. As proposed in the NPA, in
Section 2B.02 Design of Regulatory
Signs, the FHWA adopts the change of
paragraph 01 to a STANDARD statement
to clarify that regulatory signs are
rectangular unless specifically
designated otherwise. As part of this
change, the FHWA also adds a reference
to the Standard Highway Signs and
Markings 19 book for sign design
elements.
The FHWA also relocates the first two
paragraphs of Section 2B.54 of the 2003
MUTCD to a new OPTION statement in
Section 2B.02, because the paragraphs
contain information about regulatory
word messages and symbols that is more
relevant in this section.
55. In Section 2B.03 Size of
Regulatory Signs, the FHWA had
proposed in the NPA to reference a new
Table 2B–2 with minimum sizes for
certain regulatory signs facing traffic on
multi-lane conventional roads. Based on
comments from the NCUTCD and an
NCUTCD member, the FHWA instead
adds a column to Table 2B–1 for multilane conventional roads in this final
rule, rather than an entire new table. To
address these comments, as well as
those from two State DOTs, concerning
specific regulatory signs identified in
Table 2B–1 other than STOP signs, the
FHWA also adds two exemptions to the
requirement to use the larger sign sizes
on multi-lane conventional roads: (1)
For the size of signs mounted in the
median on the left-hand side of the
roadway that are in addition to the signs
placed on the right-hand side and (2) for
multi-lane conventional roads with
posted speed limits of 35 mph or less.
The FHWA received comments in
18 The Federal Register Notice for this Final Rule,
dated November 20, 2003 (Volume 68, Number 224,
Page 65496–65583) can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/texts/
2125-AE67.pdf.
19 The current edition of ‘‘Standard Highway
Signs and Markings,’’ FHWA, 2004 Edition, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ser-shs_millennium.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
opposition to the larger sign sizes,
primarily because of cost concerns, from
three local DOTs and a traffic
engineering consultant. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments because
any impacts are mitigated by the
systematic upgrading provisions (23
CFR 655.603(d)(1)) that enable highway
agencies to upgrade to the larger sizes as
the existing signs are replaced at the end
of their service life. The FHWA believes
that the new text and information in the
table is necessary to provide signs on
multi-lane approaches that are more
visible and legible to drivers with visual
acuity of 20/40. On multi-lane roads,
increased legibility distances are also
needed because of the potential
blockage of signs by other vehicles.
In the NPA, the FHWA also included
a requirement that the minimum size of
36 inches x 36 inches shall be used for
STOP signs that face multi-lane
approaches. While ATSSA, the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a local DOT
supported the requirement, a State DOT
and six city DOTs opposed the change,
particularly as it related to STOP signs
on low-speed roads. The FHWA adopts
the requirement to use larger STOP
signs, because increased STOP sign
sizes have been shown to reduce crashes
by 19%.20 However, the FHWA clarifies
the minimum size requirement for
STOP signs as 36 inches x 36 inches
facing side roads (one or more lanes)
where they intersect multi-lane
highways that have speed limits of 45
mph or higher. For multi-lane highways
or streets that have speed limits of 40
mph or less, the STOP signs on the sideroad approaches shall follow the sizes
shown for conventional roads in Table
2B–1. STOP signs that face traffic on the
multi-lane highway shall be a minimum
size of 36 inches x 36 inches.
Finally, based on a comment from a
State DOT, the FHWA adds a
GUIDANCE statement that the
minimum size for regulatory signs
facing traffic on exit and entrance ramps
should be the size identified in Table
2B–1 for the mainline roadway
classification listed for each of the
columns.
56. The FHWA received comments
related to specific sign sizes in Table
2B–2 proposed in the NPA. As
discussed above, the FHWA combines
proposed Table 2B–2 into Table 2B–1 in
this final rule. The NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, two local DOTs, two NCUTCD
20 ‘‘Crash Reduction Factors Desktop Reference,’’
publication number FHWA–SA–07–015,
September, 2007, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.transportation.org/
sites/scohts/docs/
Crash%20Reduction%20Factors%
20Desktop%20Reference%2012–19–07.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
members, and a traffic engineering
consultant opposed the larger sizes of
various signs, including YIELD signs,
DO NOT ENTER signs, ONE WAY signs,
parking signs, and signs used on traffic
signal mast arms. The FHWA adopts the
larger sizes as proposed in the NPA
because of the critical nature of the
information conveyed by these signs.
These larger sizes are more legible,
especially to older drivers, and therefore
these critical message signs merit larger
sized legends.
57. The FHWA makes several changes
to Table 2B–1 Regulatory Sign and
Plaque Sizes. These changes include
adding more sizes in the ‘‘Minimum’’
column for use in low-speed
environments and adding several more
signs and supplemental plaques to the
table to correspond with other changes
within Part 2. A local DOT opposed
many of the minimum sizes shown in
the table because they are larger than
those used in that State’s urban areas.
The commenter believes that in urban
areas the space available for signs along
sidewalks and medians can often be
very narrow, making it difficult to place
larger signs without encroaching into
the street, buildings, landscaping,
utilities, signals, or pedestrian right-ofway. A traffic engineering consultant
questioned the justification for the
increased sizes and expressed concern
about the wind loading on traffic signal
mast arms because of the larger sign
sizes. A State DOT and a local DOT also
expressed the desire to use smaller sign
sizes on traffic signal mast arms and for
some other signs. The FHWA reiterates
that the increase in sign and plaque
sizes is to improve driver recognition
and response time, with the intent of
meeting the needs of road users with 20/
40 visual acuity. Letter heights smaller
than 6 inches become problematic in
meeting the needs of drivers with 20/40
visual acuity, therefore the FHWA
adopts in this final rule the proposed
increases in the sizes of signs. The
FHWA also received several comments
from the NCUTCD and its members
suggesting additional revisions beyond
those shown in the NPA that the FHWA
incorporates in this final rule. These
revisions include adding signs to the
table that were inadvertently not
included in the NPA and adjusting the
sizes of some of the signs to reflect the
larger letter sizes associated with 20/40
visual acuity as discussed previously
under Chapter 2A.
58. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.04
Right-of-Way at Intersections. This
section contains information contained
in Section 2B.05 of the 2003 MUTCD. In
addition, as proposed in the NPA, the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
FHWA adds recommendations on the
factors that should be considered in
establishing intersection control and the
use of STOP and YIELD signs. A State
DOT and a city DOT supported these
new criteria. A State DOT supported the
majority of the criteria, but suggested
that approach speeds should not be
included in the conditions. The FHWA
agrees and deletes that condition in this
final rule. Two city DOTs suggested that
the criteria, particularly item B, required
too much data collection, which can be
expensive and require resources beyond
those available at the local level. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the
remaining criteria, because the FHWA
believes an engineering evaluation,
which includes data collection, needs to
be performed for STOP and YIELD sign
applications, which are critical right-ofway controls. The additional guidance
is intended to provide a more logical
progression from least restrictive to
more restrictive controls.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adds paragraph 05, to the existing
GUIDANCE statement that YIELD signs
should not be used for speed control.
The 2003 MUTCD already included the
recommendation that STOP signs not be
used for speed control. A local DOT
supported the addition of YIELD signs
to this recommendation; however, a
State DOT and a local DOT suggested
that the FHWA revise the statement to
indicate that STOP and YIELD signs
should not be used ‘‘exclusively’’ for
speed control, because there are
occasions where STOP and YIELD signs
serve a secondary purpose as speed
control measures. The FHWA disagrees
with revising the language and notes
that a system of alternating two-way
stops remains allowable for
neighborhood traffic control.
The FHWA also adds a STANDARD
statement that prohibits the use of STOP
and YIELD signs in conjunction with
other traffic control signal operation,
except for the cases specified in the
STANDARD. Much of this information
was in Section 2B.05 of the 2003
MUTCD; however, the FHWA adds a
specific case regarding channelized turn
lanes to the list of cases where STOP or
YIELD signs can be used, reflecting
common practice.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adds a STANDARD statement
prohibiting the use of STOP signs and
YIELD signs on different approaches to
the same unsignalized intersection if
those approaches conflict with or
oppose each other, except as noted in
Section 2B.09. Two State DOTs, a city
DOT, and an NCUTCD member opposed
this statement because they felt that
there are circumstances where this
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66743
practice should be allowed. The FHWA
disagrees, because this prohibition is
needed for consistency with the adopted
STANDARD statement for use of STOP
and YIELD signs in conjunction with
traffic signal operation, and the FHWA
notes that an EXCEPT RIGHT TURN
R1–10P plaque is incorporated in this
final rule in Section 2B.05 to address
many of the situations cited by the
commenters.
Finally, the FHWA adds a
STANDARD statement as proposed in
the NPA for the use of folding STOP
signs for traffic signal power outages by
adding language to the MUTCD that
corresponds to Official Interpretation
#2–545.21 Although two city DOTs
opposed this language, in part because
of concerns about liability, three State
DOTs and a city DOT supported the
language, with editorial changes. Many
of the comments pertained to
incorporating additional information
from the Official Interpretation into the
MUTCD. The FHWA does not believe
that the MUTCD is the appropriate
location for this information. The
FHWA does, however, revise the text in
this final rule to clarify the language on
how folding STOP signs are to be
installed and manually retrieved in
conjunction with signal operation upon
restoration of electrical power.
59. The FHWA renumbers and retitles
Section 2B.04 of the 2003 MUTCD to
Section 2B.05 STOP Sign and ALL WAY
Plaque. As part of this change, the
FHWA proposed to revise the
STANDARD statement to require the
use of the ALL-WAY supplemental
plaque if all intersection approaches are
controlled by STOP signs, to limit the
use of the ALL-WAY plaque to only
those locations where all intersection
approaches are controlled by STOP
signs, and to prohibit the use of
supplemental plaques with the legend
2-WAY, 3-WAY, 4-WAY, etc., below
STOP signs. ATSSA, a local DOT, a
traffic engineering consultant, and a
citizen supported the new requirements,
while five State DOTs, four local DOTs
and an association representing local
DOTs, and a NCUTCD member opposed
the proposed requirements. Many of the
commenters felt that all or some of the
existing 2-WAY, 3-WAY, or 4-WAY
plaques should be retained because they
are understood by road users, and to
replace the signs would be
unnecessarily expensive. The FHWA
disagrees for two reasons: (1) The ALLWAY plaque is the same size as the 221 FHWA’s Official Interpretation #2–545, April 9,
2004, can be viewed at the following Internet Web
site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/
interpretations/pdf/2_545.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66744
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WAY, 3-WAY, and 4-WAY plaques and
the required replacements can be
accomplished through the systematic
upgrading processes of Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal
Regulations; and (2) the word message
‘‘ALL-WAY’’ more clearly
communicates that all approaches are
required to stop, which is critical
information for road users facing a
STOP control at an intersection. The
FHWA adopts the requirements, as
proposed, to provide uniformity in the
use of supplemental plaques with STOP
signs, especially at locations where all
approaches are controlled by STOP
signs.
The FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
statement recommending the use of
plaques with appropriate alternate
messages, such as TRAFFIC FROM
RIGHT DOES NOT STOP, where STOP
signs control all but one approach to the
intersection. A city DOT opposed this
recommendation, suggesting that it
should be either an Option, or
eliminated from the MUTCD. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the change
to encourage the use of these plaques at
intersections that need increased driver
awareness regarding an unexpected
right-of-way control. A State DOT
opposed the revision because the
regulatory and warning signs should not
be installed on the same post. The
FHWA adds language to Section 2A.16
to clarify that these plaques may be
posted below a STOP sign.
Finally, as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds an OPTION allowing the
use of a new EXCEPT RIGHT TURN
(R1–10P) plaque mounted below a
STOP sign when an engineering study
determines that a special combination of
geometry and traffic volumes is present
that makes it possible for right-turning
traffic on the approach to be permitted
to enter the intersection without
stopping. ATSSA, a State DOT, and a
local DOT supported this new plaque
and associated language, while a State
DOT and a local DOT opposed it, citing
their beliefs that it might cause conflicts
between vehicles that have to stop with
those that do not have to stop and that
it will reduce the integrity of the STOP
sign. The FHWA disagrees and adopts
this change to give agencies flexibility
in establishing right-of-way controls for
such special conditions. Since this is an
optional use, agencies are not required
to use this sign. The Sign Synthesis
Study 22 found that at least 12 States
have developed 7 different sign
22 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 18, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
messages for this purpose. The adopted
sign provides for the uniform use of the
simplest, most accurate legend.
60. The FHWA relocates much of the
information in Section 2B.05 STOP Sign
Applications of the 2003 MUTCD to
Section 2B.04 Right-of-Way at
Intersections. The FHWA adds
additional language to the remaining
GUIDANCE statement in Section 2B.06
STOP Sign Applications that lists
conditions under which the use of a
STOP sign should be considered. A
State DOT supported the language with
the criteria for STOP signs, and several
commenters provided editorial
comments or asked questions. The
FHWA reiterates that the language in
this section provides agencies with
specific and quantitative guidance
regarding the use of STOP signs only,
while the guidance and criteria set forth
in Section 2B.05 encompass the need for
right-of-way control in the form of
YIELD and STOP conditions. The
FHWA also received a comment from a
retail owner suggesting that this section
does not specifically address the use of
STOP signs in parking areas. As
discussed previously regarding the
MUTCD Introduction, the FHWA
exempts parking lots from MUTCD
applicability.
61. The FHWA deletes Section 2B.06
STOP Sign Placement from the 2003
MUTCD because most of the text in this
section is incorporated into Section
2B.10 of this final rule.
62. In Section 2B.09 YIELD Sign
Applications, as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA clarifies the STANDARD
statement by adding that YIELD signs at
roundabouts shall be used to control the
approach roadways and shall not be
used to control the circular roadway.
Four State DOTs, two local DOTs, two
NCUTCD members, five bicycle/
pedestrian advocacy associations, and
four citizens supported the changes to
this section. A State DOT and a local
DOT expressed concern about portions
of the section that were removed that
would allow YIELD signs to be used
instead of STOP signs at some locations
and the removal of the visibility
requirement for YIELD sign
installations. The FHWA disagrees with
these commenters because the text
changes in Section 2B.09 do not
materially change the meaning of the
provisions regarding where YIELD signs
may be used. The FHWA adopts this
change to provide uniformity in signing
at roundabouts and to reflect the
prevailing practices of modern
roundabout design.
Two traffic engineering consultants
suggested that YIELD signs be
prohibited to assign the right-of-way on
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
all approaches to an intersection, other
than for a roundabout intersection. The
FHWA agrees and clarifies the proposed
STANDARD statement in this final rule
so that it is explicitly clear that YIELD
signs shall not be used to control the
right-of-way on all approaches to an
intersection, other than for all
approaches to a roundabout
intersection, for consistency with
requirements for traffic signal controlled
intersections and STOP controlled
intersections.
63. The FHWA retitles Section 2B.10
to ‘‘STOP Sign or YIELD Sign
Placement’’ to reflect the relocation of
language regarding STOP sign
placement from Section 2B.06 of the
2003 MUTCD to this section.
In the NPA the FHWA proposed to
delete the requirement from paragraph
01 that YIELD signs be placed on both
the left-hand and right-hand sides of
approaches to roundabouts with more
than one lane and instead makes this a
GUIDANCE statement in paragraph 16.
In concert with this change, the FHWA
also proposed to add an OPTION
allowing similar placement of a YIELD
sign on the left-hand side of a single
lane roundabout approach if a raised
splitter island is available. A local DOT
and a traffic engineering consultant
supported these changes, and the
FHWA adopts this language to reflect
current practice on signing roundabout
approaches and to allow agencies
additional flexibility.
To address comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a local DOT,
the FHWA relocates the GUIDANCE
statement recommending that STOP and
YIELD signs not be placed further than
50 feet back from the edge of the
pavement of the intersected roadway to
this section in this final rule. In the
NPA, this statement was proposed in
Section 2A.16.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a paragraph to the STANDARD
that prohibited the mounting of items
other than retroreflective strips on the
supports, official traffic control signs,
sign installation dates, inventory
stickers, anti-vandalism stickers, and
bar codes on the fronts or backs of STOP
or YIELD signs or on their supports. To
address a comment from a State DOT
suggesting that the FHWA clarify the
intent of the language, the FHWA
separates the information into three
paragraphs in this final rule. Paragraph
04 details the placement of items on the
fronts of STOP or Yield signs, paragraph
05 describes items placed on the backs
of STOP or Yield signs, and paragraph
06 describes the placement of items on
the fronts or backs of STOP or YIELD
signs supports.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to indicate that a sign that is mounted
back-to-back with a STOP or YIELD sign
should stay within the edges of the
STOP or YIELD sign. While two DOTs
and an NCUTCD member supported this
language, four State DOTs, two local
DOTs, and a citizen opposed this
language, because they felt that DO NOT
ENTER signs should be allowed to be
mounted on the back of STOP signs
without increasing the size of the STOP
sign to the extent required. Two local
DOTs and a citizen opposed the
language in general, because they felt
that a sign mounted on the back of a
STOP or YIELD sign would show its
bare aluminum side, which would serve
to highlight or frame the STOP or YIELD
sign. The FHWA disagrees with the
commenters because it is critical to
assure that the shape of these very
important intersection right-of-way
signs can be discerned from the
opposite direction of approach. The
FHWA adopts these changes to clarify
the GUIDANCE statement that a sign
that is mounted back-to-back with a
STOP or YIELD sign should stay within
the edges of the STOP or YIELD sign,
and adds that, if needed, the size of the
STOP or YIELD sign should be
increased to accomplish this
recommendation.
The FHWA adds paragraph 16
recommending that an additional YIELD
sign be placed on the left-hand side of
the multi-lane roundabout approach if a
raised splitter island is available. A
State DOT and a traffic engineering
consultant supported this
recommendation, while a local agency
felt that it should be an option, rather
than a recommendation. The FHWA
believes that the left-hand side YIELD
sign is important for multi-lane
approaches to roundabouts due to the
curvature at the roundabout entry and
this sign should be provided if a splitter
island is present. The FHWA adopts the
NPA language in this final rule.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adds paragraph 19 prohibiting the
placement of multiple STOP signs or
multiple YIELD signs on the same
support facing the same direction. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and two local
DOTs supported this change. The
FHWA adopts this change to prohibit
this practice, because there have been
no studies or research documenting any
safety benefits of this practice and it is
potentially confusing, and there are
many other acceptable and proven
methods of adding emphasis, such as
detailed in Section 2A.15.
64. The FHWA retitles Section 2B.11
to ‘‘Yield Here to Pedestrians Signs and
Stop Here for Pedestrians Signs’’ to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
reflect additional language in the
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statement that FHWA adds to this
section regarding the use of Stop Here
for Pedestrians Signs. The language is
consistent with similar language in Part
7 regarding the placement of these signs,
as well as stop and yield lines. The
FHWA proposed adding the Stop Here
for Pedestrians sign because some State
laws require motorists to come to a full
stop for, rather than just yield to,
pedestrians in a crosswalk. The
NCUTCD, a local DOT, and a bicycle/
pedestrian advocacy association
supported the changes; however, a State
DOT and an NCUTCD member opposed
restricting the use of R1–5 Yield (Stop)
Here to Pedestrian signs to only multilane approaches. The FHWA adopts the
changes as proposed and notes that
these signs were developed as a
countermeasure for the multiple threat
situations for pedestrians and there is
no need for advance yielding (stopping)
on a single lane approach to a
crosswalk.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add STANDARD and
OPTION statements at the end of the
section regarding the combination use of
the Yield Here to (Stop Here for)
Pedestrian (R1–5 series) sign in the
vicinity of the Pedestrian Crossing
warning (W11–2) sign. The FHWA
received comments from the NCUTCD,
three State DOTs, four local DOTs, and
two traffic consultants who supported
the concept, but found the wording
confusing. As a result, the FHWA
adopts a revised STANDARD statement
in this final rule that restricts blocking
the view of the W11–2 sign, or placing
it on the same post as a R1–5 series sign.
The FHWA also adopts paragraph 05 in
the OPTION statement to allow
Pedestrian Crossing signs to be mounted
overhead where Yield Here to (Stop
Here for) signs have been installed in
advance of the crosswalk. The FHWA
also allows the use of advance
Pedestrian Crossing (W11–2) signs on
the approach with AHEAD or distance
plaques and In-Street Pedestrian
Crossing signs at the crosswalk where
Yield Here to (Stop Here for) Pedestrian
signs have been installed. The FHWA
adopts this new language to be
consistent with similar language that is
being adopted in Part 7, which is based
on FHWA’s Official Interpretation # 2–
566.23
65. In Section 2B.12 In-Street and
Overhead Pedestrian Crossing Signs, the
23 FHWA’s
Official Interpretation #2–566(I), July
27, 2005, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/
interpretations/2_566.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66745
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statements regarding the use of the new
Overhead Pedestrian Crossing (R1–9 or
R1–9a) sign that may be used to remind
road users of laws regarding right-ofway at an unsignalized pedestrian
crosswalk. ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and a local DOT supported the
inclusion of the Overhead Pedestrian
Crossing signs and their design, while
another NCUTCD member, two State
DOTs, and a local DOT opposed the
signs and/or their designs because they
wanted more flexibility. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenters and adds
the text as proposed and this sign, with
the design as proposed in the NPA, in
this final rule. This is based on the Sign
Synthesis Study,24 which revealed that
some agencies use an overhead sign
because it is needed in some
applications. The FHWA adds this sign
to Table 2B–1, Figure 2B–2, and to the
appropriate text and figures in Part 7,
for consistency.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
insert new GUIDANCE and OPTION
statements regarding conditions and
criteria to be used in determining when
In-Street Pedestrian Crossing signs
should be used at unsignalized
intersections. The NCUTCD, an
NCUTCD member, 2 State DOTs, and 3
local DOTs opposed the recommended
criteria, specifically the criteria to use
the signs at crossing locations where
there are 25 or more pedestrians per
hour. The FHWA agrees and removes
the criteria from this final rule, and
adopts the OPTION statement allowing
highway agencies to develop criteria for
determining the applicability of InStreet Pedestrian Crossing signs.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
also adds paragraph 03 requiring that
the In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign, if
used, be placed only in the roadway at
the crosswalk location on the center
line, on a lane line, or on a median
island. While an NCUTCD member
supported the language, two State DOTs
and two local DOTs opposed the
language, suggesting that locating this
sign in the crosswalk was not the
original intent of this device, and that
doing so might actually pose a safety
issue by distracting or obstructing the
pedestrian’s or driver’s view. The
FHWA received comments from a City
DOT opposed to the proposed language
restricting the location of overhead
pedestrian crossing signs to over the
roadway at the crosswalk location and
24 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 19, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66746
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
prohibiting the installation of the signs
at signalized locations. The commenter
felt that there are unique locations
where the requirements need to be
relaxed to allow flexibility. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments, because
the experimentation that led to the
original inclusion of the R1–6 In-Street
Pedestrian Sign in the MUTCD only
involved signs located in the street
itself, where it is highly visible to the
approaching driver, and did not include
any application of the R1–6 sign behind
the curb. The FHWA does not have any
information that would support
placement of this sign at locations out
of the roadway itself. The FHWA adopts
the language in this final rule to be
consistent with similar language
proposed in Part 7, which is based on
FHWA’s Official Interpretation # 7–
64(1).25
In addition, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed revising paragraph 10 to
specify that the In-Street Pedestrian
Crossing sign shall have a black legend
and border on a white background,
surrounded by an outer fluorescent
yellow-green background area, or by a
yellow background area. The FHWA
adopts this language, with editorial
edits, based on comments from two
State DOTs suggesting the need to
clarify the color of the background area.
The FHWA also proposed revising
paragraph 11 to indicate that unless an
In-Street Pedestrian Crossing sign is
placed on a physical island, it is to be
designed to bend over and then bounce
back to its normal vertical position
when struck by a vehicle. A local DOT
and a traffic control device
manufacturer supported this provision,
while a State DOT opposed the
language, stating that drums, cones, and
other types of devices used within
roadways are not required to have this
ability. The FHWA adopts this language
in this final rule because while all signs
must be crashworthy, these in-street
signs need to have special supports to
minimize damage to vehicles and
injuries to pedestrians if the signs are
struck by a passing vehicle.
Finally, the FHWA adds paragraph 13
that provides requirements for the
mounting heights of In-Street Pedestrian
Crossing signs. A traffic control device
manufacturer opposed the mounting
height requirements; however, FHWA
adopts these requirements as proposed
in the NPA to preclude incorrect
mounting of this sign when it is on an
island and to assure that the signs are
25 FHWA’s
Official Interpretation #7–64(I), July
23, 2004, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/
interpretations/7_64.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
crashworthy by not being mounted
above vehicle windshield height .26
66. In Section 2B.13 Speed Limit
Sign, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add to the STANDARD a statement
that speed zones (other than statutory
speed limits) shall only be established
on the basis of an engineering study that
includes an analysis of the current
speed distribution of free-flowing
vehicles. A State DOT and a local DOT
supported this new language, while a
State DOT, a local DOT, and an
advocacy association opposed the
language because they felt it was too
restrictive. In addition, a State DOT, an
association of local DOTs, and six local
DOTs expressed concern that some
roadways do not have volumes that are
high enough to allow the collection of
speed distributions, and there are some
types of roads, such as residential
streets and school zones, where the freeflow speed is actually the safety issue.
The FHWA adopts this change in this
final rule to clarify that consideration is
to be given to the free-flow speed when
determining altered speed zones, and to
clarify that statutorily established speed
limits, such as those typically
established by State laws setting
statewide maximum limits for various
classes of roads (such as neighborhood
roads and school zones), do not require
an engineering study. The FHWA also
proposed to add a new SUPPORT
statement to provide additional
information about the difference
between a statutory speed limit and an
altered speed zone. A citizen opposed
the descriptions because he believes
they offer a way to avoid doing a proper
speed survey and thus enable
jurisdictions to post unreasonably low
speed limits. The FHWA disagrees, as
this is only a SUPPORT statement that
does not affect the other provisions
regarding studies to establish speed
limits, and the FHWA adopts the
SUPPORT statement in this final rule to
clarify the difference between statutory
speed limits and altered speed zones.
The FHWA also proposed to add a
new OPTION statement to permit the
use of several new plaques (R2–5P
series) to be mounted with the Speed
Limit Sign when a jurisdiction has a
policy of installing speed limit signs
only on the streets that enter from a
jurisdictional boundary or from a
higher-speed street to indicate that the
speed limit is applicable to the entire
city, neighborhood, or residential area
unless otherwise posted. A State DOT,
a local DOT, and a retired traffic
engineer supported the new language;
however, a State DOT opposed the
language, because it felt that such
plaques can be difficult to enforce and
have the potential to be abused. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenter
and adopts this change in this final rule,
with editorial clarification, to reflect
common practice in some urban areas,
as documented by the Sign Synthesis
Study,27 and because it is often
unnecessary and overly costly to install
a speed limit sign on every minor
residential street.
The FHWA also proposed to add
paragraph 09 to recommend that a
Reduced Speed Limit Ahead sign be
used where the speed limit is being
reduced by more than 10 mph, or where
engineering judgment indicates the need
for advance notice. One State DOT
supported this new recommendation;
however, another State DOT opposed
this recommendation, stating that to
install reduced speed limit signs in
advance of every 10 mph reduction in
speed would be infeasible. A turnpike
authority suggested that speed limit
drops of more than 10 mph at a time
should be discouraged. The FHWA
adopts this change in this final rule
because the practice of installing
reduced speed signs in advance of speed
zones with more than a 10 mph
reduction has been in place in many
States for decades. In addition, some
States and local highway agencies have
engaged in the practice of establishing
speed limits more than 10 mph lower
than the rural statutory speed limit
when entering a town or commercial
area, and road users need to be warned
of such situations. The FHWA also
adopts this change in order to provide
consistency with changes contained in
Chapter 2C.
The FHWA clarifies the STANDARD
statement proposed in the NPA for the
establishment of speed zones on the
basis of an engineering study of the
current speed distribution of freeflowing vehicles, by adding SUPPORT
and OPTION statements in this final
rule in response to comments from the
NCUTCD. That organization suggested
more clarification as to engineering
studies that should be conducted to
reevaluate non-statutory speed limits
and the posting of altered speed zones.
The FHWA believes these adopted
changes will assist agencies with
reevaluating non-statutory speed limits
on segments of their roadways that have
26 Information on the FHWA’s crash-testing of instreet signs can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/
roadway%5Fdept/policy_guide/road_hardware/
breakaway/signsupports.cfm.
27 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 19–20, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
undergone significant changes since the
last review; such as the addition or
elimination of parking, change in the
number of travel lanes, changes in
bicycle lane configuration, or signal
coordination and in determining speed
limits in speed zones.
As discussed above, in the NPA the
FHWA proposed to add in paragraph 01
of the STANDARD statement a
requirement that the engineering study
that is performed to determine a speed
zone shall include an analysis of the
current speed distribution of freeflowing vehicles. Based on a comment
from the Regulatory and Warning Signs
Technical Committee of the NCUTCD to
include additional guidance and
supporting information for the
establishment of speed zones in the
vicinity of signalized intersections, the
FHWA adds paragraph 13 to the
GUIDANCE statement to recommend
that speed studies on signalized
intersection approaches be taken
outside the influence area of the traffic
control signal, which is generally
considered to be approximately 1⁄2 mile,
to avoid obtaining skewed results for the
85th percentile speed. Following this
GUIDANCE, the FHWA adds a
SUPPORT statement regarding the use
of advance warning signs in the vicinity
of signalized intersections. The FHWA
believes that this new text provides
agencies with additional information
that is useful in establishing speed
zones and gaining motorists’ awareness.
Finally, the FHWA adds a new
GUIDANCE statement to indicate that
Speed Limit signs should not be used to
warn of an advisory speed for a roadway
condition, based on a comment from the
NCUTCD that this is needed for
consistency with the provisions of
Section 2C.08 Advisory Speed Plaque.
The FHWA also adds a reference to
Section 2C.08 for information on
advisory speed plaques for these
conditions.
67. In Section 2B.17 Higher Fines
Signs and Plaque, the FHWA proposed
changes to OPTION, GUIDANCE,
STANDARD, and SUPPORT statements.
In this final rule, the FHWA revises the
existing and proposed text to be
consistent with similar provisions in
Chapter 6F and Chapter 7B for the
application of Higher Fines signs and
plaque.
68. The FHWA relocates all of the text
from Section 2B.18 Location of Speed
Limit Sign of the 2003 MUTCD to
Section 2B.13 Speed Limit Sign (see
item 66 above).
69. In Section 2B.18 (Section 2B.19 of
the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA changes
the title to ‘‘Movement Prohibition
Signs’’ to incorporate the inclusion of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the No Straight Through (R3–27) sign in
the GUIDANCE statement in this
section. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, a State
DOT, two local DOTs, an association,
and two citizens supported this new
sign, although some of the commenters
also suggested that the signs be allowed
for other applications. A State DOT and
two local DOTs opposed the new sign
because they felt that it was
unnecessary. The commenters suggested
that the DO NOT ENTER (R5–1) sign
serves the same purpose. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts the symbolic No
Straight Through sign as proposed in
the NPA. The sign is most commonly
used for traffic restrictions associated
with traffic calming programs. The sign
is useful at intersections having four
approaches, where the through
movement to be prohibited is onto a
street or road that does not have a ‘‘Do
Not Enter’’ condition, such as when 90degree turns into the roadway are
allowed, but the straight ahead
movement into the roadway is
prohibited. This new sign uses the
standard Canadian MUTCD RB–10 sign
as the basis of the design. The FHWA
adds an illustration of this new sign to
Figure 2B–4.
The FHWA also changes paragraph 09
regarding the use of Turn Prohibition
Signs adjacent to signal heads from an
OPTION to a GUIDANCE statement.
Although a local DOT opposed
strengthening this language to a
recommendation, the FHWA believes
that for conspicuity reasons, these signs
should be mounted near the appropriate
signal face, and this reflects typical
practice. Therefore, the FHWA adopts in
this final rule the proposed changes to
a recommended practice rather than an
option.
Additionally, the FHWA adds new
STANDARD and SUPPORT statements
at the end of this section to prohibit the
use of No Left Turn, No U-Turn, and
combination No U-Turn/No Left Turn
signs at roundabouts in order to prohibit
drivers from turning left onto the
circular roadway of a roundabout. The
language also indicates that Roundabout
Directional Arrow and/or ONE WAY
signs are the appropriate signs to
indicate the travel direction for this
condition. The NCUTCD and two of its
members, a State DOT, two local DOTs,
and a traffic engineering consultant
supported the proposed language. Some
comments in support of the proposal
also indicated that there might be
unique existing situations where the
design of the roundabout is confusing
and/or driver expectancy is such that a
No Left Turn sign is needed to correct
driver behavior at roundabout
approaches. The FHWA disagrees with
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66747
those comments and suggests that the
Roundabout Directional Arrow and/or
ONE WAY signs can be used to help in
those situations. The FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA to
provide uniformity in signing at
roundabouts and to reduce the
possibility of confusion for drivers that
intend to turn left by circumnavigating
the roundabout.
70. In Section 2B.19 (Section 2B.20 of
the 2003 MUTCD) Intersection Lane
Control Signs, the FHWA proposed to
add to the GUIDANCE statement that
overhead lane control signs should be
installed over the appropriate lanes on
signalized approaches where lane drops,
multiple-lane turns with shared
through-and-turn lanes, or other laneuse controls that would be unexpected
by unfamiliar road users are present.
The NCUTCD, an NCUTCD member, a
local DOT, and a citizen supported the
language that lane control signs should
be mounted overhead. Eight State DOTs
and seven local DOTs, however,
suggested that placing lane control signs
overhead, as well as using oversized
post-mounted signs, should be an
option, rather than a recommendation,
because of the costs involved. The
FHWA adopts the recommendation to
use overhead signs for the stated
conditions, however to address the
comments from the DOTs, the FHWA
provides additional information in this
final rule to clarify alternatives to
mounting overhead signs when it is
impractical to do so. These changes are
adopted to enhance safety and
efficiency by providing for more
effective signing for potentially
confusing intersection configurations.
The FHWA also proposed to add a
paragraph at the end of the OPTION
statement regarding the types of arrows
that may be used on Intersection Lane
Control signs at roundabouts. ATSSA,
the NCUTCD, an NCUTCD member, a
State DOT, and two local DOTs
supported the arrow shapes, while
another NCUTCD member thought that
including four different ways to show
each movement lacked uniformity. A
traffic engineering consultant supported
the various options for arrows because
he believes that road users understand
and interpret normal lane control
arrows better than fish hook arrows. A
local DOT suggested that the left-turn
arrow should be prohibited from use at
roundabout intersections. The FHWA
adopts the changes as proposed in the
NPA along with ‘‘Figure 2B–5
Intersection Lane Control Sign Arrow
Options for Roundabouts’’ illustrating
the signs, to reflect current practice for
roundabout signing and to correspond
with similar options for pavement
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66748
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
marking arrows on roundabout
approaches in Part 3. The FHWA notes
that human factors research 28 found
that all of the arrow designs shown for
roundabout movements were well
understood by the public.
71. In Section 2B.20 (Section 2B.21 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Mandatory
Movement Lane Control Signs, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to revise
the first paragraph of the STANDARD
statement to clarify that Mandatory
Movement Lane Use Control signs shall
indicate only the single vehicle
movement that is required from each
lane, and to clarify the placement of the
signs. The FHWA also proposed to add
that where three or more lanes are
available to through traffic and
Mandatory Movement Lane Control
symbol signs are used, they shall be
mounted overhead. A State DOT
supported this requirement; however,
four State DOTs, three local DOTs, two
NCUTCD members, and a citizen
opposed the requirement, suggesting
that overhead installations are not
always practical and that post-mounted
R3–5 signs with plaques are sufficient
and easily understood. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that the intent is to
prohibit post-mounted lane use control
signs on approaches with three or more
through lanes, because the needed lane
use information is more visible
overhead rather than off to the side
where traffic in the adjacent lanes limits
the visibility of post-mounted signs. In
addition, lane use regulatory signing is
to be placed over the lane to which it
applies on approaches with three or
more through lanes, and not just where
one of the lanes changes to a mandatory
turn lane or combination turn lane. This
is crucial information for motorists and
the lack of overhead lane use signing
contributes to crashes on multilane
approaches to intersections. The FHWA
also adopts these changes for
consistency with Section 2B.21.
In this final rule, the FHWA changes
paragraph 05 from a STANDARD
statement to a GUIDANCE statement to
recommend, rather than require, that
R3–5 series supplemental plaques
(LEFT LANE, TAXI LANE, etc.) for R3–
5 series lane control signs on two-lane
approaches be mounted above the
associated R3–5 sign. Although these
changes were not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts these changes in
28 ‘‘Lane Restriction Signing and Marking for
Double-Lane Roundabouts’’, Final Report, October
2007, by John A. Molino, Vaughn W. Inman, Bryan
J. Katz, and Amanda Emo, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
FinalRoundaboutReport.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
response to comments from the
NCUTCD and a citizen. The commenters
suggested that this statement was more
appropriate as a recommendation, and
they also indicated that the
supplemental plaques should be added
above the sign, rather than below, since
placing the information at the top of the
sign assembly allows drivers to quickly
determine if the sign applies to them.
The FHWA agrees and incorporates
these changes in this final rule.
The FHWA also add paragraphs 06
and 07 in response to a comment from
the NCUTCD to clarify the use of R3–
7 LEFT (RIGHT) LANE MUST TURN
LEFT (RIGHT) Mandatory Movement
Lane Control signs, because they are
being misused throughout the country.
The FHWA agrees and adds these
paragraphs in the final rule to clarify
where these signs should and should
not be used.
Finally, as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds an OPTION statement at
the end of this section describing the
optional use of the new BEGIN RIGHT
TURN LANE (R3–20R) and BEGIN LEFT
TURN LANE (R3–20L) signs at the
upstream end of the turn lane taper of
mandatory turn lanes. The FHWA adds
this change to give agencies flexibility to
use these new signs to designate the
beginning of mandatory turn lanes
where needed for enforcement
purposes. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, and a
local DOT supported this change. A
State DOT and a NCUTCD member
opposed the introduction of the R3–20
sign, because the R3–7 and R3–5 signs
are available and therefore they believe
that another sign is not needed and
would reduce uniformity. The FHWA
disagrees, because this new optional
sign will provide road users additional
information regarding mandatory turn
lanes. The FHWA adopts the R3–20
sign, incorporating an editorial
suggestion regarding its placement, in
this final rule.
72. In Section 2B.21 (Section 2B.22 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Optional Movement
Lane Control Sign, the FHWA revises
the STANDARD statement, as proposed
in the NPA, to clarify that, if used,
Optional Movement Lane Control signs
shall be located in advance of and/or at
the intersection where the lane controls
apply. This change also provides
consistency with Section 2B.20
regarding placement of Mandatory
Movement Lane Control Signs.
The FHWA also adopts the proposed
paragraph 05 requiring that Optional
Movement Lane Control (R3–6) signs be
mounted overhead if used on an
approach where the number of lanes
available to through traffic is three or
more. Similar to the comments in
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Section 2B.20, a local DOT supported
this change, while two State DOTs, two
local DOTs, and two NCUTCD members
opposed this change, suggesting that it
should be optional rather than
recommended. The FHWA disagrees
because lane use regulation is critical
information for drivers that can be
obscured by other traffic on approaches
of three or more through lanes when
post-mounted.
Similar to comparable provisions in
Section 2B.20, in this final rule the
FHWA changes paragraph 06 from a
STANDARD statement, as proposed in
the NPA, to a GUIDANCE statement to
recommend, rather than require, that
R3–5 series supplemental plaques
(LEFT LANE, TAXI LANE, etc) for R3–
5 series lane control signs on two-lane
approaches be mounted above the
associated R3–6 sign, for consistency
with a similar statement in Section
2B.20.
The FHWA also adds paragraph 08, as
proposed in the NPA, prohibiting the
use of the word message ONLY when
more than one movement is permitted
from a lane. The FHWA adopts this
change in this final rule to be consistent
with other requirements in the MUTCD
regarding the use of the term ONLY for
lane use.
73. In Section 2B.22 Advance
Intersection Lane Control Signs (Section
2B.23 in the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add paragraph
05 prohibiting the overhead placement
of Advance Intersection Lane Control
(R3–8) signs where the number of lanes
available to traffic on an approach is
three or more. In such cases, overhead
R3–5 signs are used. The NCUTCD, a
State DOT, three local DOTs, and a
traffic engineering consultant pointed
out confusing language in the statement
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA
clarifies the language in this final rule
to refer to the total number of lanes, not
just through lanes. This section pertains
to advance lane use signs, while Section
2B.19 addresses lane use control signs at
the intersection.
74. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.23
RIGHT (LEFT) LANE MUST EXIT Sign.
This section, as proposed in the NPA,
contained an OPTION statement
describing the use of this sign for a lane
of a freeway or expressway that is
approaching a grade-separated
interchange where traffic in the lane is
required to depart the roadway onto the
exit ramp at the next interchange. As
documented in the Sign Synthesis
Study,29 at least 12 States currently use
29 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 22, can be viewed at
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
this type of regulatory sign for freeway
lane drop situations to establish the
‘‘must exit’’ regulation and make it
enforceable where warning signs (such
as the overhead ‘‘Exit Only’’ black-onyellow warning plaque on guide signs)
and markings alone have proven
ineffective. ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and a local DOT supported the
new RIGHT (LEFT) LANE MUST EXIT
(R3–33) sign; however, another
NCUTCD member opposed the sign
because he felt that there are similar
signs in the MUTCD that can be used.
The FHWA disagrees because there are
no other post-mounted regulatory signs
that adequately convey this message.
The FHWA adopts this section in this
final rule with revisions to indicate that
this sign may be used to supplement an
overhead EXIT ONLY guide sign, in
response to a comment from a toll road
operator that further clarification was
needed to preclude unintended uses of
the R3–33 sign.
75. Although the FHWA did not
propose in the NPA any significant
changes to Section 2B.24 Two-Way Left
Turn Only Signs, the FHWA received
comments from three local DOTs
suggesting that two-way left turn only
signs are no longer necessary because
this turn configuration has been in use
for long enough that motorists are
familiar with its operation. The
commenters suggested that two-way left
turn only signs be optional, rather than
recommended. The FHWA disagrees
because the operation of two-way leftturn lanes is a regulatory application
requiring motorists to turn left out of the
lane rather than using the lane as an
auxiliary through lane. Lane markings
alone regulate traffic only for NO
PASSING zones; therefore two-way left
turn only signs are needed. The FHWA
retains this section, as it existed in the
2003 MUTCD, with minor editorial
changes.
76. Although not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.25
BEGIN and END Plaques, consisting of
an OPTION statement for the optional
use of the BEGIN or END plaque and a
STANDARD statement that, if the
plaque is used, it is to be placed above
a regulatory sign. The FHWA adds this
new section in response to comments
from the NCUTCD that the existing END
plaques already contained in Section
2D.22 and the BEGIN plaque proposed
in the NPA in Section 2D.23 should be
made available for optional use with
any regulatory sign. The NCUTCD based
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/
Signs_Synthesis-Final_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
66749
its suggestion on recommendation #15
from the Sign Synthesis Study.30 The
FHWA agrees and adopts this new
section, along with an illustration of the
plaques in Figure 2B–6, in this final
rule.
77. The FHWA adds a new section
titled Section 2B.27 Jughandle Signs. As
proposed in the NPA, this section
contains SUPPORT, STANDARD, and
OPTION statements regarding the use of
regulatory signs for jughandles. A State
DOT suggested that road users would be
better served by advance guide signing
for jug handles, rather than regulatory
signing. The FHWA disagrees because
regulatory signing is critical for
jughandles since the geometry typically
requires left turns and U-turns to be
made via a right turn, either in advance
of or beyond the intersection, and this
is contrary to normal driver
expectations. The Sign Synthesis
Study 31 found that jughandles are
currently in common use in at least six
States and the FHWA believes that
jughandles are likely to see increasing
use in the future in more States in order
to improve intersection safety and
operations. Therefore, in order to
provide agencies with uniform signing
practices for several of the most
common geometric layouts of
jughandles, the FHWA adds this new
section along with several new signs
and a figure to illustrate their use.
ATSSA and a local DOT supported the
regulatory signs illustrated in the figure.
The NCUTCD suggested editorial
changes to the text and to the arrows on
some of the signs, which the FHWA
adopts in this final rule. Although a
local DOT opposed the use of ‘‘U Turn
and Left Turn’’ language on the R3–24
signs, the FHWA incorporates the sign
designs, as proposed in the NPA,
because the sign designs and their
applications have effectively been in use
in several States for decades and are
critical information for road user
decisions for the condition of an
indirect left turn.
78. In Section 2B.28 DO NOT PASS
Sign (Section 2B.29 of the 2003
MUTCD), in the NPA the FHWA
proposed a new symbol sign for the DO
NOT PASS (R4–1) Sign. ATSSA, three
local DOTs, and two citizens supported
the new symbol signs. Although the
proposed symbol sign has been in use
and is well understood in Europe and
Canada (the Canadian MUTCD RB–31
sign) for many decades,32 the FHWA
does not adopt the symbol sign in this
final rule because of comments from the
NCUTCD and two of its members, seven
State DOTs, and five local DOTs
suggesting that U.S. drivers would not
understand its meaning. The FHWA
agrees that additional human factors
testing of the symbol is desirable before
future consideration of adoption of this
symbol.
79. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a new section numbered and
titled Section 2B.35 DO NOT PASS
WHEN SOLID LINE IS ON YOUR SIDE
sign, which contained an OPTION
statement describing the use of this
word message sign. ATSSA and two
local DOTs supported this new sign.
Although at least five States use signs to
remind road users of the meaning of a
solid yellow line for no-passing zones,
the NCUTCD and two of its members,
eight State DOTs, four local DOTs, and
a local association of traffic engineers
recommended deleting this section and
the associated sign in its entirety
because they felt that the proposed sign
was not needed. Many stated that the
No Passing Pennant (W14–3) warning
sign may be used for this purpose. The
FHWA agrees and does not adopt this
section or the sign in this final rule.
80. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to retitle Section 2B.31 of the 2003
MUTCD to ‘‘KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO
PASS Sign and SLOWER TRAFFIC
KEEP RIGHT Sign’’ to reflect the
proposed addition of a new KEEP
RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS sign in this
section. The Sign Synthesis Study 33
found that at least 19 States use a ‘‘Keep
Right Except to Pass’’ sign to legally
require vehicles to stay in the right-hand
lane of a multi-lane highway except
when passing a slower vehicle, and the
FHWA feels that a consistent message
should be provided to road users. The
NCUTCD, an NCUTCD member,
ATSSA, and a local DOT supported the
new KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS
sign. The NCUTCD also noted that the
new KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS
sign is used for different situations than
the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT
sign. The FHWA agrees and adopts
30 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 22–23, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/
Signs_Synthesis-Final_Dec2005.pdf.
31 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 24, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/
Signs_Synthesis-Final_Dec2005.pdf.
32 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 24, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/
Signs_Synthesis-Final_Dec2005.pdf.
33 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 25, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/
Signs_Synthesis-Final_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66750
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
revisions in this final rule to separate
the applications of each of the signs,
including placing the new KEEP RIGHT
EXCEPT TO PASS sign in its own
Section, numbered Section 2B.30 in this
final rule.
81. In Section 2B.31 (numbered
Section 2B.32 in the 2003 MUTCD), as
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA retitles
the Section to ‘‘TRUCKS USE RIGHT
LANE Sign’’ and revises the section to
discontinue the use of the TRUCK
LANE XXX FEET (R4–6) as a regulatory
sign because the message is one of
guidance information (distance to the
start of the truck lane) rather than
regulatory in nature. This is consistent
with changes in Chapter 2D that add a
new guide sign with this message. The
FHWA also adds an OPTION statement,
as proposed in the NPA, which
describes the appropriate optional use
of the TRUCKS USE RIGHT LANE sign
on multi-lane roadways to reduce
unnecessary lane changing.
82. In Section 2B.32 Keep Right and
Keep Left Signs (numbered Section
2B.33 in the 2003 MUTCD) the FHWA
adds a new narrow Keep Right (R4–7c)
sign that may be installed on narrow
medians where there is insufficient
lateral clearance for a standard width
Keep Right sign. ATSSA, a State DOT,
two local DOTs, and a traffic
engineering consultant supported this
new sign. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed that this narrower sign may be
installed on medians less than 6 feet in
width; however, in this final rule the
FHWA revises the permitted use of this
sign to medians less than 4 feet wide
based on a comment from ATSSA. The
FHWA adopts this new sign, which is
only 12 inches wide rather than the
standard 24-inch wide R4–7 sign, to
reflect current practice in some States
and to provide other agencies with the
flexibility to use this sign where
applicable.
83. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds three new sections
following Section 2B.32. The first new
section is numbered and titled Section
2B.33 STAY IN LANE Sign, and
contains OPTION and GUIDANCE
statements on the use of STAY IN LANE
(R4–9) signs and the pavement markings
that should be used with them. The
second new section is numbered and
titled Section 2B.34 RUNAWAY
VEHICLES ONLY Sign, and contains a
GUIDANCE statement regarding the use
of the RUNAWAY VEHICLES ONLY
sign near truck escape ramp entrances.
Both the STAY IN LANE and
RUNAWAY VEHICLES ONLY signs are
existing signs illustrated in Figure 2B–
10 (Figure 2B–8 of the 2003 MUTCD),
but not described in the text of the 2003
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
MUTCD. The third new section is
numbered and titled Section 2B.35 Slow
Vehicle Turn-Out Signs, and contains
SUPPORT, OPTION, and STANDARD
statements regarding three new signs
that may be used on two-lane highways
where physical turn-out areas are
provided for the purpose of giving a
group of faster vehicles an opportunity
to pass a slow-moving vehicle. ATSSA
and a local DOT supported the SLOW
VEHICLES WITH XX OR MORE
FOLLOWING VEHICLES MUST USE
TURN–OUT (R4–12) sign; however, two
State DOTs opposed the sign because of
safety concerns. As documented in the
Sign Synthesis Study,34 at least eight
States, mostly in the west, use
regulatory signs to legally require slow
moving vehicles to use the turnout if a
certain number of following vehicles are
being impeded. Most of the eight States
use similar wording on their signs, but
there are some variations. The FHWA
adds these new signs in this final rule
to provide for uniformity of the
message.
84. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2B.36 DO NOT DRIVE
ON SHOULDER Sign and DO NOT
PASS ON SHOULDER Sign, which
contains an OPTION statement
regarding the use of these two new signs
to inform road users that use of the
shoulder as a travel lane or to pass other
vehicles is prohibited. ATSSA
supported these two new signs. The
FHWA adopts these 2 new signs in this
final rule because the Sign Synthesis
Study 35 found that at least 19 States are
using some version of regulatory sign to
prohibit driving, turning, and/or passing
on shoulders and the FHWA feels that
consistent and uniform messages for
these purposes should be provided to
road users.
85. In Sections 2B.37 DO NOT ENTER
Sign and 2B.38 WRONG WAY Sign
(Sections 2B.34 and 2B.35 of the 2003
MUTCD) the FHWA adds SUPPORT
statements, as proposed in the NPA.
These statements reference Section
2B.41, which allows lower mounting
heights for Do Not Enter and Wrong
Way signs as a specific exception when
an engineering study indicates that it
would address wrong-way movements
at freeway/expressway exit ramps. The
34 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 25, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
35 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 25, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FHWA adopts this exception based on
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook 36 and positive experience in
several States.
86. In Section 2B.39 Selective
Exclusion Signs (Section 2B.36 in the
2003 MUTCD), as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA changes the legend of several
existing selective exclusion signs to use
the word NO rather than PROHIBITED
or EXCLUDED, to simplify the messages
and make them easier to read from a
distance. ATSSA, a State DOT, and a
local DOT supported this change. The
FHWA also adds the new No Skaters
(R9–13) and No Equestrians (R9–14)
signs to this list, as well as to Figure 2B–
11, based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, two NCUTCD
members, and several pedestrian/
bicycle associations.
To respond to a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA adds paragraph 06 to
recommend that the NO PEDESTRIANS
OR BICYCLES (R5–10b) sign, when
used on a freeway or expressway exit or
entrance ramp, should be installed in a
location where it is clearly visible to any
pedestrian or bicyclist attempting to
enter the limited access facility from a
street intersecting the exit ramp.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add two new regulatory signs,
AUTHORIZED VEHICLES ONLY and
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY to the last
OPTION statement to reflect current
practice. While ATSSA and a local DOT
supported both of these signs, an
NCUTCD member suggested that their
meaning was so similar that only one
sign is needed. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the AUTHORIZED VEHICLES
ONLY (R5–11) sign in this final rule and
deletes the FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
sign.
87. In Figure 2B–26 (Figure 2B–18 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Pedestrian Signs and
Plaques, the FHWA in this final rule
modifies the designs of the R10–3, R10–
3a through R10–3e, R10–4 and R10–4a
to include the Canadian MUTCD
standard symbol for pushbuttons (in
addition to the words), as proposed in
the NPA, to begin the symbolization of
the ‘‘pushbutton’’ message. The FHWA
adopts this change to provide better
harmony in North American signing
design, which is needed as a result of
the increased travel between the U.S.,
Canada, and Mexico resulting from
NAFTA. The FHWA is adopting this
new pushbutton symbol on several signs
throughout the MUTCD.
36 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation II.D(4d).
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
88. As proposed in the NPA, in
Section 2B.40 ONE WAY Signs (Section
2B.37 of the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
changes paragraph 03 to a STANDARD
to require, rather than recommend, that
at an intersection with a divided
highway having a median width of 30
feet or more, ONE WAY signs be placed
on the near right and far left corners of
each intersection with the directional
roadways to reflect recommendations
from the Older Driver handbook.37 In
concert with these changes, and based
on comments from a State DOT, the
FHWA clarifies that, at an intersection
with a divided highway that has a
median width of less than 30 feet, Keep
Right (R4–7) signs shall be installed,
visible to traffic on the divided highway
and each crossroad approach, and/or
ONE WAY signs shall be placed, visible
to each crossroad approach, on the near
right and far left corners of the
intersection. The FHWA also adds an
OPTION statement allowing ONE WAY
signs to also be placed on the far right
corner of an intersection with a divided
highway that has a median width of less
than 30 feet. The FHWA revises Figures
2B–15 through 2B–17 accordingly.
The FHWA also adds two
STANDARD paragraphs as proposed in
the NPA to require two ONE WAY signs
for each approach for T-intersections
and cross intersections, one on the near
side and one on the far side. The FHWA
adopts this change to reflect
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.38
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2019,
(approximately 10 years from the
effective date of this final rule) for the
installation of the additional ONE WAY
and/or Keep Right signs required to
achieve compliance with these
provisions at existing locations. The
FHWA establishes this target
compliance date because of the
demonstrated safety issues associated
with wrong-way travel on divided
highways and because the FHWA
anticipates that installation of the
required additional signs at existing
locations will provide significant safety
benefits to road users. State and local
highway agencies and owners of private
roads open to public travel can schedule
37 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendations I.E(4), I.K(2), and I.K(3).
38 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendations I.K(4) and I.K(5).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the installation of the additional
required signs in conjunction with their
programs for maintaining and replacing
other signs at existing locations that are
worn out or damaged, thus minimizing
any impacts.
The FHWA also adds new OPTION,
GUIDANCE, and SUPPORT statements
at the end of the Section regarding the
use of ONE WAY signs on central
islands of roundabouts. The FHWA
adopts this text to promote consistency
in signing for roundabouts.
Additionally, to respond to a
comment from the NCUTCD and to
provide highway agencies with a
uniform method of communicating
potentially important messages, in this
final rule the FHWA adds BEGIN ONE
WAY and END ONE WAY signs as
optional signs that may be used to notify
approaching road users of the beginning
point or ending point of a one-way
directional roadway. These new
optional signs are consistent with
existing sign designs. The Signs
Synthesis Report 39 indicates these signs
are in use in some States. The FHWA
adopts the signs in the text and includes
them in Figure 2B–13, and notes that
the impact of this addition is mitigated
as the use of these signs is optional.
89. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates the information from
Section 2E.50 of the 2003 MUTCD to a
new section numbered and titled
Section 2B.41 Wrong-Way Traffic
Control at Interchange Ramps. The
FHWA adopts this change because these
types of signs are regulatory in nature,
rather than guide signs.
In addition, the FHWA adds
paragraph 06 allowing the option to
mount a DO NOT ENTER sign(s) and/or
a WRONG WAY sign(s) along the exit
ramp facing a road user at a lower
mounting height under specific
conditions. A local DOT supported this
option, while two State DOTs and a
local DOT expressed concerns about the
crashworthiness of signs at this lower
mounting height. Another local DOT
suggested that a lower mounting height
should not be allowed for signs, because
other signs are restricted from being
installed in this manner. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenters and
adopts this language in this final rule
because of the effective application of
this option in several States,40 research
39 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 26, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
40 ‘‘Marking the Way to Greater Safety,’’ Senior
Mobility Series: Article 4, Public Roads Magazine,
July/August 2006, page 55, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
pubrds/06jul/08.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66751
conducted by Texas Transportation
Institute,41 and the results of crash
testing of sign supports of various
heights as documented in AASHTO’s
Roadside Design Guide.42
90. In Section 2B.42 Divided Highway
Crossing Signs (Section 2B.38 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to change the first OPTION
statement to a STANDARD statement to
require the use of Divided Highway
Crossing Signs for all approaches to
divided highways in order to encompass
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.43 Although ATSSA
supported this change, six State DOTs,
eight local DOTs, three NCUTCD
members, a traffic engineering
consultant, and a citizen all opposed the
change, suggesting that it was
unrealistic in urban areas and would
involve the installation of too many
signs. As a result of the comments, the
FHWA reevaluated this proposal and
the underlying research and
recommendations from the Older Driver
Handbook. Based on that review, the
FHWA revises the first STANDARD
statement to require the installation of a
Divided Highway Crossing sign on
unsignalized minor-street approaches
from which both left turns and through
movements are permitted onto a divided
highway having a median width at the
intersection itself of 30 feet or greater.
The FHWA notes that the operational
and safety issues with side road
approaches to divided highways is for
left turns out of the side road approach
onto the divided highway and for
through crossing movements from the
side road approach, rather than for right
turn movements, and revises the
STANDARD and OPTION statements
accordingly. As part of this change, the
FHWA also adopts an OPTION
statement to allow the Divided Highway
Crossing sign to be omitted if the
divided road has average annual daily
traffic less than 400 vehicles per day
and a speed limit of 30 mph or less. The
FHWA also adopts an OPTION
41 ‘‘Countermeasures for Wrong-Way Movement
on Freeways: Overview of Project Activities and
Findings,’’ Report number FHWA/TX–04/4128–1,
January 2004, by Scott A. Cooner, A. Scott Cothron,
and Steven E. Ranft, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://tti.tamu.edu/documents/
4128–1.pdf.
42 ‘‘Roadside Design Guide, 3rd Edition,’’ 2002, is
available for purchase from the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials, via the Internet Web site: https://
bookstore.transportation.org/
item_details.aspx?ID=148.
43 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation I.K(1).
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66752
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
statement permitting the use of the
Divided Highway Crossing sign facing
signalized minor-street approaches from
which both left and right turns are
permitted onto a divided highway
having a median width of 30 feet or
greater at the intersection.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to change the existing 2nd OPTION
statement to a STANDARD statement in
order to require that the Divided
Highway Crossing sign be located on the
near right corner of the intersection. The
FHWA adopts this change as proposed.
As part of this change, the FHWA also
adds an OPTION statement to permit
the installation of an additional Divided
Highway Crossing sign on the left-hand
side of the approach to supplement the
sign on the near right corner of the
intersection. The FHWA adopts these to
implement recommendations from the
Older Driver handbook.44
91. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2B.43 Roundabout
Directional Arrow Signs, containing
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statements on the use of Roundabout
Directional Arrow Signs. ATSSA, an
NCUTCD member, a local DOT, and a
traffic engineering consultant supported
the use of these signs. Two State DOTs,
three local DOTs, two traffic engineering
consultants, an NCUTCD member, and a
citizen commented about the design of
the sign. The NCUTCD member
supported the sign design. Many of the
commenters suggested that the
background color should be yellow
rather than white. The FHWA disagrees,
noting that the use of the black and
yellow W1–8 Chevron sign is reserved
for application to warning of horizontal
curvature. The FHWA notes that the
regulatory sign for use at roundabouts is
the Roundabout Directional Arrow and
not the Chevron Alignment sign, which
is a warning sign.
The FHWA adopts the
recommendation to mount the sign at
least 4 feet high when used on the
central island of a roundabout, as
proposed in the NPA. A traffic
engineering consultant supported this
recommendation, while a State DOT
expressed concerns about the mounting
height. The FHWA notes that
information regarding crashworthiness
of sign supports at various mounting
heights is provided in AASHTO’s
Roadside Design Guide.45
92. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.44
Roundabout Circulation Plaque, as
proposed in the NPA, that contains
GUIDANCE and OPTION statements
regarding the use of the Roundabout
Circulation Sign at roundabouts and
other circular intersections. ATSSA, a
local DOT, and a traffic engineering
consultant supported this new section
and the associated sign, while a State
DOT and a local DOT suggested that
more signs at roundabouts are not
needed. Three local DOTs suggested
that a supplemental YIELD TO
TRAFFIC IN CIRCLE plaque under the
YIELD sign be permitted. The FHWA
disagrees and does not incorporate the
supplemental plaque in this final rule,
because the FHWA is not aware of any
studies documenting the effectiveness of
such a plaque, but the FHWA notes that
the MUTCD provides agencies the
flexibility to develop and use word
message plaques at problem locations if
they deem it necessary. The FHWA
adopts this section and the associated
sign as proposed in the NPA.
93. The FHWA also adopts a new
section numbered and titled Section
2B.45 Examples of Roundabout Signing,
as proposed in the NPA, that contains
a SUPPORT statement referencing new
Figures 2B–21 through 2B–23 that
illustrate examples of regulatory and
warning signs for roundabouts of
various configurations. The SUPPORT
statement also references other areas in
the Manual that contain information on
guide signing and pavement markings at
roundabouts. The FHWA adopts this
new section in order to add valuable
information regarding regulatory and
warning signs at roundabouts to the
MUTCD.
An NCUTCD member supported the
designs depicted in Figures 2B–21
through 2B–23 on the basis of applied
laboratory studies. A State DOT, a local
DOT, and a traffic engineering
consultant suggested that the Pedestrian
Crossing signs shown in Figures 2B–21
and 2B–22 should be required, rather
than optional. Two State DOTs
suggested that the Roundabout Advance
Warning sign should be required, rather
than optional. The FHWA disagrees
because the decision to place a warning
sign is based upon engineering
judgment and that the only mandatory
warning signs are the advance railroad
44 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation I.K(1).
45 ‘‘Roadside Design Guide, 3rd Edition,’’ 2002, is
available for purchase from the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials, via the Internet Web site: https://
bookstore.transportation.org/
item_details.aspx?ID=148.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
crossing warning sign and certain
horizontal alignment warning signs in
certain conditions.
94. In Section 2B.47 Design of
Parking, Standing, and Stopping Signs
(Section 2B.40 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA adopts several changes to the
colors of the borders of parking signs, as
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA
revises paragraph 03 to reflect that the
Parking Prohibition signs R8–4 and R8–
7 and the alternate design for the R7–
201aP plaque shall have a black legend
and border on a white background, and
the R8–3 sign shall have a black legend
and border and a red circle and slash on
a white background. A traffic
engineering consultant supported the
black border, while a local DOT
opposed the use of a black border. The
FHWA adopts the color changes to
reflect the existing designs of these
specific signs.
Based on a comment from an
NCUTCD member, the FHWA relocates
the VAN ACCESSIBLE plaque from this
section and Figure 2B–24 to Chapter 2I
and Figure 2I–1. As part of this change,
the FHWA changes its sign designation
to D9–6a. The FHWA also changes
paragraph 08 to a STANDARD to require
that a VAN ACCESSIBLE plaque be
installed below the R7–8 sign where
parking spaces that are reserved for
persons with disabilities are designed to
accommodate wheelchair vans. The
FHWA adopts this change to reflect
Section 502.6 of the Americans with
Disabilities Act. A traffic engineering
consultant opposed this requirement
and questioned how agencies are to
enforce the requirement on private
property. As discussed previously under
the MUTCD Introduction, the FHWA
deletes the requirement for MUTCD
applicability to parking lots.
The FHWA also adds information in
this STANDARD (paragraph 08) that
specifies the required colors of the R7–
8 sign and the R7–8P plaque to reflect
the existing color schemes for this sign
and plaque as illustrated in Figure 2B–
24. A local DOT opposed the colors for
the R7–8 sign, because all of the signs
in that State have white lettering on a
blue background. The FHWA disagrees
and notes that such signs do not
conform to the MUTCD standard design
of green legend and border with white
on blue ADA symbol. The FHWA notes
that it did not propose a change to the
existing sign design in the NPA.
Finally, the FHWA adds information,
as proposed in the NPA, regarding the
use of Pay for Parking and Parking Pay
Station signs where a fee is charged for
parking and a midblock pay station is
used instead of individual parking
meters. The FHWA adopts these signs to
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
reflect current practice in many areas
where cities and towns are replacing
individual parking space meters with a
‘‘pay and display’’ system. The FHWA
adopts a design for the fee station sign
that is very similar to a standard
European symbol, because the results of
the Sign Synthesis Study 46 showed that
several U.S. cities are using a sign very
similar to the European design. ATSSA
and a local DOT supported the addition
of the Pay for Parking series of signs;
however, an NCUTCD member
suggested that the signs needed to be
more standardized. The FHWA agrees
and removes the signs designated as R7–
21a and R7–22a from the text of this
final rule and Figure 2B–24. Based on
comments from the NCUTCD, the
FHWA also adopts an OPTION
statement regarding the color-coding of
time limits to provide clearer and
quicker recognition by the driver for
different time limits.
95. In Section 2B.51 Pedestrian
Crossing Signs (Section 2B.44 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add a GUIDANCE statement
to recommend that No Pedestrian
Crossing signs be supplemented with
detectable guidance, such as grass
strips, landscaping, planters, fencing,
rails or barriers, in order to provide
pedestrians who have visual disabilities
with additional guidance as to where
not to cross. A local DOT supported the
revision as proposed in the NPA. Three
associations for the visually impaired,
an orientation and mobility specialist,
and seven citizens suggested that this
statement be strengthened to a
requirement because, without a physical
restriction of the crossing, pedestrians
who are visually impaired might cross
at a location without realizing that
crossing is prohibited, creating a
dangerous situation. While the FHWA
understands the concerns raised by the
commenters, there are too many
variables to make this action mandatory.
Many sites cannot accommodate
physical barriers, as evidenced by two
local DOTs that requested that this
statement be an option because they felt
that the recommendation was too
restrictive and unachievable in many
instances, especially within already
built environments. In addition, a State
DOT and two local DOTs commented
that the items proposed in the NPA for
creating the physical barrier are not
traffic control devices, and therefore
should not be included in the MUTCD.
46 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 27, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
The FHWA agrees that this statement is
not appropriate for the MUTCD and
does not adopt the language in this final
rule.
96. In the changes adopted in this
final rule the FHWA separates the
material proposed in the NPA for
Section 2B.59 Traffic Signal Signs
(Section 2B.45 of the 2003 MUTCD) into
three separate sections. The FHWA
believes that separating the material into
three sections, based on the type of
signs, will make it easier for
practitioners to find information about
the various types of signs. The new
sections are adopted in this final rule as
Section 2B.52 Traffic Signal Pedestrian
Actuation Signs, Section 2B.53 Traffic
Signal Signs, and Section 2B.54 No
Turn on Red Signs.
97. In Section 2B.52 Traffic Signal
Pedestrian and Bicycle Actuation Signs,
the FHWA revises paragraphs 02 and 03
and the sign images in Figure 2B–26 to
correspond with adopted changes in
Chapter 4E requiring that signs for
pedestrian pushbuttons clearly indicate
which crosswalk signal is actuated by
each pedestrian detector. The revisions
eliminate the use of the R10–1, R10–3,
and R10–4 sign designs (as shown in the
2003 MUTCD) because these do not
identify a specific crosswalk, and
therefore do not meet the requirements
in Chapter 4E. ATSSA supported the
new sign designs as proposed in the
NPA; however, a State DOT and two
traffic control device vendors opposed
the creation of new pedestrian
crosswalk signs. The commenters
suggested that the multiple changes in
signs place a costly burden on both the
industry and local municipalities for
new artwork, tooling, and mixed
inventory of signs, which in turn
compromises uniformity. The FHWA
disagrees with the opponents’
comments because it is important that
pedestrians be given a clear indication
of which crosswalk the pushbutton
controls.
A State DOT and two local DOTs
opposed removal of the R10–4b sign,
because they are using the sign and feel
it is readily understood by the public.
The FHWA disagrees and removes the
existing R10–4b sign, because the new
R10 series signs include an illustration
of a hand with a finger touching the
pushbutton. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, and
a local DOT supported the new hand
illustration. A traffic control device
vendor and a citizen opposed the
increase in size of pedestrian signs from
9 inches x 12 inches to 9 inches x 15
inches to accommodate the finger
symbol. The commenters felt that the
existing size is sufficiently large enough
and that the larger size will increase the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66753
cost of the sign and potentially
encourage graffiti. A State DOT, three
local DOTs, three NCUTCD members,
four bicycle/pedestrian associations,
two traffic control device vendors, and
a citizen opposed the use of the hand
illustration in the sign designs because
of concerns about user understanding
and the size and orientation of the hand
illustration in relation to the arrow on
the sign. The FHWA believes that, based
on Canadian usage, the hand illustration
will be understood by users and that
addition of the symbol justifies the
slightly larger sign size; however, in
response to the comments, in this final
rule the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
paragraph 05 to recommend that the
orientation of the finger should point in
the respective direction of the arrow on
the signs, and revises the sign images in
Figure 2B–26 accordingly.
A local DOT suggested that the legend
on the educational plaques for the R10–
3e and R10–3i signs be revised to more
accurately reflect the instructions that
should be given to pedestrians at a
crosswalk with countdown signals. As a
result, the FHWA revises the legend to
be consistent with the text of Section
4E.02. The FHWA adopts the new sign
designs and revises the text in this
section to clarify how to use the R10
series of pushbutton signs
appropriately.
The FHWA also adds paragraphs 07
and 08 regarding the use of new R10–
24 and R10–26 signs, where a
pushbutton detector has been installed
exclusively to actuate a green phase for
bicyclists, and a new R10–25 sign,
where a pushbutton detector has been
installed for pedestrians to activate InRoadway Warning Lights or flashing
beacons. Bikes need less time to cross
than pedestrians do, so the pushbuttons
actuate timing specifically appropriate
for bikes, which is an operationally
efficient strategy. The FHWA received
comments from the NCUTCD, two of its
members, a State DOT, and four bicycle/
pedestrian associations in support of the
new R10–24 sign, but with suggestions
to rephrase the wording to specify a
‘‘green phase for bicyclists,’’ rather than
a ‘‘special bicycle phase.’’ The FHWA
agrees and adopts the new sign, and
associated revised text, as well as an
alternative design with an arrow
designated R10–26, in this final rule.
ATSSA and an association for the blind
supported the new R10–25 sign to
activate warning lights. The association
for the blind suggested changing the text
on the sign to ‘‘flashing lights’’ to clarify
the message. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule these new signs to reflect
current practice as documented by the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66754
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Sign Synthesis Study,47 and to provide
consistent and uniform messages for
these purposes.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a new FOR MORE CROSSING TIME
HOLD BUTTON DOWN FOR 2
SECONDS (R10–32P) sign to this section
for use where an extended push button
press is used to provide additional
crossing time. Although two local DOTs
were opposed to this sign, stating that
it might lead to pedestrian confusion, or
might be used inappropriately, the
FHWA adopts this sign in this final rule,
with a revised legend which more
clearly communicates to pedestrians the
meaning than the legend that was
proposed in the NPA, to correspond
with comparable provisions in adopted
in Chapter 4E. The FHWA also
illustrates the sign image in Figure 2B–
26. The adopted sign legend is PUSH
BUTTON FOR 2 SECONDS FOR EXTRA
CROSSING TIME.
98. In Section 2B.53 Traffic Signal
Signs, the FHWA deletes the first
GUIDANCE statement that appeared in
the 2003 MUTCD. This statement,
regarding the placement of Traffic
Signal signs adjacent to traffic signal
faces, was overly broad. Instead, in this
final rule, the FHWA specifically
recommends the locations of individual
signs as appropriate.
The FHWA removes the LEFT TURN
SIGNAL YIELD ON GREEN (R10–21)
sign in this final rule, because the
provisions in Part 4 that are the only
reason for using this sign have been
removed in the adopted text for Part 4.
The FHWA also adds paragraphs 03 and
04 regarding the location of LEFT ON
GREEN ARROW ONLY and LEFT TURN
YIELD ON GREEN signs, independently
and with an AT SIGNAL supplemental
plaque, as proposed in the NPA. The
FHWA adopts this language based on
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.48
Finally, to correspond with changes
proposed in Part 4 to add a new
Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon, the FHWA
proposed a paragraph in the NPA that
describes the use of a CROSSWALK
STOP ON RED (R10–23) sign that is to
be used in conjunction with pedestrian
hybrid beacons. While ATSSA
supported the new sign, four local DOTs
opposed the new sign, primarily
47 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 29, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
48 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation I.H(4).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
because they thought that it was not
needed. Some commenters felt that road
users should know to stop on a red
signal and should not need a sign
instructing them to do so. Other
commenters felt that the sign would
cause confusion, because road users are
to stop on a solid red and then proceed
on a flashing red after they stop, while
other felt that they should have more
flexibility to develop a better sign. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenters
because the extensive experience with
the sign in Tucson, AZ has not
indicated a problem with the sign being
understood by road users and the sign
is needed at pedestrian hybrid beacons
to reinforce the regulatory requirements.
To address a comment from a local DOT
suggesting that the use of this sign be
restricted to only locations with
pedestrian hybrid beacons, but not
required at all pedestrian hybrid
beacons as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts revised language in this
final rule, to clarify that the sign is to
be used only at locations with
pedestrian hybrid beacons.
99. In Section 2B.54 No Turn on Red
Signs, in paragraph 03, the FHWA adds
item F to the list of conditions where
consideration should be given to the use
of No Turn on Red signs. In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed that this item refer
to locations where the skew angle of the
intersecting roadways creates difficulty
for older drivers to see traffic
approaching from their left. The FHWA
proposed this change based on
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.49 A former NCUTCD member
suggested that the specific criteria
regarding skewed intersections should
not be added, since sight distance to the
left is covered under condition A. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenter
and retains item F in this final rule
because the adequacy of sight distance
is associated with the selection of
adequate gaps for a right turn on red
movement. Three State DOTs, two local
DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
suggested that turns at skewed
intersections can be difficult for all
drivers, not just older drivers, and
suggested that FHWA delete the word
‘‘older.’’ The FHWA agrees and adopts
item F in this final rule to indicate that
skew angled intersections are difficult
for all drivers, by deleting the word
‘‘older.’’
The FHWA adds paragraph 05
regarding the use of a blank-out sign
instead of a NO TURN ON RED sign
during certain times of the day or during
portions of a signal cycle where a
leading pedestrian interval is provided.
An NCUTCD member supported this
new information, and the FHWA adopts
this new text to correspond to other
changes in Part 4 regarding the use of
these signs. The FHWA also adds
information regarding the use of a postmounted NO TURN ON RED EXCEPT
FROM RIGHT LANE sign and a NO
TURN ON RED FROM THIS LANE
(with down arrow) overhead sign that
may be used on signalized approaches
with more than one right-turn lane.
100. Concerning Figure 2B–27 Traffic
Signal Signs and Plaques (Figure 2B–19
in the 2003 MUTCD) proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA received comments
from ATSSA, a State DOT, a local DOT,
an NCUTCD member, and a traffic
engineering consultant supporting the
design change of the TURNING
TRAFFIC MUST YIELD TO
PEDESTRIANS (R10–15) sign to a
symbolic, rather than word message
sign. An NCUTCD member, a State
DOT, and a local DOT opposed the new
design because of the use of yellow
(normally reserved for warning signs) on
the regulatory sign background and the
symbols and sign layout. The sign
design has been extensively and
successfully used by the New York City
DOT 50 and was reviewed favorably by
the Regulatory and Warning Sign
Technical Committee and the full
NCUTCD. The FHWA adopts this new
design to reduce the number of words,
give a more precise symbolized
message, and make the sign more
conspicuous to road users.
ATSSA and a local DOT supported
the proposed LEFT TURN YIELD ON
FLASHING RED ARROW AFTER STOP
(R10–27) sign; however, a State DOT
and an NCUTCD member opposed this
new sign because they felt that road
users should stop, rather than yield at
a red signal. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the sign as proposed in the NPA,
noting that the legend that begins with
‘‘LEFT TURN YIELD * * *’’ has been
evaluated as the preferable text and it
includes the words ‘‘AFTER STOP.’’
Another State DOT and a traffic
engineering consultant suggested adding
similar signs to alert road users to yield
on flashing yellow arrows. The FHWA
does not adopt this suggested addition,
49 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendations I.A(3) and I.I(3).
50 Information on New York City’s experience
with the adopted R10–15 sign design can be
obtained from the New York City Department of
Transportation, Division of Traffic Planning, Room
928, 40 Worth Street, New York, NY 10013,
telephone 212–442–6641.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
because NCHRP Report 493 51 found
that a regulatory sign is not needed to
instruct drivers to yield on flashing
yellow arrows.
101. In Section 2B.55 Photo Enforced
Signs and Plaques (Section 2B.46 in the
2003 MUTCD) and Figure 2B–3, the
FHWA adds to the word message
PHOTO ENFORCED (R10–19) plaque (as
it existed in the 2003 MUTCD) the
option to use a new symbol plaque for
Photo Enforced. The FHWA retains the
existing word message plaque as an
alternate. In addition, the FHWA revises
the design of the TRAFFIC LAWS
PHOTO ENFORCED (R10–18) sign to
add the symbolic camera. Although
ATSSA and a local DOT supported the
new camera symbol on the Photo
Enforced signs and plaques, two
NCUTCD members, two State DOTs,
and two local DOTs opposed the
addition of the new symbol because
they did not think that road users would
understand the symbol. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts the new symbol
based on road user understanding of the
symbol documented in research results
of the ‘‘Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs’’ study 52 conducted by the Traffic
Control Devices Pooled Fund Study. To
address comments from two toll road
operators and a State DOT, the FHWA
also adds an OPTION and a GUIDANCE
regarding the optional use of the Photo
Enforced symbol or word message
plaques at toll plazas to address
situations where video enforcement is
in use at toll plazas.
102. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.56
Ramp Metering Signs. In the NPA, the
FHWA proposed to add a GUIDANCE
statement describing the recommended
use of new regulatory signs that should
accompany ramp control signals. Based
on comments from the NCUTCD and a
State DOT, the FHWA adopts the
language as an OPTION statement. This
allows agencies to determine whether
the use of the signs is appropriate for
their conditions based on enforcement
experience. The FHWA adds these new
signs because ramp metering signals are
used in several States, but there were no
standard signs for them in the 2003
MUTCD, so States have developed a
51 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
52 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF–5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
variety of signs, as documented by the
Sign Synthesis Study.53 In this new
Section, the FHWA adopts two new
signs, X VEHICLES PER GREEN and X
VEHICLES PER GREEN EACH LANE.
ATSSA and a local DOT supported
these new signs. Another local agency
expressed concerns that allowing more
than one vehicle per green might cause
driver confusion, especially if they are
behind a large vehicle on a ramp. The
FHWA adopts these signs based upon
effective application in many States and
to provide uniformity in ramp meter
signing.
103. In Section 2B.60 Weigh Station
Signs (Section 2B.50 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA changes the text of
the R13–1 sign to ‘‘TRUCKS OVER XX
TONS MUST ENTER WEIGH
STATION—NEXT RIGHT’’ to reflect
that the message is regulatory, rather
than guidance. A local DOT supported
this change. Although three State DOTs
and two NCUTCD members suggested
that either the original language be
retained, or other revisions be made to
the sign text, the FHWA adopts the text
of the sign as proposed in the NPA. The
FHWA notes that a State at the time of
its adoption of the MUTCD may include
appropriate additional information in its
supplement. In addition, in Figure 2B–
30, the FHWA illustrates the customary
regulatory sign color of a black legend
on a white background, rather than the
allowable option of the reverse color
pattern, for the TRUCKS OVER XX
TONS MUST ENTER WEIGH
STATION—NEXT RIGHT sign. ATSSA
supported this change in the
illustration.
104. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.64
Headlight Use Signs, containing
GUIDANCE, SUPPORT, and OPTION
statements that describe the use of
several new signs that may be used by
States to require road users to turn on
their vehicle headlights under certain
conditions. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported the new signs, as proposed in
the NPA. An NCUTCD member opposed
this new section because he felt that the
installation of these types of signs is
already covered in other sections in the
MUTCD, and that since wording of the
signs is based on laws that vary from
State to State, it is not appropriate to
standardize a series of signs in the
MUTCD. The Sign Synthesis Study 54
53 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 28–29, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
54 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 31, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66755
found that there is a wide variation in
the legends currently being used by
States for this purpose and the FHWA
adopts these new signs to provide
increased uniformity of the messages for
road users. Based on comments from
two State DOTs and a traffic engineering
consultant, the FHWA does not adopt
the proposed TURN OFF HEADLIGHTS
sign from this final rule, because
commenters felt that it might
communicate an inappropriate message
to road users during nighttime
conditions.
105. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2B.65
FENDER BENDER Sign. This new
section contains an OPTION statement
regarding the use of a new FENDER
BENDER MOVE VEHICLES FROM
TRAVEL LANES sign that agencies may
use to inform road users of laws or
ordinances that require them to move
their vehicles from the travel lanes if
they have been involved in a minor noninjury crash. As an integral part of
active incident management programs
in many urban areas, an increasing
number of States and cities are using
signs requiring drivers that have been
involved in relatively minor ‘‘fender
bender’’ or non-injury crashes to move
their vehicles out of the travel lanes. A
variety of sign messages are in use for
this purpose, as documented by the Sign
Synthesis Study.55 Although ATSSA
and a State and a local DOT supported
the new sign, as proposed in the NPA,
the NCUTCD and two of its members
and three State DOTs provided
comments about the sign design. Several
of the commenters from Arizona
suggested that the term ‘‘Fender
Bender’’ be revised to reflect the
wording of signs in their State. A few
commenters suggested that the use of
yellow and white backgrounds on the
same sign is inappropriate, and many of
the commenters opposed the symbol for
fender bender, because they did not feel
that it had been tested for road user
comprehension. Based on the
comments, the FHWA removes the
symbol from the sign but is adopting the
black on yellow header panel in the
design, noting that the regulatory
portion of the sign is a black legend and
border on a white background. The
FHWA adopts this sign because a
standardized sign legend is needed.
106. In this final rule, the FHWA
changes the number and title of Section
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
55 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 31, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66756
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
2B.54 Other Regulatory Signs, as it
appeared in the 2003 MUTCD to Section
2B.66 Seat Belt Symbol. As discussed in
item 54 above, the FHWA is relocating
the OPTION statements that were in this
section to Section 2B.02. In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed to add a FENDER
BENDER MOVE VEHICLES FROM
TRAVEL LANES sign to this section and
retitle the section to ‘‘Miscellaneous
Regulatory Signs’’; however, as noted
above, the FHWA adopts a new Section
2B.65 for the Fender Bender sign in this
final rule and the only remaining text in
Section 2B.66 discusses the Seat Belt
Symbol. Therefore, the FHWA revises
the section title to ‘‘Seat Belt Symbol’’
in this final rule.
107. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a new chapter numbered and
titled Chapter 2L Object Markers,
Barricades, and Gates. In addition to
containing information on object
markers, this new chapter was to have
contained information from Section
3F.01 of the 2003 MUTCD on
barricades, without any significant
changes. A State DOT, four local DOTs,
and an NCUTCD member supported
moving these items to Part 2. A State
DOT opposed moving object markers
and barricades to Part 2 because it felt
that they are used to mark obstructions
and help in guidance and delineation of
the roadway, the same as pavement
markings. The FHWA agrees that
barricades and gates are more
appropriately related to Chapter 2B, and
places Section 2B.67 Barricades and
Section 2B.68 Gates in this chapter.
108. The FHWA adds a new Section
2B.68 Gates (numbered 2L.06 in the
NPA) that contains provisions regarding
the design and use of gates for a variety
for traffic control purposes beyond the
most common use at highway-rail grade
crossings. Two local DOTs supported
this new section and several agencies
provided comments. The NCUTCD, two
State DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
suggested that the FHWA provide
clarification regarding whether one or
both sides of gate arms and fences are
to be reflectorized. The FHWA agrees
and adds clarifying language in this
final rule to indicate that both sides are
to be reflectorized, with an option to
reflectorize only the side facing moving
traffic in the normal direction if used at
ramps. Based on comments from the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, a State
DOT, two toll road operators, and an
NCUTCD member, the FHWA removes
the crashworthiness and mounting
height requirements for gate arms to
better serve their application. The
FHWA adds a requirement that gates be
designed so that the gate arms are
securely locked in either the open
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
position or closed position, based on a
comment from the U.S. Department of
Agriculture indicating that it is
appropriate to lock gates securely in
either of these positions. The FHWA
adopts this new section in order to
provide for enhanced uniformity of
gates, as they are used in a wide variety
of traffic control applications.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2C—General
109. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to move object markers from Part 3 to
a new chapter, titled Chapter 2L Object
Markers. A State DOT, four local DOTs,
and an NCUTCD member supported
moving these items to Part 2. A State
DOT opposed moving object markers to
Part 2 because it felt that they are used
to mark obstructions and help in
guidance and delineation of the
roadway, the same as pavement
markings. The FHWA disagrees with
retaining object markers in the chapter
with pavement markings because,
although these devices can provide
some delineation, the primary function
of object markers is as a warning sign.
Due to the warning function that object
markers serve, in this final rule the
FHWA moves object markers to Chapter
2C and revises the title of Chapter 2C to
include object markers.
110. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA removes the following word
message signs from the MUTCD,
because comparable symbol signs have
been in use for 35 years, thereby making
these word signs obsolete: HILL Sign
(W7–1b), DIVIDED HIGHWAY (W6–1a)
and DIVIDED ROAD (W6–1b), DIVIDED
HIGHWAY ENDS (W6–2a) and DIVIDED
ROAD ENDS (W6–2b), STOP AHEAD
(W3–1a), YIELD AHEAD (W3–2a), and
SIGNAL AHEAD (W3–3a). A State DOT
opposed eliminating the use of many of
these word signs, because it felt that the
word message signs were added to and
included in previous editions of the
MUTCD to enable agencies to use the
optional signs for the benefit of better
understanding of signs. The commenter
also suggested that since the word
messages are fulfilling the purpose for
signs, it is difficult to justify the cost of
replacing the signs. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenter and notes
that the symbol designs for many of
these signs have been in use for more
than 35 years and that symbol warning
signs are more readily recognized and
comprehended by drivers with fewer
driver errors. In addition, existing word
message signs in good condition may
remain in service until such point in
time that they are replaced as part of the
agency’s periodic sign maintenance
program.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2C—Specific
111. In Section 2C.02 Application of
Warning Signs, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to remove paragraph 01
requiring the use of engineering studies
or judgment in determining the use of
warning signs. A State DOT and two
local DOTs opposed the removal of this
STANDARD because they felt that
engineering studies or judgment are
necessary. The FHWA agrees and
retains the requirement in this final rule
and adds a reference to Section 1A.09
regarding engineering studies and
engineering judgment.
112. In Section 2C.03 Design of
Warning Signs, in place of the existing
paragraph in the OPTION statement, the
FHWA adds two new paragraphs that
describe allowable changes in warning
sign sizes and designs, as proposed in
the NPA. The FHWA adopts these
changes to provide agencies with
flexibility in designing signs to meet
field conditions. This includes allowing
sign sizes larger than Oversized in Table
2C–2 to be rectangular or square and
modifications to be made to the symbols
shown on intersection warning signs in
order to approximate the geometric
configuration of the roadway. A State
and two local DOTs supported these
new paragraphs and offered an editorial
change that the FHWA adopts in this
final rule.
Additionally, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed to change paragraph 05 to a
GUIDANCE statement to recommend,
rather than merely allow, a fluorescent
yellow-green background for warning
signs regarding conditions associated
with pedestrians, bicyclists, and
playgrounds. While ATSSA supported
this change, the NCUTCD and one of its
members, many State and local DOTs,
and a traffic engineering consultant
opposed changing the language to
GUIDANCE, suggesting instead that it
remain an OPTION. The commenters
provided a variety of reasons, the most
prominent being that some State and
local DOTs reserve the use of the
fluorescent yellow-green background for
only school-related warning signs in
order to add emphasis to those
locations. A State and a local DOT, an
NCUTCD member, a traffic engineering
consultant, and a private citizen
expressed concern about the lack of
research supporting the effectiveness of
the fluorescent yellow-green color that
would justify elevating the provision to
a recommendation, rather than an
option. Some of the commenters
suggested that an overuse of the
fluorescent yellow-green would reduce
the effectiveness of the color. In
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
addition, some commenters said that the
color fades more quickly over time, and
that it is significantly more expensive
than yellow. Based on the comments,
the FHWA decides to retain the
language as an OPTION in this final
rule, allowing the use of a fluorescent
yellow-green background for warning
signs regarding conditions associated
with pedestrians, bicyclists, and
playgrounds.
The FHWA also adopts a new
STANDARD statement requiring that
warning signs associated with schools
and school buses have a fluorescent
yellow-green background, as proposed
in the NPA. The FHWA also revises
similar wording in other sections in
Chapter 2C and in Part 7. In the
intervening years since the use of
fluorescent yellow-green background
color was introduced as an option in the
MUTCD, most highway agencies have
adopted policies to use this color for
school warning signs. This predominant
usage is because of the enhanced
conspicuity provided by fluorescent
yellow-green, particularly during dawn
and twilight periods. ATSSA and two
local DOTs supported this change,
while a State DOT, a State association
of counties, and a local DOT suggested
that the school bus sign should not be
included in the requirement. As
discussed in the preceding paragraph, a
State DOT, three local DOTs, and an
NCUTCD member oppose any
requirement to use fluorescent yellowgreen. These commenters feel that there
is not sufficient research demonstrating
that the color modifies behavior and the
high cost, along with the tendency to
fade more quickly than yellow, does not
justify requiring its use. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that in-place
evaluation of fluorescent yellow-green
by State DOTs has identified acceptable
durability and sheeting life and the
FHWA also adopts this background
color for school bus warning signs for
consistency with the requirement for
other school warning signs.
113. In Section 2C.04 Size of Warning
Signs, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add a STANDARD paragraph to
establish a minimum size of 36 inches
x 36 inches for all diamond-shaped
warning signs facing traffic on multilane conventional roads. This is
consistent with other changes adopted
in Section 2A.13 and discussed
previously in this preamble, concerning
basing sign size dimensions on the letter
sizes needed for a visual acuity of 20/
40, which results in larger sign sizes.
Although ATSSA and two local
agencies supported the language as
proposed, four State DOTs, six local
DOTs, an NCUTCD member, and a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
traffic engineering consultant expressed
concern about installing 36 inch x 36
inch signs on low-speed roads and on
roads in urban areas where there is
limited space for signs. Many of those
commenters suggested that the larger
size signs be optional for such
roadways. Four additional local DOTs
opposed the requirement for larger signs
specifically because of insufficient
space in urban areas. On multi-lane
roads, increased legibility distances are
needed because of the potential
blockage of signs by other vehicles, but
the FHWA agrees in part with the
commenters and adopts revisions to this
section in this final rule that are
consistent with similar revisions to
Section 2B.03 by adding two exceptions
to the requirement to use the larger sign
sizes on multi-lane conventional roads
for: (a) The size of the left-hand side
signs mounted in the median to
supplement the right-hand side
placement, and (b) multi-lane
conventional roads with posted speed
limits of 35 mph or less.
Finally, the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
statement that the minimum size for
warning signs facing traffic on exit and
entrance ramps should be the size
identified in Table 2C–2 for the
mainline roadway classification listed
for each of the columns, in response to
a comment from Utah DOT suggesting
that this language be added for
consistency with other sections of the
MUTCD. This language is consistent
with similar guidance that the FHWA
adds in Section 2B.03 as discussed
previously.
114. The FHWA revises Table 2C–2
Warning Sign and Plaque Sizes to
incorporate additional sign series and to
specify that, for several diamond-shaped
signs, the minimum size required for
signs facing traffic on multi-lane
conventional roads is 36 inches x 36
inches. Based on comments from the
NCUTCD (and to be consistent with a
similar change in Table 2B–1), the
FHWA adds a column to Table 2C–2 for
multi-lane conventional roads in this
final rule. The FHWA also adopts
additional changes in Table 2C–2 to
address comments from the NCUTCD
and one of its members, and to provide
consistency between the table and other
changes within the chapter. These
include adding additional sizes for signs
and plaques, adding new signs while
deleting signs no longer used, and
clarifying the note at the bottom of the
table regarding exceptions to the
requirement to use the larger sign sizes
on multi-lane conventional roads (as
discussed above). The FHWA adopts the
increases in sign sizes to provide signs
on multi-lane approaches that are more
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66757
legible to drivers with visual acuity of
20/40 and to be consistent with and
incorporate other changes adopted in
Chapter 2C.
115. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA revises in Section 2C.05
Placement of Warning Signs the
SUPPORT and GUIDANCE statements
to refer to the use of PerceptionResponse Time (PRT), rather than
Perception, Identification, Emotion, and
Volition (PIEV) Time, in determining
the placement of warning signs. The
older terminology of PIEV Time has
been replaced with PRT, which has
come into common use and is the
terminology used in the current policies
of the AASHTO. The Traffic Control
Devices Handbook 56 addresses both
terms, but correctly identifies PRT as
the terminology now in common use.
Accordingly, it is appropriate to update
the MUTCD using the common
terminology PRT. The NCUTCD and a
local DOT supported these changes.
In addition to the changes adopted in
Section 2C.05, the FHWA is also
revising the notes for Table 2C–4 by
replacing ‘‘PIEV time’’ with ‘‘PRT,’’ as
well as other changes in the notes and
values in Table 2C–4 in order to provide
adequate legibility of warning signs for
20/40 visual acuity. Two State DOTs,
four local DOTs, two traffic engineering
consultants, and an NCUTCD member
commented about the values as well as
the notes in Table 2C–4. As a result, in
this final rule the FHWA further refines
the notes in this final rule regarding the
legibility distance for Condition A. The
FHWA notes that increasing the
minimum legend size to 6 inches causes
the table values to change from those in
the 2003 MUTCD, and that the distances
and associated notes in the table are
guidance, which by its nature allows
flexibility.
116. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.06
Horizontal Alignment Warning Signs,
containing SUPPORT, STANDARD, and
OPTION statements regarding the use of
the new Table 2C–5 Horizontal
Alignment Sign Selection, in which the
FHWA establishes a hierarchal
approach to use of these signs and
plaques and defines required,
recommended, and optional warning
signs. A State DOT and four local DOTs
supported the overall intent of the
proposed new section and associated
table, but felt that FHWA should modify
the language to allow the use of
engineering judgment rather than
56 The Traffic Control Devices Handbook, 2001, is
available for purchase from the Institute of
Transportation Engineers, at the following Internet
Web site: https://www.ite.org. PIEV and PRT are
discussed on pages 34 to 39.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66758
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
require the use of Table 2C–5 and
should clarify that actual prevailing
speeds should be used when
determining the need for horizontal
alignment warning signs. Several of
these agencies also commented in
opposition to the requirement to place
warning signs on arterials and collectors
with average annual daily traffic
(AADT) of over 1,000. To address some
of the concerns, the FHWA revises the
STANDARD statement in this final rule
to clarify that alignment warning signs
shall be used in accordance with Table
2C–5 based on the speed differential
between the roadway’s posted or
statutory speed limit or 85th percentile
speed, whichever is higher, and the
horizontal curve’s advisory speed. This
change is consistent with the
methodology on application of posted or
statutory speed limit or 85th percentile
speed is consistent with FHWA’s
‘‘Program Memorandum on
Consideration and Implementation of
Proven Safety Countermeasures,’’
Measure #7, Yellow Change Intervals.57
As part of this change, the FHWA also
includes in the STANDARD statement
the use of the prevailing speed in
determining the speed differential to the
horizontal curve’s advisory speed along
with posted and statutory speed and
85th percentile speed. Regarding the
requirement to place warning signs on
functionally classified arterials and
collectors over 1,000 AADT, the FHWA
believes that this is appropriate because
these road classifications represent
higher-volume roadways, which have a
larger percentage of unfamiliar drivers,
and have the potential to yield the
largest safety benefits in reducing
crashes resulting from road users’ lack
of awareness of a change in horizontal
alignment, as documented in a recent
NCHRP study.58 The FHWA retains the
option to use Horizontal Alignment
Warning signs on other roadways or on
arterial and collector roadways with less
than 1,000 AADT based on engineering
judgment.
Nine State DOTs, six local DOTs, two
NCUTCD members, and a citizen
opposed the inclusion of Table 2C–5 in
the MUTCD, or suggested that the some
or all of the values in the table be
recommended, rather than required,
because they felt that engineering
57 FHWA’s Program Memorandum on
Consideration and Implementation of Proven Safety
Countermeasures, dated July 10, 2008 can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
safety.fhwa.dot.gov/policy/memo071008/.
58 NCHRP Report 500, Volume 7, ‘‘A Guide for
Reducing Collisions on Horizontal Curves,’’ can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_500v7.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
experience and judgment are superior to
prescribing values. The FHWA disagrees
and notes that fatalities at horizontal
curves account for 25 percent of all
highway fatalities even though
horizontal curves are only a small
portion of the nation’s highway mileage.
The past and current basis of the
application of engineering judgment for
determination of horizontal curve
signing has not sufficiently improved
the safety performance of horizontal
curves. Therefore, the FHWA adopts
Table 2C–5 with revisions as a
STANDARD statement to improve the
safety performance of horizontal curves.
Six State DOTs, five local DOTs, a State
association of counties, and two traffic
engineering consultants suggested that
the row concerning Chevron signs
should be deleted, that the wording be
reverted to that used in the 2003 Edition
of the MUTCD, and that the use of
Chevron signs not be required. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts in this final
rule the Chevron signs and their values,
as proposed in the NPA based upon
research regarding their safety
effectiveness 59 and because Chevron
signs are a key element in the hierarchy
of horizontal alignment warning signs in
that Chevron signs provide positive
guidance to a road user entering a curve
as to alignment of the road and the
sharpness of the curve. However, based
on comments from the NCUTCD, five
State DOTs, five local DOTs, a State
association of counties, and a traffic
engineering consultant expressing
concerns that application of the speed
differential in proposed Table 2C–5 to
freeway ramps would have resulted in
the placement of Truck Rollover
warning signs on the majority of the
loop ramps on the nation’s highway
system which would be a financial
burden to highway agencies, the FHWA
deletes the Truck Rollover warning sign
from Table 2C–5. The incidence of truck
rollover crashes is more specific to
individual freeway ramp geometry than
to speed differential.
117. In concert with the changes
adopted in the previous item, the
FHWA adopts several changes to
Section 2C.07 Horizontal Alignment
Signs (Section 2C.06 of the 2003
MUTCD) to incorporate the material in
Table 2C–5 and to provide agencies
with additional information on the
appropriate use of horizontal alignment
signs. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a GUIDANCE statement
recommending the use of a Turn (W1–
59 The FHWA Roadway Departure Crash
Reduction Factors can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/tools/
crf/.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1) sign instead of a Curve sign in
advance of curves that have advisory
speeds of 30 mph or less. A State DOT,
two local DOTs, and a NCUTCD
member suggested that the statement be
changed to a STANDARD to promote
uniformity. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the requirement in this final rule.
In the 2003 MUTCD, a GUIDANCE
statement indicated that Table 2C–5
should be used, and Note 1 of the table
stated that ‘‘Engineering judgment
should be used to determine whether
the Turn or Curve Sign should be used.’’
In the NPA the FHWA proposed to
delete this table and its notes and
replace it with a completely new Table
2C–5 referenced in the text in a
STANDARD that the table shall be used.
Inherent in new Table 2C–5 is a
definitive choice, either required
(STANDARD), or recommended
(GUIDANCE), or Option (OPTION); an
option to choose either the TURN or the
CURVE for the same advisory speed and
speed difference is no longer possible
within the STANDARD statement.
Hence, the addition of the STANDARD
statement is consistent with the
STANDARD in Table 2C–5 rather than
carrying forward a note from the old
table. The FHWA also revises the
language regarding the use of the
Winding Road sign to allow its use to be
optional, rather than recommended,
based on comments from the NCUTCD
and a local DOT. The FHWA also adds
Figure 2C–2 to illustrate an example of
the use of warning signs for a turn, and
modifies Figure 2C–3 (Figure 2C–7 in
the 2003 MUTCD) to illustrate
horizontal alignment signs for a sharp
curve on an exit ramp.
118. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Section 2C.46 of the
2003 MUTCD Advisory Speed Plaque so
that it appears earlier in the Chapter as
Section 2C.08 because of its
predominant application with
horizontal alignment warning signs. In
addition, the FHWA adopts several
revisions to the section to incorporate
new Table 2C–5, and to require that
Advisory Speed plaques be used where
it is determined to be necessary on the
basis of an engineering study that
follows established traffic engineering
practices. A State DOT and several local
DOTs in that State supported using
engineering judgment, rather than
engineering studies, for determining
advisory speeds. The FHWA disagrees,
noting that the application of
engineering judgment that is implicit in
the determination of an appropriate
advisory speed should be documented
in writing as an engineering study. A
State DOT, a local DOT, and a traffic
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
engineering consultant suggested that
eliminating references to ball-bank
indicators, as proposed in the NPA,
should be reconsidered, because it
might cause agencies to unnecessarily
believe that a more extensive
engineering study is needed. The FHWA
agrees and adopts in this final rule a
SUPPORT statement identifying
appropriate engineering practices for
determining advisory speeds. This
includes the use of an accelerometer,
design speed evaluation, or a ball-bank
indicator.
119. In Section 2C.09 Chevron
Alignment Sign (Section 2C.10 of the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA changes
paragraph 01 to a STANDARD to require
the use of the Chevron Alignment sign
in accordance with the hierarchy of use
as listed in Table 2C–5 and to be
consistent with Section 2C.06. Similar
to the discussion above in item 116,
several commenters were opposed as
they prefer to retain the choice to use
Chevron Alignment signs based upon
engineering judgment. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts the STANDARD
Table 2C–5 requiring the use of Chevron
Alignment signs, because application of
Chevron Alignment signs can reduce
crashes on horizontal curves by 35
percent.60 As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA also adds information to
paragraph 04 regarding the minimum
installation height of these signs. A local
DOT and an NCUTCD member
supported the minimum 4-foot
mounting height, while two local DOTs
suggested allowing even lower
mounting heights, in part because they
felt it would enable chevron signs to be
better illuminated by headlights. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts a minimum
mounting height of 4 feet as an
exception to the normal minimum
mounting height for signs, consistent
with provisions in Section 3F.04 for
delineator placement. The FHWA also
adds a reference in the GUIDANCE
statement to Table 2C–6 Approximate
Spacing of Chevron Alignment Signs on
Horizontal Curves. The spacing criteria
are based on research.61
The FHWA also adds a new
STANDARD statement at the end of the
section specifying the conditions when
the Chevron Alignment sign shall not be
used, as proposed in the NPA. Although
a local DOT supported the revision,
60 The FHWA Roadway Departure Crash
Reduction Factors can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/tools/
crf/.
61 FHWA/TX–04/0–4052–1, ‘‘Simplifying
Delineator and Chevron Applications for Horizontal
Curves,’’ dated March 2004, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://tti.tamu.edu/
documents/0-4052-1.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
three State DOTs, a local DOT, and an
NCUTCD member opposed the
prohibition of Chevron Alignment signs
at T-intersections to warn drivers that a
through movement is not physically
possible. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the prohibition on the use of the
Chevron Alignment sign for this
purpose, because this is the function of
a Two-Direction (or One-Direction)
Large Arrow sign. A State DOT
supported the prohibition of Chevron
Alignment signs to mark obstructions
within or adjacent to the roadway, and
the FHWA adopts in this final rule
expanded text to also prohibit the use of
the Chevron Alignment sign to mark the
beginning of adjacent guard rail or
barrier to address a comment from a
local DOT. The FHWA adopts this text
to preclude possible misinterpretations
of the appropriate use of this sign.
120. In Section 2C.10 Combination
Horizontal Alignment/Advisory Speed
Signs (Section 2C.07 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA amplifies the
existing STANDARD statement in order
to clarify how these signs are to be used.
Although a local DOT supported the
revised language, a State DOT, a local
DOT, an NCUTCD member, and a traffic
engineering consultant opposed the
language. Some of the commenters felt
that there are some locations where the
combination Horizontal Alignment/
Advisory Speed sign serves the purpose
better than the other advance horizontal
alignment warning signs, and therefore
should be used alone, as a substitute for
the advance horizontal alignment
warning signs. The FHWA disagrees
because it is inherent in the application
of warning signs that they be located in
advance of the hazard in order to
provide the time and distance for a road
user to reduce speed and act in a timely
manner. The FHWA also notes that the
combination Horizontal Alignment/
Advisory Speed sign shall only be used
to supplement advance horizontal
alignment warning signs. Furthermore,
the advance horizontal alignment
warning signs are placed in advance of
the curve and the combination
Horizontal Alignment/Advisory Speed
sign is placed at the beginning of the
curve. The FHWA adopts the revisions
with minor editorial changes in this
final rule.
121. In Section 2C.12 One-Direction
Large Arrow Sign (Section 2C.09 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA adds a
STANDARD statement as proposed in
the NPA prohibiting the use of a OneDirection Large Arrow sign in the
central island of a roundabout, as
proposed in the NPA. A traffic
engineering consultant supported this
change, and the FHWA adopts this
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66759
change in this final rule in conjunction
with other changes in Chapters 2B and
2D to provide consistency in signing at
roundabouts.
122. In Section 2C.13 Truck Rollover
Warning Sign (Section 2C.11 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA had proposed in
the NPA to add a STANDARD statement
requiring the use of the Truck Rollover
Warning sign on freeway and
expressway ramps in accordance with
the new Table 2C–5. Two State DOTs,
an association of local DOTs, and an
NCUTCD member opposed the required
use of Truck Rollover warning signs
because of concerns as noted above in
Section 2C.06. The FHWA agrees and
removes in this final rule that
requirement from this section, as well as
from Table 2C–5, as the incidence of
truck rollover crashes is more specific to
individual freeway ramp geometry than
to speed differential.
In this final rule, the FHWA reverts to
the optional use of the Truck Rollover
warning sign (as in the 2003 Edition of
the MUTCD) and adds the use of an
engineering study to determine the need
for the sign. As part of this change, the
FHWA adds a SUPPORT statement
describing appropriate engineering
practices for determining recommended
curve speeds.
123. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Section 2C.36 of the
2003 MUTCD so that it appears earlier
in the chapter as new Section 2C.14 to
consolidate all sections relating to
horizontal alignment in one area of the
chapter for ease of reference and
consistency. In addition, the FHWA
revises the title of the section to
‘‘Advisory Exit and Ramp Speed Signs’’
and revises the text to remove the
optional Curve Speed sign, as proposed
in the NPA. Although a local DOT
supported deleting the Curve Speed
Advisory sign, a citizen opposed its
removal. The Curve Speed sign has had
only limited usage and, with the new
hierarchal approach to warning sign
usage for horizontal curves, this sign is
no longer needed. The FHWA believes
it is desirable to broaden the consistent
usage of a few signs providing better
driver communications rather than
adding potential driver confusion with
a mixed application of several signing
options.
124. For all of the changes in
applications of warning signs and
plaques for horizontal curves in
Sections 2C.06 through 2C.14 and in
Table 2C–5, the FHWA establishes a
target compliance date of December 31,
2019 (approximately 10 years from the
effective date of this final rule) for the
installation of the additional signs and
revisions in advisory speed values
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66760
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
required to achieve compliance with
these provisions at existing locations.
The FHWA establishes this target
compliance date because of the
demonstrated safety issues associated
with run-off-the road crashes at
horizontal curves. As noted above,
fatalities at horizontal curves account
for 25 percent of all highway fatalities,
yet horizontal curves are only a small
portion of the nation’s highway mileage.
The FHWA anticipates that installation
of the required additional signs at
existing locations will provide
significant safety benefits to road users.
State and local highway agencies and
owners of private roads open to public
travel can schedule the installation of
the additional required signs in
conjunction with their programs for
maintaining and replacing other signs at
existing locations that are worn out or
damaged, thus minimizing any financial
impacts.
125. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.15
Combination Horizontal Alignment/
Advisory Exit and Ramp Speed Signs.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
incorporates these new signs for
optional use where ramp or exit
curvature is not apparent to drivers in
the deceleration or exit lane or where
the curvature needs to be specifically
identified as being on the ramp rather
than on the mainline. ATSSA, two local
DOTs, an NCUTCD member, and a
citizen supported these new signs. The
FHWA adopts the design and the use of
this sign based on the Sign Synthesis
Study,62 which found that at least four
States have developed signs for this
purpose, but with varying designs. The
FHWA adopts a uniform design for this
type of sign, to provide consistency for
road users.
126. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to relocate Section 2C.13 of the 2003
MUTCD Truck Escape Ramp Signs to
Chapter 2F (Chapter 2I in this final
rule), to reflect the proposed new
classification and design of these signs
as general service signs. As discussed in
detail under Amendments to Chapter 2I,
the FHWA retains Truck Escape Ramp
signs as Section 2C.17 in this final rule.
The FHWA also retains the warning sign
designations for the associated signs,
and retains the color of the background
of these signs as yellow and the color of
the legend, border, and arrows as black.
The sign images for these signs are
shown in Figure 2C–4 in this final rule.
62 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 43, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
127. In Section 2C.19 ROAD
NARROWS Sign (Section 2C.15 in the
2003 MUTCD) the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to revise the language
describing the situations under which a
ROAD NARROWS sign should be used.
A local DOT and a State association of
counties and several of its members
suggested that the proposed language
actually changed the intent of the
section. As a result, the FHWA clarifies
the language in this final rule to state
that the ROAD NARROWS sign should
be used in advance of a transition on
two-lane roads where the pavement
width is reduced abruptly to a width
such that vehicles traveling in opposite
directions cannot simultaneously travel
through the narrow portion of the
roadway without reducing speed. The
FHWA also adds a SUPPORT statement
to describe the optional use of this sign
on low-volume local streets with speed
limits of 30 mph or less.
128. In Section 2C.22 Divided
Highway Sign (Section 2C.18 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA adds a
STANDARD that the Divided Highway
(W6–1) sign shall not be used instead of
a Keep Right (R4–7 series) sign in the
median island, as proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA adopts this change to reflect
accepted signing practices and prevent
misuse of the W6–1 sign.
129. In Section 2C.23 Divided
Highway Ends Sign (Section 2C.19 of
the 2003 MUTCD), as proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA changes the OPTION
statement to a GUIDANCE statement,
recommending that the Two-Way
Traffic (W6–3) sign should also be used
to warn of the transition to a two-lane,
two-way section. The FHWA adopts this
change in this final rule in order to be
consistent with the GUIDANCE in
Section 2C.44 that the W6–3 sign should
be used for this condition.
130. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.24
Freeway or Expressway Ends Signs
(numbered Section 2C.23 in the NPA)
containing OPTION and GUIDANCE
statements regarding the use of these
new signs. The FHWA adopts these new
signs because there are many locations
where a freeway or expressway ends by
changing to an uncontrolled access
highway, and it is important to warn
drivers of the end of the freeway or
expressway conditions. In other cases,
the need for this type of warning might
be generated by other conditions not
readily apparent to the road user, such
as the need for all traffic to exit the
freeway or expressway on exit ramps.
The Sign Synthesis Study 63 found that
63 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 43–44, can be
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
at least 21 States have developed their
own standard warning signs for this
purpose, but with varying legends and
designs. The FHWA adopts uniform
designs for these signs, to provide
consistency for road users.
131. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to change the title of Section 2C.31
(Section 2C.26 of the 2003 MUTCD) to
‘‘Shoulder and Uneven Lanes Signs.’’
The FHWA proposed to incorporate a
new symbolic Shoulder Drop Off sign
and a plaque, as well as a new UNEVEN
LANES plaque, to warn road users of
either a low shoulder or uneven lanes.
The FHWA proposed these new signs
and plaques as a result of the Sign
Synthesis Study,64 which found that
symbol signs and/or different word
messages are being used in at least 13
States to convey these or similar
messages, with a wide variety of legends
and symbol designs. The States are not
consistent in how the symbol signs are
used, with some being used for uneven
lanes and some for low shoulder or
shoulder drop-off conditions. The
Canadian MUTCD prescribes a single
standard symbol warning sign (TC–49)
for use to warn of either a low shoulder
or uneven lanes. The NCUTCD, one of
its members, and a local DOT
commented that an UNEVEN LANES
word message warning sign is more
appropriate than using a Shoulder Drop
Off symbol with a supplemental
UNEVEN LANES plaque to depict
uneven lanes. The FHWA agrees that
the proposed symbol sign tends to
convey a meaning of shoulder drop off
more than it does of uneven lanes and
revises the language in this final rule to
allow the use of an UNEVEN LANES
word message sign to warn of a
difference in elevation between lanes.
Further, the FHWA relocates the text
regarding the word message UNEVEN
LANES sign to Section 2C.32 Surface
Condition Signs in this final rule,
because it is more appropriately located
there. As part of this change, the FHWA
does not adopt the UNEVEN LANES
supplemental plaque, since the use of
this plaque to supplement a Shoulder
Drop Off symbol sign is not adopted.
The FHWA retains the Shoulder Drop
Off symbol sign to depict an
unprotected shoulder drop-off, as stated
in the 2003 Edition of the MUTCD.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
to add an optional use of the NO
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
64 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 37, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
SHOULDER sign to allow agencies to
use a sign of uniform legend that would
warn road users that shoulders do not
exist along the roadway. This sign and
its design are based on the ‘‘Sign
Synthesis Study,’’ 65 which found
inconsistencies in the legends of signs
currently in use by the States for this
purpose. The NCUTCD suggested that
road users would be better served by
two signs, one indicating that there is no
shoulder and another indicating that a
shoulder ends. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule two optional
signs, the NO SHOULDER sign to warn
of the lack of a shoulder on a short
segment of a roadway without a
shoulder, as proposed in the NPA, and
a new SHOULDER ENDS sign to
provide advance warning that a
shoulder is ending. Although not
proposed in the NPA, use of the new
SHOULDER ENDS sign is optional, and
the FHWA believes that some agencies
may find it appropriate to use this sign.
132. The FHWA changes the title of
Section 2C.32 to ‘‘Surface Condition
Signs’’ (Section 2C.27 in the 2003
MUTCD) and incorporates several
additional signs and supplemental
plaques into this section, as proposed in
the NPA. The FHWA adds information
in the OPTION regarding the use of
supplemental plaques with legends
such as ICE, WHEN WET, STEEL DECK,
and EXCESS OIL with the W8–5 sign to
indicate the reason that the slippery
conditions might be present.
The FHWA also adds information in
the OPTION regarding the LOOSE
GRAVEL and ROUGH ROAD word
signs, as proposed in the NPA. These
signs and plaques have been illustrated
in the MUTCD and the SHSM book, but
had not previously been discussed in
the MUTCD text.
In addition, the FHWA incorporates
the information from Section 2C.28
BRIDGE ICES BEFORE ROAD sign of
the 2003 MUTCD into this section, as
proposed in the NPA, in order to
maintain cohesiveness of information.
Finally, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed adding a new symbolic Falling
Rocks sign and an educational plaque to
this section to reflect common practice
in many States to warn road users of the
frequent possibility of rocks falling (or
already fallen) onto the roadway. The
Sign Synthesis Study 66 found a lack of
65 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 37, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
66 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 37–38, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
consistency in the sign legends or
symbols currently in use by States for
this purpose. To provide consistency in
sign design, the FHWA proposed to add
a symbol sign (along with an
educational plaque for use if needed)
that may be used to warn road users of
falling or fallen rocks, slides, or other
similar situations. Although the most
common sign currently used in the U.S.
is a word sign, Canadian, Mexican,
European, and international standards
use symbols, all of which are very
similar, for this message. The FHWA
proposed to adopt the standard Mexican
MUTCD symbol, because its design
appeared to offer the best simplicity and
legibility. Although ATSSA and a local
DOT supported this new sign and
plaque, the NCUTCD and one of its
members opposed the symbol on the
sign and the plaque because they felt
that it would not be well understood by
the travelling public and that a word
sign would be more appropriate. The
FHWA believes that additional human
factors testing of alternative symbols for
this message would be desirable prior to
future consideration of adopting a
symbol and therefore the FHWA does
not adopt the symbol sign or plaque in
this final rule. Instead, the FHWA
adopts a FALLEN ROCKS word message
sign.
133. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2C.33 Warning Signs
and Plaques for Motorcyclists, that
contains SUPPORT and OPTION
statements regarding the use of two new
warning signs and an associated
symbolic plaque that may be
specifically placed to warn
motorcyclists of road surface conditions
that would primarily affect them, such
as grooved or brick pavement and metal
bridge decks. The FHWA adds the new
signs to promote needed sign
uniformity, based on the results of the
Sign Synthesis Study,67 which found a
variety of different messages in use by
the States for these purposes.
Subsequently, a study 68 evaluated
several different motorcycle symbols
and arrangements of such symbols both
within the primary warning sign and as
a supplemental plaque. The study found
67 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 39–40, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
68 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May, 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66761
that the best legibility distance is
provided by depicting a motorcycle on
a supplementary plaque and that one
particular style of motorcycle provides
the best comprehension of the intended
message. ATSSA, the Motorcycle Safety
Foundation, a State DOT, a local DOT,
and a citizen supported these new signs
and plaques. As a result, the FHWA
adopts word message signs with
standardized legends of GROOVED
PAVEMENT and METAL BRIDGE DECK
and a new supplementary plaque
featuring a side view of a motorcycle.
Based on comments from three
NCUTCD members, a traffic engineering
consultant, and a citizen suggesting
edits to the symbol and flexibility in the
mounting of the plaque, the FHWA also
clarifies the text and Figure 2C–6 in this
final rule to show the motorcyclist on
the plaque facing left and to allow the
Motorcycle plaque to be mounted either
above or below the sign if the warning
is intended to be directed primarily to
motorcyclists.
134. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a new section numbered and
titled Section 2C.34 NO CENTER
STRIPE Sign. The FHWA adopts this
new section based on a review of the
2003 MUTCD and 2004 SHSM book that
revealed that the MUTCD did not
contain language about this existing
sign, which is illustrated in Figure 2C–
6. However, in this final rule the FHWA
revises the legend of the sign to NO
CENTER LINE to reflect current
terminology, and revises the title and
text of Section 2C.34 accordingly.
135. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2C.35 Weather
Condition Signs, containing OPTION
and STANDARD statements regarding
the use of four new signs to warn users
of potential adverse weather conditions.
The FHWA based the proposed signs on
results of the Sign Synthesis Study 69
that showed that signs for various
weather conditions were in very
common use in many parts of the
country, but with widely varying
legends. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed to use the legend WATCH
FOR FOG. Although ATSSA supported
the proposed legend, the NCUTCD and
one of its members and a local DOT
suggested that ‘‘WATCH FOR’’ is
unnecessary text on a warning sign. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the legend
FOG AREA in this final rule. ATSSA
supported the GUSTY WINDS sign,
while a State DOT, a local DOT, and an
69 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 38–39, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66762
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
NCUTCD member suggested alternate
wording or questioned the need for the
sign. The FHWA adopts the wording
GUSTY WINDS, as proposed in the NPA
as this message is simpler and clearer
than any alternate wordings. ATSSA, a
State DOT, a local DOT, and a citizen
supported the new ROAD MAY FLOOD
and Depth Gauge signs. The NCUTCD
and a State DOT suggested revisions to
clarify the placement of these optional
signs to indicate the depth of the water
at the deepest point on the roadway.
The FHWA agrees with the suggested
revisions and adopts them in this final
rule because they provide clearer and
less ambiguous information to road
users. The FHWA adopts uniform
designs for these signs to provide road
users with consistent messages.
136. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2C.37 Advance Ramp
Control Signal Signs, containing
OPTION, GUIDANCE, and STANDARD
statements regarding the use of two new
signs. ATSSA and two local DOTs
supported the addition of these signs to
the MUTCD. The NCUTCD and a State
DOT suggested clarifying the placement
of the RAMP METERED WHEN
FLASHING sign to allow flexibility in
where it is placed. The FHWA agrees
and revises the language accordingly in
this final rule to clarify the GUIDANCE
statement as to the placement of the sign
in advance of the ramp control signal
near the entrance to the ramp or on the
arterial on the approach to the ramp.
The FHWA also adopts the RAMP
METER AHEAD and RAMP METERED
WHEN FLASHING signs to provide
uniformity of signing at ramp metering
locations, especially because the
practice of ramp metering continues to
grow. The common existing use of these
signs is documented in the Sign
Synthesis Study 70 and is recommended
in the FHWA’s Ramp Management and
Control Handbook.71
137. The FHWA changes the title of
Section 2C.38 to ‘‘Reduced Speed Limit
Ahead Signs’’ (Section 2C.30 of the 2003
MUTCD) to reflect the change of the
sign name to be consistent with the Stop
Ahead, Yield Ahead, and Signal Ahead
warning sign names. A State DOT and
a citizen supported the use of these
signs.
70 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 34, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
71 ‘‘Ramp Management and Control Handbook,’’
FHWA, January 2006, page 5–29, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
ops.fhwa.dot.gov/publications/
ramp_mgmt_handbook/manual/manual/pdf/
rm_handbook.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
As proposed in the NPA, and to
correspond to changes adopted in
Section 2B.13, the FHWA revises the
GUIDANCE statement to recommend
that a Reduced Speed Limit Ahead sign
be used where the speed limit is being
reduced by more than 10 mph, or where
engineering judgment indicates the need
for advance notice. A local DOT
supported this revision. Two State
DOTs suggested that it is infeasible to
install reduced speed signs in advance
of every 10 mph reduction in speed. The
FHWA reiterates that the Reduced
Speed Limit Ahead warning sign should
be used for speed limit drops in excess
of 10 mph and would remain only an
option, rather than a recommendation,
for a 10 mph difference in posted speed
limits. The FHWA believes that
reductions in speed limit of more than
10 mph are unexpected by road users
and might require special actions to
reduce speed before reaching the start of
the lower speed zone, and thus justify
the use of a warning sign. The FHWA
adopts this change in order to provide
consistency for determining where
speed reduction signs should be placed.
138. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.39
DRAW BRIDGE Sign, as proposed in the
NPA, that contains a STANDARD
statement and a figure regarding the use
of this sign. The FHWA adopts this new
Section in this final rule because
Section 4J.02 Design and Location of
Moveable Bridge Signals and Gates
(Section 4I.02 of the 2003 MUTCD)
requires the use of the DRAW BRIDGE
sign in advance of all drawbridges.
Because the W3 series is used for
advance warning signs and this sign is
required in advance of the condition, it
is appropriate to include the text and a
figure in Chapter 2C, which covers
Warning Signs. ATSSA supports the
required use of this sign at drawbridges.
Based on a comment from a local DOT,
the FHWA revises the design of the W3–
6 sign to be a two line legend warning
sign with DRAW as the first line and
BRIDGE as the second line, as Draw
Bridge is two words rather than one in
the dictionary and a two-line legend
allows for larger letters that are more
legible to road users, and deletes
AHEAD from the legend, since the
shape and color of the sign implies that
the condition listed is ahead.
139. As proposed in the NPA, in
Section 2C.40 Merge Signs (Section
2C.31 of the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
adds an OPTION statement at the end of
the section to incorporate the new NO
MERGE AREA supplemental plaque that
may be mounted below a Merge sign, an
Entering Roadway Merge sign, a Yield
Ahead sign, or a YIELD sign. The
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
purpose of this plaque is to warn road
users on an entering roadway or
channelized right-turn movement that
they will encounter an abrupt merging
situation at the end of the ramp or
turning roadway. ATSSA, two State
DOTs, and a local DOT supported the
new plaque. Two local DOTs opposed
its use, suggesting that it might be
misinterpreted. The FHWA believes that
when there are only a few entrance
ramps or channelized right turns in an
area that do not have acceleration lanes,
those few locations do not meet driver
expectations. Therefore, the FHWA
adopts this plaque in this final rule
based on the results of the Sign
Synthesis Study,72 which indicated that
some States routinely use this plaque to
provide road users with important
warning information for these
conditions.
140. In Section 2C.42 Lane Ends Signs
(Section 2C.33 of the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to allow
the use of the W4–7 THRU TRAFFIC
MERGE RIGHT (LEFT) sign, as a
supplement to other signs, to warn road
users in the right or left lane that their
lane is about to become a mandatory
turn or exit lane. ATSSA and the
NCUTCD supported this new sign;
however, a local DOT suggested that an
additional sign is not needed, because
the existing W9–1 and W9–2 Series
signs already serve this purpose. The
FHWA agrees and does not adopt the
proposed use of this sign in this final
rule. The FHWA believes this sign
legend can be confusing when there are
more than two through lanes. Instead,
the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE statement
in Section 2C.42 in this final rule to
recommend the use of the RIGHT
(LEFT) LANE ENDS (W9–1) adjacent to
the Lane-Reduction Arrow pavement
markings. The FHWA also clarifies the
application of the W4–2, W9–1, and
W9–2 warning signs in this final rule by
adding a STANDARD statement
prohibiting their use where a thru lane
is designated as a mandatory turning
lane approaching an intersection. The
FHWA adopts these changes to be
consistent with changes adopted in
Sections 2B.20 and 3B .04. The FHWA
retains the current use of the W4–7 sign
for temporary conditions in Part 6.
141. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.43
RIGHT (LEFT) LANE EXIT ONLY
AHEAD Sign. This section contains
OPTION, STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and
SUPPORT statements regarding the use
72 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 34, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
66763
of this new sign to provide advance
warning of a freeway lane drop. ATSSA
and two local DOTs supported this sign,
while the NCUTCD and two of its
members opposed the addition of this
warning sign, because they felt that the
sign should be a regulatory sign, since
it is used when traffic is required to
depart the roadway. The FHWA notes
that this warning sign is for postmounted application in advance of the
RIGHT LANE MUST EXIT
supplementary regulatory sign to the
overhead guide sign EXIT ONLY where
physical constraints prevent overhead
signing of the EXIT ONLY sign. Several
of the commenters suggested that the
word ‘‘AHEAD’’ be deleted from the
sign, because warning signs already
imply that the condition is ahead. The
FHWA retains the ‘‘AHEAD’’ legend in
this final rule, because it warns of an
exit requirement, which is different
from many other warning signs. The
FHWA adopts this sign based on the
results of the Sign Synthesis Study 73
that showed several States use a similar
warning sign for these conditions,
particularly when overhead guide signs
are not present on which to use EXIT
ONLY plaques.
142. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a new section numbered and
titled Section 2C.46 Two-Way Traffic on
a Three-Lane Roadway Sign. The
proposed sign was a variant of the
existing W6–1 two-way traffic warning
sign. ATSSA and two local DOTs
supported the sign; however, an
NCUTCD member and a citizen
expressed concern that the sign might
convey inaccurate information to
drivers if the sign rotated to an upside
down position as the result of
vandalism or sign damage. The FHWA
agrees and does not adopt this section
or the associated signs in this final rule.
143. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates the information from
Section 2C.36 of the 2003 MUTCD
Advisory Exit, Ramp, and Curve Speed
Signs, to Section 2C.14 in order to place
all horizontal alignment warning signs
in the same area of Chapter 2C.
144. In Section 2C.46 Intersection
Warning Signs (Section 2C.37 of the
2003 MUTCD), as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds an OPTION allowing an
educational plaque with a legend such
as TRAFFIC CIRCLE or ROUNDABOUT
to be mounted below a Circular
Intersection symbol sign. ATSSA and a
local DOT supported this new plaque.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
delete from the GUIDANCE statement
the recommendation that Circular
Intersection symbol warning signs
should be installed on the approaches to
a YIELD sign controlled roundabout.
Based on a comment from a traffic
engineering consultant suggesting that
advance notice of a circular intersection
needs to be given on higher speed
approaches, the FHWA decides not to
delete the existing GUIDANCE
statement in the 2003 MUTCD and
instead retains the GUIDANCE
statement with a modification that
recommends installing the Circular
Intersection (W2–6) symbol sign in
advance of a roundabout if the approach
has a statutory or posted speed limit of
40 mph or higher The FHWA also adds
new Offset Side Roads and Double Side
Roads symbols for use on Intersection
Warning Signs to the GUIDANCE
statement, as proposed in the NPA.
ATSSA and a local DOT supported
these symbol signs, while the NCUTCD
and a traffic engineering consultant
provided comments about the design of
the Offset Side Road intersection
warning sign. As a result, the FHWA
adds two GUIDANCE statements
providing recommendations that the
Double Side Roads W2–8 symbol sign
should be used instead of the Side Road
symbol sign where two closely spaced
side roads are on the same side of the
highway, that no more than two side
road symbols should be displayed on
the same side of the highway on a W2–
7 or W2–8 symbol sign, and no more
than three side road symbols should be
displayed on a W2–7 or W2–8 symbol
sign. The FHWA adopts these new
symbols to address the results of the
Sign Synthesis Study,74 which showed
that variants of the W2–2 sign depicting
offset side roads or two closely spaced
side roads are used in many States, but
the relative distance between the two
side roads and the relative stroke widths
of the roadways varies significantly. As
a result, the FHWA adopts uniform
designs in this final rule.
145. In Section 2C.47 Two-Direction
Large Arrow Sign (Section 2C.38 of the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA adopts the
STANDARD statement as proposed in
the NPA that the Two-Direction Large
Arrow sign shall not be used in the
central island of a roundabout. A traffic
engineering consultant supported this
restriction, while a local DOT suggested
that this restriction was not needed,
because no one would use the sign for
that application. The FHWA notes that
the Two Direction Large Arrow warning
sign is frequently used inappropriately
in the central island of a roundabout
intersection. The FHWA adopts this
change in this final rule in conjunction
with other changes in Chapters 2B and
2D to provide consistency in signing at
roundabouts.
146. In Section 2C.48 Traffic Signal
Signs (Section 2C.39 of the 2003
MUTCD), as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts text clarifying the
STANDARD statement that W25–1 and
W25–2 signs are to be vertical
rectangles. Two local DOTs and an
NCUTCD member opposed the existing
provisions of requiring the use of the
W25–1 and W25–2 signs to warn drivers
of extended green signal indications in
the opposite direction. The commenters
felt that the sign text should be revised
to improve the understanding of the
legend, or should be eliminated. The
FHWA notes that the provisions for
their use are clearly indicated in the text
referred to in Part 4, and that they are
not required for all permissive left-turn
applications, only for those few where
a ‘‘yellow trap’’ signal sequence is
operated.
147. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a new Combined Bicycle/
Pedestrian sign and TRAIL X–ING
supplemental plaque in Section 2C.49
(Section 2C.40 of the 2003 MUTCD)
Vehicular Traffic Warning Signs. With
the increasing mileage of shared-use
paths in the U.S., the number of places
where shared-use paths, used by both
bicyclists and pedestrians, cross a road
or highway is also increasing. To
provide advance warning of these
crossings and to indicate the location of
the crossing itself, the provisions of the
STANDARD statements of the 2003
MUTCD made it necessary to use both
the supplementary application of the
W11–1 (bicycle) and W11–2
(pedestrian) crossing warning signs,
mounted together on the same post at
the crossing when used to supplement
the advance warning placement, or
sequentially along the road The Sign
Synthesis Study 75 revealed that several
States have developed combination
signs to simplify and improve the
signing for shared-use path crossings,
using either a single sign with combined
bicycle and pedestrian symbols or a
word message sign with a variety of
different legends. As a result, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA a new Combined
73 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 35, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
74 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 33, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
75 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 42, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66764
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Bicycle/Pedestrian sign and TRAIL X–
ING supplemental plaque. ATSSA, a
State DOT, and three local DOTs
supported the Combined Bicycle/
Pedestrian sign application and the
design of the sign as proposed in the
NPA. The NCUTCD and three of its
members, four State DOTs, three local
DOTs, an association representing local
DOTs, five associations representing
bicyclists and/or pedestrians, and three
citizens supported the use of the
Combined Bicycle/Pedestrian sign, but
suggested that the design proposed in
the NPA was confusing, tested poorly in
research studies, or was unclear. As a
result of those comments, the FHWA
revises the sign design adopted in this
final rule to show a bicycle symbol at
the top of the sign and a pedestrian
symbol at the bottom, as suggested by
the NCUTCD. The FHWA also adds a
TRAIL CROSSING word message
alternative sign in this final rule because
it agrees with a comment from the
NCUTCD that such a sign might be
needed in locations where the
recreational path includes equestrians
or snowmobiles.
ATSSA, a State DOT, two NCUTCD
members and a traffic engineering
consultant commented that the color of
the Combined Bicycle/Pedestrian sign
and TRAIL X–ING plaque shown in
Figure 2C–10 should be changed to
reflect that the standard background
color is yellow, and that the fluorescent
yellow-green color is optional. The
FHWA agrees and revises the sign
illustrations in this final rule
accordingly, consistent with adopted
revisions in Section 2A.10.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds an OPTION statement
that the Combination Pedestrian/Bicycle
symbol sign and TRAIL CROSSING
word message sign may be
supplemented with plaques with the
legend AHEAD, XX FEET, or NEXT XX
MILES when used in advance of a
pedestrian and bicycle crossing. The
FHWA adds this language in this final
rule to provide consistency with other
sections in the MUTCD involving the
use of plaques with Vehicular Traffic
Warning signs.
In addition, the FHWA adds a
STANDARD to clarify that postmounted Bicycle (W11–1), Golf Cart
(W11–11), Combined Pedestrian/Bicycle
(W11–15), and TRAIL CROSSING
(W11–15a) signs shall be supplemented
with a diagonal downward pointing
arrow (W16–7P) plaque when used at a
crossing. Although not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA adds this requirement
to be consistent with the current
STANDARD in the 2003 MUTCD
(included in Section 2C.51 in this final
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
rule) that requires the use of the W16–
7P plaque at crossings.
148. In Section 2C.50 Non-Vehicular
Warning Signs (Section 2C.41 of the
2003 MUTCD) the FHWA changes the
2nd OPTION statement in the 2003
Edition of the MUTCD to a GUIDANCE
statement. Although not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA adopts this change to
recommend the use of warning signs
supplemented with plaques with the
AHEAD or XX FEET legend when they
are used with or in advance of a
pedestrian, snowmobile, or equestrian
crossing to inform road users that they
are approaching a point where crossing
activity might occur. The FHWA adopts
this change in this final rule to be
consistent with the use of these plaques
at crossings, as required throughout the
MUTCD. Application of the NonVehicular Warning signs without the
plaques stating distance or AHEAD or
downward sloping arrow at the crossing
can be confusing to road users as to the
location of the crossing. FHWA notes
the serious consequences to a pedestrian
or wheel chair bound user if the
operator of a much heavier vehicle
operator is confused as to the location
where to expect them to enter the
highway.
The FHWA also revises the existing
STANDARD in paragraph 04 to clarify
that the placement of a supplemental
downward pointing arrow plaque shall
be below post-mounted Non-Vehicular
Warning signs, and to prohibit the use
of the diagonal downward pointing
arrow on overhead-mounted NonVehicular Warning signs. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
these clarifications in response to a
comment from a State DOT suggesting
that an arrow on an overhead sign
would not be pointing to the
appropriate location. The resulting
STANDARD in this final rule specifies
that the diagonal downward sloping
arrow (W16–7P) plaque shall not be
used with an overhead mounting of the
W11–6, W11–7 or W11–9 NonVehicular Warning symbol signs. This is
necessary so that the application of the
W16–7 downward sloping arrow
uniquely identifies the location of the
crossing.
The FHWA adds STANDARD and
OPTION statements regarding the
combination use of the Yield Here To
(Stop Here For) Pedestrian sign in the
vicinity of the Pedestrian Crossing
(W11–2) sign in this final rule that
restricts blocking the view of the W11–
2 sign, or placing it on the same post as
a R1–5 series sign. These additional
statements are necessary for consistency
with the STANDARD and OPTION
statements in Sections 2B.11 and 2B.12.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The FHWA also adopts the OPTION
statement to allow Pedestrian Crossing
signs to be mounted overhead where
Yield Here To (Stop Here For) signs
have been installed in advance of the
crosswalk. The FHWA also allows the
use of advance Pedestrian Crossing
(W11–2) signs on the approach with
AHEAD or distance plaques at the
crosswalk where Yield Here To (Stop
Here For) Pedestrian signs have been
installed. The FHWA adopts this new
language to be consistent with similar
language that is adopted in Part 7,
which is based on FHWA’s Official
Interpretation # 2–566.76
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a STANDARD statement that
required school signs and their related
supplemental plaques to have a
fluorescent yellow-green background
with a black legend and border to be
consistent with changes in Chapter 2A
and in Part 7. In this final rule, the
FHWA relocates this statement to
Section 2A.10 Sign Colors, based on
comments from an NCUTCD member, a
State DOT, a local DOT, and a traffic
engineering consultant, suggesting that
Section 2A.10 is a more appropriate
location for the information, since that
section discusses the color of signs.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
change paragraph 09 to a GUIDANCE
statement to recommend, rather than
merely permit, the use of fluorescent
yellow-green for pedestrian, bicycle,
and playground Non-Vehicular Warning
signs and their supplemental plaques.
The NCUTCD and two of its members,
three State DOTs, and two local DOTs
opposed including the Bicycle (W11–1)
warning sign in this statement that
elevates the use of the fluorescent
yellow-green background to a
recommendation (rather than an option
as in the 2003 MUTCD), because Bicycle
warning signs are not always school
related. Because bicycles are defined as
vehicles, the Bicycle W11–1 warning
sign is a Vehicular Traffic Warning sign,
and therefore the FHWA moves it to
Section 2C.49 in this final rule. As
discussed above in 2C.49, the use of
fluorescent yellow-green is an option for
Vehicular Traffic Warning signs,
including the W11–1 sign. To be
consistent with changes adopted in
Section 2C.03 and discussed therein, in
this final rule the FHWA adopts an
OPTION to use fluorescent yellow-green
for non-school Non-Vehicular Warning
signs and their associated plaques.
76 FHWA’s Official Interpretation #2–566(I), July
27, 2005, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/
interpretations/2_566.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
149. In both Section 2C.49 Vehicular
Traffic Warning Signs and Section 2C.50
Non-Vehicular Warning Signs (Sections
2C.40 and 2C.41 of the 2003 MUTCD),
in the NPA the FHWA proposed to add
OPTION statements regarding the use of
Warning Beacons and supplemental
WHEN FLASHING plaques to indicate
specific periods when the condition or
activity is present or is likely to be
present. A local DOT supported this
additional information; however, an
NCUTCD member suggested that the
language was confusing. The FHWA
revises the language in this final rule to
clarify the application of a supplemental
WHEN FLASHING (W16–13P) plaque.
The FHWA adopts these changes to
clarify the allowable use of this plaque,
for consistency with provisions
regarding warning beacons contained in
Part 4 of the 2003 MUTCD and in the
adopted 2009 MUTCD.
150. In Figure 2C–11 (Figure 2C–12 in
the NPA) Non-Vehicular Warning Signs,
the FHWA adds images of new symbolic
warning signs for moose, elk/antelope/
caribou, wild horses (horse without a
rider), burros/donkeys, sheep, bighorn
sheep, and bears, as proposed in the
NPA. The 2003 MUTCD included only
three signs to warn of the possible
crossings of large animals—deer
crossing (W11–3), cattle crossing (W11–
4), and equestrian crossing (horse with
rider, W11–7). The prevalence of other
types of large animals that might cross
roads (and which might cause
significant damage or injury if struck by
a vehicle) has caused at least 16 States
to develop signs (usually symbolic) for
warning of one or more different animal
crossings, as documented in the Sign
Synthesis Study.77 ATSSA supported
the new large animal symbol signs,
however a State DOT and a local DOT
suggested that there is not sufficient
research to show that the existing
animal warning signs are effective, so
there is no reason to add considerably
more animal symbol warning signs. The
NCUTCD and two of its members
provided comments about the design of
the bear, sheep, elk, moose, and wild
horse symbols. Based on those
comments, the FHWA revises the moose
symbol in this final rule to show the
animal with its head up and removes
the grass from beneath the elk’s feet.
The FHWA adopts the new signs
because the new animal symbols look
significantly different from the three
animal symbols in the 2003 MUTCD
77 ‘‘Synthesis
of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 41–42, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
and the standard signs do not provide
accurate meaning and adequate
warning. The FHWA also adopts the
uniform symbol designs to address the
lack of consistency in the signs
currently being used for this purpose by
the States.
151. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.52 NEW
TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD Sign,
containing OPTION and GUIDANCE
statements regarding the use of this sign
to provide advance warning of a change
in traffic patterns, such as revised lane
usage, roadway geometry, or
intersection control. ATSSA, an
NCUTCD member, and a local DOT
supported this sign as presented in the
NPA. A State DOT, an NCUTCD
member, two local DOTs, a traffic
engineering consultant, and a citizen
either opposed the message because
they felt that it was not clear or
suggested that alternate legends be
added for this sign. A State DOT
suggested deleting the sign and allowing
agencies to develop a specific sign to
indicate what is different. A State DOT,
two local DOTs, and an NCUTCD
member suggested that the background
of the sign be orange, since it represents
a temporary situation, and that the sign
should be in Part 6, rather than in Part
2. The FHWA declines removing the
proposed sign from Part 2 because it is
a warning sign for a change in
conditions that may not be associated
with temporary traffic control. However,
the FHWA also adds this sign in this
final rule (with an orange background)
in Chapter 6F. The FHWA understands
that some agencies are using different
legends; however, the FHWA declines
adding additional legends to the
MUTCD in order to establish a uniform
design and most importantly a uniform
meaning to road users. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the legend as
shown in the NPA to reflect existing
practices in many States and numerous
local jurisdictions as documented in the
Sign Synthesis Study 78 and to provide
a uniform legend for this purpose,
consistent with similar adopted changes
in Part 6.
152. In Section 2C.58 Advance Street
Name Plaque (Section 2C.49 of the 2003
MUTCD), as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a requirement that the
lettering on Advance Street Name
plaques shall be composed of a
combination of lower-case letters with
initial upper-case letters. ATSSA and a
citizen supported this change. Two
78 ‘‘Synthesis
of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 33, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66765
State DOTs, two local DOTs, and an
NCUTCD member supported the use of
mixed-case letters, but suggested that
their use not be mandatory. The
commenters felt that there is not enough
evidence to support the change to
mandate the use of mixed-case letters
and that the cost of replacing the signs
is disproportionate to the benefit to be
received by changing the letters. The
FHWA disagrees that there are
significant cost impacts, as existing
Advance Street Name plaques in good
condition may remain in service until
such point in time that they are replaced
as part of the agency’s periodic sign
maintenance program. The FHWA
retains the requirement for mixed-use
letters based on published research 79
that demonstrates the improved
recognition and legibility distances for
place names and destinations that are
comprised of an upper-case first letter
followed by lower-case lettering.
Consistent with the current design
requirements in Chapter 2D for the
application of directional arrows to
Street Name signs and Advance Street
Name signs, the FHWA adds a
requirement that directional arrows be
used adjacent to street names when two
street names are used on the Advance
Street Name plaque. The FHWA adopts
this requirement in this final rule based
on a comment from the NCUTCD
suggesting the need to account for side
roads that have different names, and to
provide consistency for road users. The
added text reflects common practice by
highway agencies and MUTCD
principles for arrows on guide signs.
The FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
statement, and an accompanying figure,
that recommends the order in which
street names should be displayed on an
Advance Street Name plaque, as
proposed in the NPA. ATSSA and a
local DOT supported this
recommendation.
153. In Section 2C.59 CROSS
TRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP Plaque
(Section 2C.50 of the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA adds a GUIDANCE statement as
proposed in the NPA that plaques with
appropriate alternative messages, such
as TRAFFIC FROM LEFT DOES NOT
STOP, be used at intersections where
STOP signs control all but one approach
to the intersection. ATSSA and a local
DOT supported the plaques. Similar to
comments about Chapter 2B proposals
regarding ALL-WAY plaques with STOP
signs, two local DOTs opposed using
79 Research on this topic is cited and discussed
in ‘‘Highway Design Handbook for Older Drivers
and Pedestrians,’’ FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–
01–103, May 2001, which can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
humanfac/01103/coverfront.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66766
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
these plaques because they feel that the
existing plaques are effective. The
FHWA disagrees that the meaning and
understanding of these types of
supplemental plaques by road users has
confused drivers facing a STOP sign as
to which other approaches are required
to stop. The FHWA believes to the
contrary, that these plaques are helpful
for informing and warning road users,
and the FHWA adopts these plaques in
this final rule to be consistent with
changes adopted in Chapter 2B.
154. In Section 2C.60 SHARE THE
ROAD Plaque (Section 2C.51 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA adds a new
STANDARD statement that requires that
the SHARE THE ROAD plaque be used
only as a supplement to a Vehicular
Traffic or Non-Vehicular sign. ATSSA
and a State DOT supported this
standard, while a local DOT suggested
that prohibiting the use of this plaque
alone is not justified. The FHWA
disagrees because road users need more
clarity on the type of vehicle or
nonvehicle that might be present, and
because plaques are not intended for
independent use. The FHWA adopts
this change in this final rule as
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA
proposed in the NPA to require the use
of fluorescent yellow-green background
for all school, pedestrian, and bicycle
applications. As discussed above in
Section 2C.03, in this final rule the
FHWA revised Section 2C.03 to make
the mandatory application of
fluorescent yellow-green apply only to
School area signs and adopted an
OPTION statement that the background
color of Non-Vehicular Warning signs
may be either yellow or fluorescent
yellow-green consistent with Table 2A–
5. Based on a comment from a State
DOT, a local DOT, two NCUTCD
members, and a traffic engineering
consultant suggesting the need for
consistency with Section 2C.03, FHWA
adds a STANDARD statement to Section
2C.60 to provide for the consistent
application of the appropriate
background color to the SHARE THE
ROAD plaque.
155. In Section 2C.61 Photo Enforced
Plaque (Section 2C.53 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA replaces the
‘‘PHOTO ENFORCED’’ word message
plaque with a new symbol plaque
depicting a camera and designated as
W16–10P, as proposed in the NPA. The
existing word message plaque is
retained as an alternate to the new
symbol plaque and its sign designation
reassigned as W16–10aP. ATSSA
supported the addition of the symbol
sign, while a State DOT, a local DOT,
and two NCUTCD members opposed the
symbol sign, primarily because they felt
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
that its meaning was not clear. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the new
symbol sign in this final rule, noting
that the results of the ‘‘Design and
Evaluation of Symbol Signs’’ study 80
found that subjects in a human factors
study demonstrated excellent correct
understanding of the symbol when
displayed with a Signal Ahead warning
sign as meaning a warning of Red Light
Enforcement Cameras.
156. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a section numbered and titled
Section 2C.66 METRIC Plaque. The
FHWA does not adopt this section in
this final rule, reflecting the removal of
metric signs from the MUTCD.
157. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2C.62 NEW
Plaque (numbered Section 2C.67 in the
NPA) that describes the use of this
optional plaque that may be mounted
above a regulatory sign when a new
traffic regulation takes effect or above an
advance warning sign for a new traffic
control condition. ATSSA, the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, a local DOT, and
a traffic engineering consultant
supported the plaque and its design as
proposed in the NPA. Two local DOTs
and two NCUTCD members suggested
that the design of the plaque be changed
to a black legend on a yellow
background. A State DOT, two local
DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
opposed the new plaque because of its
design and the fact that Section 2A.15
addresses other ways to enhance sign
conspicuity. The FHWA revises the
design of the plaque in this final rule to
be the black legend ‘‘NEW’’ and a black
border on a yellow background without
the black and white sunburst graphic.
Although not opposed to the plaque, a
local DOT expressed concern that that
the addition of this supplemental
plaque to the MUTCD might result in
overuse of the plaques by agencies being
pressured to ‘‘do more by adding this
plaque to many signs’’ for a particular
situation, regardless of whether the
plaque’s effectiveness is demonstrated.
The FHWA understands this concern,
and notes that in response to a comment
from the NCUTCD, the FHWA adopts
language in this final rule restricting the
use of the NEW plaque so that it cannot
be used alone. The FHWA adopts this
new plaque based on the Sign Synthesis
80 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May, 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Study,81 which showed that some States
and Canadian provinces are using
similar plaques and signs for this
purpose, and to provide a uniform
plaque design for consistency.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
in a GUIDANCE statement that the use
of this plaque be limited to the first 6
months after the traffic regulation has
been in effect. A State and a local DOT
supported this time limitation, while
another local DOT suggested that its use
be limited to 3 months. To address a
comment from the State DOT suggesting
that if the plaque remains in place for
a long time (possibly years) it would
degrade the effect of the same sign at a
location that has a new restriction, the
FHWA revises the statement to a
STANDARD in this final rule, thereby
limiting its use to a maximum 6-month
time period. The FHWA believes that
timely removal of this plaque is
essential, warranting mandatory
language.
158. In Section 2C.63 Object Marker
Design and Placement Height (Section
3C.01 of the 2003 MUTCD, numbered
Section 2L.01 of the NPA), the FHWA
adopts several revisions in this final
rule based on comments submitted by
the NCUTCD suggesting the need to
clarify the design of object markers due
to their relocation into Part 2 signs to
avoid inconsistencies with existing and
proposed revisions to the MUTCD. The
resulting changes clarify existing
standards that object markers do not
have a border in their design, that Type
I object markers are diamond shaped,
that retroreflectors are in fact
retroreflective devices, and providing
information regarding the design of the
Type 4 object marker that is used to
mark the end of a roadway. These
revisions will not have a significant
impact on agencies; rather they provide
clarification and combine similar
information all in one location, which
the FHWA believes will be beneficial to
practitioners.
159. In Section 2C.64 Object Markers
for Obstructions Within the Roadway
(Section 3C.02 of the 2003 MUTCD,
Section 2L.02 of the NPA), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA adding an
OPTION statement regarding the
placement of Type 1 or Type 3 markers
on the nose of a median island. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a local DOT,
supported the concept, but suggested
editorial changes that the FHWA adopts
in this final rule. A local DOT suggested
including the option to install Type 2
81 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 33, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
markers in the same manner; however
the FHWA disagrees because the
approach end of a median island is in
the roadway, not adjacent to the
roadway, therefore only Type 1 and 3
markers are appropriate.
160. In Section 2C.65 Object Markers
for Obstructions Adjacent to the
Roadway (Section 3C.03 of the 2003
MUTCD, Section 2L.03 of the NPA), as
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adds
to the STANDARD statement to specify
that Type 1 and Type 4 object markers
shall not be used to mark obstructions
adjacent to the roadway. The FHWA
relocates the STANDARD statement
from Section 2C.64 Object Markers for
Obstructions Within the Roadway to
Section 2C.65 Object Markers for
Obstructions Adjacent to the Roadway,
because the STANDARD statement
applies to objects adjacent to the
roadway. In this final rule the FHWA
also revises the STANDARD statement
to clarify the application of Type 3
object markers to the approach ends of
guardrail and other roadside
appurtenances to address a comment
from a State DOT suggesting the need to
address the required size where the
ends of the guardrail or roadside
appurtenances are of a size other than
12 inches x 36 inches, for consistency
with existing STANDARD requirements
for Type 3 Object Markers. The FHWA
adopts this clarification to provide for
the predominant practice by highway
agencies.
161. In Section 2C.66 Object Markers
for Ends of Roadways (Section 3C.04 of
the 2003 MUTCD, Section 2L.04 of the
NPA), the FHWA adds a STANDARD
statement as proposed in the NPA, to
require that if an object marker is used
to mark the end of a roadway, a Type
4 object marker shall be used. The
FHWA adopts this change to provide
clarity that the Type 4 object marker is
the only type of object marker to be used
to mark the end of a roadway.
To address a comment from the
NCUTCD to place design information
for all types of object markers in the
same section, the FHWA relocates the
information regarding the design of the
Type 4 marker to Section 2C.63 in this
final rule.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2D—General
162. As proposed in the NPA, in
Section 2D.30 Junction Assembly
(Section 2D.28 of the 2003 MUTCD),
Section 2D.31 Advance Route Turn
Assembly (Section 2D.29 of the 2003
MUTCD), and Section 2D.40 Location of
Destination Signs (Section 2D.35 of the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA revises the
requirements and recommendations for
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the locations of these signs. In Section
2D.30, the FHWA proposed to change
the sign placement distances in advance
of an intersection from STANDARD to
GUIDANCE, to recommend, rather than
require, that the signs be installed at the
distances stated therein. In Sections
2D.31 and 2D.40, the FHWA proposed
to add new recommendations regarding
the distances between signs to provide
consistency with the sign placement
distances included in Section 2D.30. In
this final rule the FHWA adopts these
changes as proposed in the NPA, in
order to provide more flexibility for the
placement of these various signs,
particularly as it relates to rural areas,
and to indicate that the dimensions
shown on Figure 2D–7 are
recommendations.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2D—Specific
163. In Section 2D.04 Size of Signs,
the FHWA adds a requirement, as
proposed in the NPA, that the sizes of
conventional road guide signs that have
standardized designs shall be as shown
in Table 2D–1, except as noted in
Section 2A.11. Although a local DOT
supported this change, two State DOTs
and an NCUTCD member opposed this
change, suggesting that States needed to
have flexibility in sign size when the
need arises, and to exercise engineering
judgment, rather than needing to follow
requirements at all times. The FHWA
disagrees that signs with standard
legends need not conform in overall size
and believes that non-conformance to
the standard sign sizes results in smaller
letter sizes that cannot be read at
distances adequate to react to the
message. Signs listed in Table 2D–1 that
have legends that might vary in length
are adequately addressed by the
footnote allowing for an appropriate
adjustment in size for an atypical sign.
The FHWA adopts the proposed
language in this final rule.
164. In Section 2D.05 Lettering Style,
the FHWA proposed a requirement in
the NPA to use a combination of lowercase letters with initial upper-case
letters for names of places, streets, and
highways on conventional road guide
signs. A transportation research
institute, a traffic engineering
consultant, and a citizen all supported
this requirement, while two State DOTs,
a local DOT, and an NCUTCD member
suggested that the use of a combination
of lower-case letters with initial uppercase letters be a recommendation, and
that all upper-case letters be allowed as
well. The commenters suggested that
there is not enough convincing evidence
to support making the change to uppercase and lower-case letters as a
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66767
mandatory condition. The FHWA
disagrees because the change to mixedcase alphabets is based directly on the
outcome of a research study 82 that
demonstrated improved recognition of
familiar destinations on guide signs
when displayed using mixed-case
lettering. In this final rule the FHWA
revises the language in this section from
what was proposed in the NPA to clarify
that the nominal loop height of the
lower-case letters shall be three-quarters
the height of the initial upper-case
letter. The FHWA also adds clarifying
language to help users of the MUTCD
determine the appropriate letter height
when a mixed-case legend letter height
is specified referring only to the initial
upper-case letter or when only to a
lower-case letter is referred to. The
FHWA adopts this language in this final
rule to address comments in several
sections of the NPA from various
commenters suggesting that more
information was needed to determine
the appropriate letter heights for mixedcase legends.
The FHWA also adds a STANDARD at
the end of this section in this final rule
to clarify that the distortion of unique
letter forms of the Standard Alphabet
series is prohibited, and provides a
reference to the provisions in Section
2D.04 regarding the prescribed methods
to modify the length of a word for a
given letter height and series. Although
the referenced provisions exist in
Section 2D.04 of the 2003 MUTCD, and
state that the letter designs shall be as
detailed in the ‘‘Standard Highway
Signs’’ book, the FHWA has noticed that
with the advancement and use of
electronic technologies for sign design
and fabrication, such distortion of letter
forms to fit word legends on signs has
become increasingly prevalent. The
FHWA believes that this distortion
compromises legibility, and adds this
specific requirement in this final rule as
a reiteration of the existing provision.
165. In Section 2D.07 Amount of
Legend, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to revise the GUIDANCE statement
to clarify that guide signs should be
limited to no more than three lines of
destinations and that action and
distance information should be
provided on guide signs in addition to
the destinations, where appropriate.
ATSSA and an NCUTCD member
supported this change, whereas two
State DOTs suggested that the language
allow for more flexibility, such as when
82 Research on this topic is cited and discussed
in ‘‘Highway Design Handbook for Older Drivers
and Pedestrians,’’ FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–
01–103, May 2001, which can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
humanfac/01103/coverfront.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66768
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
a destination name occupies more than
one line, or at a location where four
destinations are needed, such as a ramp
terminal. The FHWA disagrees with this
suggestion due to concerns about
increasing the cognitive load imposed
on a driver and adopts in this final rule
the language as proposed in the NPA,
with the addition of language to refer to
exceptions noted elsewhere (such as in
Section 2D.37 Destination Signs), that
provide information on how to
accommodate four destinations where
necessary. FHWA adopts this language
to reduce confusion regarding the
number of lines on a guide sign and to
address the results of recent NCHRP
research on driver information
overload.83
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
revise the OPTION regarding the use of
pictographs on guide signs. Because the
information contained in this OPTION
provides general provisions and applies
to all cases in which pictographs are
allowed, the FHWA relocates the
information to Chapter 2A in this final
rule, as discussed previously in this
preamble.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a STANDARD statement specifying
the maximum dimension of a
pictograph on a guide sign. The
proposed language stated that a
pictograph shall not exceed the size of
the route shield on the guide sign, and
that if the guide sign does not include
a route shield, the maximum size of the
pictograph shall not exceed two times
the letter height of the destination
legend. ATSSA, a local DOT, and a toll
road operator supported this language.
A State DOT and two toll road operators
suggested exempting ETC system
pictographs from adhering to the width
dimension requirements, because ETC
pictographs are often rectangular, rather
than square, in shape. Two toll road
operators suggested that there be no
limit on the size of ETC pictographs.
The FHWA understands that there is a
need for some flexibility with regard to
ETC system pictographs because of their
unique designs and the critical
information conveyed by their use,
unlike other pictographs that only
complement and not replace an
associated word legend. As a result, the
FHWA adopts specific provisions on the
size of ETC-system pictographs in
Chapter 2F. In addition, the FHWA
relocates specific provisions on
pictographs to the relevant Sections
where a pictograph is allowed to better
83 NCHRP Report 488, ‘‘Additional Investigations
on Driver Information Overload’’ 2006, page 65, can
be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_488c.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
group related information. The FHWA
adopts these changes in order to
incorporate information regarding
pictographs in the MUTCD, to reflect
FHWA’s Official Interpretation number
2–646(I) 84 and to provide information
on the maximum size of certain
pictographs so that they do not detract
from the primary legend of the signs.
166. In Section 2D.08 Arrows, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to make
several revisions to this section to
clarify the use and design of arrows on
guide signs. The first STANDARD
statement required that down arrows on
overhead signs shall always be vertical
and positioned directly over the
approximate center of the applicable
lane. ATSSA and a local DOT supported
this language; however three State DOTs
opposed it, stating that the location of
arrows on the sign should be
GUIDANCE, not a STANDARD
statement. The FHWA disagrees with
the opposing commenters and retains
the language in this final rule in order
to reduce uncertainty and confusion by
providing positive guidance in sign
legends. The FHWA also proposed to
add a requirement that no more than
one down arrow shall point to a lane on
a single overhead sign (or on multiple
overhead signs on the same sign
structure). ATSSA, a State DOT, and a
local DOT supported this requirement,
while three State DOTs opposed it
because their States use multiple down
arrows to point to a single lane. The
FHWA believes that allowing one more
arrow than the number of lanes present
creates conflicting information for the
road user to process and that adopting
this language will substantially increase
positive guidance and eliminate driver
confusion and late lane changes, thereby
improving highway safety. The FHWA
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA in this final rule.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add an OPTION permitting the use of
diagonal arrows pointing diagonally
downward on overhead guide signs only
if each arrow is located directly over the
center of the lane and only for the
purpose of emphasizing a separation of
diverging roadways. ATSSA and a local
DOT supported this new OPTION,
while one State DOT, an NCUTCD
member and a citizen opposed this use
of diagonally pointing arrows. The
commenters believe that the arrows are
unlikely to convey meaningful and
consistent information to the driver, as
there are no guidelines identifying the
84 This official interpretation can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interpretations/
2_646.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
circumstances that would justify placing
the arrows at an angle, and that there is
a likely potential for inconsistent
application, an implication of a lane
change, and an overall practice that is
not consistent with the use of upwardpointing arrows at similar locations. The
FHWA agrees with the commenters and
does not adopt this OPTION for
overhead signs in this final rule.
The FHWA adopts the proposed
OPTION statement to permit the use of
curved-stem arrows that represent the
intended driver paths to destinations
involving left-turn movements on guide
signs on approaches to roundabouts or
circular intersections. ATSSA and an
NCUTCD member supported this new
OPTION. The FHWA clarifies through a
STANDARD that the use of a curvedstem arrow on any sign not associated
with a circular intersection is
prohibited, because such use would be
confusing and is not the intended use of
this type of arrow. The FHWA adds this
statement to clarify application of
curved-stem arrows on guide signs.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding GUIDANCE and OPTION
statements regarding the use of various
arrow types, including curved-stem and
Types A through D arrows. ATSSA, a
local DOT, and an NCUTCD member
supported including this information;
however, one of the commenters felt
that the level of detail included in the
GUIDANCE and the following OPTION
was too much and that a reference to the
SHSM book would suffice. Two State
DOTs and another NCUTCD member
suggested that some of the information
regarding specific arrow types be
deleted, or changed from a GUIDANCE
to an OPTION, because their State was
using a different arrow type. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts in this final rule
the statements as proposed in the NPA,
because the selection of the arrow type
and placement are critical to the overall
appearance and legibility of the sign. A
local DOT supported the NPA language
recommending that the arrowheads for
the Types A, B, and C directional arrows
should be 1.5 to 1.75 times the height
of the largest letter on the sign, while a
State DOT opposed the revision because
it felt that there was no value in
providing that information. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts the
recommendation in the MUTCD because
the GUIDANCE on arrow size ensures
that the arrow is kept in relative
proportion to the entire legend,
preserving legibility.
167. In Section 2D.11 Design of Route
Signs, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to change paragraph 07 to a GUIDANCE
statement to recommend, rather than
just allow, the use of a white square or
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
rectangle behind the Off-Interstate
Business Route sign when it is used on
a green guide sign. The FHWA proposed
this change to enhance the conspicuity
of the Off-Interstate Business Route sign
in this usage, since the green route sign
alone blends into the green guide sign
background. ATSSA supported the
proposed change; however, two State
DOTs, two NCUTCD members, and a
citizen opposed this change or
suggested modifications. Many of the
commenters suggested that if there is a
problem with conspicuity of OffInterstate Business Route signs, then
they should be redesigned. The FHWA
agrees with the commenters and does
not adopt the proposed revision in this
final rule, retaining the use of a whitesquare or rectangle as an option rather
than as a recommendation. To address
concerns with conspicuity of the route
sign when used on a guide sign, the
FHWA might consider modifications to
the sign to enhance its conspicuity in a
future rulemaking and/or a revision to
‘‘Standard Highway Signs and
Markings’’ book.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA relocates a paragraph from
Section 2D.14 to this section regarding
the use of U.S. or State Route signs as
components of guide signs. The FHWA
adopts this change in this final rule to
place similar information together in the
same location.
168. In Section 2D.12 Design of Route
Sign Auxiliaries, the FHWA in this final
rule revises paragraph 02 by deleting the
first sentence related to the size of
auxiliary signs carrying word messages
and mounted with 30 inch x 24 inch
Interstate Route signs. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA deletes
the sentence in this final rule to reflect
the consistent practice of determining
the size of the auxiliary sign based on
the height of the route sign rather than
its width, maintaining a consistent letter
height for the auxiliary message as it
relates to the numeral height within the
route sign.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a GUIDANCE statement and
corresponding STANDARD statement to
clarify that if a route sign and its
auxiliary signs are combined in a single
sign, the background color of the sign
should be green. Along with this
GUIDANCE, the FHWA proposed
adding a corresponding STANDARD
that on such a sign the auxiliary
messages shall be white legends placed
directly on the green background and
that auxiliary signs shall not be
mounted directly to a guide sign. The
FHWA proposed these changes to
provide consistency for background
colors, because the background colors
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
currently in use for this application are
not consistent across the country. Green
is the appropriate background color for
a directional guide sign, and the
FHWA’s intent is to preclude the
incorrect use of auxiliary signs on green
guide signs. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported the STANDARD language as
proposed in the NPA; however, an
NCUTCD member suggested that the
proposal in the NPA was too restrictive,
because it implied that green
backgrounds would be required for the
signs. FHWA disagrees with the
comment because the GUIDANCE
statement specifically addresses the
combination of route and auxiliary signs
to form a guide sign as provided in the
preceding OPTION and the prescribed
background color of a guide sign is
green. To address the specific concern
raised by the NCUTCD member, the
FHWA instead revises the STANDARD
statement in paragraph 06 in this final
rule to clarify that the intent is to apply
an auxiliary message directly to the sign
background, rather than display it as an
auxiliary sign panel mounted to another
sign when route signs and auxiliary
messages are used as legend
components on signs other than guide
signs. Additionally, to provide
consistency with Sections 2D.10 and
2D.29 and clarification regarding
independently mounted route sign
assemblies, in this final rule the FHWA
also adds a GUIDANCE statement to
indicate that the background, legend,
and border of a route sign auxiliary
should have the same colors as those of
the route sign with which the auxiliary
is mounted in a route sign assembly.
169. In Section 2D.13 Junction
Auxiliary Sign, the FHWA revises this
STANDARD to clarify that placement of
the Junction (M2–1) auxiliary sign above
a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign
where access is available only to one
direction of the intersected route is one
of the possible mounting locations.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA includes this revision in this
final rule to clarify the existing
provision, which was overly restrictive
in that it required the display of
misleading information to the road user
in such situations.
170. In Section 2D.14 Combination
Junction Sign, as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA deletes the second paragraph
of the OPTION statement that permitted
the use of other designs to accommodate
State and county route signs, implying
that the basic requirements for the sign,
such as legend and background colors,
were appropriate. In concert with this
change, in the NPA the FHWA proposed
to revise the first paragraph of the
GUIDANCE to clarify that only the
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66769
unique outline of the official route
marker should be used on guide signs
and not the contrasting rectangular
backplate for independent mounting in
a directional assembly. Rather than
include this design-related information
in this section, in this final rule the
FHWA relocates this information to
Section 2D.11, incorporating comments
from an NCUTCD member to clarify the
intent, providing a reference
accordingly in Section 2D.14.
171. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds a new section numbered
and titled Section 2D.23 BEGIN
Auxiliary Sign, containing OPTION,
STANDARD, and GUIDANCE
statements regarding the use of this new
sign where a numbered route begins.
The FHWA proposed this sign in the
NPA based on the Sign Synthesis
Study 85 that revealed that several States
use an auxiliary BEGIN sign above the
confirming route marker at the start of
a route to provide additional helpful
information to road users. To address
comments from the New York State
DOT, the FHWA revises the language in
this final rule to allow the use of the
BEGIN auxiliary sign in any route
assembly, rather than just for numbered
routes as proposed in the NPA.
172. In Section 2D.26 Advance Turn
Arrow Auxiliary Signs (Section 2D.28 of
the NPA), the FHWA adds a paragraph
to the STANDARD statement and adds
a corresponding GUIDANCE to reflect
that the use of the curved-stem Advance
Turn Arrow auxiliary (M5–3) sign on
the approach to a circular intersection
would be appropriate when curved-stem
arrows are used on corresponding
regulatory lane-use signs, Destination
signs, and pavement markings.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds this information in this
final rule to provide consistency with
similar provisions in Section 2D.38 that
are also added in this final rule to
address a comment from a State DOT
suggesting if the curved-stem arrows are
used, they should be used consistently
for a particular destination or
movement. This language will ensure
consistent use of the curved-stem arrow,
when used.
173. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2D.27 Lane
Designation Auxiliary Signs (numbered
Section 2D.33 in the NPA). In the NPA,
the proposed section contained an
OPTION statement regarding the use of
these optional signs that may be used as
a method to tell road users which lane
85 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 52, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66770
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
to use to access a particular numbered
route and direction. In this final rule,
the FHWA adds a STANDARD
statement to clarify that these Lane
Designation auxiliary signs shall be
used only where the designated lane is
a mandatory movement lane, due to
road user confusion exhibited when
such a message is used at locations
where a lane is not a mandatory
movement lane, causing unnecessary
lane changes. The FHWA adopts these
new signs based on the results of the
Sign Synthesis Study,86 which found
that at least seven States use M6
auxiliary signs stating ‘‘Left Lane,’’
‘‘Center Lane,’’ or ‘‘Right Lane’’ below
route signs in route sign assemblies.
This can be an effective, economical
alternative to one or more guide signs in
certain situations. The FHWA also adds
an additional illustration in Figure 2D–
5 to illustrate the use of these auxiliary
signs.
174. In Section 2D.28 Directional
Arrow Auxiliary Signs (Section 2D.26 of
the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA proposed
in the NPA to add a STANDARD
statement indicating that a Directional
Arrow auxiliary sign that displays a
double-headed arrow shall not be
mounted below a route sign in advance
of or at a circular intersection. The
FHWA proposed this change to
eliminate any possible confusion that
would be created by the use of this sign
in the proximity of a circular
intersection, where direct left turns are
not allowed. The NCUTCD and a traffic
engineering consultant supported this
revision. To further clarify the language,
in this final rule the FHWA adopts
language to indicate that a Directional
Arrow auxiliary sign that displays a
double-headed arrow shall not be
mounted in a directional assembly in
advance of or at a circular intersection.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds an OPTION and
corresponding STANDARD to describe
the optional use of the downward
pointing diagonal arrow auxiliary (M6–
2a) sign. The FHWA adds this language
in this final rule for consistency with
provisions adopted in Section 2D.46
Freeway Entrance signs.
175. In Section 2D.32 Directional
Assembly (2D.34 in the NPA), the
FHWA deletes the requirement that the
end of a route shall be marked by a
Directional assembly with an END
auxiliary sign. Although not proposed
in the NPA, the FHWA adopts this
change in this final rule to remove a
conflict with Section 2D.22, as
suggested by a State DOT. In this final
rule the FHWA also revises the language
of Item C (numbered Item D(1) in the
2003 MUTCD) of the STANDARD
statement to clarify the application of
Directional assemblies where the
intersected route is designated on both
legs of the crossroad and adds a new
item D to clarify the use of Directional
assemblies where the intersected route
is designated only on one of the legs.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds this information to reduce
the possibility of conflicting information
being displayed to road users.
176. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2D.33
Combination Lane Use/Destination
Overhead Guide Sign (Section 2D.35 in
the NPA). In the NPA the FHWA
proposed OPTION and GUIDANCE
statements, as well as a figure,
describing the use of these optional
signs for dedicated lanes at complex
intersection approaches involving
multiple turn lanes and destinations.
The FHWA proposed this new section,
and the associated signs, based on the
Sign Synthesis Study.87 At complex
intersections involving multiple turn
lanes, multiple destinations, service
roads, and/or various constraints often
found in urban areas that can limit the
ability to use a series of advance signs,
many States have found it necessary to
combine regulatory lane use information
with destination information onto a
single guide sign or sign assembly,
especially to assist unfamiliar drivers in
determining which lane or lanes to use
for a particular destination. However,
there is no consistency or uniformity in
the colors used, the sign design layouts,
or other aspects of these signs. A State
DOT and a citizen supported this new
section, while two other State DOTs and
a local DOT opposed the proposed
language. One of the commenters felt
that the Combination Lane Use/
Destination (D15–1) overhead guide sign
is too large for retrofitting on span
wires, and suggested a smaller sign. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenters’
proposed smaller sign, because it would
be too small for viewing at a distance.
The FHWA revises the proposed
GUIDANCE statement regarding the
design of the sign to a STANDARD in
this final rule, to preclude conflict with
other provisions for the design of guide
signs and because the basic principles of
guide sign design do not provide for
86 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 53, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
87 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 45–46, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
flexibility in the sign design elements.
In this final rule, the FHWA also adds
that the Combination Lane Use/
Destination (D15–1) overhead guide sign
shall be used only where the designated
lane is a mandatory movement lane (as
illustrated in the corresponding figure),
and shall not be used for lanes with
optional movements, because such use
would not be possible given the design
criteria and would present a confusing
message to road users. The FHWA notes
that this sign is optional and adopts a
uniform design for this type of sign, to
provide consistency for road users.
177. Although not proposed in the
NPA, in Section 2D.34 Confirming or
Reassurance Assemblies (Section 2D.31
of the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA adds
to the STANDARD statement that where
the Confirming or Reassurance assembly
is for an alternative route, the
appropriate auxiliary sign for an
alternative route shall also be included
in the assembly. Though not explicitly
stated, this method is the only way in
which to provide a correct message to a
road user. The FHWA adds this
requirement in this final rule to be
consistent with the existing provisions
of Section 2D.16.
178. In Section 2D.35 Trailblazer
Assembly (Section 2D.32 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA adds to the
STANDARD statement that where the
Trailblazer assembly is for an alternative
route, the appropriate auxiliary sign for
an alternative route shall also be
included in the assembly. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adds
this requirement in this final rule to be
consistent with the existing provisions
of Section 2D.16 and with the adopted
changes in Section 2D.34.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a GUIDANCE statement to
recommend that if shields or other
similar signs are used to provide route
guidance in following an auto tour
route, they should be designed in
accordance with the sizes and other
design principles for route signs, such
as those described in Sections 2D.10
through 2D.12. Although a local DOT
and an NCUTCD member supported this
language, another NCUTCD member
suggested that this information is better
suited for Section 2H.07 Auto Tour
Route Signs. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule adopts and relocates this
recommendation to Section 2H.07.
179. In Section 2D.36 Destination and
Distance Signs (Section 2D.33 of the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA clarifies the
GUIDANCE statement to recommend a
minimum height of a Route shield when
used on Destination signs should be at
least two times the height of the uppercase letters of the principal legend and
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
not less than 18 inches. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
this change, as suggested by two State
DOTs, in this final rule to provide
consistency with existing related
provisions in Chapters 2D and 2E.
180. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2D.38
Destination Signs at Circular
Intersections (Section 2D.40 in the
NPA). In the NPA the proposed section
contained STANDARD, OPTION, and
SUPPORT statements, as well as figures,
regarding the use of destination signs at
circular intersections. In particular, the
Section included information regarding
Exit destination signs, and associated
arrows and diagrammatic signs for
roundabouts. The NCUTCD and one of
its members, a State DOT, a local DOT,
and a traffic engineering consultant
supported this section. The State DOT
suggested that the difference between
the arrows used on the junction
assembly and the destination signs may
be confusing. To address this comment
and reflect the use of the optional
curved-stem arrow on destination signs,
the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE statement
in this final rule recommending that if
they are used, they should also be used
on corresponding regulatory lane-use
signs, Directional assemblies, and
pavement markings for a particular
destination or movement. The FHWA
adds this information in this final rule
to facilitate consistent use of the
optional curved-stem arrow, when used.
The FHWA also adds a STANDARD
statement in this final rule prohibiting
diagrammatic signs for circular
intersections from depicting the number
of lanes within the intersection
circulatory roadway, or on its
approaches or exits. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adds
this statement in this final rule to reflect
the provisions illustrated in the
accompanying figures and to provide
clarification due to the restoration in
this final rule in Chapter 2E of the
provisions for freeway and expressway
diagrammatic signs (proposed for
deletion in the NPA), on which the
number of lanes is depicted.
181. In Section 2D.43 Street Name
Signs (Section 2D.38 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a new OPTION statement to
allow the use of a route shield on Street
Name signs to assist road users who
might not otherwise be able to associate
the name of the street with the route
number. Two State DOTs supported this
new language. The FHWA adopts the
OPTION for the use of these signs based
on the results of the Sign Synthesis
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Study,88 which showed that several
agencies incorporate route shields into
Street Name signs on streets that are
part of a U.S., State, or county
numbered route. Typically, route sign
assemblies are only provided on
intersecting roads that are also
numbered routes, and on some very
major unnumbered streets within cities.
Including a route shield within the
Street Name sign provides additional
information for traffic on the cross
streets that intersect the numbered
route.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule a STANDARD
requiring lettering for names of streets
and highways on Street Name signs to
composed of a combination of lowercase letters with initial upper-case
letters. This requirement is consistent
with the requirements adopted in
Section 2A.13. As described above in
the discussion of Section 2A.13
comments, several State and local DOTs
opposed this requirement, while ATSSA
and a citizen supported this
requirement. As proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts in this final rule
revisions to paragraphs 04 through 07 to
clarify the letter heights for Street Name
signs, based on the adopted use of
mixed-case letters. These letter heights
are based on the legibility index of 1
inch of letter height for 30 feet of
viewing distance as discussed above in
the General amendments to the MUTCD.
While the requirement for the format
and display of lettering is changed, the
letter heights are unchanged from the
2003 MUTCD. ATSSA and several local
DOTs supported this language, while
other State and local DOTs opposed the
language because they felt the letters
were too large. The FHWA notes that
the letter heights are based on the
legibility distance for older drivers and
that agencies may use narrower letter
series for longer names and use reduced
letter heights for auxiliary destinations
(such as ‘‘Pkwy’’) to manage sign sizes.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
revise paragraph 13 to recommend that
a pictograph used on a Street Name sign
to identify a governmental jurisdiction
or other government-approved
institution should be positioned to the
right, rather than the left, of the street
name. The FHWA proposed this change
because the name of the street is the
primary message on the sign and the
pictograph is secondary, and the
primary message should be read first by
being on the left. The NCUTCD, two
88 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 47, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66771
State DOTs, three local DOTs, a
transportation research institute, and a
traffic engineering consultant opposed
the revision and two State DOTs
suggested that the pictograph should be
allowed to be positioned to either the
left or the right of the street name. The
commenters cited the cost of replacing
the signs and lack of research regarding
the proposed change in pictograph
location as their reasons for opposing
the change. The FHWA agrees and does
not adopt the proposal in this final rule,
retaining the placement of the
pictograph to the left of the street name,
consistent with the 2003 MUTCD. Two
State DOTs opposed using pictographs
on Street Name signs; however, the
FHWA allows their use based on the
existing provisions of the 2003 MUTCD.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding new OPTION, STANDARD, and
GUIDANCE statements regarding the
use of alternative background colors for
Street Name signs where a highway
agency determines that this is necessary
to assist road users in determining
jurisdictional orientation for roads. The
FHWA proposed these new statements
because, even though the background
color for guide signs in general is
specified as green, the MUTCD has
contained a GUIDANCE statement that
the background color ‘‘should’’ be green
and the text has not explicitly limited
the alternate colors for Street Name sign
backgrounds, and as a result, there is
wide variation in practice among
jurisdictions. Sometimes inappropriate
colors are being used that are reserved
for other traffic control device messages,
or the colors used have poor contrast
ratio between legend and background.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed that
the only acceptable alternative
background colors for Street Name (D3–
1 or D3–1a) signs are blue, brown, or
black. To address a comment from
ATSSA, a State DOT, and a traffic
control device vendor, the FHWA
eliminates the reference to black
backgrounds in this final rule, because
as a non-retroreflective background
color, it is not as visible at night,
especially to older drivers. ATSSA
suggested that blue and brown not be
allowed as background colors, because
no minimum maintained levels of
retroreflectivity have been established
for these colors. The FHWA disagrees
and allows the use of blue and brown
backgrounds, as these colors are
currently allowed for certain classes of
guide signs and the FHWA anticipates
that a future rulemaking process will
propose the establishment of minimum
maintained retroreflectivity levels for
these colors. The FHWA adds the color
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66772
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
white as a permissible background color
when used with a black legend in this
final rule. The FHWA adopts these
revisions in this final rule to address
comments from four State DOTs, four
local DOTs, and a citizen that more
flexibility in Street Name sign
backgrounds is needed. The FHWA also
adopts the OPTION that the border may
be omitted on Street Name signs, as
proposed in the NPA. A local DOT
supported this change, while another
local DOT felt that the border helps
recognition and legibility. The language
in the 2003 MUTCD Edition of this
section implies, but does not
specifically state, that the border may be
omitted. The FHWA believes that the
practice of eliminating the border on
Street Name signs can minimize the
crowding of the legend resulting from
reduced edge spacing and that the
recognition of the sign under nighttime
conditions is accomplished primarily by
the combination of the contrasting
background color and legend color of
the signs and their typical and expected
placement at intersections. As part of
the revision in this final rule that allows
the use of the color white as an
alternative background color on Street
Name signs, the FHWA adds to the
STANDARD that the legend (and
border, if used) shall be black, for
consistency with other provisions
regarding sign legends.
182. In the NPA the FHWA proposed
to add a new table numbered and titled,
‘‘Table 2D–2 Recommended Minimum
Letter Heights on Street Name Signs’’
that contains information regarding the
letter sizes to be used on Street Name
signs based on the mounting type, road
classification, and speed limit. A State
DOT and two local DOTs opposed the
new table, either providing comments
on the specific letter heights or
suggesting it be deleted in its entirety.
The comments were commensurate with
those related to larger letter heights and/
or the use of mixed-case legends, which
are discussed elsewhere. The FHWA
adopts Table 2D–2 in this final rule,
reflecting existing and adopted
provisions in the text of Section 2D.43
and providing additional clarification
by distinguishing between letter heights
for the name of the street and for any
supplemental lettering or auxiliary
designations, such as ‘‘Ave’’ and ‘‘St,’’
consistent with the OPTION in Section
2D.43.
183. In Section 2D.44 Advance Street
Name Signs (Section 2D.39 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a GUIDANCE statement at
the end of the section recommending
the order in which street names should
be displayed on an Advance Street
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Name plaque. A State DOT and two
local DOTs supported this text;
however, the State DOT suggested that
the language and figure illustrating the
full assembly should be in Chapter 2C.
The FHWA deletes this information
from this Section in this final rule, as
the same information is provided in
Chapter 2C. Instead, the FHWA adds a
SUPPORT statement providing the
appropriate reference to Section 2C.58.
184. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates the information from
Section 2E.49 of the 2003 MUTCD to
Chapter 2D as a new section numbered
and titled Section 2D.45 Signing on
Conventional Roads on Approaches to
Interchanges. The FHWA adopts this
proposed change in this final rule
because the information in this section,
and the associated figures, are about
guide signing on conventional road
approaches to a freeway, rather than
signing on the freeway itself.
In the relocated section, the FHWA
also proposed to add a STANDARD
statement to require, rather than merely
recommend, that on multi-lane
conventional road approaches to a
freeway interchange, guide signs shall
be provided to identify which direction
of turn is to be made for ramp access
and/or which specific lane to use to
enter each direction of the freeway. This
information is critical for drivers on a
multi-lane approach to an interchange
because it allows drivers to choose the
proper lane in advance and reduces the
need to make last-second lane changes
close to the entrance ramp. ATSSA and
a local DOT supported this change. A
State DOT and an NCUTCD member
suggested that the language be retained
as a recommendation, rather than a
requirement. The FHWA adopts this
statement as a STANDARD because the
FHWA believes that the GUIDANCE
statements in the 2003 MUTCD are not
strong enough for this very important
need and that this signing needs to be
mandatory. To address comments from
the NCUTCD and three local DOTs, in
this final rule the FHWA adds a
SUPPORT statement referring to
existing figures in which overhead signs
for this purpose are illustrated.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds SUPPORT and
STANDARD at the end of the section to
describe the appropriate optional use of
Advance Entrance Direction
diagrammatic guide signs. The FHWA
adds this information in response to a
comment from a State DOT
recommending that consistency in
signing of freeway entrance ramps in
proximity to the intersection of a
frontage roadway is needed. The FHWA
agrees that consistency in use of this
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
optional sign is critical to deterring
wrong-way movements at freeway
entrance ramps and assisting road users
in safely making any lane changes
needed to enter the freeway in the
correct direction.
185. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to relocate the information from Section
2E.50 of the 2003 MUTCD to Chapter 2D
as a new section numbered and titled
Section 2D.46 Freeway Entrance Signs.
A local DOT supported this change. The
FHWA adopts this change in this final
rule so that all guide signing on
conventional roads at and in advance of
interchanges with freeways is located in
the same chapter of the Manual.
Although not proposed in the NPA, in
this final rule the FHWA adds two
paragraphs to the OPTION statement to
describe the permitted use of alternate
legends, such as PARKWAY, in place of
FREEWAY and the optional use of
Directional assemblies at the corner of
an intersection with a freeway or
expressway entrance ramp. The FHWA
adopts these paragraphs to provide
consistency with provisions in Sections
2D.28 and 2D.32 and flexibility in
signing the immediate point of entry to
a freeway or expressway to discourage
wrong-way entries on adjacent exit
ramps at the same intersection.
186. In Section 2D.47 Parking Area
Guide Sign (Section 2D.40 of the 2003
MUTCD) the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a new sign to be an
alternative to the Parking Area
directional sign. This sign incorporated
a white letter P in a blue circle symbol
at the top of the sign. Although the
proposed sign was consistent with the
widespread use of the blue background
and white P as a parking wayfinding
symbol throughout Europe and at many
airports and institutional sites in the
United States, and was supported by
MISA and an NCUTCD member, the
NCUTCD opposed the use of the color
blue, because they were concerned that
it would be confused with ‘‘police’’
signs. Because of this potential
inconsistency, FHWA does not adopt
this proposal in this final rule.
187. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Sections 2D.42 Rest
Area Signs, 2D.43 Scenic Area Signs,
and 2D.45 General Service Signs of the
2003 MUTCD to a new chapter titled
Chapter 2I General Service Signs, in
order to combine information regarding
similar type signs in to one chapter of
the Manual. The FHWA received no
substantive comments on this proposal.
188. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Sections 2D.46
Reference Location Signs and
Intermediate Reference Location Signs,
2D.47 Traffic Signal Speed Sign, 2D.48
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
General Information Signs, the first four
paragraphs of 2D.49 Signing of Named
Highways, and 2D.50 Trail Signs of the
2003 MUTCD to a new chapter titled
Chapter 2H General Information Signs.
The FHWA received no substantive
comments on this proposal.
189. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2D.50
Community Wayfinding Signs
(numbered Section 2D.52 in the NPA).
Although the FHWA proposed adding
this section in the NPA, in this final rule
the FHWA reorganizes and revises its
content to reflect comments from
ATSSA, six State DOTs, two local
DOTs, a research institute, and two
citizens. The general comments about
this new section included both support
for the NPA proposal as written or with
minor changes and opposition to
community wayfinding signs in general.
Commenters expressed concerns that
the NPA proposal was too restrictive or
that it was not detailed enough. Some
commenters suggested that the
information was so exhaustive that it
justified a separate rulemaking activity
or that community wayfinding signs
need not be governed by the MUTCD.
The FHWA adopts this new section
with SUPPORT, STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, and OPTION statements, as
well as new figures illustrating typical
usage, to provide practitioners with
information regarding the use of
community wayfinding guide signs to
direct tourists and other road users to
key civic, cultural, visitor, and
recreational attractions and other
destinations within a city or a local
urbanized or downtown area.
The FHWA notes that many of the
cities currently using community
wayfinding signs are using different
colors, design layouts, fonts, and
arrows, and many of these signs are not
well designed to properly serve road
users. The FHWA believes that
providing criteria for community
wayfinding guide signing is important
to address issues of legibility,
placement, and excessive amounts of
information displayed, and because of
the extreme lack of uniformity among
and proliferation of such signs. Many of
the non-conforming installations have
occurred without official
experimentation as required by Section
1A.10. The following paragraphs in this
item describe the significant differences
between the proposed language in the
NPA and the language adopted in this
final rule.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
recommending in a GUIDANCE
statement that wayfinding signs be used
only on conventional roads. Various
agencies commented that community
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
wayfinding signs are not appropriate for
freeways and expressways due to the
cognitive overload of information that
can be displayed on this type of sign. To
address these comments, the FHWA
changes the proposed statement to a
STANDARD in this final rule to clarify
that community wayfinding guide signs
shall be limited to conventional roads
and not installed on freeway or
expressway mainlines or ramps. For
similar reasons, the FHWA also adds to
the STANDARD that community
wayfinding guide signs shall not be
overhead-mounted. These changes are
consistent with the experience gained in
official experimentations that FHWA
has approved to date, on which the
MUTCD provisions are based, and
which have only included conventional
roads and post-mounted signs.
The FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
statement in this final rule
recommending that if used, a
community wayfinding guide sign
system should be established on a local,
municipal, or equivalent jurisdictional
level or for an urbanized area of
adjoining municipalities, or equivalent,
that form an identifiable geographic
entity conducive to a cohesive and
continuous system of signs. The FHWA
adopts this recommendation because
community wayfinding guide signs are
not appropriate for use on a regional or
statewide basis where infrequent or
sparse placement does not contribute to
a continuous or coordinated system of
signing that is readily identifiable as
such to the road user. In such cases,
existing MUTCD provisions indicate
that Destination or other guide signs
should be used to direct road users to
an identifiable area.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds SUPPORT and
corresponding GUIDANCE statements to
clarify that the provisions contained in
this section apply to vehicular
community wayfinding guide signs, not
pedestrian wayfinding guide signs, and
to provide recommendations regarding
the placement of pedestrian wayfinding
signs. The FHWA adopts these
statements in this final rule because
many jurisdictions use pedestrian
wayfinding guide signs, and it is
important that they not be confused
with signing for vehicles because of the
high potential for vehicles to reduce
speed or stop unexpectedly to read signs
that are not adequately sized for
roadway applications and the potential
to direct a motorist the wrong way on
a one-way street when the message is
actually intended only for pedestrians
or other users of a sidewalk or roadside
area.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66773
In this final rule the FHWA revises
the adopted language to clarify that
color-coding of community wayfinding
is an option, rather than a requirement,
as implied in the NPA, and that only
one boundary sign is used at each
boundary crossing.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds information regarding
the use of pictographs of the
identification enhancement marker to
paragraph 15, since many jurisdictions
use pictographs and need regulations
regarding their use. As part of this
STANDARD, the FHWA expands the
language adopted in this final rule to
provide additional detail about the
placement of color coded panels on the
face of informational guide signs.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts a prohibition on the use of red,
orange, and yellow as background colors
on wayfinding signs. In addition, FHWA
also prohibits the use of fluorescent
yellow-green and fluorescent pink as
background colors for community
wayfinding signs in this final rule to be
consistent with existing MUTCD
provisions that reserve these colors for
critical Non-Vehicular Warning signs
and for incident management signs.
Additionally, as proposed in the NPA
the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that community
wayfinding guide signs be rectangular in
shape to prevent unusual shapes of
wayfinding signs. The FHWA notes that
only the identification enhancement
marker may form a non-rectangular
shape.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
allow the use of white or black
horizontal lines to separate destinations
from each other. In this final rule, the
FHWA adopts more flexibility to the
color of the separator line by allowing
it to be of a contrasting color that meets
the minimum contrast requirements,
rather than limiting it to just black or
white. As part of this change, the FHWA
changes the use of this horizontal
separator line from an OPTION to a
GUIDANCE to encourage the use of the
line to separate between groups of
destinations by direction, consistent
with the GUIDANCE provisions for a
multi-line destination sign elsewhere in
Chapter 2D.
In this final rule the FHWA adopts
revised fifth STANDARDS in
paragraphs 27 through 30 to provide
more specificity as to the height,
spacing, and style, of lettering on
community wayfinding guide signs than
was proposed in the NPA, consistent
with official experimentations approved
to date and with other changes adopted
in Chapter 2D for general provisions for
guide signs.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66774
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
The FHWA also clarifies the
STANDARD in paragraph 32 of this
final rule so that the provision allowing
the use of Internet and e-mail addresses
applies to bicyclists that are stopped or
parked out of the traffic flow, since
bicyclists in the flow of traffic have the
same legibility and comprehension
issues as other vehicle operators. This
change also is consistent with existing
and adopted provisions in Section
2A.06.
Because arrows on existing
wayfinding signs are often not
appropriately located, the FHWA
revises the language in this final rule to
require, rather than recommend, arrow
location and priority order of
destinations, as well as arrow designs to
follow specific provisions in the
MUTCD. This change is consistent with
official experimentations that have been
approved to date and eliminates a
conflict with general provisions for
guide signs in Chapters 2D and 2E.
Finally, the FHWA adds a GUIDANCE
in paragraph 42 at the end of the section
to clarify that the area of the
identification enhancement marker shall
not exceed one-fifth of the area of the
community wayfinding guide sign with
which it is mounted in the same sign
assembly. This revision is consistent
with experimentation experience with
this type of sign and provides
consistency with general guide sign
design principles and assures that the
non-critical enhancement message does
not overpower the more important
destination messages.
The FHWA adopts this section to
provide a uniform set of provisions for
the designs and locations of these signs
based on accepted sign design
principles, to achieve consistency for
road users.
190. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule two new
sections numbered and titled Section
2D.51 Truck, Passing, or Climbing Lane
Signs, and Section 2D.52 Slow Vehicle
Turn-Out Sign. The FHWA adopts
Section 2D.51 to be consistent with the
elimination of regulatory truck lane
signs from Section 2B.39 (Section 2B.32
of the 2003 MUTCD). These types of
signs convey guidance information,
rather than regulation. The FHWA adds
Section 2D.52 based on the results of the
Sign Synthesis Study,89 which found
that these signs are being used by a
number of States. A State DOT
suggested that the Slow Vehicle TurnOut signs should be regulatory, rather
89 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 46, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
than guide signs. The FHWA disagrees
(see discussion under Chapter 2B above)
and adopts these signs as guide signs, as
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA also
adds a new Figure 2D–21 to illustrate
these signs.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2E—General
191. Although not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA revises the terminology
to separate ‘‘Overhead Arrow-per-Lane’’
guide signs from traditional
‘‘diagrammatic’’ guide signs to better
describe the type of guide sign being
used. The NCUTCD, a State DOT, a toll
road operator, and a toll road operator
association recommended the change
and the FHWA agrees. The FHWA
makes this same terminology change
wherever it appears throughout the
MUTCD.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2E—Specific
192. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a new
section, numbered and titled Section
2E.09 Signing of Named Highways, with
a SUPPORT statement to refer to new
Sections 2D.53 and 2M.10 where
appropriate information is provided
about the use of highway names on
signing of unnumbered highways and
memorial signing of routes, bridges, or
highway components.
193. In Section 2E.10 (Section 2E.09
in the 2003 MUTCD) Amount of Legend
on Guide Signs, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to revise the GUIDANCE
statement to state that sign legends
should not exceed three lines of copy,
including route numbers and exit
instructions. The NCUTCD, four State
DOTs, a toll agency, and an NCUTCD
member opposed the use of the word
‘‘including’’ that was proposed in the
NPA. The FHWA agrees that this was an
inadvertent error and replaces the word
‘‘including’’ with ‘‘excluding’’ in the
section adopted in this final rule, which
is consistent with the provisions of
Section 2D.07. The GUIDANCE
statement now states that sign legends
should not exceed three lines of copy,
excluding route numbers and exit
instructions.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed new
OPTION and STANDARD statements
regarding the use and maximum
dimensions of pictographs on freeway
and expressway signs. The NCUTCD,
two State DOTs, and a toll agency
agreed with the use of pictographs
ATSSA agreed with the proposed
maximum dimensions, while two State
DOTs and three toll road operators
opposed the restrictions on the
dimensions of the pictograph. The
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FHWA relocates the provisions related
to pictographs to the specific sections of
the Manual to which they apply in this
final rule, the provisions of which are
based on Official Ruling No. 2–646(I) 90.
Further, to address the comments, the
FHWA provides an exception and
further guidance on the size of
pictographs for electronic toll collection
systems whose display does not
accompany a duplicate word message
and relocates the statement to Section
2F.04.
194. In Section 2E.11 (Section 2E.10
in the 2003 MUTCD) Number of Signs
at an Overhead Installation and Sign
Spreading, a State DOT recommended
modifying the existing GUIDANCE to
place an Advance Guide sign on the
overcrossing structure when the
crossroad goes over the mainline.
Although this was not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA agrees that added
flexibility is needed by highway
agencies and adopts in this final rule an
expanded paragraph 04 to also
recommend placing the Advance Guide
sign directly in front of the overcrossing
structure on an independent support as
an alternative to placing the sign
directly on the overcrossing structure.
195. In Section 2E.14 (Section 2E.13
in the 2003 MUTCD) Size and Style of
Letters and Signs, the FHWA proposed
in the NPA a new STANDARD which
requires freeway and expressway guide
signs that have standardized designs to
match the sizes shown in Table 2E–1,
except as noted in Section 2A.11. A
State DOT and an NCUTCD member
opposed the change because it prohibits
the use of at least one of the State DOT’s
standard sizes for guide signs. The
FHWA disagrees because standard signs
will, by virtue of a standard design,
have predictable dimensions. The
FHWA adopts this section in this final
rule as proposed in the NPA. The
FHWA also removes the sentence in
GUIDANCE paragraph 08 regarding loop
height of lower-case letters and adds a
comparable sentence in STANDARD
paragraph 04 for consistency with
requirements adopted in Section 2D.05
and to eliminate the conflict between
sections 2A.13 and 2D.05.
196. In Table 2E–1 Freeway or
Expressway Guide Sign and Plaque
Sizes, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
minimum sizes for a variety of guide
signs and plaques. Based on comments
from two State DOTs, the FHWA in this
final rule does not adopt the proposed
entries for the Interchange Advance and
90 This Official Interpretation can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interpretations/pdf/
2_646.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Exit Direction signs because, due to the
variation in the amount, size, and length
of allowable legends, the sizes will vary
and it is not practical to standardize this
information in the table. The FHWA
notes further that the information will
be covered as standardized guide sign
layout in the ‘‘Standard Highway Signs
and Markings’’ book.
The FHWA received an anonymous
comment that the information about the
use of fractions on guide signs is
contradictory and does not provide
highway agencies with sufficient criteria
for proper use, resulting in reduced
legibility of sign messages. The FHWA
agrees and clarifies criteria for the
proper display of fractions on guide
signs in this final rule and places this
information in Section 2A.13 (see
discussion above under that section).
197. In Section 2E.17 (Section 2E.16
in the 2003 MUTCD) Abbreviations, the
FHWA adopts new GUIDANCE as
proposed in the NPA, which states that
periods, apostrophes, question marks,
ampersands, or other punctuation or
characters that are not letter or numerals
should not be used on signs. A State
DOT agreed with the change. Another
State DOT opposed the restriction of
ampersands because they are a way to
shorten messages and reduce the cost of
signs. As previously discussed in
Section 2A.13, the FHWA disagrees and
notes that ampersands are frequently
confused with the numeral ‘‘8’’ and are
less conspicuous than the use of the
word ‘‘AND.’’
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts in the first
GUIDANCE statement a
recommendation that longer commonly
used words that are not a part of a
proper name and are readily
recognizable should be abbreviated, to
reduce the amount of information
displayed on the sign and expedite
recognition and processing time. The
FHWA also adds a new GUIDANCE
statement that a solidus is reserved for
fractions only and should not be used to
separate words on the same line of a
legend. The FHWA makes these changes
for consistency with existing
recommendations on limiting the
amount of legend on signs and to reflect
current practice.
198. In Section 2E.19 (Section 2E.18
in the 2003 MUTCD) Arrows for
Interchange Guide Signs, in the NPA the
FHWA proposed to revise existing
STANDARD and OPTION statements as
well as add new OPTION and
STANDARD statements to this section
to clarify the style and placement of
arrows on guide signs. Comments
regarding the proposed language and the
resulting language adopted in this final
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
rule are described in the following
paragraphs.
The FHWA proposed a new
STANDARD in the NPA requiring down
arrows on overhead signs to be
positioned approximately over the
center of the lane. The NCUTCD, four
State DOTs, a toll road operator, a city,
and a toll road operators association
opposed the proposed requirements and
recommended that the statements be
GUIDANCE or OPTION. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that non-conforming
designs have been ineffectively
employed in field applications, which
demonstrates the need for the
requirement. The FHWA adopts the new
STANDARD in this final rule with
editorial revisions to further clarify the
new provision.
The FHWA also proposed a new
STANDARD to explicitly prohibit the
use of more than one down arrow on an
overhead sign structure pointing to the
same lane. Four State DOTs opposed the
change and recommended allowing
more flexibility in the application of the
down arrows where an option lane is
present. The FHWA disagrees with
these comments because there had not
been a provision in the MUTCD
allowing such use and because this
practice has been demonstrated to cause
uncertainty to motorists on the
approach to a decision point when the
number of arrows displayed is greater
than the number of lanes present. The
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane signs adopted
in Section 2E.21 have been shown to be
a clearer, positive method of conveying
lane use where an option lane is present
at a decision point. Therefore, the
FHWA adopts this new STANDARD in
this final rule. Based on a comment
from a State DOT, the FHWA provides
a reference to the appropriate provisions
for addressing the geometric conditions
of an option lane.
In the NPA, the FWHA proposed the
OPTION of using a directional arrow to
point diagonally downward to
emphasize the departure of diverging
roadways. One State DOT, an NCUTCD
member, and a citizen opposed this
revision because of the potential for
inconsistent application, the
implication of a lane change, and
because it would be an overall practice
that is not consistent with the use of
upward-pointing arrows at similar
locations. The FHWA agrees and does
not adopt this provision for overhead
guide signs.
199. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
significant changes to Section 2E.19 of
the 2003 MUTCD regarding
Diagrammatic Signs. The changes
proposed in the NPA included requiring
a specific design for diagrammatic signs
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66775
(now called the Overhead Arrow-perLane sign) for multi-lane exits that have
an optional exit lane that also carries the
through road, and for splits that include
an optional lane. Several State DOTs
expressed a concern that the proposed
requirements were not practical in
urban areas with closely spaced
interchanges. The FHWA agrees and as
a result adopts new and revised sections
in this final rule to address provisions
related to interchange signing with
optional exit lanes. The resulting
sections are: Section 2E.20 Signing for
Splits and Multi-Lane Exits with an
Option Lane, Section 2E.21 Design of
Overhead Arrow-Per-Lane Guide Signs,
Section 2E.22 Design of Freeway and
Expressway Diagrammatic Guide Signs,
and Section 2E.23 Signing for
Intermediate and Minor Interchange
Multi-Lane Exits with an Option Lane.
These sections are discussed in the
following items.
200. Section 2E.20 Signing for Option
Lanes at Splits and Multi-Lane Exits, as
adopted in this final rule, contains
SUPPORT, STANDARD, and
GUIDANCE statements regarding
signing for freeway and expressway
splits or multi-lane exit interchanges
where an interior option lane serves two
movements in which traffic can either
leave the route or remain on the route,
or choose either destination at a split,
from the same lane. The FHWA is
adopting this separate section in this
final rule to provide an overview of the
types of signing to be used for
interchanges with optional lanes. The
NPA would have required Overhead
Arrow-per-Lane signs for all locations
with an interior option lane. The
adopted Section 2E.20 distinguishes
that there are two types of signs,
‘‘Overhead Arrow-per-Lane’’ signs and
‘‘Diagrammatic’’ signs, and provides the
general provisions that apply to the
three Sections that follow, all of which
provide for more flexibility in the
signing of locations with interior option
lanes. As part of this change, the FHWA
relocates a STANDARD statement from
Section 2E.21 as proposed in the NPA
to Section 2E.20, where it is more
appropriately located.
201. In Section 2E.21 Design of
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane Guide Signs
for Option Lanes (numbered and titled
Section 2E.20 Diagrammatic Signs in the
NPA), the FHWA adopts provisions for
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane signs. As
proposed in the NPA, the Overhead
Arrow-per-Lane design features an
upward arrow for each lane and is
consistent with the recommendations of
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66776
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
the Older Driver handbook 91 and a
recent study 92 that confirmed that the
up arrow for each lane diagrammatic
design is significantly superior to the
existing diagrammatic design or
enhancements thereto in terms of
providing a longer decision sight
distance and higher rates of road user
comprehension. The FHWA believes
that the Overhead Arrow-per-Lane style,
including the appropriate use of EXIT
ONLY sign panels, is the clearest and
most effective method of displaying to
road users the essential information
about the proper and allowable lanes to
use to reach their destinations where an
‘‘option lane’’ is used for at an exit. The
existing diagrammatic sign design that
attempts to illustrate optional lane use
via dotted lane lines on a single arrow
shaft is too subtle to be easily
recognized and understood by many
road users, especially older drivers. A
State DOT, a city, and a citizen agreed
with the sign designs as proposed in the
NPA, although the State DOT
questioned the required size of the
arrows on the signs. The NCUTCD, 13
State DOTs, 5 toll road operators, an
NCUTCD member, and a citizen
opposed the required use of the
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane sign and
argued for the continued allowable use
of the diagrammatic signs recommended
in the 2003 MUTCD. Several of the
commenters also recommended
changing the design of the existing
diagrammatic signs if retained in the
MUTCD. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts the new style of Overhead
Arrow-per-Lane signs proposed in the
NPA and also decides to retain the
provisions for the existing diagrammatic
sign design as an alternative to the
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane signs. The
FHWA also adopts a SUPPORT
statement at the beginning of the section
to state that the Overhead Arrow-perLane design has been shown to be
superior to diagrammatic signs and to
encourage the use of that design. The
FHWA also adopts modified figures
within the section to illustrate the use
of both the Overhead Arrow-per-Lane
and existing diagrammatic signs.
91 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation II.A(3).
92 ‘‘Evaluation of Diagrammatic Freeway Guide
Signs,’’ Final Report, May, 2008, conducted by Gary
Golembiewski and Bryan Katz for the Traffic
Control Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed
at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
Diagrammatic_Freeway_Guide_Sign
_Design_rev4_final.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
The NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a city
recommended additional changes to the
proposed list of design criteria in the
STANDARD statement for Overhead
Arrow-per-Lane signs. The FHWA
agrees that additional clarification will
provide uniformity in sign design and,
based on the comments, the FHWA adds
items G, H, and I in this final rule to
clarify the design and placement of
distance messages on signs, the number
of lanes displayed on signs, and the use
of exit plaques.
202. The FHWA adopts a new section
in this final rule numbered and titled
Section 2E.22 Design of Freeway and
Expressway Diagrammatic Guide Signs
for Option Lanes, to describe the criteria
under which diagrammatic signs are
allowed to be used. The FHWA adopts
a SUPPORT statement at the beginning
of the section recognizing that
diagrammatic signs have been shown to
be less effective than conventional or
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane guide signs at
conveying the destination or direction(s)
that each approach lane serves, whether
dedicated or option lanes are present.
However, based on comments submitted
on the NPA, the FHWA recognizes that
in some cases a diagrammatic sign is
most practical, and therefore adopts in
this final rule criteria for their use and
design based on the 2003 MUTCD
provisions for diagrammatic signs.
203. The FHWA adopts a new section
in this final rule numbered and titled
Section 2E.23 Signing for Intermediate
and Minor Interchange Multi-Lane Exits
with an Option Lane, to provide
recommendations on the types of
signing to be used at intermediate and
minor multi-lane exits where there is an
operational need for the presence of an
option lane for only the peak period,
during which excessive queues might
otherwise develop if the option lane
were not present. The text proposed in
the NPA (in Section 2E.19) would have
required diagrammatic (now called
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane) signs for
these locations in a STANDARD
statement and the 2003 MUTCD
recommended diagrammatic signs for
these locations in a GUIDANCE
statement. The FHWA understands,
based on past experience and comments
on Section 2E.19 of the NPA, that in
such cases, the Overhead Arrow-perLane or Diagrammatic guide signing
described for option lanes in Sections
2E.21 and 2E.22 might not be
practicable, depending on the need for
and level of use of the option lane and
the spacing of nearby interchanges,
particularly in non-rural areas. The
adopted provision provides flexibility
and guidance on the signing for such
locations where the Overhead Arrow-
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
per-Lane or diagrammatic signs are not
practicable due to various
considerations.
204. In Section 2E.24 Signing for
Interchange Lane Drops (Section 2E.21
of the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to require the use
of the EXIT ONLY (down arrow) sign
panel on signing of lane drops on all
overhead advance guide signs for exits
that do not have an ‘‘option lane,’’ and
to provide design requirements for the
bottom portion of Exit Direction signs.
A citizen agreed with the proposed
changes. Four State DOTs opposed the
proposed requirements and requested
that the STANDARD statements be
changed to GUIDANCE or OPTION. The
FHWA disagrees and notes that existing
GUIDANCE has resulted in improper
and ineffective methods of signing of
option lanes. The FHWA believes that,
for freeway splits and other interchange
configurations that include a lane drop
but do not involve ‘‘option lanes,’’ the
use of down arrows and EXIT ONLY
sign panels over each lane on the
advance guide signs provide the clearest
and most effective method of displaying
to road users the essential information
about the lane drop and about the
proper lane(s) to use to reach their
destinations. The FHWA also believes
that the use of upward diagonal black
arrows within an EXIT ONLY panel at
the bottom of the Exit Direction signs for
such interchanges more clearly
reinforces the lane drop while still
providing upward diagonal arrows in
the direction of the exit. The NCUTCD,
two State DOTs, a toll road operator, a
toll road operators association, and a
city agreed with the section, but
recommended text changes. The FHWA
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA in this final rule with revisions
based on adopted changes to Sections
2E.22 and 2E.23 concerning the
continued use of diagrammatic signs
and the new Overhead Arrow-per-Lane
signs.
A toll road operator opposed the
proposed GUIDANCE that
recommended the use of the Advance
Guide sign with a distance message
where the dropped lane is an auxiliary
lane between successive entrance and
exit ramps and the distance is less than
1 mile. The FHWA adopts a revision to
paragraph 08 to clarify that the
provision recommends displaying the
distance in addition to the EXIT ONLY
message.
205. Although not proposed in the
NPA, the FHWA adopts a new section
in this final rule numbered and titled
Section 2E.28 Eisenhower Interstate
System Signs. This section contains
OPTION, GUIDANCE, and STANDARD
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
statements regarding the use of
Eisenhower Interstate System (M1–10
and M1–10a) signs that may be used on
Interstate highways at periodic intervals
and in rest areas, scenic overlooks, or
other similar roadside facilities on the
Interstate system. This sign was adopted
in an August 11, 1993 memorandum,
subject ‘‘Eisenhower Interstate System
Sign,’’ from the FHWA Executive
Director to the Regional Federal
Highway Administrators and the
Federal Lands Highway Program
Administrator. The sign was contained
in the 2003 MUTCD by being included
in a figure illustrating various guide
signs and the sign design has also been
in the Standard Highway Signs and
Markings Book. However, there was no
text in the 2003 MUTCD describing the
sign or its intended use. The FHWA
adds this section in this final rule to
incorporate language regarding the
optional use of this sign and, if used,
GUIDANCE on where it should be
located and a STANDARD on where it
shall not be used. These provisions are
consistent with adopted provisions for
signing of Auto Tour Routes in Section
2H.07 and are necessary to assure that
highway agencies that elect to use the
sign do so properly in accordance with
the 1993 FHWA direction and with
adopted provisions for similar types of
signs.
206. In Section 2E.31 (Section 2E.28
in the 2003 MUTCD) Interchange Exit
Numbering, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to revise paragraph 02 to clarify an
existing provision that if suffix letters
are used for exit numbering at a multiexit interchange, the suffix letter shall
be included on the exit number plaque
and shall be separated from the exit
number by a space having a width of at
least half of the height of the suffix
letter. This will enhance the legibility of
the exit number and help avoid
confusion, especially between the letter
‘‘B’’ and the numeral ‘‘8.’’ This
provision was included in the 2003
MUTCD requiring a space between the
number and the suffix, but the width of
the space was not specified, implying
that the space is equal to the letter
height. Three State DOTs, a city, and an
NCUTCD member opposed the revision
because research has not been
performed to justify the new
requirement and because of concerns
that adding the space between the suffix
letter and exit number will cause
confusion, increase the size of the signs,
and add expenses to agencies because of
the increased wind load. The FHWA
disagrees because the new provision
actually modifies an existing
requirement and reduces the amount of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
space required between the number and
letter. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts the provision and specifies a
space width of one-half to three-quarters
of the letter height. This revision should
have a minimal impact on agencies
because Exit Number plaque widths are
commonly standardized rather than
customized fit to the exact legend,
therefore the revision does not
introduce a new requirement that did
not exist in the 2003 MUTCD. Further,
a Narrow Exit Gore sign is adopted in
Section 2E.37 that will ameliorate issues
regarding extra sign width for the space
between the exit number and the suffix
on Exit Gore signs. The FHWA adopts
this change in this final rule in order to
provide practitioners with clearer
direction on the space between the exit
number and the suffix than was
previously provided in the MUTCD or
the Standard Highway Signs and
Markings book.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA a new STANDARD to make it
clear that if suffix letters are used for
exit numbering, an exit of the same
number without a suffix letter cannot be
used. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, a
toll road operator, a local DOT, a toll
road operator association, and a citizen
agreed with the proposal and suggested
clarifying for situations where an
interchange has multiple exits in one
direction, but only a single exit in the
opposite direction, suggesting that the
provision should allow the use of an
exit number without a suffix in the
direction with only one exit. The FHWA
agrees and adopts the proposal in this
final rule with the suggested revision.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
replaces an OPTION with a STANDARD
stating that interchange exit numbering
shall use the reference location exit
numbering method and that the
consecutive exit numbering method
shall not be used. The FHWA adopts
this change because only 8 of the 50
States still use consecutive exit
numbering and, based on past public
comment and inquiries, the vast
majority of road users now expect
reference location exit numbering. The
FHWA believes that road users will be
better served by nationwide uniformity
of exit numbering using the reference
location method. Two local agencies
and ATSSA agreed. Two State DOTs, a
local DOT, and a county opposed the
revision and suggested reducing the
statement to GUIDANCE since their
experience has shown consecutive exit
numbering has not compromised safety
or convenience. The commenters also
had concerns about a potentially large
cost associated with replacing all signs
along the freeway with minimal benefit.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66777
The FHWA disagrees because uniform
exit numbering is important for road
user navigation and for the reporting of
incidents to facilitate expedient and
accurate emergency response and
warrants consistency across the United
States. It is expected that the conversion
to reference-location based exit
numbering would be accomplished on a
systematic route-by-route basis, as has
been done in many other States that
have undergone such conversions over
the past several decades.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to change a GUIDANCE statement in the
2003 MUTCD to a STANDARD
statement to require that a left exit
number (E1–5bP) plaque be used at the
top left edge of the sign for numbered
exits to the left to alert road users that
the exit is to the left, which is often not
expected. This change also required that
the ‘‘LEFT’’ portion of the message be
black on a yellow background. A State
DOT agreed with the change. Another
State DOT also agreed and suggested
adding an example of an optional left
exit scenario with a black on yellow
LEFT LANE plaque below the parent
guide sign. The FHWA disagrees, as the
message display suggested by that State
DOT is frequently misinterpreted as an
indication of a dedicated lane with a
mandatory exit movement and does not
promote consistency of the message for
similar situations. Two State DOTs, a
city, and two NCUTCD members
opposed the revision because they
believe that the new provisions will not
add a significant improvement from the
provisions for diagrammatic signs in the
2003 MUTCD and suggested reducing
the statement to GUIDANCE. The
FHWA disagrees because the direction
of the exit is better communicated by
the positive sign legend and placement
of the sign over the roadway. The
FHWA adopts the proposed changes in
this final rule for consistency of message
to drivers and for consistency with other
parts of the manual regarding left-side
exits.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
target compliance period of 10 years for
the implementation of LEFT (E1–5aP)
and Left Exit Number (E1–5bP) plaques
at left-side exits. In this final rule the
FHWA adopts a target compliance date
December 31, 2014 (approximately 5
years from the effective date of this final
rule) for the requirements in Sections
2E.31, 2E.33, and 2E.36 to install LEFT
(E1–5aP) or Left Exit Number (E1–5bP)
plaques at all existing numbered and
non-numbered left exits on freeways
and expressways. The FHWA adopts
this target compliance date to address a
recent recommendation (Safety
Recommendation H–08–7) by the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66778
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
National Transportation Safety Board
(NTSB). 93 The NTSB developed this
recommendation as a result of an
imminent safety concern exhibited with
left-side freeway exits. The FHWA
believes that the installation of these
plaques at all existing left-side exits
within 5 years is necessary to achieve
critical safety improvements at left-side
exits and that reliance on the systematic
upgrade provisions of Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal
Regulations is not appropriate in this
case. The installation of these plaques
would generally not require
replacement of the existing sign or sign
supports and this change affects
relatively few locations throughout the
country. The FHWA anticipates that
installation of the required plaques at
existing locations will provide
significant safety benefits to road users.
207. In Section 2E.33 (Section 2E.30
in the 2003 MUTCD) Advance Guide
Signs and in Section 2E.36 (Section
2E.32 in the 2003 MUTCD) Exit
Direction Signs, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add a STANDARD statement
to require that a left exit number (E1–
5bP) plaque be used at the top left edge
of the sign for numbered exits to the left
and that a LEFT (E1–5aP) plaque be
added to the top left edge of the sign for
non-numbered exits to the left. In this
final rule the FHWA adopts this
proposed statement to be consistent
with the changes in Section 2E.31. A
State DOT suggested reducing the
statement to GUIDANCE because they
believe it is not necessary to have the
LEFT plaque in all cases. The FHWA
disagrees because the suggestion would
not provide a consistent, uniform
message to road users. An NCUTCD
member suggested changing the plaque
message to LEFT EXIT instead of LEFT.
The FHWA disagrees as non-numbered
exits contain the word EXIT within the
distance message and the word EXIT on
the plaque would be redundant. As
noted above in item 206, the FHWA also
adopts a target compliance date of
December 31, 2014 for the requirements
for E1–5aP and E1–5bP plaques at leftside exits.
The NCUTCD, a State DOT, a toll road
operator, and a toll road operator
association suggested deleting
paragraph 06 regarding the use of
Advance Guide signs for multi-lane
exits because the information is
contained in other locations in Chapter
2E. The FHWA disagrees because the
provision pertains specifically to
93 NTSB Safety Recommendation H–08–7 is
contained within NTSB’s letter dated August 18,
2008, which can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://www.ntsb.gov/recs/letters/2008/
H08_3_7.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Advance Guide signs. A State DOT
suggested changing the statement to
GUIDANCE. Another State DOT
opposed the revision because Section
2E.33 states that diagrammatic signs can
serve as Advance Guide signs. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenters
because uniformity in the display of
messages regarding multi-lane exits is
critical and the FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA in this
final rule.
208. The FHWA relocates the
OPTION and STANDARD statements
regarding the use of pictographs as
proposed in Section 2E.10 of the NPA
to Section 2E.35 (Section 2E.32 in the
2003 MUTCD) Other Supplemental
Guide Signs in this final rule. As part of
this change, the FHWA clarifies the
provisions for the display of pictographs
in this final rule. See Section 2E.10
discussion above for additional
information.
209. In Section 2E.36 (Section 2E.33
in the 2003 MUTCD) Exit Direction
Signs, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to revise the second STANDARD
statement to clarify the appropriate
signing for exits where a through lane is
being terminated and for multi-lane
exits having an optional exit lane that
also carries the through route or for a
split with an option lane. The NCUTCD
suggested replacing Figures 2E–5, 2E–6,
and 2E–8 through 2E–10 with alternate
Figures provided in their comment and
updating the corresponding references
in this section. A State DOT suggested
deleting references to Figures 2E–5 and
2E–6 because the Overhead Arrow-perLane signs must be placed at the point
of divergence of the outside lane and
not at the theoretical gore. Another State
DOT also suggested revising the text to
require Exit Direction signs overhead at
the theoretical gore where there is a
through lane being terminated and to
require a diagrammatic sign near the
point where the outside edge of the
dropped lane begins to diverge from the
mainline where there is a multi-lane
exit with an optional exit lane. A State
DOT and a toll road operator suggested
changing the STANDARD statements to
GUIDANCE. A State DOT opposed the
revisions. The FHWA agrees with the
comment regarding the inaccurate
reference to the figures and references
the appropriate figures in this final rule.
The FHWA disagrees with changing the
STANDARD statements to GUIDANCE
and adopts the provisions as proposed
in the NPA to promote uniformity in the
application of signing at similar
locations and to be consistent with other
changes in the Manual regarding
Overhead Arrow-per-Lane diagrammatic
signs and plaques for exits.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
A State DOT suggested changing
paragraph 10 regarding the use of the
LEFT plaque at non-numbered exits
from STANDARD to GUIDANCE. The
FHWA disagrees with the comment
because it would conflict with similar
provisions adopted in Section 2E.31
requiring the use of the left exit number
plaque and is necessary for consistency
in sign legends. In this final rule the
FHWA adopts the requirements for E1–
5aP or E1–5bP plaques at left-side exits.
As noted above in item 206, the FHWA
also adopts a target compliance date of
December 31, 2014 for the requirements
for E1–5aP and E1–5bP plaques at leftside exits.
Finally, the FHWA adopts the
OPTION, as proposed in the NPA, to
permit the use of an EXIT XX MPH
(E13–2) sign panel at the bottom of the
Exit Direction sign to supplement, but
not to replace, the exit or ramp advisory
speed warning signs where extra
emphasis of an especially low advisory
ramp speed is needed. This may be
done by adding an EXIT XX MPH (E13–
2) sign panel to the face of the Exit
Direction sign near the bottom of the
sign or by making the EXIT XX MPH
message a part of the Exit Direction sign.
The Sign Synthesis Study 94 found that
at least four States have found it
necessary to use similar advisory speed
panels with Exit Direction signs to
provide even more advance notice and
emphasis of a very low ramp speed,
typically because of curvature. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, a toll road
operator, and a toll road operator
association agreed and suggested text
revisions to eliminate repetitive
wording. The FHWA agrees with the
suggested revision and rewords the
provision to simplify and eliminate
redundant language.
210. In Section 2E.37 (Section 2E.34
in the 2003 MUTCD) Exit Gore Signs,
the FHWA adopts the revision to the
STANDARD statement, as proposed in
the NPA, to clarify that the space
between the exit number and the suffix
letter on an Exit Gore Sign shall be the
width of one-half to three-quarters of the
height of the suffix letter. This change
correlates to a similar change in Section
2E.31 Interchange Exit Numbering.
The FHWA also adopts an additional
paragraph in the OPTION statement, as
proposed in the NPA, allowing the use
of Type 1 object markers on sign
supports below the Exit Gore sign to
improve the visibility of the gore for
exiting drivers. The FHWA adopts this
94 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 51, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
based on recommendations from the
Older Driver handbook.95 A city and
ATSSA agreed. A toll road operator
opposed the revision because they
believe that the object marker will not
serve a useful purpose and will add to
sign clutter. The FHWA disagrees
because the object markers serve to
visually tie the sign to the ground,
which enhances nighttime visibility and
depth perception of the physical gore.
Finally, as proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts an OPTION paragraph
allowing the use of a vertical rectangular
shaped Exit Gore sign for certain narrow
gore areas an OPTION paragraph
allowing the use of an Exit Number (E5–
1bP) plaque above existing Exit Gore
(E5–1) signs only when non-numbered
exits are converted to numbered exits,
and a STANDARD paragraph requiring
the use of the Exit Gore (E5–1a) sign for
a numbered exit when replacement of
existing assemblies of the E5–1 and E5–
1bP signs becomes necessary. The
FHWA adopts these changes in this
final rule to provide for more uniform
design of Exit Gore signs. An NCUTCD
member noted that the E5–1a sign is
prohibited based on text elsewhere in
Chapter 2E and Table 2E–1. The FHWA
disagrees because an OPTION is
provided in this Section for a vertically
arranged Exit Gore sign and the FHWA
adds the standard sizes for these signs
into Table 2E–1 in this final rule for
clarification. A State DOT suggested
allowing a narrow version of the E5–1a
sign at non-numbered exits. The FHWA
disagrees because the E5–1a
unnumbered Exit Gore signs are 6 feet
wide, which should fit in most narrow
gore situations and because in this final
rule the FHWA also provides an
OPTION allowing the mounting height
of any Exit Gore sign to be 14 feet or
more to address narrow gore situations.
211. In Section 2E.40 (Section 2E.37
in the 2003 MUTCD) Interchange
Sequence Signs, a toll road operator
opposed the proposed revisions to the
STANDARD in the NPA regarding the
LEFT EXIT or LEFT sign panel use
where the exit direction is to the left.
The commenter was concerned that left
exits create driver expectancy issues
and should therefore warrant individual
guide sign panels from the one mile
advanced sign through the exit direction
assembly. The FHWA disagrees because
the LEFT or LEFT EXIT message
addresses the expectancy issues raised
by the commenter. The FHWA adopts a
95 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation II.A(4b).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
revised provision in this final rule to
retain the LEFT sign panel, but does not
adopt the LEFT EXIT sign panel,
because the intended use of both sign
panels is identical and allowing two
different messages for the same purpose
does not promote uniformity in sign
legends.
212. In Section 2E.44 (Section 2E.41
in the 2003 MUTCD) Freeway-toFreeway Interchange, the FHWA
proposed to add a STANDARD
statement in the NPA requiring the use
of the left exit number plaque at splits
where the off-route movement is to the
left. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, a
local DOT, and two toll road operators
supported this requirement, while two
State DOTs opposed it. One of the State
DOTs stated that there is not enough
justification for doing so, and that the
practice of installing exit panels left
justified for left exits and right justified
for right exits is meant to orient
motorists to the lane they will use to
exit. The FHWA disagrees with the
comment because left-side exits
continue to violate driver expectancy
and just placing the exit number
plaques on the left is too subtle and
does not convey a positive message to
the motorist. The FHWA also adopts
provisions in this section requiring the
use the use of Overhead Arrow-per-Lane
or diagrammatic signs for freeway splits
with an option lane and for multi-lane
freeway-to-freeway exits having an
option lane, consistent with provisions
adopted for Sections 2E.20 through
2E.22. The NCUTCD, a State DOT, and
two agencies that operate toll facilities
felt that this requirement duplicates
language elsewhere in Chapter 2E and
therefore should be removed from this
section. The FHWA disagrees with the
comment and includes the language in
this section because the provision
applies to the specific geometric
condition and interchange type
described in this section. A local DOT
supported this requirement, while two
State DOTs felt that the use of
diagrammatic signs should be a
recommendation, rather than a
requirement. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the proposed changes to be
consistent with other adopted changes
in the Manual regarding signing for
option lanes.
213. In Section 2E.48 (Section 2E.45
in the 2003 MUTCD) Diamond
Interchange, the FHWA adopts the
proposed removal of the second
sentence of the first STANDARD
statement regarding the prohibition of
cardinal initials on exit numbers. This
sentence is not applicable for a diamond
interchange, because it has a single exit
ramp. Section 2E.31 Interchange Exit
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66779
Numbering already contains a
prohibition on the use of cardinal
directions as the suffix of exit numbers.
The FHWA also rewords the
STANDARD statement to clarify that the
singular message EXIT shall be used as
a part of either the distance message or
the exit number plaque on the Advance
Guide signs for non-numbered exits.
This revision is made to clarify the
specific application of the existing
STANDARD.
214. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA moves the information from
Section 2E.52 (Section 2E.49 in the 2003
MUTCD) Signing on Conventional Road
Approaches and Connecting Roadways
to Section 2D.45 in this final rule, and
leaves a SUPPORT statement to refer
readers to the appropriate section. The
FHWA adopts this change because the
section and figures are about guide
signing on conventional road
approaches to a freeway, and therefore,
are more appropriate for Chapter 2D.
215. The FHWA moves a majority of
the information from Section 2E.53
(Section 2E.50 in the 2003 MUTCD)
Wrong-Way Traffic Control at
Interchange Ramps to Section 2B.41, as
proposed in the NPA, and leaves a
SUPPORT statement to refer readers to
the appropriate section. The FHWA
adopts this change in this final rule
because the section and figure relate
more to regulatory signs than guide
signs, and therefore, are more
appropriate for Chapter 2B.
The FHWA also adds a reference in
this final rule to Section 2D.46 on the
use of guide signs and Directional
assemblies to mark the point of entry to
a freeway or expressway. Although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adds
this reference in this final rule to assist
users of the Manual by providing
additional information related to
freeway and expressway entrance ramp
signing.
216. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Sections 2E.51 General
Service Signs, 2E.52 Rest and Scenic
Area Signs, 2E.53 Tourist Information
and Welcome Center Signs, 2E.56 Radio
Information Signing, and 2E.57 Carpool
and Rideshare Signing (as numbered in
the 2003 MUTCD) to a new Chapter in
this final rule titled Chapter 2I General
Service Signs (numbered 2F in the
NPA).
217. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA relocates Sections 2E.54
Reference Location Signs and Enhanced
Reference Location Signs and 2E.55
Miscellaneous Guide Signs (as
numbered in the 2003 MUTCD) to a new
Chapter in this final rule titled Chapter
2H General Information Signs
(numbered 2I in the NPA).
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66780
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2F—Toll Road Signs—General
218. In this final rule, the FHWA
adopts a new chapter numbered and
titled, Chapter 2F Toll Road Signs.
Although not proposed as a separate
chapter in the NPA, this new chapter
consolidates information proposed in
the NPA related to toll road signing to
address comments from practitioners
that a separate chapter on toll road
signing would be helpful.
219. In several sections of the NPA,
the FHWA proposed adding a new
symbol to denote that a toll facility’s
ETC payment system is nationally
interoperable with all other ETC
payment systems. The NCUTCD and a
State DOT opposed this new symbol,
because they felt that it is premature to
address interoperability, especially with
an untested symbol. Since efforts to
achieve this interoperability have not
made as much progress as previously
anticipated, the FHWA does not adopt
in this final rule the proposed
interoperable symbol or requirements
for its use.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 2F—Toll Road Signs—Specific
220. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts a new section, Section 2F.01
Scope, to respond to comments
suggesting that toll road and managed
lane signing be separated in the
MUTCD. This new section includes a
SUPPORT statement that clarifies that
Chapter 2F applies to a route or facility
on which all lanes are tolled, while
Chapter 2G applies to the signing of
managed lanes within an otherwise nontoll facility that employs tolling or
pricing as an operational strategy to
manage congestion levels, and to
explain the scope of Chapter 2F in
relation to other signing provisions
elsewhere in Part 2. In this section, the
FHWA also includes a STANDARD
statement that, except where
specifically indicated in this chapter,
the provisions of other chapters in Part
2 shall apply to toll roads. The FHWA
adopts this STANDARD to reflect the
relocation of this material from Chapter
2E, as suggested by commenters who
wanted a separate chapter for toll roads.
221. In Section 2F.02 Sizes of Toll
Road Signs, the FHWA adopts
STANDARD, SUPPORT, and OPTION
statements referring to Section 2A.11
and Table 2F–1 in the MUTCD for
information on sign sizes. Although not
proposed as a separate section in the
NPA, the FHWA adopts this
consolidation of information from
Chapters 2B, 2C, 2D, and 2E of the NPA
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
into one section to provide uniformity
in sign sizes.
222. The FHWA adds a new section
in this final rule numbered and titled
Section 2F.03 Use of Purple
Backgrounds and Underlay Panels with
ETC Account Pictographs. The FHWA
adds this STANDARD and SUPPORT
information to assure consistency with
adopted requirements regarding the use
of the color purple on signs as contained
in Sections 1A.12, 2A.10, 2F.12, and
2F.16.
223. The FHWA adds a new section
in this final rule numbered and titled
Section 2F.04 Size of ETC Pictographs.
The FHWA adds this STANDARD and
GUIDANCE information to assure
consistency with adopted requirements
and recommendations regarding
pictographs in Chapter 2A and in
Section 2F.15 and to provide for
adequate conspicuity and legibility of
ETC pictographs on the approaches to
toll plazas, where this information is
critical.
224. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new section numbered and titled
Section 2F.05 Regulatory Signs for Toll
Plazas. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to number this Section 2B.31; however,
the section number changes due to the
reorganization of information in this
final rule. The FHWA adopts this
section to provide consistency and
uniformity in signing practices for these
types of facilities, which are becoming
increasingly common and for which
uniform signing provisions were not
provided in the 2003 MUTCD.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
GUIDANCE and OPTION statements
regarding the recommended placement
of optional Toll Rate Schedule signs in
the vicinity of toll plazas. A local DOT
suggested that the name of the sign be
changed to ‘‘Toll Rate sign,’’ omitting
the word ‘‘schedule,’’ because some toll
road operators vary the toll amount by
time of day. The FHWA agrees and
revises the name of the sign to ‘‘Toll
Rate sign’’ in this final rule. Three State
DOTs and five toll road operators
opposed the recommended sign
placement (100 to 200 feet in advance
of the toll plaza), suggesting that toll
road operators need more flexibility to
place the signs in a location where they
can be easily read and understood by
road users. One commenter suggested
that the site characteristics of toll plazas
vary so widely that a universal distance
requirement for this sign may create
unnecessary complications for some toll
facilities, and could lead to the sign
being placed in a less than desirable
location. To address these comments,
the FHWA adopts revised GUIDANCE
in this final rule to recommend that the
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
signs be placed between the toll plaza
and the first advance sign informing
traffic of the toll plaza. This revised
language allows the information to be
outside the immediate influence of the
toll plaza area, at which driver attention
is more appropriately focused on signs
designating the appropriate lanes based
on payment method, and there is often
little space available for additional
signing. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed recommending that the Toll
Rate sign be limited to three lines of
text. Three State DOTs and three toll
road operators opposed the
recommended limit of three lines of text
because there are several methods that
a toll agency can use in assessing rates,
and that often requires more than three
lines of text. The FHWA adopts the
recommended limit of three lines of text
in this final rule because it is consistent
with existing provisions in the MUTCD
regarding the number of lines of legend
that are based on the maximum
information load that a road user
approaching a sign can read and
process. To address the need to provide
more detailed information, the FHWA
also adds an OPTION in this final rule
allowing the use of a more detailed toll
rate schedule at attended toll booths
where vehicles must stop to pay the toll.
225. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new section numbered and titled
Section 2F.06 Pay Toll Advance
Warning Sign (numbered and titled in
the NPA as Section 2C.44 Stop Ahead
Pay Toll Sign). The FHWA revises the
title of the section in this final rule to
reflect the revised sign legend, based on
comments as discussed herein. ATSSA,
a toll road operator, and a local DOT
supported the signs and their design, as
proposed in the NPA. The NCUTCD, a
State DOT, and nine toll road operators
suggested that the proposed wording be
changed to delete the words ‘‘STOP
AHEAD’’ from the sign and its
application, because the message ‘‘Stop
Ahead’’ is not appropriate in advance of
locations with ETC capabilities and
because these advance signs are located
at 1 mile and 1⁄2 mile in advance of the
location where some or all lanes are
required to stop at a toll plaza. The
commenters also suggested that there be
more flexibility in the wording of the
sign. The FHWA agrees that STOP
AHEAD is not appropriate on these
advance signs that are so far from the
condition requiring traffic to stop and
modifies the design of the sign and the
text in the section adopted in this final
rule to reflect that this is a Pay Toll
Advance Warning sign. However, as
discussed below under Sections 2F.08
and 2F.09, the FHWA adopts similar
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
66781
signs and plaques that do bear the
words ‘‘STOP AHEAD’’, for use closer to
the toll plaza than 1⁄2 mile.
Except for suggesting the words
‘‘STOP AHEAD’’ be removed, as
discussed above, the NCUTCD
supported the W9–6 sign as proposed in
the NPA and shown in proposed Figure
2C–9, but suggested that the W9–6P
plaque be removed. A State DOT
suggested that the signs and plaques be
black text on a white background
instead of on a yellow background,
because payment is a requirement and
is enforceable on toll facilities. The
FHWA disagrees with both commenters,
retaining the W9–6P plaque (and
adopting a new Section 2F.07 in this
final rule describing its use) and the
yellow background color of the signs
and plaques as proposed in the NPA,
but reflecting the change of the sign text
and plaque to Pay Toll Advance
Warning. These signs and plaques are in
advance of the toll collection point and
are therefore warning, not regulatory.
Three toll road operators commented on
the proposed recommendations for
advance placement of the signs.
Although one of the commenters
supported the proposed language, the
other two suggested that there needed to
be more flexibility, based on volumes of
traffic and whether or not the lanes
accepted cash payment. The FHWA
notes that the placement of the signs is
GUIDANCE, which allows adjustment
in the location placement. The FHWA
adopts this section regarding the use of
these new signs on toll facilities to
provide for consistency and uniformity
of signing for messages and to
implement the signing portions of
FHWA’s ‘‘Toll Plaza Traffic Control
Devices Policy.’’ 96
226. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.07 Pay
Toll Advance Warning Plaque
(numbered and titled in the NPA as
Section 2C.69 Stop Ahead Pay Toll
Plaque). The FHWA revises the title of
the section it adopts in this final rule to
reflect a revised plaque legend, adopted
in response to comments, as discussed
above under Section 2F.06. In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed including ‘‘Stop
Ahead’’ on the Pay Toll plaque,
however, similar to Section 2F.06, the
FHWA removes ‘‘Stop Ahead’’ in this
final rule to address comments from two
toll road operators and a State DOT who
suggested that message ‘‘Stop Ahead’’ is
not appropriate in advance of locations
with ETC capabilities.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adds a requirement that the
legend PAY TOLL be replaced with a
suitable legend such as TAKE TICKET
for toll plazas where road users entering
a toll-ticket facility are issued a toll
ticket. The FHWA adopts this change in
this final rule based on comments from
toll road operators on the need to
provide an appropriate sign legend that
will accommodate toll-ticket facilities.
Finally, the FHWA adopts an OPTION
at the end of the section allowing the
toll for passenger or 2-axle vehicles to
be omitted from the W9–6P plaque if the
toll information is displayed on the
guide sign that the plaque accompanies.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adds this OPTION to address a
comment from a toll road operator
suggesting that incorporating a
changeable message element into the
W9–6P plaque should not be required if
the information can be displayed on the
accompanying guide sign. The FHWA
adopts the use of this plaque to provide
for consistency and uniformity of
signing for these messages and to
implement the signing portions of
FHWA’s ‘‘Toll Plaza Traffic Control
Devices Policy.’’ 97
227. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule two new sections numbered and
titled Section 2F.08 Stop Ahead Pay
Toll Warning Sign, and Section 2F.09
Stop Ahead Pay Toll Warning Plaque.
As discussed above under Section
2F.06, the FHWA adopts this sign and
plaque for use at locations less than 1⁄2
mile in advance of mainline toll plazas,
and adopts these new sections to clarify
their use.
228. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.10
LAST EXIT BEFORE TOLL Warning
Plaque (numbered section 2C.68 in the
NPA). This section describes the use of
this new plaque, as proposed in the
NPA. ATSSA and a toll road operator
supported this new plaque. Two State
DOTs, a toll road operator, and an
NCUTCD member suggested that
alternate messages, such as LAST FREE
EXIT be allowed on the sign. The
FHWA declines to change the message
on the plaque, because the message
LAST FREE EXIT could be
misinterpreted to mean that the limited
access roadway was ending or that it is
the last exit off the route. To maintain
uniformity in the messages, the FHWA
adopts the plaque as proposed in the
NPA, in this final rule.
229. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.11 Toll
Auxiliary Sign (Section 2D.25 in the
NPA) to require the use of this sign
above the route sign of a numbered toll
facility, in any route sign assembly
providing directions from a non-toll
highway to the toll facility or to a
segment of a highway on which the
payment of a toll is required. The Signs
Synthesis Study 98 found that some
States are using these signs to provide
road users useful information that a
numbered route is a toll facility. The
proposed section was supported in
concept by most commenters, but the
NCUTCD and some toll facility
operators suggested that provision
should be included to allow the
continued use of unique toll facility
route shield designs that incorporate the
word ‘‘TOLL’’ into the route shield
itself, rather than as an auxiliary sign,
and that pictographs be allowed in the
TOLL auxiliary sign. The FHWA
disagrees because a very wide variety of
unique toll route shield designs are
currently in use, and many do not
conform to basic principles of sign
design. Further, the TOLL sign is an
auxiliary sign, not a route marker, and
therefore the incorporation of a
pictograph is not appropriate. The
FHWA believes that uniformity in the
display of similar messages is important
for directional guidance and adopts a
uniform provision for notifying road
users of a toll route.
In the NPA, the M4–15 sign was
proposed with black legend on a white
background, similar to other auxiliary
signs, such as cardinal directions, JCT,
BYPASS, etc., that are used with route
signs. Because this particular auxiliary
sign is different in function from others,
in that it also serves to provide a
warning to road users that the route is
a toll road, the FHWA believes that a
black legend on a yellow background is
appropriate for this sign. The FHWA
received comments from several toll
road operators expressing concerns that
a white background is needed to make
this a regulatory sign in order to enforce
the requirement to pay the toll. The
FHWA disagrees with those comments
in relation to this particular auxiliary
sign because there are many other signs
associated with toll payment on a toll
road that are designed as black-on-white
regulatory signs or plaques and thereby
enable enforcement. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule this auxiliary sign with
96 ‘‘Policy on Traffic Control Strategies for Toll
Plazas,’’ dated October 12, 2006 can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcstollmemo/
tcstoll_policy.htm.
97 ‘‘Toll Plaza Traffic Control Devices Policy,’’
dated September 8, 2006, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcstollmemo/
tcstoll_policy.htm.
98 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 52, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66782
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
a yellow background and includes
comparable text on this sign in Section
2F.13.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
to require the use of the TOLL (M4–15)
auxiliary sign above all route signs of a
numbered toll facility when a parallel or
nearby free facility has the same route
number. However, it was not the
FHWA’s intent to endorse the practice
of duplicate route numbering for nontoll and toll routes, because it could not
be consistently applied as an alternate
route. The FHWA does not believe that
such a non-uniform practice is helpful
in road user guidance and navigation.
As a result, the FHWA does not adopt
this requirement in this final rule. This
is different from the practice of
assigning alternative routes, such as
business, truck, or bypass designations
on different alignments where there is
always a primary numbered route,
which is acceptable.
230. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.12
Electronic Toll Collection (ETC)
Account-Only Auxiliary Signs (Section
2D.26 in the NPA). The FHWA
proposed these auxiliary signs in the
NPA to complement and be consistent
with signs in this chapter and in
Chapter 2G that inform road users that
a highway is restricted to use only by
vehicles having a registered ETC
payment account. Two toll road
operators supported this new section.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
suggested that the word ONLY be
omitted when an ETC facility accepts
multiple ETC payment systems. The
FHWA disagrees, because the intent is
to notify road users that only vehicles
that have registered toll accounts can
use the highway, and includes the word
ONLY in the section adopted in this
final rule.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule an option to use
the NO CASH auxiliary sign in a route
sign assembly directly below the ETC
Account-Only auxiliary sign. The
NCUTCD opposed this option because
of confusion that can result at toll plazas
where lanes are segregated by different
payment methods; however, the FHWA
retains the OPTION in this final rule
because the application of this sign is
not for toll plazas and the FHWA
believes that the option of a NO CASH
message might be helpful at the entry
point to a toll road to inform road users
in areas where ETC is not well
established.
231. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.13 Toll
Facility and Toll Plaza Guide Signs—
General (Section 2E.55 in the NPA). In
the NPA, the FHWA proposed to adopt
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
new symbols to denote exact change
and attended lanes and proposed to
require their use in toll plaza signing.
The FHWA believed that symbols for
these messages would help road users to
more quickly identify the proper lane(s)
to choose for the type of toll payment
they will use. The proposed symbols
were similar to those already in use for
these purposes on some toll facilities in
the U.S. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs,
a local DOT, and four toll road operators
opposed the requirement to use the
proposed symbols because of their belief
that the symbols had not been
adequately tested and would not convey
a clear, simple message at freeway
speed. The FHWA adopts the symbols
in this final rule, but agrees that the use
of these symbols should not be required
at this time, and therefore adopts an
OPTION to use the symbols. As part of
this change in this final rule, the FHWA
adopts requirements to use word
messages such as FULL SERVICE,
CASH, CHANGE, or RECEIPTS on signs
for attended lanes at toll plazas, and to
use the word message EXACT CHANGE
and the amount of the toll for passenger
vehicles on signs for Exact Change lanes
at toll plazas. The FHWA refines the
designs and enlarges the minimum size
of the symbols to enhance their
legibility when used with
accompanying word legends, and adds
clarifying language in this final rule to
indicate that these symbols are to be
used only as panels within guide signs
that accompany the required word
messages, not as an independent sign or
within a sign assembly.
ATSSA and a toll road operator
supported the standardization of
placement of signing for ETC facilities.
Three State DOTs and nine toll road
operators opposed some of the details
that FHWA proposed in the NPA,
particularly those related to the
proposed ETC (pictograph) ONLY—NO
CASH (R3–16) regulatory lane-use sign.
Most of the commenters opposed the
use of the term ‘‘NO CASH’’ because
they felt that it might be misinterpreted
to mean that payment may be made by
other means, such as credit card, ticket,
or video. To address these comments, in
this final rule the FHWA revises the
sign design, deleting the NO CASH text,
and adopts this sign as a guide sign,
rather than a regulatory sign.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
requirements for the design of signs to
be used on lanes or facilities that are
open only to use by ETC deviceequipped vehicles. Two State DOTs and
two toll road operators opposed the
language. One State DOT opposed the
requirement to use a purple background,
while the other commenters opposed
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
using the word ‘‘ONLY,’’ unless there is
only one accepted ETC system. The
FHWA adopts the use of the color
purple, because the intent is to use
purple as an identifier of a requirement
for vehicles to have a registered ETC
account. However, to address the
concerns of the commenter, the FHWA
revises the requirements in this final
rule to accommodate ETC pictographs
whose predominant background color is
purple. The FHWA retains the word
ONLY because the word is intended to
identify that the facility excludes
vehicles without registered ETC
accounts. To address the concerns
expressed by the commenters, the
FHWA adopts an OPTION allowing
agencies to display information on a
separate sign notifying road users that
the facility will accept payments from
other systems’ transponders or devices
in addition to its primary ETC-device
payment system.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts a STANDARD at the
end of the section requiring signing to
conform to the provisions of paragraphs
04 and 05 of this section for entrances
to toll highways where ETC is employed
only through license plate character
recognition, such that road users are not
required to establish a registered toll
account, and thus any vehicle can use
the facility without restriction. The
FHWA adds this requirement to assure
that the color purple and the provisions
associated with signing where a
registered ETC account is required are
limited to facilities that are not
unrestricted and are not misused on toll
facilities where any vehicle can use the
facility, consistent with adopted
STANDARDS regarding the color purple
in Section 1A.12 and 2F.03.
232. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts a new section numbered
and titled Section 2F.14 Advance Signs
for Conventional Toll Plazas (Section
2E.56 in the NPA) as proposed in the
NPA. The NCUTCD and three toll road
operators supported the NPA language.
One toll road operator suggested
changing the proposed text in this
section from GUIDANCE to OPTION.
The FHWA disagrees, and adopts the
text as GUIDANCE because there is
sufficient flexibility in the GUIDANCE
statements to address special situations.
Another toll road operator suggested
that the proposed recommended use of
overhead signs is most pertinent to
mainline toll plazas, and that additional
language was needed regarding signing
for ramps. The FHWA disagrees that
additional information is needed,
because signing for ramps is already
included in the provision, as proposed
in the NPA. Three toll road operators
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
opposed the language regarding
placement distances for guide signs
with lane information for the toll
payment types, suggesting that the
recommended distances were not
appropriate. The FHWA disagrees
because a minimum distance is given
and is adequately qualified as being
related to the approach geometry and
visibility of the toll plaza canopy signs.
The FHWA adopts the language in this
final rule, as proposed in the NPA.
233. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.15
Advance Signs for Toll Plazas on
Diverging Alignments from Open-Road
ETC Account-Only Lanes (Section 2E.57
in the NPA). Three toll road operators
supported the intent of the guidance
language in this section; however, they
provided comments reflecting their own
experience. The significant comments
are discussed herein. In the NPA, the
FHWA proposed to recommend that the
ETC (pictograph) ONLY—NO CASH
(R3–16) regulatory sign with a
downward pointing arrow over the
center of each lane that will become an
Open-Road ETC lane be installed 1 mile
and 0.5 miles in advance of the point
where a separate alignment leading to
the toll plaza diverges from mainlinealigned Open-Road ETC Account-Only
lanes. Two toll road operators suggested
that down arrows may be inappropriate
at the one mile location depending on
lane arrangement and traffic volume. In
addition, they suggested that down
arrows convey a more forceful and
definitive message that action should be
taken by the driver at that location. The
commenters felt that one mile may be
too far in advance of the plaza to begin
traffic separation by payment method.
The FHWA disagrees, because positive
communication of lane use information
is necessary for efficient segregation of
traffic on the approach to an Open-Road
ETC/toll plaza bifurcation, just as it is
for any other major bifurcation or split.
Since these provisions are
recommendations, there is sufficient
flexibility to use diagrammatic signing
(as one toll road operator suggested) or
Arrow-per-Lane signs as adopted in
Chapter 2E, and there is no restriction
on posting a distance message to convey
the distance over which the lane
changes can be made. As a result, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
recommending an additional set of
overhead advance signs with lane
information for the toll payment types
800 feet in advance of the toll plaza.
Two toll road operators opposed this
recommendation because the provisions
already include three sets of guide signs
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
in advance of the plaza, and locating a
fourth set close to the plaza would
interfere with the visibility of canopy
signing. The FHWA disagrees because
the mainline signing typically has far
fewer lanes in which to display lanespecific information as it relates to the
toll plaza lanes. Because this provision
is guidance, deviations based on
geometric constraints in which the
distance specified is not available can
be made. The FHWA adopts the
provision in this final rule as proposed
in the NPA. The FHWA notes that the
recommendation suggests that these
signs be placed at a location that avoids
or minimizes any obstruction of the toll
plaza canopy signs and lane-use control
signals, as proposed in the NPA.
234. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.16 Toll
Plaza Canopy Signs (numbered Section
2E.58 in the NPA). This section contains
STANDARD, OPTION, and SUPPORT
statements regarding signs over the
center of the lanes on the toll canopy,
display of the toll fee, and lane-use
control signals. A toll road operator
supported the provisions as proposed in
the NPA. Several other toll road
operators submitted comments opposed
to the language or recommending
specific changes.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
requirement to provide a sign above the
center of each lane that is not an OpenRoad ETC Account-Only lane, mounted
on or suspended from the toll plaza
canopy, or on a separate structure
immediately in advance of the plaza,
indicating the payment type(s) accepted
in the lane and any restrictions or
prohibitions of certain types of vehicles
that apply to the lane. A State DOT
suggested that requiring a sign above the
center of each lane that is not an OpenRoad ETC Account-Only lane was
excessive, and that their experience
showed that signs on the columns over
ETC lanes have been very successful.
The FHWA disagrees, because signs on
the columns or booths alone do not
adequately relate this critical
information to individual travel lanes
approaching and through the toll plaza.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
suggested clarifying these signing
requirements to more clearly indicate
that Open-Road ETC Account-Only
lanes are excluded from the
requirement. The FHWA believes that
the language, as proposed in the NPA,
clearly indicates that Open-Road ETC
Account-Only lanes are excluded,
however the FHWA clarifies the
provision in this final rule to require the
overhead signing, when mounted on a
structure rather than the canopy, be
located such that each sign be clearly
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66783
associated with an individual toll lane.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
including a requirement that the toll fee
for passenger or 2-axle vehicles be
included on the canopy sign or on a
separate sign mounted on the upstream
side of the toll booth. The NCUTCD, two
State DOTs, and a toll road operator
opposed this requirement for ticketed
systems. The FHWA agrees and
excludes toll-ticket systems from this
requirement in this final rule.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed an
OPTION and associated STANDARD
regarding the optional use of
supplementary flashing yellow beacons
at ETC Account-Only canopy lanes. The
NCUTCD and two toll road operators
opposed this language, because they felt
that the beacons would interfere with or
detract from the lane-use control
signals. The FHWA disagrees because
the beacons are optional, but their
placement, if used, needs to be a
STANDARD to assure that they are not
inappropriately located so close to laneuse signals that they would be
confusing. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed prohibiting the use of lane-use
control signals to call attention to a lane
for a specific toll payment type such as
ETC Account-Only lanes. A State DOT
and a toll road operator suggested that
the flashing of a standard circular
yellow signal indication within a laneuse control signal face has become
widely recognized as an indicator of an
open ETC Account-Only lane, and its
use should be continued. The FHWA
disagrees with the use of a standard
circular traffic signal or beacon
indications to display lane status, since
red X and downward green arrow laneuse control signals are the appropriate
displays for this use.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
allow the use of lane-use control signals
above the center of Open-Road ETC
Only lanes to indicate the open or
closed status of the lane. Similar text
was proposed in Part 4, and is adopted
there in Section 4K.02 this final rule
with revisions based on comments. The
FHWA does not adopt the text in
Section 2F.16 regarding lane-use signals
with Open-Road ETC Only lanes and
instead adds a reference to Section
4K.02 in this final rule.
In Section 2C.08 of the NPA, the
FHWA proposed to add paragraphs
describing the use of Advisory Speed
plaques at toll plazas. The NCUTCD,
three State DOTs, two local DOTs, and
two NCUTCD members suggested
changes to the wording to clarify the use
of Advisory Speed plaques in relation to
other signs at toll plazas. The FHWA
decides to not allow the use of Advisory
Speed Plaques at toll plazas
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66784
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
independent of other warning signs.
Instead, the FHWA adopts text in
Section 2F.16 describing the allowable
display of an advisory speed within a
horizontal rectangular panel with a
black legend and yellow background
within the bottom portion of a canopy
sign for an ETC Account-Only toll plaza
lane in which a regulatory speed limit
is not posted and in which vehicles are
not required to stop.
235. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled 2F.17 Guide Signs
for Entrances to ETC Account-Only
Facilities (Section 2E.59 in the NPA).
This section contains SUPPORT and
STANDARD statements regarding the
use of guide signs at entrances to
facilities that are restricted to use only
by vehicles with a registered ETC
account. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed to include managed lanes in
the provisions; however, in this final
rule the FHWA removes the provisions
for managed lanes from this section
because FHWA adopts a new Chapter
2G in this final rule with provisions for
managed lanes. A toll road operator
supported the language as proposed in
the NPA. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs
and two toll road operators suggested
removing specific references to
‘‘transponder,’’ as proposed in the NPA,
and changing the language to account
for other devices. The FHWA agrees and
adopts revised language in this final
rule to clarify that the section is
intended to apply to a variety of
electronic toll collection systems.
236. The FHWA adopts a new section
numbered and titled Section 2F.18 ETC
Program Information Signs (Section
2E.60 in the NPA). In the NPA, the
FHWA proposed allowing signs that
inform road users of telephone numbers,
Internet addresses, and e-mail addresses
for enrolling in an ETC program of a toll
facility or managed lane, obtaining an
ETC transponder, and/or obtaining ETC
program information, but only in rest
areas, in parking areas, or on low speed
roadways. The NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, and several toll road operators
suggested that the proposed prohibition
of signs in areas other than rest areas,
parking areas, and low speed roadways
was excessive and that some mechanism
should be allowed to display this
information in other areas. The FHWA
understands that road users benefit from
knowing how to obtain information
about ETC programs, and as a result
adopts an OPTION statement in this
final rule allowing the use of ETC
Program Information signs with
telephone numbers of four or fewer
numerals in certain other areas under
certain specific conditions.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
237. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a section numbered and titled
Section 2C.43 Toll Road Begins Signs,
which, if adopted as a part of the
consolidation of toll-related signing
information into a separate chapter,
would be located in Chapter 2F.
Although ATSSA, a local DOT, and two
toll road operators supported the sign,
the NCUTCD, two other toll road
operators, and a State DOT opposed the
section and its associated signs because
there is no consensus on whether the
beginning of a toll road should be
designated with a regulatory, warning,
or guide sign because of variations in
State laws. The FHWA believes that the
signing before the toll road begins
addresses this issue (see Sections 2F.10,
2F.11 and 2F.13) and adequately
address notification to road users of the
last exit before entering a toll facility
and the entrance to a toll facility. As a
result, the FHWA does not adopt this
proposed section and the associated
signs in this final rule.
Discussion of Amendments to Chapter
2G—Preferential and Managed Lane
Signs
238. The FHWA adopts a new chapter
numbered and titled Chapter 2G
Preferential and Managed Lane Signs.
Although not proposed as a separate
chapter in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
a separate chapter with 18 sections in
this final rule to consolidate information
that was proposed in other sections in
the NPA related to preferential and
managed lanes. As discussed previously
in this preamble under General
Amendments to the MUTCD, the FHWA
creates this separate chapter to address
comments from practitioners that a
separate chapter would be helpful.
239. In Section 2G.01 Scope, the
FHWA adopts relocated SUPPORT
information from 2003 MUTCD Sections
2B.26 and 2B.27 describing operational
considerations for preferential and
managed lanes and additional
SUPPORT text providing crossreferences to other pertinent
information in the MUTCD.
240. In Section 2G.02 Sizes of
Preferential and Managed Lane Signs,
the FHWA includes STANDARD,
SUPPORT, and OPTION statements
referring to other sections in the
MUTCD for information on sign sizes,
consistent with similar provisions in the
chapters from which the provisions of
this new chapter were relocated. The
FHWA adopts this section to provide
uniformity in Preferential and Managed
Lane Sign sizes.
241. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to edit and relocate paragraphs within
and between existing Sections 2B.26
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
through 2B.28, and to reorganize the
text into five sections (Sections 2B.26
through 2B.30) to improve the
consistency and flow of information and
improve its usability by readers. As
adopted in this final rule, the FHWA
relocates those proposed sections to
new Chapter 2G, since they are related
to preferential and managed lanes. The
sections are numbered and titled
Section 2G.03 Regulatory Signs for
Preferential Lanes—General, Section
2G.04 Preferential Lane Vehicle
Occupancy Definition Regulatory Signs,
Section 2G.05 Preferential Lane Periods
of Operation Regulatory Signs, Section
2G.06 Preferential Lane Advance
Regulatory Signs, and Section 2G.07
Preferential Lane Ends Regulatory Signs.
242. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.03 Regulatory Signs
for Preferential Lanes—General (Section
2B.26 proposed in the NPA). Two toll
road operators expressed concern that
the proposed language would now
classify toll plaza lanes that segregate
traffic by payment method as
preferential lanes and that there is a lack
of research or justification for
applicability to non-HOV preferential
lanes, such as toll plaza lanes. The
operators suggested that text regarding
non-HOV preferential lanes should be
limited to OPTION conditions until
further research on safety and
applicability is available. The FHWA
disagrees with the suggested revision as
an OPTION and adopts the language
proposed in the NPA in this section but
provides clarification in Section 2G.01
to address these concerns, explicitly
stating that lanes that segregate traffic
based on payment method are not
considered to be preferential lanes.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add GUIDANCE and OPTION
statements regarding the installation of
a post-mounted regulatory sign
applicable only to a preferential lane on
a median barrier where lateral clearance
is limited. Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a toll road
operator expressing concerns that wider
signs are not legible when installed at a
skew relative to the approaching traffic
and to resolve a conflict with an existing
STANDARD statement in Section 2A.18,
the FHWA revises the GUIDANCE
statement in this final rule regarding
signs mounted on median barriers. As
part of this change, in this final rule, the
FHWA adds a new STANDARD
statement requiring that where lateral
clearance is limited, Preferential Lane
regulatory signs that are post-mounted
on a median barrier and that are wider
than 72 inches shall be mounted with a
vertical clearance that complies with the
provisions of Section 2A.18 for
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
overhead mounting. This revision is
also consistent with identical provisions
in Sections 2G.08 and 2G.10.
In this final rule, the FHWA adopts a
STANDARD statement that is relocated
from Section 2B.32 as proposed in the
NPA. This STANDARD is in regard to
applying provisions for regulatory signs
for preferential lanes to non-priced
managed lanes that are operated by
varying vehicle occupancy requirements
(HOV) or by using vehicle type
restrictions as a congestion management
strategy. This includes provisions for
the use of changeable message elements
when certain types of vehicles are
prohibited from using a managed lane or
when a managed lane is restricted to use
by only certain types of vehicles during
certain operational strategies, and when
the vehicle occupancy required for use
of an HOV lane is varied as a part of a
managed lane operational strategy.
243. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.04 Preferential Lane
Vehicle Occupancy Definition
Regulatory Signs (Section 2B.27
proposed in the NPA). This section
contains STANDARD, GUIDANCE,
SUPPORT, and OPTION statements
regarding the use of regulatory signs.
The FHWA adopts a revised
STANDARD statement in paragraph 07
to clarify that the requirement for an
overhead Vehicle Occupancy Definition
sign in advance of the beginning of or
the initial entry point to HOV lanes is
applicable only to barrier- and bufferseparated or contiguous preferential
lanes, where access between the
preferential and general-purpose lanes
is restricted to designated locations. The
FHWA adopts this clarification to
address comments from a State DOT
and two toll road operators that
correctly pointed out that the statement
as proposed in the NPA was too broad
and needed to be limited to only certain
conditions. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the revised STANDARD in this
final rule.
244. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.05 Preferential Lane
Periods of Operation Regulatory Signs
(Section 2B.28 proposed in the NPA).
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts a STANDARD statement
in this final rule requiring that for
preferential lanes on which regulations
are in effect on a full-time basis, either
the full-time Periods of Operation (R3–
11b and R3–14b) signs shall be used, or
the legends of the part-time Periods of
Operations (R3–11, R3–11a, R3–14, R3–
14a) signs shall be modified to display
the legend 24 HOURS. In addition this
STANDARD prohibits the use of a fulltime Periods of Operation (R3–14b) sign
where the preferential lane is in effect
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
only on a part-time basis. The FHWA
adopts these changes in this final rule
to provide clarification of an existing
requirement, based on comments from
the NCUTCD, three State DOTs, and
three toll road operators.
Finally, the FHWA in the final rule
adopts a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that overhead (R3–14
series) or post-mounted (R3–11 series)
Periods of Operation signs should be
installed at periodic intervals along the
length of a contiguous or bufferseparated preferential lane where
continuous access with the adjoining
general-purpose lanes is provided.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts this recommendation in
this final rule to provide more flexibility
in the placement of these signs by
clarifying that signs need not be
installed at periodic intervals on
facilities where access is restricted to
designated locations and is not
continuous with the adjoining generalpurpose lanes.
245. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2G.06
Preferential Lane Advance Regulatory
Signs (Section 2B.29 in the NPA). This
section contains GUIDANCE and
OPTION statements regarding the use of
these regulatory signs, as proposed in
the NPA.
246. The FHWA adds a new section
numbered and titled Section 2G.07
Preferential Lane Ends Regulatory Signs
(Section 2B.30 in the NPA). This section
contains STANDARD and OPTION
statements regarding the use of these
regulatory signs, as proposed in the
NPA.
247. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new section numbered and titled
Section 2G.08 Warning Signs on Median
Barriers for Preferential Lanes (Section
2C.55 as proposed in the NPA). This
section contains OPTION, STANDARD,
and GUIDANCE statements regarding
the use of warning signs applicable only
to preferential lanes on median barriers.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
GUIDANCE and OPTION statements
regarding the installation of a postmounted warning sign applicable only
to a preferential lane on a median
barrier where lateral clearance is
limited. Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a toll road
operator expressing concerns that wider
signs are not legible when installed at a
skew relative to the approaching traffic
and to resolve a conflict with an existing
STANDARD statement in Section 2A.18,
the FHWA adopts a revised GUIDANCE
statement in this final rule regarding
signs mounted on median barriers. As
part of this change, the FHWA adopts a
new STANDARD statement requiring
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66785
that where lateral clearance is limited,
Preferential Lane warning signs that are
post-mounted on a median barrier and
that are wider than 72 inches shall be
mounted with a vertical clearance that
complies with the provisions of Section
2A.18 for overhead mounting. This
revision is also consistent with identical
provisions in Sections 2G.03 and 2G.10.
248. In this final rule, the FHWA
relocates an existing provision to
Chapter 2G in Section 2G.09 HighOccupancy Vehicle (HOV) Plaque
(Section 2C.64 proposed in the NPA).
This section contains OPTION and
SUPPORT statements from the 2003
MUTCD regarding the use of these
plaques and there are no substantive
changes to the information.
249. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts four sections in this final
rule that include the existing material in
Section 2E.59 of the 2003 MUTCD and
substantially edits the contents to
improve consistency and understanding
by grouping similar material together.
The resulting sections are numbered
and titled Section 2G.10 Preferential
Lane Guide Signs—General, Section
2G.11 Guide Signs for Initial Entry
Points to Preferential Lanes, Section
2G.12 Guide Signs for Intermediate
Entry Points to Preferential Lanes, and
Section 2G.13 Guide Signs for Egress
from Preferential Lanes to GeneralPurpose Lanes. These four sections were
proposed in the NPA as Sections 2E.51
through 2E.54 respectively. In
conjunction with these changes, the
FHWA adopts a variety of changes in
the technical provisions, sign designs,
and figures for preferential lane guide
signing, as described in the following
items, to reflect the state of practice for
enhanced sign conspicuity and
legibility, and to reflect recent FHWA
policy guidance 99 regarding traffic
control devices for preferential lane
facilities.
250. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.10 Preferential Lane
Guide Signs—General (Section 2E.51 as
proposed in the NPA). This section
contains SUPPORT, GUIDANCE,
STANDARD, and OPTION statements
regarding preferential lane signing.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA clarifies in a STANDARD
statement in this final rule that HOV
lanes that are managed by varying the
occupancy requirements in response to
changing conditions are also governed
by the provisions in this section. The
FHWA adds this statement to
99 The FHWA’s policy guidance can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcdplfmemo/
index.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66786
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
distinguish that such HOV lanes are not
governed by the provisions of
subsequent sections that deal with
managed lanes that also use pricing as
a management strategy.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
prohibit showing occupancy
requirements for preferential lanes on
guide signs. A local DOT supported this
provision, while a State DOT opposed
it. The FHWA adopts this prohibition
because the occupancy requirements are
most appropriately displayed on
regulatory signing.
To address comments from the
NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and two toll
road operators, the FHWA adopts
reorganized and expanded provisions in
this final rule to establish signing
criteria for the initial and intermediate
entry points into a preferential lane
from the general-purpose lanes.
Although proposed as a GUIDANCE
statement in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
a STANDARD statement regarding the
mounting of post-mounted Preferential
Lane guide signs where lateral clearance
is limited, to be consistent with
revisions in Sections 2A.18, 2G.03, and
2G.08 for clearance to light fixtures and
sign supports.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts the STANDARD requirement to
use a LEFT plaque on top left edge of
the Advance Guide and Preferential
Lane Entrance Direction signs where the
entry point is on the left-hand side of
the general-purpose lanes. Two State
DOTs opposed this requirement for
similar reasons discussed in Sections
2E.36 and 2E.40; however, the FHWA
adopts the requirement to maintain
uniformity and enhance road user
understanding as described in Chapter
2E.
251. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.11 Guide Signs for
Initial Entry Points to Preferential Lanes
(Section 2E.52 as proposed in the NPA).
This section contains STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, OPTION, and SUPPORT
statements regarding guide signing for
initial entry points to preferential lanes.
252. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.12 Guide Signs for
Intermediate Entry Points to Preferential
Lanes (Section 2E.53 as proposed in the
NPA). This section contains
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, OPTION, and
SUPPORT statements regarding guide
signing for intermediate entry points to
preferential lanes, as proposed in the
NPA. Although not proposed in the
NPA, in this final rule the FHWA
relocates the information from the last
STANDARD and SUPPORT statements
regarding signing for direct access
ramps to a new Section 2G.15.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
253. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.13 Guide Signs for
Egress from Preferential Lanes to
General-Purpose Lanes (Section 2E.54 as
proposed in the NPA). In the NPA, the
FHWA proposed a different title for this
section, as well as additional content
that included signing for egress from
preferential lanes to another highway. In
this final rule, the FHWA adopts a
separate Section 2G.15 for that
information. Section 2G.13 as adopted
contains STANDARD, SUPPORT, and
GUIDANCE statements regarding guide
signing for egress from preferential lanes
to general-purpose lanes, as proposed in
the NPA.
The FHWA adopts the
recommendation to use Pull-Through
signs with the Egress Direction sign at
exits to direct access ramps, as proposed
in the NPA. A State DOT and two toll
road operators suggested that PullThrough signs should only be used
when warranted, such as for left exits.
The FHWA disagrees because of the
ambiguity between single-lane
preferential lanes and direct exits,
whether left-hand or right-hand side.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts a GUIDANCE
statement to recommend that
consideration be given to the use of
overhead guide signs to display the
information related to egress from the
preferential lanes, where two or more
adjoining preferential lanes are present
in a single direction. The FHWA adds
this provision in conjunction with other
changes to address comments regarding
the visibility of signs installed on
median barriers.
254. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.14 Guide Signs for
Direct Entrances to Preferential Lanes
from Another Highway. Although not
proposed as a separate section in the
NPA, this section contains STANDARD
and SUPPORT statements from
proposed Section 2E.53 in the NPA,
related to guide signing for direct access
ramps to preferential lanes.
255. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.15 Guide Signs for
Direct Exits from Preferential Lanes to
Another Highway. Although not
included as a separate section in the
NPA, as discussed above under Section
2G.13, this section contains
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and
SUPPORT statements related to guide
signing for direct exits from preferential
lanes to another highway. In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed the use of a black
and white header panel on a PullThrough sign. A State DOT and two toll
road operators opposed the color,
stating that preferential lanes are
assigned other colors, such as purple
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and white. The FHWA disagrees, as the
purple header is reserved for priced or
tolled facilities and is not assigned to
the lane; rather, it conveys information
and the requirement for a vehicle to be
registered in an ETC account program to
enter a priced managed lane. Once
within the lane, this requirement is not
displayed as the lanes are not named for
or branded by the ETC account program.
The FHWA adopts the use of a black
and white sign panel for a Pull-Through
sign in this final rule for a preferential
lane and addresses similar signing for
priced managed lanes in Section 2G.18.
The FHWA also adopts the
recommendation to use Pull-Through
signs with the Exit Direction sign at
exits to direct access ramps, as proposed
in the NPA. A State DOT and two toll
road operators suggested that PullThrough signs should only be used
when warranted, such as for left exits.
The FHWA disagrees because of the
ambiguity between single-lane
preferential lanes and direct exits,
whether left-hand or right-hand side.
256. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts ‘‘2G.16 Signs for Priced Managed
Lanes—General.’’ Although not
proposed as a separate section in the
NPA, the FHWA adopts this section that
contains SUPPORT and STANDARD
statements that were proposed in
Section 2E.61 of the NPA and
significantly expands background
information on the signing needs for
managed lanes based on possible
combinations of operational strategies
employed, such as tolling or pricing,
either alone or combined with an
occupancy requirement for non-toll
travel, and whether eligibility for nontoll travel requires registration in a local
program. To address comments from a
traffic engineering consultant, the
FHWA provides a SUPPORT statement
referring to the figures illustrating the
advance signing sequence for priced
lanes to begin 2 miles from the initial
entry point due to the additional
informational needs of road users to
decide whether to use the lane and
whether they are eligible to use the lane
under certain operational strategies.
257. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts ‘‘2G.17 Regulatory Signs for
Priced Managed Lanes’’ (Section 2B.32
proposed in the NPA). This section
contains STANDARD and OPTION
statements regarding regulatory signing
for priced managed lanes and includes
new signs that are modified versions of
similar preferential lane signs in
response to comments from the
NCUTCD and a toll road operator that
specific signs should be provided
instead of merely providing a reference
to a provision for a different application.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
258. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts Section 2G.18 Guide Signs for
Priced Managed Lanes (Section 2E.61
proposed in the NPA). This section
provides STANDARD, SUPPORT,
GUIDANCE, and OPTION statements
related to guide signing for priced
managed lanes with operational
strategies such as tolls, vehicle
occupancy requirements, and vehicle
type restrictions that are variable and
put into effect on a real-time basis to
respond to changing conditions. The
FHWA adopts this separate section to
further clarify and specifically address
the various combinations of operational
strategies for managed lanes that
include pricing or tolling as a
congestion management strategy, as
suggested in a comment by the
NCUTCD. This new section also
provides for consistency with other
adopted provisions regarding signing for
preferential lanes, and addresses the
state of the practice in priced managed
lanes.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
requirement that guide signing for
priced managed lanes strictly comply
with the provisions in Sections 2G.10
through 2G.15. A toll road operator
suggested that this requirement was too
restrictive, and recommended adding
options that would allow more flexible
use of the purple background color. The
FHWA disagrees because the use of the
color purple is reserved for sign legends
associated with the display of
information for ETC account program
registration requirements and
information and is not intended to be
used indiscriminately as an overall sign
background for other uses. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the requirement
to comply with the provisions of
Sections 2G.10 through 2G.15 except as
otherwise noted in this section.
The FHWA adopts the proposed
GUIDANCE recommending the display
of comparative travel times for managed
lanes that are an alternative to general
purpose lanes. The NCUTCD and a State
DOT suggested that this
recommendation be removed and
replaced with a more general provision
since it has had no prior use or testing.
The FHWA disagrees and believes that
including an abstract provision would
result in widely non-uniform practices
and therefore adopts in this final rule
the language as proposed, but revises
the sign design to be in conformance
with accepted sign layout practices and
the requirements for guide signs for
minimizing the overall amount of
information displayed on the sign.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed the
use of the word ‘‘EXPRESS’’ on guide
signs for managed lanes. The NCUTCD
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
and a State DOT opposed the use of the
word ‘‘EXPRESS,’’ because they felt that
it would imply limited access or limited
stops. The FHWA disagrees with
removing the use the term ‘‘EXPRESS,’’
but does revise the provision as adopted
in this final rule to clarify that the signs
are intended for the managed lanes of a
freeway on which a toll is charged but
which are available as an alternative to
non-tolled lanes of the freeway. In
addition, FHWA retains the designation
of ‘‘Express Lane’’ because, by their
nature of management strategies, such
facilities further limit access to
intersecting routes and the adjacent
general-purpose lanes, and the
designation, therefore, is appropriate.
The FHWA also believes that, given the
complexity of management strategies
that could be employed on such
facilities, specific terms strictly tied to
the individual management strategies
would become unwieldy and excessive
for motorists to comprehend and that
the various management strategies
applied are more appropriately
communicated by the regulatory signing
and messages. In concert with similar
changes elsewhere in Part 2, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule revised
provisions to reserve the diamond
symbol exclusively for HOV lanes.
259. The FHWA adds several new
sign images and revises several existing
sign images in Figure 2G–1 Examples of
Preferential Lane Regulatory Signs
(Figure 2B–8 in the NPA) to illustrate
the various regulatory signs used to
designate HOV and bus preferential
lanes. A local DOT supported the
addition of several of the signs and
plaques. The FHWA revises the figure
from what was illustrated in the NPA to
reflect comments regarding the design of
certain signs. As part of these changes,
the FHWA revises the designs
illustrated for the R3–12 series signs. A
local professional organization
suggested that the design of the Bus
Lane Ahead and HOV Lane Ahead signs
be revised to include a diagonal arrow,
similar to the BEGIN RIGHT (LEFT)
TURN LANE (R3–20 series) signs. Two
toll road operators and a State DOT
suggested that the R3–14 design does
not provide desirable information for
preferential lanes that operate
continuously. The FHWA disagrees
with the commenters and adopts in this
final rule Figure 2G–1, with some
revisions, to reflect the state of the
practice for improved conspicuity and
legibility of Preferential Lane regulatory
signs for HOV Lanes, and to reflect
recent FHWA policy guidance on traffic
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66787
control devices for preferential lane
facilities.100
260. The FHWA adopts Figure 2G–17
Regulatory Signs for Managed Lanes
(Figure 2B–10 in the NPA) to illustrate
examples of signs described in Section
2G.17. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported the sign illustrations,
whereas the NCUTCD suggested that the
price signs shown in the figure should
be researched prior to placing them in
the MUTCD. The NCUTCD, two toll
road operators, and a State DOT
opposed the R3–31 sign illustrating the
toll rate on a per-mile basis. Based on
these and other comments, the FHWA
deletes the sign illustrating the rate per
mile and otherwise adopts the figure as
proposed in the NPA, incorporating
additional signs that are similar to those
for preferential lanes, but with the
legends modified to accommodate
priced managed lanes because to
provide consistency and uniformity in
signing practices for priced managed
lanes, which are becoming increasingly
common, and for which uniform signing
provisions are not currently contained
in the MUTCD.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapters 2H Through 2N
261. The FHWA adopts a new chapter
numbered and titled Chapter 2H
General Information Signs. In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed to number this
Chapter 2I; however, the chapter
number changed due to the
reorganization of the chapters adopted
in this final rule. This chapter contains
several sections from Chapters 2D and
2E of the 2003 MUTCD in order to group
similar sign types in the same area of
the Manual. A State DOT supported this
new chapter. The new chapter includes
Section 2H.01 Sizes of General
Information Signs and Table 2H–1
(Section 2I.01 and Table 2I–1 proposed
in the NPA) that establish the sizes of
General Information signs. The FHWA
also adopts Sections 2H.02 General
Information Signs (I Series), 2H.03
Traffic Signal Speed Sign (I1–1), 2H.04
Miscellaneous Information Signs, 2H.05
Reference Location Signs and
Intermediate Reference Location Signs,
2H.06 Enhanced Reference Location
Signs, 2H.07 Auto Tour Route Signs,
and 2H.08 Acknowledgement Signs,
which contain information from
Sections 2D.46, 2D.47, 2D.48, 2D.49,
2D.50, 2E.54, and 2E.55 of the 2003
MUTCD. The FHWA adopts these
sections in Chapter 2H in a sequence
100 This August 3, 2007 FHWA policy
memorandum can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/policy/tcdplfmemo/index.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66788
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
that presents the information in the
most logical order.
262. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Section 2H.03 Traffic Signal Speed
Sign (Section 2D.47 of the 2003 MUTCD
and Section 2I.04 in the NPA) with a
revised paragraph 04 that increases the
minimum size of the Traffic Signal
Speed sign from 12 x 18 inches to 24 x
36 inches to provide for suitable letter
sizes, as proposed in the NPA. ATSSA
and a local DOT supported the
increased sign size. Another local DOT
suggested that it might be too large for
urban conditions, given the narrow
space for signs due to landscaping,
utility poles, etc., and might present
structural problems when replacing
existing signs on existing signal
structures. The FHWA disagrees
because the current size is too small to
be read by road users with 20/40 visual
acuity, even in urban situations, and
notes that the adopted sign is actually
smaller than a standard lane-use sign
used on signal structures and is no
larger than other signal-related
regulatory signs that are commonly
installed on mast arms or span wires.
263. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts Section 2H.04 (Section 2E.55 of
the 2003 MUTCD and Section 2I.06 in
the NPA) with a revised title of
‘‘Miscellaneous Information Signs’’ and
associated text to reflect the relocation
of this section into the new Chapter 2H.
264. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to retain the title ‘‘Trail Signs’’ for
Section 2H.07 (numbered Section 2D.50
in the 2003 MUTCD and Section 2I.08
in the NPA). However, to address a
comment from the NCUTCD and one of
its members, in this final rule the
FHWA titles Section 2H.07 as ‘‘Auto
Tour Route Signs’’ to better reflect the
content of this section. In the adopted
section, all occurrences of the word
‘‘trail’’ have been replaced with ‘‘auto
tour route.’’ In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed to add a STANDARD
statement prohibiting the use of trail
signs on freeways or expressways
because trail signs were often
misinterpreted to mean walking trails,
rather than marked vehicular routes.
The NCUTCD and one of its members,
eight State DOTs, the National Park
Service, numerous trail associations,
and citizens opposed the restriction of
trail signs on freeways and expressways.
The FHWA agrees that there are some
situations where it is necessary to install
Auto Tour Route signs on freeways or
expressways in order to provide
continuity between discontinuous
segments of conventional roadways that
are designated as auto tour routes and
for which a freeway or expressway
provides the only connection. As a
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
result, the FHWA adopts in this final
rule a revised STANDARD and
information regarding the circumstances
under which Auto Tour Route signs
may be installed on freeways and
expressways, and information about the
types of signs and assemblies to be used.
265. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Section 2H.08 Acknowledgement
Signs (Section 2I.09 in the NPA.) As
proposed in the NPA, this section
contains SUPPORT, GUIDANCE,
STANDARD, and OPTION statements
regarding the placement and design of
the signs that can be used as a way of
recognizing a company, business, or
volunteer group that provides a
highway-related service. Although the
Motorist Information Services
Association (MISA), an NCUTCD
member, and a local DOT supported this
section, another NCUTCD member
opposed this new section, stating that
acknowledgement signs are not traffic
control devices and do not belong in the
MUTCD. Five State DOTs and a local
DOT opposed the requirements related
to the sign design and placement,
including the restriction on telephone
numbers and Internet addresses, stating
that more flexibility is needed. The
FHWA disagrees with allowing more
flexibility and adopts the proposed
provisions in this final rule to address
the existing extreme variability in
acknowledgement sign design and
placement practices. The FHWA notes
that the restriction on telephone
numbers and Internet addresses is
consistent with other sections of the
MUTCD and that that some agencies’
current practices have prioritized
acknowledgement signs over more
critical traffic control devices, which the
FHWA discourages. As a result, the
FHWA believes it is important to
include sign design and placement
regulations in the MUTCD. In this final
rule, the FHWA adopts additional
information about the design of the
signs, including the location of the
sponsor acknowledgment logo, the
maximum size of the sign display, and
a restriction on external and internal
illumination. This information is based
on the FHWA policy memo ‘‘Optional
Use of Acknowledgment Signs on
Highway Rights-of-Way,’’ dated August
10, 2005.101
266. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Chapter 2I General Service Signs. In
the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
number this Chapter 2F. This chapter
contains several sections from Chapters
2D and 2E of the 2003 MUTCD in order
101 FHWA’s Policy Memo can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/res-mem_ack.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to group similar sign types in the same
area of the Manual. The FHWA received
a comment from a local DOT supporting
the creation of this new chapter.
267. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Section 2I.01 Sizes of General
Service Signs, and a new Table 2I–1 to
establish the minimum sizes of General
Service signs and plaques. ATSSA
supported the addition of Table 2I–1,
while a State DOT and an NCUTCD
member opposed establishing
requirements for minimum sign sizes for
General Service signs. Those in
opposition felt that the requirements
will no longer allow good engineering
judgment in specifying signs that will
perform well, but are smaller than the
minimum dimensions in the new table.
The FHWA disagrees and believes that
consistency in sizes of standardized sign
legends is intrinsic to the concept of
uniformity and adopts the provisions as
proposed in the NPA. In response to a
comment from the NCUTCD suggesting
that many of the sign sizes in Table 2I–
1 appear to be larger than necessary, the
FHWA notes that the signs have been
designed and sized according to
conventional design principles.
268. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Section 2I.02 General Service Signs
for Conventional Roads that contains
information from Section 2D.45 and
2B.10 of the 2003 MUTCD in the NPA,
no significant changes were proposed to
the information that is adopted in this
section.
269. As proposed in the NPA, in
Section 2I.03 General Service Signs for
Freeways and Expressways (Section
2E.51 of the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
changes the design of the Truck Parking
(D9–16) sign, as illustrated in Figure 2I–
1. ATSSA supported the new symbol for
the Truck Parking sign. A recent
study 102 tested several symbols for this
message and found that the message can
be successfully symbolized. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the symbol that
was found to be the easiest to
comprehend and that provides the
greatest legibility distance.
270. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a new
section numbered and titled Section
2I.04 Interstate Oasis Signing,
containing SUPPORT, GUIDANCE,
STANDARD, and OPTION statements
regarding signing for facilities that have
been designated by a State as having
102 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May, 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
met the eligibility criteria of FHWA’s
Interstate Oasis Policy.103 Although the
MISA supported this new section, a
State DOT opposed it because it felt that
the Interstate Oasis program is not
needed. The State DOT suggested that
sufficient information is provided
through the use of general service signs,
specific service signs, and rest area
signing. The FHWA adopts the section
as proposed to comply with the
requirements of SAFETEA–LU
regarding the establishment of
designation criteria and signing
requirements for these facilities. The
language of this section is based on the
signing provisions of the FHWA’s
Interstate Oasis Policy.104
The FHWA also adopts a unique
symbol for use on separate Interstate
Oasis signs in conjunction with the
word message. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported the design of the Interstate
Oasis (D5–12) sign, while a State DOT
and an NCUTCD member suggested that
the sign be classified as a D9 series
services sign, not a D5 series sign. The
FHWA disagrees and classifies the sign
as a D5 series sign because it gives
direction to a specific facility that is not
an individual service. Other D5 series
signs are for roadside facilities, such as
Rest Area and Scenic Overlook. Based
on a comment from a State DOT, the
FHWA removes the sign image from the
adopted Figure 2I–1, since the panel is
not used on its own, and retains the
image in Figure 2I–4.
271. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts Section 2I.05 Rest Area
and Other Roadside Area Signs, that
combines the text from Sections 2D.42,
2D.43, and 2E.52 of the 2003 MUTCD,
so that similar information is located in
one section. The FHWA adopts text
revisions to clarify the types of signs to
be used at rest areas and at scenic and
other roadside areas. Section 2D.42 of
the 2003 MUTCD can be misinterpreted
as meaning that restrooms are required
in order to use the Parking Area,
Roadside Table, Roadside Park, and
Picnic Area signs, which was not
FHWA’s intent. Restrooms are only
required at locations designated as rest
areas. An NCUTCD member supported
this revision.
A State DOT and an NCUTCD
member suggested that the requirements
for installing advance roadside area
signs were too restrictive. The FHWA
103 FHWA’s Interstate Oasis Policy, dated October
18, 2006, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=E6-17367.
104 FHWA’s Interstate Oasis Policy, dated October
18, 2006, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=E6-17367.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
agrees and in this final rule adopts the
placement information as a GUIDANCE
statement, rather than a STANDARD,
consistent with the provisions in
Section 2E.29.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts two paragraphs at the end of this
section to allow the use of the
Telecommunications Devices for the
Deaf (TDD) symbol sign and the
Wireless Internet Services (Wi-Fi)
symbol sign, to supplement advance
guide signs for rest areas if such
amenities are available. The FHWA
adopts the TDD symbol based on the
results of the Sign Synthesis Study 105
that showed that several States are using
a similar sign, and because this sign
design is specified by the Americans
With Disabilities Act to indicate
facilities that are equipped with TDD.
The FHWA adopts the Wi-Fi symbol
sign because many rest areas are being
equipped with wireless Internet service
for road users visiting these areas and
many States are using word message or
symbol signs to indicate the availability
of this service in the rest area. A State
DOT suggested that there be a
requirement to install supplemental
plaques identifying the Wi-Fi symbol;
however, the symbol was evaluated and
exhibited an acceptable level of
comprehension.106 The FHWA believes
that a uniform symbol is needed for this
rapidly expanding signing practice and
the human factors testing indicates that
the proposed symbol provides optimum
comprehension, conspicuity, and
legibility. MISA supported this new
section.
272. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule two new sections numbered and
titled Section 2I.06 Brake Check Area
Signs, and Section 2I.07 Chain Up Area
Signs, as proposed in the NPA as
Sections 2F.10 and 2F.11. The FHWA
adopts these new types of signs based
on the results of the Sign Synthesis
Study 107 that revealed that some States
use signs for these specific purposes.
Some States provide off-road areas (on
the shoulder or in a physically
105 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, page 48, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
106 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
107 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, pages 46–47, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
tcd.tamu.edu/documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66789
separated rest area type of facility) for
drivers to install and remove tire chains
during winter weather conditions. Some
States also provide similar areas for
trucks and other heavy vehicles to check
their brakes in advance of the start of a
long downhill grade. The NCUTCD and
four State DOTs opposed placing these
signs in Chapter 2I, because they felt
that these signs are not guide signs,
rather they are warning signs. The
FHWA does not consider these to be
warning signs, rather it considers these
types of areas to be roadside facilities
and the signs should be consistent in
color and legend with those for other
roadside facilities.
273. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts a new Section 2I.08
Tourist Information and Welcome
Center Signs (Section 2F.06 in the NPA)
that contains the information from
Section 2E.53 of the 2003 MUTCD. The
FHWA adopts this change, to group like
material in the same chapter. MISA
supported this new section.
Additionally, as proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts a revised design of
the Tourist Information (D9–10) sign, as
illustrated in Figure 2I–1. A recent
study 108 found that the meaning of the
existing ‘‘question mark’’ symbol for
this service is poorly understood by
road users. The abbreviation ‘‘INFO’’
was fully understood by 96 percent of
the participants in the human factors
testing. Further, the FHWA believes that
the term INFO is understandable in
most languages. Although the legibility
distance of the tested version of ‘‘INFO’’
was less than that of the symbol, the
FHWA adopts a design featuring larger
and bolder letters to provide legibility
that is expected to be comparable to the
question mark symbol, consistent with
minimum letter heights for guide signs.
274. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a new
Section 2I.09 Radio Information Signing
(Section 2F.07 in the NPA) that contains
information from Section 2E.56 of the
2003 MUTCD. In the last OPTION
statement, the FHWA adopts a revised
legend for the D12–4 sign using the
word ‘‘CALL’’ rather than ‘‘DIAL’’ in
order to be consistent with the
terminology used on the adopted D12–
2 Carpool Information and D12–5 Travel
Information signs and to reflect current
terminology. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported this change in legend text.
108 ‘‘Design and Evaluation of Selected Symbol
Signs,’’ Final Report, May 2008, conducted by
Bryan Katz, Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and
Heather Rigdon Howard, for the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.pooledfund.org/documents/TPF-5_065/
symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66790
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
275. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule Section 2I.10 TRAVEL INFO CALL
511 Signs (Section 2F.08 in the NPA)
that incorporates text from Section
2D.45 of the 2003 MUTCD associated
with these signs. MISA supported this
proposed new section. A State DOT
suggested that the FHWA allow
alternate designs of the sign that would
eliminate the duplicate message ‘‘511’’
by incorporating a larger scale
pictograph. The FHWA disagrees,
because the suggested pictograph (the
trademarked 511 pictograph) has not
undergone legibility testing to
determine whether it can be used
independently.
276. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a new
Section 2I.11 Carpool and Ridesharing
Signing (Section 2F.09 in the NPA) that
contains information from Section 2E.57
of the 2003 MUTCD. The FHWA adopts
this change because this material relates
to the content in Chapter 2I.
277. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to relocate the information from Section
2C.13 of the 2003 MUTCD to a new
section numbered and titled Section
2F.12 Truck Escape Ramp Signs. With
the chapter reorganization adopted in
this final rule, it would have been
Section 2I.12. The FHWA proposed this
change to clarify that these types of
signs convey information on a form of
roadside facility (similar to rest areas,
brake check areas, etc.), rather than
warnings. Although a local DOT
supported this change, the NCUTCD
and one of its members, six State DOTs,
two local DOTs, and a citizen opposed
truck escape ramp signs being
reclassified, suggesting that this section
and the associated signs remain in
Chapter 2C. Based on the comments,
FHWA agrees that truck escape ramp
signs are only intended to communicate
information in an emergency situation
and the escape ramp is not to be entered
except under such a condition, and thus
a warning classification for the signs is
more appropriate. The FHWA does not
adopt proposed Section 2F.12 in this
final rule, and retains the truck escape
ramp signs in Chapter 2C with black
legends on yellow backgrounds.
278. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts Chapter 2J Specific Service Signs
that contains the provisions of Chapter
2F of the 2003 MUTCD. This chapter
was numbered Chapter 2G in the NPA.
Significant proposed and adopted
changes to provisions of 2003 MUTCD
Chapter 2F are discussed below.
279. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to revise the STANDARD statement in
Section 2J.02 Application (Section 2F.02
of the 2003 MUTCD) to indicate that a
service type is allowed to appear on up
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
to two Specific Service signs, rather
than only on one. MISA and an
NCUTCD member supported this
change. A State DOT opposed limiting
the number to two, while a State travel
information council opposed allowing
more than one sign per service type
because they felt that the overflow of
service types onto two signs at one
interchange would further complicate
the signing. The FHWA disagrees that
signing would be further complicated,
based on the fact that the total number
of signs allowed has not changed. The
FHWA adopts in this final rule the
change as proposed in the NPA to
reflect FHWA’s Interim Approval (IA–9)
to Display More than Six Specific
Service Logo Panels for a Type of
Service, dated September 21, 2006,109
which allows for up to 2 Specific
Service signs containing up to 12 logos
for a given type of service. As part of
this change, the FHWA also adopts a
paragraph 06 indicating that when a
service type is displayed on two signs,
the signs for that service type should
follow one another in succession. MISA,
a State DOT, and an NCUTCD member
supported this provision. Two State
DOTs felt that it would not be practical
for the signs to follow one another in
succession, because their existing sign
panels would have to be removed and
relocated. The commenters suggested
that the wording allow installation of
additional service signs as space allows.
The FHWA declines revising the
language as suggested because it is
important that the signs be in
succession to aid the driver in
recollection and decision making.
280. In Section 2J.03 Logos and Logo
Sign Panels (Section 2F.03 of the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add to the first GUIDANCE
statement a recommendation that the
letter heights for word message logos
should have the minimum letter heights
described in Section 2J.05. A State DOT
and a State travel information council
commented that the minimum letter
heights referenced in Section 2J.05 are
in a STANDARD statement. Therefore,
to avoid conflicts created by referencing
a STANDARD statement in a
GUIDANCE statement, the FHWA does
not adopt the GUIDANCE as proposed
in the NPA. Instead, in this final rule
the FHWA adopts a SUPPORT
statement referencing Section 2J.05 for
minimum letter heights for logo sign
panels.
109 FHWA’s Interim Approval IA–9, dated
September 21, 2006, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interim_approval/pdf/
ia_9_logopanels.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
also adopts OPTION, STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, and SUPPORT statements
in this section regarding the use and
design of supplemental messages within
the logo sign panel. To enhance
recognition of the presence of a
supplemental message, the figures
depict the logo sign panels with the
supplemental messages on a yellow
background. The FHWA adopts this
new text to incorporate messages, such
as DIESEL and 24 HOURS that are
helpful to road users. ATSSA, a State
travel information council, MISA, an
NCUTCD member, and a traffic signing
vendor supported the proposed
language. In the NPA, the FHWA also
proposed restricting the number of
supplemental messages on a logo panel
to just one. A State DOT opposed this
restriction but the FHWA disagrees
because the recommendation of a
maximum of one supplemental message
is based on driver information
processing capabilities. An agency may,
through engineering judgment based on
applicable design considerations and
human factors, display more than one
supplemental message if it deems it to
be essential to motorist direction.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add recommendations regarding the
specific minimum letter heights for the
supplemental message for logo sign
panels on Specific Service signs for
various roadway classifications. A State
DOT and an NCUTCD member
suggested that the proposed letter height
of only 4 inches on a mainline freeway
or expressway sign is too small, and
recommended a minimum letter height
of 6 inches. The FHWA notes that 4
inches represents the minimum letter
height, and agencies can use larger letter
heights. The 4-inch supplemental
legend was balanced with the
recommendation for an 8-inch business
name. In order to provide consistency
and to avoid repeating language, the
FHWA does not adopt the
recommendation as proposed in the
NPA. Instead, in this final rule the
FHWA adopts a STANDARD statement
that references Table 2J–1 for minimum
height requirements for letters and
numerals on supplemental messages
displayed within the logo sign panel.
The FHWA adopts a new
supplemental message for use with logo
sign panels that may be used by
businesses that are designed with
facilities to accommodate the on-site
movement and parking of recreational
vehicles (RVs). As proposed in the NPA,
the language was developed based on
the conditions listed in Interim
Approval IA–8, dated September 6,
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
2005,110 as well as additional criteria
deemed necessary, such as alternate RV
Access supplemental message design
and placement, and the need for an
engineering study to demonstrate that a
U-turn can be made by RVs, if U-turns
are needed to access the RV accessible
site desiring to be signed as such. The
proposed language created a significant
amount of interest, particularly within
the RV community. The FHWA received
over 1,150 letters from RV owners,
many of whom are members of the
Family Motor Coach Association
(FMCA). All of those commenters
supported the concept of RV signing.
Only one RV owner commented that RV
accessible sites should not be signed
because there are too many signs along
the highway already and that special
interest groups should not be candidates
for additional signing. The large number
of members of the FMCA who submitted
letters, as well as a few additional
citizens, suggested that the FHWA
retain the existing sign designs
contained in the Interim Approval,
primarily because the program has
already been implemented in 15 States,
and they are concerned about the costs
that those States would incur if they
were forced to change their signs. These
commenters felt that the 15 States that
are already using these signs might
abandon the RV accessible program
instead of upgrading the signs. ATSSA,
a State DOT, MISA, an NCUTCD
member, a traffic engineering
consultant, and three citizens supported
the design proposed in the NPA for
several reasons. Many thought that the
design in the Interim Approval
produced a cluttered appearance that
was alleviated in the NPA design by
keeping the RV Access supplemental
message within the logo sign panel. The
FHWA adopts the design proposed in
the NPA, because the FHWA believes it
is important to contain the RV symbol
within the borders of the business logo
to make it easier for the travelling public
to determine which service
accommodates RVs and to simplify the
overall sign design. The FHWA points
out to the RV owners who submitted
comments that, due to the systematic
upgrade provisions of Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal
Regulations, the 15 States that have
signs in place do not need to spend any
funds on immediately upgrading their
existing signs since they can keep their
existing signs in place until they need
to be replaced, at which time
replacement with a sign that is
110 Interim Approval IA–8 can be viewed at the
following Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resinterim_approvals.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
compliant with the MUTCD would
occur. In addition, although not
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
a GUIDANCE statement in this final rule
recommending that agencies using the
RV Access supplemental message
should have a policy on the site
requirements needed to qualify for such
a designation. This incorporates
additional information from the Interim
Approval regarding the need for States
to develop a policy on site
requirements, as suggested in a
comment from a citizen.
The FHWA also adopts a new
OPTION statement allowing the use of
the supplemental message OASIS
within the logo panel of a business that
has been designated as an Interstate
Oasis facility. As proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts this additional
supplemental message to reflect the
Interstate Oasis Program and Policy that
was published in the Federal Register
on October 18, 2002.111
Finally, in the NPA, the FHWA
proposed to add STANDARD, OPTION,
and GUIDANCE statements regarding
the use of dual logo panels (two smaller
logos on the same panel) on Specific
Service signs. The FHWA based this
proposal on the results of research in
Texas 112 which found that mixing food
and gas logos in a dual logo panel did
not significantly impact their
effectiveness. Although a local DOT
supported this proposal, the NCUTCD
and one of its members, eight State
DOTs, a State travel information
council, MISA, and a traffic signing
vendor opposed it. Further review by
the FHWA indicates that the research in
Texas was a simulation only. In
addition, the FHWA has not received
results from field experimentation
underway in Texas and Kentucky to
support inclusion of dual logos at this
time. As a result, the FHWA does not
adopt in this final rule the proposed use
of dual logo sign panels on Specific
Service signs.
281. The FHWA adopts in Section
2J.04 Number and Size of Signs and
Logo Sign Panels (Section 2F.04 of the
2003 MUTCD) OPTION and
STANDARD statements to permit the
use of, and provide the associated
111 The Interstate Oasis Program and Policy can
be viewed at: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/respolicy.htm.
112 ‘‘Effects of Adding Dual-Logo Panels to
Specific Service Signs: A Human Factors Study,’’ by
H. Gene Hawkins and Elisabeth R. Rose, 2005,
published in Transportation Research Record
number 1918, is available for purchase from the
Transportation Research Board at the following
Internet Web site: www.trb.org. A brief summary of
the research results can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://pubsindex.trb.org/
document/view/default.asp?lbid=772254.
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66791
requirements for, additional logo sign
panels of the same specific service type
when more than six businesses of a
specific service type are eligible for logo
sign panels at the same interchange.
ATSSA, MISA, a local DOT, and an
NCUTCD member supported this new
provision as proposed in the NPA,
while three State DOTs and a State
travel information council expressed
opposition. Those in opposition
suggested that the additional logo sign
panels of the same service type, beyond
six, would lead to sign proliferation,
potentially causing driver confusion.
Some of the commenters stated that the
purpose of the logo panels is to inform
motorists of the specific services
available at a particular interchange so
that they can make informed decisions
about essential motorist services before
exiting the highway, and the fact that
one sign would have the full
complement of six specific service
providers for a single type is a clear
indication that the motorist will have a
number of choices for that service type
at that interchange. Thus, these
commenters felt it is not necessary to
identify each provider at that location.
The FHWA understands the purpose of
the program and notes that States may
develop policies regarding the scope
and use of Specific Service signing and
might elect to use only General Service
signing. The FHWA adopts this
provision as proposed in the NPA,
based on the Interim Approval to
Display More than Six Specific Service
Logo Panels for a Type of Service (IA–
9), dated September 21, 2006.113
282. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a STANDARD statement in
Section 2J.05 Size of Lettering (Section
2F.05 of the 2003 MUTCD), specifying
minimum letter heights for logo sign
panels consisting only of word legends
that are displayed on the mainlines of
freeways and expressways and on
conventional roads and ramps. ATSSA
and a local DOT supported the letter
heights as proposed in the NPA. Four
State DOTs opposed the proposed sizes
because they felt that the legend size on
word-only logo sign panels should not
be mandated and should be consistent
with how trademarks are handled. The
FHWA disagrees because the purpose of
a minimum letter height is for legibility
of legends that do not have recognition
value by virtue of a unique graphic
representation. Trademarked word
graphic business representations
113 FHWA’s Interim Approval IA–9, dated
September 21, 2006, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interim_approval/pdf/
ia_9_logopanels.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66792
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
constitute logos and are not subject to
this provision. The NCUTCD, one of its
members, and MISA supported the
letter heights, with the exception of the
letter heights on ramps, which they felt
should be changed to 4-inch upper-case
and 3-inch lower case to reflect that
ramp panels are half the size of
mainline panels. The FHWA disagrees
because of the need to maintain
legibility, regardless of panel size. In
this final rule, the FHWA adopts a
reference in the STANDARD to a new
Table 2J–1 with minimum letter and
numeral sizes for Specific Service signs
according to sign type, rather than
repeating the detailed requirements in
the STANDARD statement. The FHWA
adopts the minimum letter heights in
Table 2J–1 to provide letter heights that
will enhance legibility for older drivers.
This new table includes the sizes for
Specific Service signs, logo panels, and
logo panel supplemental messages.
283. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts Section 2J.08 Double-Exit
Interchanges (Section 2F.08 of the 2003
MUTCD) with a GUIDANCE paragraph
03 to recommend that where a service
type is displayed on two Specific
Service signs at a double-exit
interchange, one of the signs should
display the logo panels for the service
type of the businesses that are accessible
from one of the two exits, and the other
sign should display the logo panels for
the service type of the businesses that
are accessible from the other exit. MISA
and an NCUTCD member supported the
intent of this section, but suggested
revisions to allow for a ‘‘split-service’’
sign format where two services would
be displayed for one exit. The
commenters suggested that ‘‘splitservice’’ signs where the top section
displays FOOD—EXIT 5A and the
bottom section displays LODGING—
EXIT 5A would not comply with the
proposed text. The FHWA disagrees,
noting that the purpose of this provision
is to avoid situations where one sign is
split between each exit, not service
category. An example would be one sign
displaying ‘‘FOOD—EXIT 5A’’ and
‘‘FOOD—EXIT 5B’’ followed by a
second Food sign that also applies to
both exits with the same headings. The
FHWA’s intent is that one sign should
read ‘‘FOOD—EXIT 5A’’ while the other
reads ‘‘FOOD—EXIT 5B’’. This
provision does not preclude the display
of two services on one sign. The FHWA
adopts paragraph 03, as proposed in the
NPA, to provide consistency in logo
signing for double-exit interchanges
when a service type is displayed on two
signs.
284. The FHWA adopts Section 2J.09
Specific Service Trailblazer Signs,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
containing SUPPORT, STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, and OPTION statements
regarding these guide signs that are
required along crossroads for facilities
that have logo panels displayed along
the main roadway and ramp, and that
require additional vehicle maneuvers to
reach. ATSSA supported this section as
proposed in the NPA, while two DOTs
and a State travel information council
opposed the new section in its entirety,
specifically the mandating of the use of
Specific Service trailblazer signs, as
indicated in paragraph 02. Two
additional State DOTs suggested that
more flexibility be provided to allow
other official signs and legal outdoor
advertising signs to serve as substitutes
for Specific Service trailblazer signs,
where it is not feasible or practical to
install these signs. The FHWA disagrees
because highway agencies do not
control the content, format, or
continued presence of off-premise signs
and therefore reliance on off-premise
signs is not advisable. The NCUTCD
suggested relaxing the requirement that
facilities shall not be considered eligible
for signing from the ramp and main
roadway where it is not feasible or
practical to install Specific Service
trailblazer signs. The FHWA disagrees,
because the continuity of the system of
signs is essential to motorist guidance.
The FHWA adopts this new section and
an associated new figure, as proposed in
the NPA, to enhance the uniformity of
this signing practice, which is being
used by many States.
285. The FHWA adopts Section 2J.10
Signs at Intersections (Section 2F.09 of
the 2003 MUTCD) and expands
paragraph 05, as proposed in the NPA,
to require that the action message or the
directional arrow shall all be on the
same line as the type of service or below
the logo sign panels. A State DOT
opposed changing this to a requirement,
because many of their signs do not meet
this requirement and would need to be
replaced. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the requirement in this final rule.
The 2003 MUTCD language required the
action message or directional arrow to
be on the same line as the type of
service, which was required to be above
the logo(s), but provided an optional
alternative to display the action message
or directional arrow below the logo(s).
The text adopted in this final rule
merely consolidates the 2003 OPTION
and STANDARD statements, and the
consolidated STANDARD continues to
allow the action message or directional
arrow to be either (1) above the logos on
the same line as the service type, or (2)
below the logos. Further, under the
systematic upgrade provisions of
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of
Federal Regulations, States can keep
their existing signs in place until they
need to be replaced, at which time
replacement with a sign that is
compliant with the MUTCD would
occur.
286. In this final rule the FHWA
adopts Chapter 2K Tourist-Oriented
Directional Signs that contains the
provisions of Chapter 2G of the 2003
MUTCD. The FHWA did not propose
any significant changes to this chapter
in the NPA (numbered 2H therein), nor
does the FHWA adopt any significant
changes to the text in this chapter in
this final rule.
287. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new Chapter 2L Changeable
Message Signs (Chapter 2M in the NPA.)
The NPA contained information from
Sections 2A.07 and 2E.21 of the 2003
MUTCD as well as additional new
information, organized into seven
sections, specifically pertaining to the
description, application, legibility and
visibility, design characteristics,
message length and units of
information, installation, and display of
travel times on changeable message
signs. Five State DOTs, a local DOT, a
local association, and two toll road
operators suggested that FHWA clarify
the terms Changeable Message Sign
(CMS), Dynamic Message Sign (DMS),
and Variable Message Sign (VMS), since
the terms are used differently
throughout the traffic engineering and
the ITS/electronics industry. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the term
Changeable Message Sign (CMS) as it is
the standard nomenclature in the traffic
engineering profession, and clarifies
that this term is synonymous with signs
referred to as DMS and VMS. The
FHWA adopts this new chapter to
consolidate all information about CMSs
into one location in the Manual and to
reflect the recommendations of
extensive research on changeable
message sign legibility, messaging, and
operations conducted over a period of
many years by the Texas Transportation
Institute.114 A State DOT, a traffic
control device vendor, and a legal firm
supported the creation of a consolidated
chapter, whereas a local ITE chapter
suggested that there needed to be
clarification on what types of CMSs are
covered by this chapter. The FHWA
agrees and adopts clarifying text in this
final rule to distinguish between various
114 Information on the many research projects on
changeable message signs conducted by the Texas
Transportation Institute (TTI) can be accessed via
TTI’s Internet Web site at: https://tti.tamu.edu/.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
types of CMS and the applicability of
these provisions to each type.
288. The FHWA adopts Section 2L.01
Description of Changeable Message
Signs (Section 2M.01 in the NPA).
ATSSA and a local DOT supported the
proposed prohibition of advertising
messages on CMSs. A law firm
suggested that States need to have an
opportunity to allow advertising on
CMSs under controlled circumstances to
assist with funding, thereby enabling
modern CMS technology, which is a
vital element of the ITS program. The
FHWA disagrees, as advertising in the
highway right of way is not permitted,
and the FHWA believes it is a
distraction from traffic conditions,
official traffic control devices, and the
driving task in general. ATSSA also
supported the description of CMSs and
the design language.
Although not proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA adopts a GUIDANCE
statement in this final rule to
consolidate and clarify existing
provisions stating that blank-out signs
that display only single-phase,
predetermined electronic-display
legends that are limited by their
composition and arrangement of pixels
or other illuminated forms in a fixed
arrangement (such as a blank-out sign
indicating a part-time turn prohibition,
a blank-out or changeable lane-use sign,
or a changeable OPEN/CLOSED sign for
a weigh station), should conform to the
provisions of the applicable section for
the specific type of sign, provided that
the letter forms, symbols, and other
legend elements are duplicates of the
static messages, as detailed in the
‘‘Standard Highway Signs and
Markings’’ book. The FHWA adopts this
language in this final rule to provide
information regarding these types of
signs, allowing greater flexibility in the
use of such signs.
289. The FHWA adopts Section 2L.02
Applications of Changeable Message
Signs (Section 2M.02 in the NPA),
which allows the use of CMSs, both
permanent and portable, by State and
local highway agencies to display
emergency, homeland security, and
America’s Missing: Broadcast
Emergency Response (AMBER) alert
messages, in addition to safety or
transportation-related messages already
included in the 2003 MUTCD. The
FHWA also adopts a GUIDANCE
statement, as proposed in the NPA, that
States have a policy regarding the
display of these types of messages.
ATSSA and a State DOT supported
these changes. Another State DOT
suggested that additional messages be
allowed when used in a temporary
traffic control zone. The FHWA believes
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
that this information should be
considered in the State’s policy on the
use of CMSs and not included in the
MUTCD. Based on a comment from a
State DOT, the FHWA also adopts in
this final rule a GUIDANCE statement
that when multiple CMSs are used to
address a specific situation, the message
displays should be consistent to the
driver along the roadway corridor and
adjacent corridors, and that different
operating agencies should coordinate
their messages accordingly.
290. In Section 2L.03 Legibility and
Visibility of Changeable Message Signs
(Section 2M.03 in the NPA), the FHWA
had proposed adding a recommendation
in the NPA regarding care and
maintenance of the protective material
on the front face of a CMS. Two State
DOTs opposed this language, stating it
was too prescriptive and that specific
details regarding maintenance should
not be included in the MUTCD. The
FHWA agrees and does not adopt the
proposed language in this final rule.
291. The FHWA adopts Section 2L.04
Design Characteristics of Changeable
Message Signs (Section 2M.04 in the
NPA), as proposed in the NPA, which
expands the elements that are
prohibited on CMSs to include
advertising, exploding, scrolling, or
other dynamic elements. Two State
DOTs, three local DOTs, and an
association of local ITS partners
suggested that sequencing arrows be
allowed. The FHWA disagrees because
sequencing arrows are not appropriate
for CMSs that can accommodate word
legends that are comparable to static
signs when installed at the roadside or
in an overhead location. However, to
address this issue, in this final rule the
FHWA adopts a reference to Part 6
regarding the use of flashing arrow
boards for lane closures that are placed
in the closed portion of a lane.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts a recommendation that except in
the case of a limited-legend CMS (such
as a blank-out or electronic-display
changeable message regulatory sign) that
is used in place of a static regulatory
sign or an activated blank-out warning
sign that supplements a static warning
sign at a separate location, changeable
message signs should be used as a
supplement to, and not as a substitute
for, conventional signs and markings.
ATSSA, a State DOT, a local DOT, and
a local chapter of ITE supported this
language.
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
adopts provisions for spacing between
characters, words, and message lines, as
well as letter heights and width-toheight ratios of the sign characters, in
this section. ATSSA, a State DOT, three
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66793
local DOTs, a traffic control device
vendor, and a local ITE section
suggested revisions to the proposed
language or suggested that it be deleted
because it was too prescriptive. The
FHWA adopts the language as proposed,
based on research evaluations 115 that
support the provisions. The FHWA
understands that CMS technology is
continuing to develop and will consider
those developments in future
rulemaking and/or policy guidance.
The FHWA adopts a requirement that
CMSs automatically adjust their
brightness under varying light
conditions to maintain legibility.
ATSSA supported this language. A State
DOT suggested that additional
clarification be provided. The FHWA
notes that Table 2A–5 provides
information for the use of a white
legend on a black background for the
colors of regulatory electronic
changeable displays.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
recommend that the front face of a CMS
be covered with protective material. A
State DOT, a local DOT, and a local ITE
chapter suggested that this
recommendation be removed, since
there might be signs that do not need a
protective front material. The FHWA
agrees and does not adopt the reference
to protective material in this final rule.
In GUIDANCE paragraph 11, the
FHWA decides to remove the specific
recommended minimum values of
luminance for CMSs because such
precise information is more
appropriately contained in other
reference materials. Instead, the FHWA
adopts the GUIDANCE statement as a
recommendation that the luminance
should meet industry criteria for CMS.
The FHWA adopts the recommended
range of luminance contrast as proposed
in the NPA.
The remaining paragraphs that were
proposed in this section are related to
color messages and backgrounds on
CMSs. ATSSA supported the proposed
language, while several State and local
DOTs, traffic control device
manufacturers, and an NCUTCD
member suggested changes to the text or
suggested that the language be deleted.
Some agencies felt that the language
indicated that all CMSs are to be in
color. The FHWA disagrees, as only the
sign legend is required to be in color,
not the background. Some commenters
did not know that the capability exists
for displaying the colors indicated in
the NPA. The capability does exist and
115 Information on the many research projects on
changeable message signs conducted by the Texas
Transportation Institute (TTI) can be accessed via
TTI’s Internet Web site at: https://tti.tamu.edu/.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66794
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
some agencies have begun to use signs
that employ more advanced
technologies, however; FHWA believes
that agencies have not specified the use
of the colors because of the lack of
standards and apparent or implied
acceptance of existing technologies in
use. Based on the availability and
effective use of signs that have the
capabilities to display full color the
FHWA adopts the language as proposed
in the NPA. Based on a comment from
a local ITE section, the FHWA also
adopts information on the use of
symbols regarding resolution and
replication of static versions of signs.
292. The FHWA adopts Section 2L.05
Message Length and Units of
Information (Section 2M.05 in the NPA),
with revisions to the STANDARD to
clarify that each message on a CMS shall
consist of no more than two phases.
Two State DOTs, seven local DOTs, an
association of local DOTs, and a traffic
engineering consultant opposed this
language, stating that it was overly
restrictive and that a third phase should
be allowed. The FHWA disagrees,
because messages composed of more
than two phases exceed driver
information processing capabilities and
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA. Some of the commenters, as well
as an NCUTCD member, suggested that
the language conflicted with the last
GUIDANCE statement in the section
recommending an additional CMS to be
used if the message required more than
two phases. To address this comment,
in this final rule the FHWA adopts a
revision the last GUIDANCE statement
to clarify that the display of information
that would otherwise necessitate more
than two phases would be handled by
the use of two CMSs at separate
locations, each with distinct,
independent messages with a maximum
of two phases each. In this final rule the
FHWA also adds to the GUIDANCE
statement an additional principle that
the duration between the displays of
two phases should not exceed 0.3
seconds, to clarify the issue of how long
an interval between successive phases
should be.
The FHWA adopts a requirement, as
proposed in the NPA, that each phase of
a message shall be understood by itself
regardless of the sequence in which it is
read. A State DOT, two local DOTs, and
a toll road operator suggested that this
language be changed to a
recommendation, or be applicable only
to permanent CMS. The FHWA
disagrees and believes that the logical
display of messages is critical to their
comprehension and subsequent action
by road users to promote effective traffic
operation. The FHWA adopts the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
language as proposed in the NPA, in
this final rule.
The FHWA adopts a requirement that
techniques of message display such as
animation, rapid flashing, dissolving,
exploding, scrolling that travels
horizontally or vertically across the face
of the sign, or other elements, shall not
be used. This language is similar to the
requirements in Sections 2L.04 and
6F.60. The Minnesota DOT and a local
ITE section suggested that there needed
to be more guidance, particularly related
to moving arrows. The FHWA disagrees
with allowing the use of moving arrows
on permanent CMSs. However, to
address this issue, the FHWA adopts a
reference to Part 6 regarding the use of
flashing arrow boards for lane closures.
293. The FHWA adopts Section 2L.06
Installation of Permanent Changeable
Message Signs (Section 2M.06 in the
NPA) that contains recommendations on
the factors that should be considered
when installing permanent CMSs that
are not used in place of static signs.
ATSSA and a local DOT supported the
provisions in this proposed section. To
address a comment from the NCUTCD,
the FHWA adopts language in this final
rule to clarify that CMSs should be
located upstream of known bottlenecks
and high-crash locations to enable
drivers to choose an alternate route.
294. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add Section 2M.07 Display of Travel
Times on Changeable Message Signs.
Although ATSSA supported this new
section, several State and local DOTs,
the NCUTCD and several of its
members, as well as other associations
provided various comments regarding
the specific language or opposed the
new section in its entirety because it is
not related to traffic control devices.
Much of the proposed language
included information about public
involvement. The FHWA agrees with
the commenters and does not adopt this
section in this final rule. The
information is contained in the FHWA’s
2004 policy document titled ‘‘Dynamic
Message Sign (DMS) Recommended
Practice and Guidance’’ 116 if agencies
would like more information.
295. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 2M.04 General Design
Requirements for Recreational and
Cultural Interest Area Symbol Guide
Signs (Section 2H.04 of the 2003
MUTCD and Section 2J.04 in the NPA)
to replace the entire set of recreational
and cultural area symbol signs with a
new, updated, and expanded set of signs
116 Dynamic Message Sign (DMS) Recommended
Practice and Guidance, dated 7/16/2004, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/res-memorandum_dms.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
based on the National Park Service’s
(NPS) updated Uniguide Standards
Manual,117 in addition to a few United
States Forest Service standard symbol
signs for activities not covered in the
Uniguide Standards. The Society for
Environmental Graphic Design (SEGD)
and Harpers Ferry Center (part of the
National Park Service) supported the
integration of SEGD Recreation Symbols
into the MUTCD, and suggested that
even more of them be included in the
MUTCD. The NCUTCD and one of its
members, four State DOTs, two local
DOTs, and the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers opposed the proposed
symbols for several reasons, including:
(1) Some of them conflict with other
previously-adopted symbols in the
MUTCD; (2) they had not undergone
sufficient legibility testing; and (3) by
adopting the proposed symbols, the
MUTCD would contain a mixture of
symbol systems, and therefore would
not be uniform. In consideration of the
comments, in this final rule the FHWA
adopts only the current versions of the
NPS Uniguide symbols that do not
conflict with symbols adopted by other
provisions of the MUTCD, and revises
the figures in Chapter 2M accordingly.
Because the symbols previously adopted
by the MUTCD for roadway applications
have undergone legibility and
comprehension evaluations prior to
adoption, FHWA determines that it is
inappropriate to replace those alreadyadopted symbols with symbols that are
untested and complex in their designs.
In response to a comment regarding the
numbering of the symbols, the FHWA
adopts the current designations
available at the time of rulemaking with
the presumption that the designations
adopted by the MUTCD will be adhered
to as revisions to the SEGD materials
evolve. The FHWA believes it is
important to establish the primacy of
the MUTCD as its contents are subject
to the Federal rulemaking process.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding ‘‘Prohibited Activities and
Items’’ as one of the usage categories for
recreational and cultural interest area
symbol guide signs in this section and
in Table 2M–1 (Table 2H–1 of the 2003
MUTCD and Table 2J–1 in the NPA).
Based on comments discussed in the
following item, the FHWA does not
adopt this usage category in this final
rule. The FHWA revises Table 2M–1 to
reflect the new set of signs, as well as
117 Information about the National Park Service’s
Uniguide Standards Manual can be obtained from
the National Park Service, Harpers Ferry Center, 67
Mather Place, Harpers Ferry, WV 25425, telephone
304–535–5050, Internet Web site https://
www.nps.gov/hfc/products/uniguide.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
figures within Chapter 2M that show
recreational and cultural signs.
296. The FHWA adopts Section 2M.07
Use of Prohibitive Circle and Diagonal
Slash for Non-Road Applications
(Section 2H.07 in the 2003 MUTCD and
Section 2J.07 in the NPA) with revisions
to the title and additional clarifying
language to describe the appropriate use
of the prohibitive circle and diagonal
slash. The clarifying language is in
addition to the text proposed in the
NPA regarding signing for prohibited
activities or items in recreational or
cultural interest areas when a standard
regulatory sign for such a prohibition is
not provided in Chapter 2B.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
specify that the red diagonal slash be
placed behind the symbol, rather than
over it, consistent with National Park
Service standards. Although a local
DOT, MISA, and an NCUTCD member
supported this text and the associated
images proposed in Figure 2J–11,
ATSSA, another NCUTCD member, a
State DOT, and three local DOTs
opposed the inconsistent use of the
slash, as well as all of the sign images
in proposed Figure 2J–11. The FHWA
agrees with the commenters and does
not adopt the language regarding the red
diagonal slash in this final rule, thereby
making the use of the slash consistent
(symbol behind the slash). Also, the
FHWA does not adopt Figure 2J–11. The
FHWA adopts revised sign images in the
figures throughout Chapter 2M to show
the slash in front of the symbol.
297. The FHWA adopts Section 2M.08
Placement of Recreational and Cultural
Interest Area Symbol Signs (Section
2H.08 of the 2003 MUTCD and Section
2J.08 in the NPA) including the new
binoculars symbol, as proposed in the
NPA, to denote wildlife viewing areas
based on the Sign Synthesis Study,118
which revealed that several States and
the National Park Service were already
using this symbol in this manner to
design an effective guide sign. The
FHWA also adopts the OPTION
statement proposed in the NPA,
allowing the symbol on the Wildlife
Viewing Area sign to be placed to the
left or right of the legend, and the arrow
to be placed below the symbol. MISA
and an NCUTCD member supported this
text and the associated symbol, while a
State DOT suggested that the symbol on
the Wildlife Viewing Area sign should
always be placed on the same side,
similar to pictographs for street name
signs. The FHWA disagrees, and adopts
118 ‘‘Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs,’’
FHWA, December 2005, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://tcd.tamu.edu/
documents/rwstc/Signs_SynthesisFinal_Dec2005.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the language as proposed, because
flexibility is needed based on whether
the associated arrow is pointing to the
left or right.
Finally, the FHWA adopts
information in the last OPTION
statement permitting the use of Advance
Turn or Directional Arrow auxiliary
signs with white arrows on brown
backgrounds with Recreational and
Cultural Area Interest symbol guide
signs to create Recreational and Cultural
Interest Area Directional Assemblies.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts this language in this final
rule to provide agencies with the
flexibility to create Recreational and
Cultural Interest Area Directional
Assemblies, similar to other assemblies
that are permitted in the MUTCD.
298. The FHWA adopts Section 2M.09
Destination Guide Signs (Section 2H.09
in the 2003 MUTCD and Section 2J.09
in the NPA), and deletes the first
sentence of the second STANDARD
statement that restricted the use of
white on brown destination guide signs
on linear parkway-type highways that
primarily function as arterial
connectors. This change proposed in the
NPA is the result of an amended
memorandum of understanding that was
signed in 2006 by the National Park
Service and the FHWA.119 MISA and an
NCUTCD member supported this
change.
299. The FHWA adopts Section 2M.10
Memorial or Dedication Signing
(Section 2I.07 Memorial Signing in the
NPA), which is comprised primarily of
text pertaining to memorial and
dedication signs that was in Sections
2D.49 and 2E.08 of the 2003 MUTCD.
The FHWA relocates the information on
these type of signs to Chapter 2M
because they are more appropriately
classified as a Recreational and Cultural
Interest Area signs, rather than as
General Information Signs. The FHWA
also revises the background color for
Memorial or Dedication Signs from
green to brown. The FHWA adopts
revised statements within the section, as
proposed in the NPA, in order to make
the information in this section regarding
memorial and dedication signing
consistent with Section 2D.53 Signing of
Named Highways (Section 2D.49 of the
2003 MUTCD). Although not proposed
in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
GUIDANCE, STANDARD, and OPTION
statements regarding design
recommendations, requirements, and
options for these signs that are
consistent with general signing
119 This Memorandum of Understanding can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/res-policy.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66795
principles and with provisions for other
recreational and cultural interest area
signs to address the fact that the
information on these signs was
relocated from another Chapter.
300. The FHWA adopts Section 2N.03
Evacuation Route Signs (Section 2I.03 of
the 2003 MUTCD), with reorganized
paragraphs, as proposed in the NPA, to
provide a more logical flow. The FHWA
also adopts information regarding the
design of the new Tsunami Evacuation
Route sign, as proposed in the NPA. The
design is based on a symbol currently
being used in all Pacific Coast States.
The FHWA also adopts the
clarification of the use of Advance Turn
Arrow (M5 series) and Directional
Arrow (M6 series) auxiliary signs with
Evacuation Route signs in paragraphs 02
and 03, as proposed in the NPA.
301. The FHWA adopts Section 2N.08
Emergency Aid Center Signs (Section
2I.08 of the 2003 MUTCD), as proposed
in the NPA, and adopts an OPTION
statement allowing the use of a
fluorescent pink background color when
Emergency Aid Center signs are used in
an incident situation, such as during the
aftermath of a nuclear or biological
attack. ATSSA and a local DOT
supported this change. The FHWA
adopts this change, because Emergency
Aid Center (EM–6 Series) signs might be
useful for incident situations.
302. The FHWA adopts Section 2N.09
Shelter Directional Signs (Section 2I.09
of the 2003 MUTCD), as proposed in the
NPA, with an OPTION statement
allowing the use of a fluorescent pink
background color when Shelter
Direction signs are used in an incident
situation, such as during the aftermath
of a nuclear or biological attack. ATSSA
supported this change. The FHWA
adopts this change, because Shelter
Direction (EM–7 Series) signs may be
useful for incident situations.
Discussion of Amendments to Part 3—
Pavement Markings—General
303. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to remove all references to blue raised
pavement markers for locating fire
hydrants from Part 3 because they are
not considered to be traffic control
devices. Two local DOTs agreed with
the proposal. The NCUTCD, a State
DOT, and a traffic control device
manufacturer recommended keeping
blue raised pavement markers in the
MUTCD. Based on the comments, in
this final rule the FHWA removes all
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statements regarding blue raised
pavement markers from the Manual, but
adds a new SUPPORT statement in
Section 3B.11 stating that blue raised
pavement markers are sometimes used
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66796
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
to help emergency personnel locate fire
hydrants.
304. Based on a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA adopts the terms
‘‘dotted lane line’’ and ‘‘dotted line
extension’’ instead of ‘‘dotted line’’
throughout Part 3 and the rest of the
MUTCD to clarify the provisions
applicable to each. A ‘‘dotted lane line’’
is used to separate a continuing lane
from a non-continuing lane, while a
‘‘dotted line extension’’ is used to
extend a line through an intersection or
taper area.
305. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts the optional use of
appropriate route shield pavement
marking symbols (including appropriate
colors) to assist in guiding road users to
their destinations. The NCUTCD
commented that colors of State route
shield markings should also be allowed
and the FHWA agrees. The FHWA
includes a figure illustrating several
examples of route shield pavement
markings.
306. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts language to clarify that
dotted lane lines, rather than broken
lane lines, are to be used for noncontinuing lanes, including acceleration
lanes, deceleration lanes, and auxiliary
lanes. Sections 3A.06, 3B.04, 3C.02, and
3D.02 all contain information on the use
of dotted lane lines for these uses. The
FHWA also adopts revisions to the
various figures in Chapter 3B that
illustrate the adopted provisions on
proper uses of the different types of
lines and adds figures where needed to
better illustrate the text on the use of
dotted lane lines. As documented in
NCHRP Synthesis 356,120 a number of
States and other jurisdictions currently
follow this practice, which is also the
standard practice in Europe and most
other developed countries. The FHWA
believes that the existing use of a
normal broken lane line for these noncontinuing lanes does not adequately
inform road users of the lack of lane
continuity ahead and that the
standardized use of dotted lane lines for
non-continuing lanes as adopted in this
final rule will better serve this
important purpose in enhancing safety
and uniformity. Sections 3B.04 and
3B.09 below contain further discussion
of dotted lane lines.
307. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to place the information on object
markers and barricades in a new chapter
titled Chapter 2L Object Markers,
Barricades, and Gates. This involved the
120 NCHRP
Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
relocation of Chapter 3C Object Markers
and Section 3F.01 Barricades to Part 2
because readers of the MUTCD have
difficulty finding object markers in the
2003 MUTCD. In addition, most
jurisdictions treat these devices as signs
for purposes of inventory and policy. As
discussed above in Chapters 2B and 2C,
in this final rule, the FHWA relocates
the information on barricades to the
adopted Section 2B.67 Barricades and
the information on object markers to
Sections 2C.63, 2C.64, 2C.65, and 2C.66.
308. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule OPTION
statements in various sections within
Part 3 to allow the use of retroreflective
or internally illuminated raised
pavement markers in the roadway
immediately adjacent to curbed noses of
raised medians and curbs of islands, or
on top of such curbs, based on
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.121 This is an effective
practice commonly used to aid road
users in identifying these channelizing
features at night.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 3A
309. In Section 3A.02 Standardization
of Application, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed revising the OPTION
statement about temporary masking of
markings. A State DOT expressed
concern about the tape being able to
match the color of the pavement. The
FHWA disagrees with this comment
because the NPA wording
‘‘approximately the same color’’ allows
sufficient flexibility. A toll road
operator recommended adding a
durability requirement for tape and
requiring that the tape be fully
maintained. The FHWA disagrees with
this comment because the MUTCD does
not specify durability times or ‘‘full
maintenance’’ of any markings. The
FHWA adopts the revised OPTION
statement in the final rule as proposed
in the NPA.
310. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 3A.05 Colors (numbered
Section 3A.04 in the NPA) to limit the
use of red raised pavement markers to
truck ramps, one-way roadways, and
ramps. A toll road operator
recommended relocating the text to a
section specifically concerning raised
pavement markers. The FHWA
disagrees because this section provides
the STANDARD for the application of
red raised pavement markers consistent
121 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendations #I.C(2), I.C(4f), and I.F(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
with the STANDARD for applying other
colors. The FHWA received comments
from the NCUTCD and two State DOTs
recommending that red raised pavement
markers be allowed on two-way
undivided roadways to indicate wrongway movement to vehicles. Research
conducted by the Texas Transportation
Institute 122 supported the use of red
raised pavement markers on the left side
of two-way undivided roadways to
indicate wrong-way movement to
vehicles traveling on the wrong side of
the center line. The FHWA agrees with
the research and in this final rule adopts
an expanded paragraph 04 to allow the
use of red raised pavement markers on
travel lanes where the color red is
visible to traffic proceeding in the
wrong direction.
The FHWA proposed to add
paragraph 06 explaining the use of
purple markings to supplement lane
line or edge line markings for toll plaza
approach lanes that are to be used only
by vehicles with registered Electronic
Toll Collection (ETC) accounts. The
NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and two toll
road operators opposed the mention of
purple lines because of concerns over
visibility and the requirement to use the
color purple. The FHWA disagrees with
these comments because purple was
already established in the 2003 MUTCD
for future use, purple as used on both
signs and markings is visible at night as
a distinct color, and purple is being
included for optional, not mandatory,
use for markings. A State DOT and four
toll road operators agreed with the
revision, but recommended removing
mention of ETC transponders in regard
to allowable use of an ETC lane and, as
discussed previously in Chapter 2F, the
FHWA agrees and revises the
terminology to refer to ETC AccountOnly lanes. This new paragraph is
consistent with other changes in Part 2
of the MUTCD regarding the use of the
color purple for signing to readily
identify lanes that are to be used only
by vehicles with registered ETC
accounts.
311. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in Section 3A.06
(numbered Section 3A.05 in the NPA),
a change in the title to ‘‘Functions,
Widths, and Patterns of Longitudinal
Pavement Markings.’’ Based on a
comment from a toll road operator
122 ‘‘Red Retroreflective Pavement Markings:
Driver Understanding of Their Purpose,’’ by Jeffrey
D. Miles, Paul J. Carlson, Brooke Ullman, and Nada
Trout, was published by the Transportation
Research Board in Transportation Research Record
2056, 2008, pages 34–42, and can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
trb.metapress.com/content/p006183142152145/
fulltext.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
regarding the general function of a
dotted line, the FHWA adopts a revision
to the STANDARD statement in
paragraph 01 item D to read, ‘‘A dotted
line provides guidance or warning of a
downstream change in lane function’’ in
order to more accurately describe the
function of the dotted line.
The FHWA received comments from
the NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a local
DOT recommending removal of the
proposed wording ‘‘continuing lane’’
and ‘‘non-continuing lane’’ in the
GUIDANCE statement regarding the
lengths of line segments and gaps for
dotted lines. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule the proposed phrase
concerning separation of a continuing
lane and non-continuing lane is
removed from paragraph 06. The FHWA
received comments from a State DOT
and a toll road operator opposed to the
existing language recommending 3-foot
line segments and 9-foot gaps for dotted
lines because they wanted more
flexibility. The FHWA disagrees and
declines to revise the dimensions in
order to encourage increased
consistency in the dimensions for
dotted lines based on their function,
while still allowing flexibility for
agencies. The recommended dimensions
reflect the most common practice as
documented in NCHRP Synthesis
356.123
312. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
a new section titled Section 3A.06
Definitions Relating to Pavement
Markings, containing definitions of the
terms ‘‘neutral area,’’ ‘‘physical gore,’’
and ‘‘theoretical gore.’’ Based on
comments from the NCUTCD, three
State DOTs, and two local DOTs, the
FHWA in this final rule modifies the
definitions to enhance accuracy and
clarity and relocates the information to
Section 1A.13, where all definitions are
located.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 3B
313. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
a new STANDARD statement in Section
3B.01 Yellow Center Line Pavement
Markings and Warrants to specifically
prohibit the use of a single solid yellow
line as a center line marking on a twoway roadway. Two State DOTs and a
local DOT agreed with the proposal in
the NPA. Six commenters, including
three local DOTs, two consultants, and
a retailer, opposed the revision. The
commenters suggested that a single
solid yellow center line be allowed on
123 NCHRP Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
low-speed roads, low-volume roads,
school zones, and parking aisles. In
addition, several of the commenters
mentioned that single solid yellow
center lines are sometimes used in
Europe and Canada, and that a single
line is more cost effective than a double
solid yellow center line. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments because
there have been no studies showing the
effectiveness or road user understanding
of a single solid yellow center line,
especially in regard to passing
prohibitions, there is no defined
meaning of a single yellow center line
in regard to passing or no passing, and
this marking has not been allowed by
the MUTCD. Some agencies have
improperly used a single solid yellow
center line because of the lack of a
specific prohibition statement. The
FHWA adopts paragraph 05 as proposed
in the NPA.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
add SUPPORT paragraph 08, which
references sections of the Uniform
Vehicle Code (UVC) that contain
information regarding left turns across
center line no-passing zone markings
and paved medians. The NCUTCD and
a State DOT supported the revision.
Two State DOTs and a consultant
disagreed with the revision, stating that
the sentence is unnecessary, that the
UVC is not readily available without
purchase, and that the UVC is not
applicable in all States. The FHWA
disagrees, because the UVC is the model
for State laws and the FHWA supports
adoption of the UVC by all States for
their motor vehicle laws as a necessary
component of traffic control device
uniformity, and because the sentence
provides clarification. The information
was contained in the 1988 MUTCD, and
the lack of this information in the 2000
and 2003 Editions of the MUTCD has
generated questions and indicates the
need to provide the information in this
edition. The FHWA adopts the language
as proposed in the NPA.
314. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 3B.02 No-Passing Zone
Pavement Markings and Warrants to add
an OPTION permitting the use of yellow
diagonal markings in the neutral area
between the two sets of no-passing zone
markings, reflecting common practice
for discouraging travel in that area. A
local DOT agreed with the revision, but
recommended making the paragraph a
STANDARD. The FHWA disagrees with
the commenter because no studies have
been performed to justify making the
markings mandatory. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule paragraph 13 as
proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA received one comment
regarding the existing language for
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66797
minimum taper lengths. A local DOT
recommended changing the
STANDARD to GUIDANCE to allow
more flexibility to practitioners in lowspeed urban conditions, such as some
traffic calming and parking situations.
The FHWA agrees that flexibility is
needed, similar to that given in Part 6
for taper lengths at flagger stations and
for shifting tapers, and the FHWA can
find no recent research basis for the
longstanding minimum values for either
urban or rural conditions in the
STANDARD. Therefore, the FHWA
adopts paragraph 16 as GUIDANCE. The
value of taper length calculated by the
formula remains as the recommended
minimum for any given condition of
speed and offset.
315. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 3B.03 Other Yellow
Longitudinal Pavement Markings to
change the first OPTION to GUIDANCE
in order to recommend for certain
conditions, rather than just permit, the
use of arrows with two-way left-turn
lanes. A State DOT asked for guidance
on the distance between sets of two-way
left-turn lane arrows. The FHWA
disagrees that a distance is needed
because it depends on several factors,
such as speeds, geometry, and
intersection spacing. The NCUTCD
supported the proposed change, but
recommended relocating the text to
Section 3B.20. A consultant agreed with
the proposal, but made an editorial
recommendation. Four State DOTs, five
local DOTs, and two NCUTCD members
opposed upgrading the paragraph from
OPTION to GUIDANCE because of
concerns about potential for increased
maintenance costs. The FHWA adopts
paragraph 04 as GUIDANCE, but
relocates the text describing the
placement locations for two-way leftturn lane-use arrow pavement markings
to Section 3B.20, where it more logically
belongs. The NCHRP Synthesis 356 124
highlighted a variety of marking issues
for which additional uniformity could
be provided to aid road users. The
synthesis found that the use of arrows
in two-way left-turn lanes at the start of
the lane and at other locations along the
lane, as needed, is the predominant
practice. The FHWA also modifies the
figures that contain arrows in two-way
left-turn lanes to show when they are
recommended and when they are
optional.
316. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 3B.04 White Lane Line
Pavement Markings and Warrants a
124 NCHRP Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66798
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
STANDARD specifying that dotted lines
are required for acceleration,
deceleration, and auxiliary lanes. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, a local DOT, and
two citizens agreed with the proposal.
Two State DOTs and a local DOT
opposed the revision and requested that
dotted lines not be required, but did not
indicate reasons. The FHWA believes
uniformity is needed and adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA with minor editorial changes.
The FHWA received several
comments regarding the proposal in the
NPA to require the use of wide dotted
white lane lines for lane drops. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, three local
DOTs, and a citizen agreed with the
proposal, but recommended text
revisions for clarity. Three State DOTs,
two local DOTs, and a citizen opposed
the proposed requirement because they
wanted flexibility to use other markings.
The FHWA believes uniformity is
needed and adopts the required use of
lane drop markings as proposed in the
NPA with minor editorial changes and
adds a sentence to the GUIDANCE to
clarify that, for lane drops at
intersections, the lane drop marking
should begin no closer to the
intersection than the furthest upstream
regulatory or warning sign associated
with the lane drop. The FHWA also
adds ‘‘in advance of freeway route splits
with dedicated lanes’’ as an additional
required use for wide dotted white line
markings, because this situation is
similar to a lane drop.
In this final rule, the FHWA revises
the language in paragraph 06 item D for
auxiliary lane markings ‘‘between two
or more adjacent intersections’’ to
‘‘between two adjacent intersections’’
based on comments from a State DOT
and a local DOT.
Based on the comments discussed
above dealing with lane drop markings
and auxiliary lane markings, the FHWA
adopts three additional drawings to
Figure 3B–10 and a new Figure 3B–11
to better illustrate the provisions of the
text.
The FHWA received several
comments regarding the proposed
STANDARD in the NPA requiring the
use of dotted white lane lines at
entrance ramps with parallel
acceleration lanes and the OPTION to
extend the dotted lane line to the
downstream end of the acceleration
taper. The NCUTCD, three State DOTs,
and a local DOT agreed with the
proposal, but recommended text
revisions. Two local DOTs opposed the
proposed OPTION to allow the dotted
lane line to extend to the downstream
end of the acceleration taper because
they believe that drivers could be
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
trapped in the lanes that are ending. The
FHWA disagrees and notes that
extending the dotted white lane line to
the downstream end of the acceleration
taper is an OPTION and its use in some
conditions can help drivers determine
the length of the taper during periods of
darkness and help drivers avoid trying
to merge into heavy traffic prematurely.
The FHWA adopts the language as
proposed with minor editorial changes.
The FHWA also revises the language
for widths of dotted lines throughout
Section 3B.04 to provide clarification. A
State DOT, two local DOTs, and a
citizen expressed confusion concerning
the text and associated figures proposed
in the NPA. The FHWA adopts language
clarifying that wide dotted lines are to
be used in advance of lane drops and for
auxiliary lanes, which are really just a
special case of a lane drop, and that
normal width dotted lines are to be used
for other dotted lane lines and dotted
extensions of lines. The FHWA also
updates the figures throughout Part 2
and Part 3 for consistency with the text
regarding dotted lane lines.
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2016
(approximately seven years from the
effective date of this final rule), or
roadway resurfacing, whichever occurs
first, for the replacement of broken
white lane lines with dotted white lane
lines required to achieve compliance
with these provisions at existing
locations. The FHWA establishes this
target compliance date because of the
road user confusion that would likely
occur as a result of a long-term mixing
of the application of both broken lane
lines and dotted lane lines for noncontinuing lanes. These locations
typically involve merging or lane
changing and have a high potential for
crashes if road users misunderstand or
are confused by the markings. The
FHWA believes that, without a specific
target compliance date, replacing
existing broken lane lines with dotted
lane lines under the geometric
conditions where dotted lines are
required in this final rule might be
delayed by some agencies until the
existing markings are totally worn off.
Most agencies restripe their markings
when they are worn to a degree, but
well before they are totally absent from
the pavement, due to safety issues with
unmarked pavement. Further, Portland
cement concrete pavements have a very
long service life, especially in southern
climates, thus making the intervals
between resurfacings very long. The
FHWA anticipates that the required
replacement with the new lane line
marking pattern at existing locations
will provide safety benefits to road
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
users, and that a seven-year phase-in
period is longer than the life of most
markings and will allow State and local
highway agencies and owners of private
roads open to public travel to spread out
the work over a reasonable time period
and thus minimize any impacts.
317. In Section 3B.05 Other White
Longitudinal Pavement Markings, the
FHWA proposed language in the NPA to
clarify the requirements for
channelizing lines in gore areas
alongside the ramp and through lanes
for exit ramps and entrance ramps in
order to improve uniformity in
application and to reflect the
predominant practice as documented in
NCHRP Synthesis 356.125 The NCUTCD,
three State DOTs, and a local DOT
agreed with the proposal, but
recommended revisions that included
only extending the channelization line
for entrance ramps with tapered
acceleration lanes to a point at least half
the distance from the theoretical gore, to
more accurately reflect predominant
practice to allow earlier merging into
the mainline lane. A State DOT opposed
the proposal and recommended that the
STANDARD be changed to an OPTION.
The FHWA disagrees with reducing this
to an OPTION, because uniformity is
needed to minimize road user
confusion, and in this final rule adopts
the language as proposed in the NPA
but with the suggested change regarding
tapered acceleration lanes.
The FHWA also adopts a third
drawing to Figure 3B–9 for additional
clarification of channelizing line
markings for tapered entrance ramps.
318. In Section 3B.08, Extensions
Through Intersections or Interchanges, a
consultant suggested that the existing
GUIDANCE text from the 2003 MUTCD
recommending that edge lines should
not be extended through major
intersections or major driveways as
solid lines, be changed to a
STANDARD. The FHWA agrees because
such a provision is already a
STANDARD in Section 3B.06 and
adopts paragraph 06 as a STANDARD in
this final rule for consistency.
319. In Section 3B.09, Lane-Reduction
Transition Markings, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise
paragraph 08 to recommend that a
dotted lane line be used approaching a
lane reduction, consistent with the
proposed use of dotted lane lines for
other conditions in which a lane does
not continue ahead. The FHWA
received several comments on this
125 NCHRP Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
proposal. The NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, four local DOTs, two toll road
operators, and a citizen agreed with the
proposal, but recommended several
changes, including changing the
sentence to an OPTION, requiring the
use of wide dotted white lines instead
of normal dotted white lines, and
allowing the use of either dotted white
lines or broken white lines as lane
reduction markings. Four State DOTs
and two local DOTs opposed the
revision. Although lane-reduction
transitions share many characteristics in
common with lane drops and auxiliary
lanes, the FHWA believes that
additional research and experimentation
with dotted lane lines on the approach
to lane-reduction transitions would be
beneficial before adopting the dotted
lane line markings for this application.
Although the NCUTCD recommended
that highway agencies be given the
option of using either the current
standard markings or the proposed
dotted lane line markings for lanereduction transitions, the FHWA
believes that the non-uniformity that
would result from having two allowable
markings for this application would not
be in the best interest of road users.
Therefore, the FHWA does not adopt the
proposed change in this final rule and
retains the text from the 2003 MUTCD
for paragraph 08. The FHWA also
updates related figures and Section
3B.04 for consistency.
320. In Section 3B.10, Approach
Markings for Obstructions, the FHWA
proposed language in the NPA to clearly
indicate that toll booths at toll plazas
are fixed obstructions that shall be
marked according to the requirements of
this section. The proposal was based on
the recommendations from the Toll
Plazas Best Practices and
Recommendations Report.126 Based on
comments from the NCUTCD, four toll
road operators, and two State DOTs, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a
SUPPORT statement referencing
Chapter 3E Markings for Toll Plazas
(Section 3B.29 in the NPA) for
additional information on approach
markings for toll plaza islands and
makes editorial changes to the text.
The FHWA received several
comments regarding the existing
language in the 2003 MUTCD for
minimum taper lengths approaching
obstructions. Three toll road operators
and a State DOT opposed the statement
because some toll plazas cannot
accommodate the requirement. Two
126 ‘‘State of the Practice and Recommendations
on Traffic Control Strategies at Toll Plazas,’’ June
2006, can be viewed at the following Internet Web
site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/rpt/tcstoll/
index.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
local DOTs opposed the statement
because urban conditions cannot always
accommodate the requirement.
Consistent with the same change in
Section 3B.02, the FHWA in this final
rule modifies paragraph 05 from
STANDARD to GUIDANCE.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
change an existing OPTION to
GUIDANCE to recommend, rather than
just permit, that where observed speeds
exceed posted or statutory speed limits,
longer tapers should be used. Two State
DOTs and a local DOT opposed the
revision. The FHWA in this final rule
removes the statement because it is
unnecessary, as the formula for taper
length based on speed is provided
earlier in the section.
321. In Section 3B.11, Raised
Pavement Markers—General, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to limit the use of
red raised pavement markers to being
visible to traffic proceeding in the
wrong direction of a one-way roadway
or ramp. A State DOT and a local DOT
agreed with the proposal. The NCUTCD,
a State DOT, and an NCUTCD member
recommended allowing the use of red
raised pavement markers on divided
highways and on the left-hand side of
two-way roadways. Consistent with
changes as discussed previously in
Section 3A.05, the FHWA in this final
rule revises paragraph 02 to read, ‘‘The
side of a raised pavement marker that is
visible to traffic proceeding in the
wrong direction may be red (see Section
3A.05).’’
Additionally, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add a GUIDANCE statement
near the end of the section that
recommends consideration of the use of
more closely spaced retroreflective
pavement markers where additional
emphasis is needed. Based on
recommendations from the NCUTCD,
three State DOTs, and an NCUTCD
member, the FHWA adopts this
statement as an OPTION.
322. In Section 3B.13, Raised
Pavement Markers Supplementing
Other Markings, several commenters
made recommendations regarding the
existing GUIDANCE from the 2003
MUTCD that raised markers should not
supplement right-hand edge line
markings. The NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, a local DOT, and a toll road
operator opposed the existing provision,
stating that in many cases there is no
bicycle use of the shoulder and the use
of raised markers on the right-hand edge
line can be very beneficial for
delineation on curves and at other
locations where extra emphasis of the
edge line is needed. Four bicyclistrelated organizations recommended
leaving the existing provision in place
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66799
because raised markers can cause
bicyclists using the shoulder to lose
control if they accidentally drive over
the markers. The FHWA believes that
there are many locations where raised
markers can be used on right-hand edge
lines where bicycles are not allowed on
a highway and/or to enhance safety
overall, without compromising safety
for bicyclists. Therefore, in this final
rule the FHWA removes the existing
GUIDANCE and adopts a new
GUIDANCE paragraph 02 that reads as
follows: ‘‘Raised pavement markers
should not supplement right-hand edge
lines unless an engineering study or
engineering judgment indicates the
benefits of enhanced delineation of a
curve or other location would outweigh
possible impacts on bicycles using the
shoulder, and the spacing of raised
pavement markers on the right-hand
edge is close enough to avoid
misinterpretation as a broken line
during wet night conditions.’’
323. In Section 3B.14, Raised
Pavement Markers Substituting for
Pavement Markings, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to change the
GUIDANCE to a STANDARD requiring
that the color of raised pavement
markers shall match the color of the
markings for which they substitute, in
order to assure uniformity of markings
colors. Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, a local DOT, and
an NCUTCD member, the FHWA in this
final rule removes the statement because
the information is covered in Section
3B.11.
For consistency with changes
discussed above in Section 3B.13
regarding the use of raised pavement
markers on right-hand edge lines, the
FHWA in this final rule makes
comparable changes in Section 3B.14.
324. In Section 3B.15, Transverse
Markings, the FHWA relocates the
existing second STANDARD statement
to Section 3B.20 in the final rule. This
STANDARD statement requires
pavement marking letters, numerals,
arrows, and symbols to be installed in
accordance with the SHSM, and is
relocated to the section where it more
appropriately belongs.
325. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
several changes to Section 3B.16 Stop
and Yield Lines to clarify the intended
use of these markings. The FHWA
proposed to add requirements regarding
the use of stop and yield lines,
specifically as these relate to locations
where YIELD (R1–2) signs or Yield Here
to Pedestrians (R1–5 or R1–5a) signs are
used. A State DOT and a local DOT
agreed with the proposal. Two State
DOTs and a local DOT disagreed with
the proposal and recommended
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66800
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
allowing stop lines at railroad crossings
and other locations that operate under
yield control. The FHWA proposed
these changes to assure that stop lines
are not misused to indicate a yield
condition or vice versa. The FHWA
adopts the STANDARD proposed in the
NPA, which requires that stop lines
shall not be used at locations on
uncontrolled approaches where drivers
are required by State law to yield to
pedestrians. This change is in
accordance with FHWA’s Official
Interpretation #3–201(I), dated January
10, 2007.127
The FHWA proposed a new
STANDARD statement in the NPA that
required the use of Yield (Stop) Here to
Pedestrian (R1–5 series) signs at a
crosswalk that crosses an uncontrolled
multi-lane approach when a yield (stop)
line is used. A local DOT recommended
that the sentence be GUIDANCE instead
of a STANDARD. The FHWA disagrees
and adopts paragraph 13 for consistency
with the requirement in paragraph 01 of
Section 2B.11.
326. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add a new section numbered and
titled ‘‘Section 3B.17 Do Not Block
Intersection Markings,’’ containing
OPTION and STANDARD statements
regarding the use of markings to
indicate that the intersection is not to be
blocked and to add a new Figure 3B–18
(Figure 3B–17 in the NPA) showing the
options for the Do Not Block
Intersection Markings. Four local DOTs
and an NCUTCD member approved of
the new section. Two local DOTs
opposed the new section because of a
concern over maintenance in northern
States and potential driver confusion
over right-of-way. The FHWA believes
that Do Not Block Intersection Markings
are being used more widely across the
country to improve traffic flow through
intersections and that uniformity in the
use and type of markings is needed to
minimize road user confusion. The
markings are optional and not mandated
for use, but the MUTCD provisions will
improve uniformity if markings are used
for this purpose. In this final rule the
FHWA adopts the section and figure as
proposed in the NPA, but with minor
editorial revisions.
327. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 3B.18 Crosswalk Markings, to
expand the GUIDANCE regarding the
specific placement of crosswalk
markings and to add new GUIDANCE
regarding the placement of crosswalk
markings across uncontrolled
127 FHWA Official Interpretation #3–201(I), dated
January 10, 2007, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interpretations/3_201.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
approaches, based on engineering
judgment and engineering studies. A
State DOT and two local DOTs opposed
the expanded language on engineering
studies. A State DOT and a local DOT
agreed with the proposal, but
recommended that roundabouts be
exempted, and that the study consider
the 85th percentile speed in addition to
the posted speed. The FHWA believes
that an engineering study for crosswalks
is appropriate at locations not
controlled by a traffic signal, stop sign,
or yield sign, including at a roundabout
if it does not have a yield sign
controlling the entry. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule the language proposed
in the NPA for the engineering study,
but also includes the 85th percentile
speed as a consideration in an
engineering study. The language reflects
the findings of the FHWA report,
‘‘Safety Effects of Marked Versus
Unmarked Crosswalks at Uncontrolled
Locations.’’ 128
The FHWA received comments from
the NCUTCD, five State DOTs, four local
DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
regarding the proposed conditions
where marked crosswalks alone should
not be installed. A local DOT disagreed
with the proposed GUIDANCE and
recommended that it be an OPTION
because they desire more flexibility. The
remaining commenters agreed with the
proposal, but recommended editorial
changes. The FHWA believes that
GUIDANCE is appropriate because of
pedestrian safety concerns and adopts
the language as proposed in the NPA
with editorial changes.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that crosswalk markings
should be located so that the curb ramps
are within the extension of the
crosswalk markings. A local DOT
opposed the revision and an
organization for the blind recommended
making the proposal a STANDARD. The
FHWA adopts paragraph 17 as proposed
in the NPA to be consistent with
existing provisions in ADAAG 129 and to
provide more consistency for
pedestrians as they negotiate the
crosswalk and curb ramps.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
to add a SUPPORT statement at the end
of the section that incorporates
128 ‘‘Safety Effects of Marked Versus Unmarked
Crosswalks at Uncontrolled Locations,’’ FHWA
report #HRT–04–100, Charles Zegeer, et al.,
September 2005, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/
04100/04100.pdf.
129 The Americans With Disabilities Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.accessboard.gov/ada-aba/index.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information regarding detectable
warning surfaces that mark boundaries
between pedestrian and vehicular ways
where there is no raised curb. The
proposed language was in response to
requests from the U.S. Access Board,
based on ADAAG.130 Two State DOTs,
a local DOT, and an NCUTCD member
agreed with the proposal. An
organization for the blind requested that
the statement be revised to a
STANDARD. Two State DOTs and two
local DOTs opposed the revision
because detectable warning surfaces are
not considered traffic control devices
and the information is already
contained in ADAAG. The FHWA
decides to adopt the language as
SUPPORT because it merely provides
information about provisions in other
existing or proposed Federal
regulations, but the FHWA revises the
proposed text to remove the
specifications and dimensions for
detectable warning devices and instead
reference the ADAAG. For the same
reason, the FHWA does not adopt in the
final rule the Figure 3B–20 that was
proposed in the NPA.
328. In Section 3B.20, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to incorporate the
word ‘‘arrow’’ in several places to reflect
that, because arrows are often not
thought of as symbols, the provisions of
this section are intended to apply to
arrows. The FHWA also changes the
title of the section to ‘‘Pavement Word,
Symbol, and Arrow Markings,’’ as
proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA includes arrows in the list
of items that are to be designed in
accordance with the Pavement Markings
chapter of the SHSM book. A local DOT
requested that the statement be revised
to an OPTION to allow local
jurisdictions to use different arrow
designs. The FHWA believes that
uniformity of arrow markings is
important and adopts paragraph 04 as a
STANDARD.
The FHWA does not adopt Figure 3B–
28 or Figure 3B–29 as proposed in the
NPA because the same information is
provided in other figures in Chapter 2B.
References in Chapter 3B are updated to
refer to the figures in Part 2 as
appropriate.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
change an existing OPTION to
GUIDANCE in order to recommend,
rather than just permit, that the
International Symbol of Accessibility
parking space marking should be placed
in each parking space designated for use
130 The Americans With Disabilities Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.accessboard.gov/ada-aba/index.htm.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
66801
by persons with disabilities, for
consistency with the provisions of the
Americans with Disabilities Act. A State
DOT and an NCUTCD member opposed
the change and recommended that it
remain GUIDANCE because the marking
can become obscured by snow and it
can pose a safety hazard for pedestrians
when it is wet and slippery. The FHWA
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA because many State and local laws
and codes require the wheelchair
symbol marking and it is the
predominant practice. As a GUIDANCE
condition, the marking can be omitted
based on engineering study or judgment.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
to add a new GUIDANCE that describes
the use and placement of lane-use
arrows in lanes designated for the
exclusive use of a turning movement, in
turn bays, in lanes from which
movements are allowed that are
contrary to the normal rules of the road,
and where opposing offset channelized
left-turn lanes exist. The NCUTCD, three
State DOTs, four local DOTs, a toll road
operator, and a consultant agreed with
the proposal, but recommended that the
second arrow in a turn bay be optional.
Four State DOTs and a local DOT
opposed the change to GUIDANCE and
recommended that it remain an
OPTION. The FHWA proposed the NPA
language to reflect common practice and
provide for increased uniformity, as
highlighted in the NCHRP Synthesis
356.131 The FHWA adopts the language
proposed in the NPA with editorial
changes and, based on the comments,
the FHWA adds paragraph 22, which
provides an OPTION that the second
(downstream) arrow may be omitted
based on engineering judgment when
arrows are used for a short turn lane.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add a GUIDANCE that
recommends the use of ONLY word
markings to supplement the required
arrow markings where through lanes
approaching an intersection become
mandatory turn lanes. A local DOT
agreed with the proposal. A State DOT
and two local DOTs opposed the
revision and recommended the
statement be revised to an OPTION. The
FHWA believes improved uniformity is
needed to adequately inform road users
of the lane-use restriction at a lane drop
and adopts the GUIDANCE as proposed
in the NPA.
Also, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add a GUIDANCE to recommend that
lane-reduction arrow markings be used
on roadways with a speed limit of 45
mph or above, and to recommend that
they be used on roadways with lower
speed limits when determined to be
appropriate based on engineering
judgment. A State DOT and a local DOT
agreed with the proposal. Five State
DOTs, a local DOT, and an NCUTCD
member opposed the proposal and
recommended that all lane-reduction
arrows remain as an OPTION. A local
DOT suggested the statement clarify that
an on-ramp merge lane is not a ‘‘lane
reduction’’ and the FHWA agrees. Based
on the information in NCHRP Synthesis
356,132 the FHWA believes that, for
enhanced safety, lane-reduction arrows
should be recommended on high-speed
roads in order to provide a clear
indication that the lane reduction
transition is occurring. The FHWA
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA, but includes language clarifying
that a typical parallel acceleration lane
is not a ‘‘lane reduction’’ but that lanereduction arrows may be used in long
acceleration lanes based on engineering
judgment.
Additionally, to respond to a
comment from a consultant, the FHWA
adds a new STANDARD that a singledirection lane-use arrow shall not be
used in a lane bordered on both sides
by yellow two-way left-turn lane
longitudinal markings, to clarify the
existing provisions regarding arrows. A
two-way left-turn lane, by definition,
has traffic flowing in two directions, so
it is inappropriate and potentially very
confusing to road users to place a singledirection arrow in a two-way left-turn
lane. The unique two-way arrow is the
only appropriate type of arrow marking
for this application, and thus a specific
prohibition of one-direction arrows is
necessary because of improper
application by some jurisdictions.
Finally, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed to add an OPTION allowing
the use of lane-use arrows in a dropped
lane on the approach to a freeway or
expressway exit, reflecting common
practice. The FHWA received a
comment from the NCUTCD in
opposition to the proposed OPTION,
stating that normal lane-use arrows are
inappropriate for freeways and
expressways because the exit ramp
typically departs from the mainline at a
small angle rather than the 90-degree
turn suggested by the shape of normal
turn arrows. The NCUTCD suggested
that a new style of arrow be developed
and added to the MUTCD specifically
for dropped lanes at exit ramps. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the
OPTION as proposed in the NPA, with
editorial changes, because normal laneuse arrows are successfully used at
many locations where the angle of turn
is much less than 90 degrees, there is no
evidence of any problems with these
arrows at the many locations where they
are currently used in advance of freeway
lane drops, and research would be
needed to develop and test different
style arrows to assure they would be
better understood by road users than the
existing arrows.
329. The FHWA received several
comments regarding the proposal in the
NPA to add a new section numbered
and titled Section 3B.22 Speed
Reduction Markings, containing
SUPPORT, STANDARD, and
GUIDANCE statements regarding
transverse markings that may be placed
on the roadway within a lane in a
pattern to give drivers the impression
that their speed is increasing. The
NCUTCD and three State DOTs agreed
with the proposed section, but
recommended editorial changes. Two
local DOTs and an NCUTCD member
opposed the proposed section because
of a concern that speed reduction
markings have not been adequately
tested and do not work. The FHWA
disagrees because the Traffic Control
Devices Pooled Fund Study on speed
reduction markings133 found that these
markings can be effective in reducing
speeds at certain locations, and because
it is necessary to provide a standardized
design for such markings in order to
provide uniformity. The FHWA adopts
the language proposed in the NPA with
editorial changes and adds a new
GUIDANCE statement to paragraph 02
explaining that speed reduction
markings should not be used in areas
frequented mainly by local or familiar
drivers (e.g., school zones), based on
comments citing the above-mentioned
Pooled Fund Study research. Five State
DOTs, a local DOT, and a citizen
requested that a longitudinal spacing
table be developed for the speed
reduction markings. The FHWA
declines adding a longitudinal spacing
table at this time because this goes
beyond the scope of this rulemaking and
would need to be addressed in a future
rulemaking.
330. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new section numbered and titled
Section 3B.24 Chevron and Diagonal
Crosshatch Markings (numbered Section
131 NCHRP Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, pages 7–
13, can be viewed at the following Internet Web
site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
132 NCHRP Synthesis 356, ‘‘Pavement Markings—
Design and Typical Layout Details,’’ 2006, page 32,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_syn_356.pdf.
133 ’’Pavement Markings for Speed Reduction,’’
December 2004, prepared by Bryan J. Katz for the
Traffic Control Devices Pooled Fund Study, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04100/04100.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66802
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
3B.26 in the NPA) containing OPTION,
STANDARD, and GUIDANCE
statements on the use of markings
intended to discourage travel on certain
paved areas. As proposed in the NPA,
the FHWA eliminates the optional use
of diagonal markings in gore areas and
requires that, if markings are used in the
gore, they shall be chevron markings,
because gores separate traffic flowing in
the same direction and diagonal
crosshatching is inappropriate for that
condition. Based on a comment from a
public utilities commission, the FHWA
adopts an OPTION statement that
crosshatch markings may also be used at
highway-rail and highway-light rail
transit grade crossings. While a local
DOT agreed with the proposed
minimum widths for chevron and
diagonal lines, the NCUTCD and two
local DOTs recommended that the
minimum width for chevron and
diagonal lines be less than 12 inches for
lower speed roadways. The FHWA
agrees with the NCUTCD and adopts the
minimum width at 8 inches for
roadways with speed limits less than 45
mph. Based on a comment from a State
DOT that some agencies use an angle of
36 degrees rather than 45 degrees
because a 3–4–5 triangle can be used to
easily lay out the crosshatch markings
in the field, the FHWA adopts a chevron
angle of ‘‘approximately 30 to 45
degrees.’’
331. In Section 3B.25 (numbered
Section 3B.26 in the 2003 MUTCD)
Speed Hump Markings, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
STANDARD to more clearly state that if
speed hump markings are to be used on
a speed hump or a speed table, the only
markings that shall be used are those
shown in Figures 3B–29 and 3B–30.
Based on comments from a State DOT
and an NCUTCD member noting that the
existing OPTION and proposed revised
STANDARD contained the same
information, the FHWA deletes the
OPTION in this final rule. The FHWA
received several comments regarding
the proposed language restricting
markings to those in the accompanying
figures. A local DOT agreed with the
proposal, while a State DOT, two local
DOTs, and two consultants opposed the
proposal and recommended allowing
local variations of speed hump
markings. The FHWA disagrees with
allowing local variations in speed hump
markings because the FHWA believes
that additional uniformity will better
serve the interests of road users.
Because the 2003 MUTCD language is
not prescriptive, a wide variety of
marking patterns are being used for
speed humps and unfamiliar drivers do
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
not recognize the local markings. The
FHWA adopts paragraph 01 as proposed
in the NPA.
332. In this final rule, the FHWA is
moving all of the information from the
NPA proposed Section 3B.29 Markings
for Toll Plazas to a new adopted Chapter
3E Markings for Toll Plazas (see item
341 below).
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapters 3C Through 3J
333. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts a new chapter, numbered
and titled Chapter 3C Roundabout
Markings, to reflect the state of the
practice for roundabout markings,
especially for multi-lane roundabouts,
the safe and efficient operation of which
necessitates specific markings to enable
road users to choose the proper lane
before entering the roundabout. The
FHWA also adopts seven sections
within the chapter that describe
pavement markings at roundabouts,
including lane lines, edge lines, yield
lines, crosswalk markings, and
pavement word, arrow, and symbol
markings. The chapter also includes a
variety of new figures that illustrate
examples of markings for roundabouts
of various geometric and lane-use
configurations. In the NPA, the FHWA
solicited comments on whether it is
necessary for all of the proposed new
figures illustrating roundabout markings
to be added to the MUTCD or whether
some of those illustrations should be
placed in other documents for reference,
such as the FHWA Roundabouts
Guide,134 which is in the process of
being updated. The FHWA received
comments on both sides of the issue.
The FHWA believes that, for this edition
of the MUTCD, it is important to
provide these illustrations of new
concepts in markings in one location for
ready reference. As practitioners gain
more familiarity with these markings,
the FHWA will consider the possibility
of eliminating some of the figures in a
future edition. The FHWA adopts most
of the figures in this final rule but, in
response to comments, deletes several of
the figures and editorially combines the
content of the deleted figures with the
content of other figures being adopted.
The FHWA believes this presents the
same information in a more concise
manner.
With respect to Section 3C.01 General
as proposed in the NPA, the FHWA
received several comments about the
proposed STANDARD defining
134 ‘‘Roundabouts: An Informational Guide,’’
Report number FHWA–RD–00–67, June, 2000, can
be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/safety/00068.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
roundabouts and requiring pavement
markings and signs at roundabouts to
present a consistent message to the road
user. The comments noted that Section
1A.13 already contains a definition of a
roundabout and that consistency of
messages between signs and markings is
a general requirement applicable to all
conditions. The FHWA agrees and
replaces the proposed STANDARD with
a SUPPORT that provides a more
general description of a roundabout and
refers to Section 1A.13.
The FHWA received comments from
two State DOTs, a local DOT, an
NCUTCD member, and a consultant
about the proposed OPTION that traffic
control signals may be used at
roundabouts to facilitate pedestrian
crossings or meter traffic. The FHWA
agrees with the comments that the use
of traffic control signals at any location
is governed by provisions in Part 4
rather than Part 3, and the FHWA in this
final rule replaces the proposed
OPTION with a SUPPORT statement
referring to Part 4.
334. In Section 3C.02 White Lane Line
Pavement Markings for Roundabouts,
the FHWA relocates to Section 9C.04
the STANDARD and GUIDANCE
statements about bicycle lane markings
in and on the approach to roundabouts
that were proposed in the NPA in
Section 3C.02, because the information
is more appropriately located in Section
9C.04, and adopts a SUPPORT
statement in Section 3C.02 referring to
Section 9C.04. The FHWA also adopts a
STANDARD that a through lane that
becomes a dropped lane at a roundabout
shall be marked with a dotted white
lane line in accordance with Section
3B.04. This statement is necessary to
remind users of the requirements of
Section 3B.04 that also apply to lane
drops when they occur at a roundabout.
335. The FHWA in this final rule
revises the title of Section 3C.03 from
‘‘Edge Line Pavement Markings for
Roundabouts,’’ as proposed in the NPA,
to ‘‘Edge Line Pavement Markings for
Roundabout Circulatory Roadways,’’ in
order to more accurately describe the
subject of the provisions in the section.
The FHWA received a comment from a
local DOT suggesting that the
recommended use of a white edge line
on the outer edge of the circulatory
roadway, including the wide dotted
edge line extension across the lanes
entering the roundabout, be changed to
an OPTION. The FHWA disagrees
because the edge line markings provide
important guidance to road users
entering the roundabout and circulating
within the roundabout, and this has
been found to be successful in practice
in Europe and elsewhere. A State DOT
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
opposed the proposed GUIDANCE
recommending that a wide dotted line
be used across the entry to a roundabout
and requested that a normal dotted line
be used, consistent with the 2003
MUTCD. The FHWA disagrees because
the wide dotted line provides special
emphasis that is recommended for
drivers entering the roundabout. The
GUIDANCE is adopted as proposed.
336. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
Section 3C.05 Crosswalk Markings at
Roundabouts, which provides
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and
SUPPORT statements concerning the
use of crosswalks at roundabouts. The
FHWA received a comment from an
organization for the blind suggesting
that the proposed GUIDANCE for
marked crosswalks if pedestrian
facilities are provided be changed to a
STANDARD. The FHWA disagrees and
notes that there may be some cases
where it is not desirable to provide
marked crosswalks, such as where
overpasses or underpasses are provided.
Two local DOTs and a consultant
suggested that the recommendation be
changed to an OPTION. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts the provision as a
GUIDANCE statement in this final rule
because if at-grade pedestrian crossing
activity is present, pedestrians should
be provided with crosswalks to indicate
the proper places to cross the
roundabout approaches.
337. Based on a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA does not adopt Section
3C.07 Example Markings for
Roundabouts, which was proposed in
the NPA. The FHWA adopts a
SUPPORT statement in Section 3C.01 in
the final rule that refers to the figures in
Chapter 3C that provide examples of
pavement markings at roundabouts. The
FHWA also renumbers the following
section that was proposed in the NPA,
Markings for Other Circular
Intersections, from 3C.08 to 3C.07 in the
final rule.
338. The FHWA adopts a new chapter
titled Chapter 3D Markings for
Preferential Lanes, that contains
information relocated from NPA
numbered Section 3B.24 Preferential
Lane Word and Symbol Markings and
NPA numbered Section 3B.25
Preferential Lane Longitudinal Markings
for Motor Vehicles. The FHWA also
relocates to Chapter 3D and renumbers
Table 3B–2 and Figures 3B–31, 3B–32,
3B–33, and 3B–34 that were proposed in
the NPA, which list and show the
required longitudinal markings for
buffer-separated preferential lanes and
counter-flow preferential lanes.
339. In Section 3D.01 (numbered
Section 3B.24 in the NPA) Preferential
Lane Word and Symbol Markings, the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
FHWA adopts information regarding
markings to be used for ETC preferential
lanes in the STANDARD, for
consistency with other related changes
in Parts 2 and 3 regarding ETC AccountOnly lanes. Based on comments from
the NCUTCD, a State DOT, and two toll
road operators, the FHWA revises
paragraph 06 to clarify that preferential
lane use word or symbol markings are
required when the separation area
between a preferential lane and the
adjacent general purpose lane can be
traversed by motor vehicles.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
add a word marking for ETC AccountOnly lanes. A State DOT, two toll road
operators, and a local DOT opposed the
proposed revision because it would
reduce the ability to reconfigure plaza
lanes. The NCUTCD and a State DOT
agreed with the proposal, but
recommended adding HOT lanes to the
list of types of preferential lanes where
word markings are required, and adding
an OPTION that allows preferential
lane-use markings to be omitted under
certain circumstances. The FHWA in
this final rule revises paragraph 06 to
include HOT lanes along with HOV
lanes and adds paragraph 08 to allow
preferential lane word or symbol
markings to be omitted at toll plazas
where physical conditions preclude
their use.
The FHWA had proposed in the NPA
adding the word marking TRANSIT
ONLY as an alternative to a ‘‘T’’
marking for light-rail transit lanes.
Instead, based on a comment from the
NCUTCD, the FHWA in this final rule
adopts the word marking LRT ONLY
because the word marking ‘‘TRANSIT’’
is too wide to fit in most lanes.
340. In Section 3D.02 (Section 3B.25
in the NPA) Preferential Lane
Longitudinal Markings for Motor
Vehicles, the FHWA in this final rule
edits, expands, and reorganizes the
existing section, which corresponds to
comparable sections on preferential
lanes in Part 2. These changes reflect
typical existing practices for the
marking of preferential lanes, as
documented in various FHWA guidance
and handbooks.135 The FHWA also
revises paragraph 03 as proposed in the
NPA to match the names of different
configurations of preferential lanes that
are defined in Section 1A.13.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
add a new GUIDANCE regarding the use
of dotted line markings at direct exits
from preferential lane facilities, to
135 Available FHWA guidance and handbooks on
preferential lanes can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/
freewaymgmt/hov.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66803
reduce the chances of unintended exit
maneuvers. A local DOT opposed the
use of dotted lines because of a concern
that the dotted lines will add to driver
confusion. The FHWA disagrees and
considers the proposed GUIDANCE as
an important best practice, reflecting a
recent FHWA policy memorandum.136
The FHWA adopts paragraph 08 as
proposed in the NPA.
341. The FHWA adopts a new
chapter, numbered and titled Chapter
3E Markings for Toll Plazas, that
contains information relocated from
Section 3B.29 Markings for Toll Plazas,
which was a new section proposed in
the NPA. As adopted in the final rule,
Section 3E.01 contains SUPPORT,
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statements for the use of pavement
markings at toll plazas. The chapter
provides uniformity in pavement
markings at toll plazas because toll
plazas have not been included in
previous editions of the MUTCD.
The NCUTCD, a State DOT, and three
toll road operators agreed with the NPA
proposal that longitudinal markings for
Electronic Toll Collection lanes comply
with Section 3D.01 (numbered Section
3B.25 in the NPA), but recommended
editorial changes. To reflect the
comments, the FHWA revises paragraph
02 to require that, for Open Road
Tolling lanes that bypass a mainline toll
plaza on a separate alignment, the
longitudinal markings shall also comply
with Section 3D.02, and word markings
shall be used in accordance with
Section 3D.01 (Section 3B.24 in the
NPA) on the approach to the point of
divergence from the mainline.
The FHWA received several
comments on the proposed GUIDANCE
in the NPA recommending that ETC
Account-Only lanes be separated from
cash payment toll plaza lanes by a
physical barrier or pavement markings.
The NCUTCD, a State DOT, four toll
road operators, and a local DOT agreed
with the proposal, but recommended
that the statement be changed to an
OPTION, that striping alone not be
allowed, and that vehicle speed not be
used to determine the point of
separation between lanes. The FHWA
disagrees with the comments because
the recommendations are based on the
Toll Plazas Best Practices and
Recommendations report.137 The FHWA
136 The FHWA’s August 3, 2007 policy
memorandum on ‘‘Traffic Control Devices for
Preferential Lane Facilities’’ can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcdplfmemo/
preferen_lanes_tcd.pdf.
137 ‘‘State of the Practice and Recommendations
on Traffic Control Strategies at Toll Plazas,’’ June
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
Continued
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66804
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
adopts paragraph 04 as GUIDANCE, but
revises the text for clarity.
The FHWA received comments
regarding the NPA proposal to allow the
use of purple solid longitudinal
markings to supplement lane lines. The
NCUTCD and a State DOT opposed the
use based on recommendations from a
toll road task force. As discussed above
in Section 3A.05 regarding comments
on the use of purple markings, the
FHWA disagrees with these comments
and adopts the optional use of purple
markings A toll road operator and a
local DOT agreed with the optional use
of purple markings, but recommended
that the minimum width of 1 inch for
the supplemental purple line be revised.
Based on its own experience and
observations, the FHWA agrees that 1
inch is too narrow and changes the
minimum width of the optional purple
supplemental marking to 3 inches and
adopts a maximum width to be the same
width as the line it supplements.
Finally, based on comments from the
NCUTCD and a toll road operator that
it is impractical to install edge lines in
the constrained space between toll
booths, the FHWA adds paragraph 08
that states: ‘‘Longitudinal pavement
markings may be omitted alongside toll
booth islands between the approach
markings and any departure markings.’’
342. In Section 3F.02 (Section 3D.02
in the NPA) Delineator Design, the
FHWA adopts a SUPPORT paragraph in
the final rule to clarify the differences
between single delineators, double
delineators, and vertically elongated
delineators when discussing a series of
delineators along a roadway. This
editorial clarification is necessary to
reduce user confusion over these terms.
343. In Section 3F.03 (Section 3D.03
in the NPA) Delineator Application, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add a
GUIDANCE to recommend that
delineators should be used wherever
guardrail or other longitudinal barriers
are present in order to provide
consistency in application. Two local
DOTs agreed with the proposal. A local
DOT disagreed with the proposal and
requested that delineators should be
recommended on guardrails based on
the lateral distance from the roadway.
The FHWA disagrees. Because guardrail
and barriers are typically close to the
roadway, delineation on these features
helps make road users aware of the
potential to collide with them during
conditions of darkness, and this
delineation assists road users with
navigating the roadway alignment. A
2006, can be viewed at the following Internet Web
site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/rpt/tcstoll/
index.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
State DOT and a local DOT agreed with
the proposal, but requested clarification
for the location of the delineators. The
FHWA modifies the text of the adopted
Section 3F.03 in several places to clarify
that delineators are used in a series
rather than a single delineator alone.
344. In Section 3F.04 (Section 3D.04
in the NPA) Delineator Placement and
Spacing, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to change the GUIDANCE
discussing the mounting height of
delineators. Based on comments from
the NCUTCD and three State DOTs
questioning the ability to consistently
achieve a precise mounting height of 4
feet, the FHWA in this final rule revises
paragraph 01 to describe the
recommended mounting height as
‘‘approximately 4 feet.’’
345. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
revising Chapter 3G Colored Pavements
(Chapter 3E in the NPA and 2003
MUTCD), Section 3G.01 General, in
order to provide a more logical flow of
information, to better emphasize traffic
control device and non-traffic control
device colored pavements, and to reflect
FHWA’s Interpretation 3–169(I) 138 on
non-retroreflective colored pavements.
The proposed language classified as a
traffic control device any retroreflective
colored pavement between crosswalk
lines and non-retroreflective colored
pavement between crosswalk lines that
is intended to communicate a
regulatory, warning, or guidance
message. A State DOT, two local DOTs,
and a pedestrian advisory board agreed
with the revisions. A citizen opposed
the revisions because of concern that the
language placed restrictions on the use
of stamped concrete for aesthetic
measures. The FHWA disagrees with the
citizen because the language includes
brick patterns in the list of aesthetic
treatments that are not considered to be
traffic control devices, and the FHWA
adopts the text as proposed in the NPA.
346. In Chapter 3H (Chapter 3F in the
NPA and 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
revises the title in this final rule to
‘‘Channelizing Devices Used for
Emphasis of Pavement Marking
Patterns’’ based on a comment from the
NCUTCD, to more accurately reflect the
content. As discussed above in item
107, the section discussing barricades is
relocated to Section 2B.67 Barricades.
In Section 3H.01 (numbered Section
3F.01 in the NPA) Channelizing
Devices, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to require that the design of
channelizing devices, except for color,
138 FHWA’s Official Interpretation 3–169(I), dated
September 1, 2004, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
documents/pdf/3-169-I-FL-S.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
be consistent with Sections 6F.67,
6F.68, and 6F.69 (as numbered in the
NPA). Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a traffic device manufacturer,
ATSSA, and a citizen, the FHWA
revises the STANDARD to require that
the design of channelizing devices,
except for color, comply with all of
Chapter 6F rather than just three
sections in that chapter. The FHWA also
revises the OPTION to include
additional types of channelizing devices
and references specific sections of
Chapter 6F for descriptions of the
devices.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to expand the STANDARD to
require that the color of the reflective
bands on channelizing devices shall be
white, except for bands on channelizing
devices that are used to separate traffic
flows in opposing directions, which
shall be yellow. Two State DOTs, an
NCUTCD member, and a consultant
opposed the proposed use of yellow
banding because, as written, it would
apply also to temporary traffic control
zones and conflict with provisions in
Chapter 6F. Two local DOTs agreed
with the proposal. The NCUTCD and a
State DOT agreed with the proposal, but
recommended editorial changes to
clarify that the yellow bands would
apply only outside of Temporary Traffic
Control (TTC) Zones. The FHWA agrees
with the recommended editorial
changes and adopts a revised paragraph
04 to clarify the required use of the
yellow bands on channelizing devices.
347. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
several revisions to Chapter 3I Islands
(Chapter 3G in the NPA and 2003
MUTCD). In Section 3I.01 (Section
3G.01 in the NPA) General, the FHWA
proposed to add the purpose of toll
collection to the definition of island for
traffic control purposes. The NCUTCD
opposed the change and recommended
the deletion of toll booth plazas from
being considered islands. The FHWA
disagrees because toll booth plaza
islands are located between traffic lanes
and do control vehicular movements
and share similar characteristics with
many other types of islands. The FHWA
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA but relocates the revised definition
to Section 1A.13 and editorially
combines it with similar text in the
definition of Island that existed in
Section 1A.13 of the 2003 MUTCD.
348. In Section 3I.03 (Section 3G.03 in
the NPA) Island Marking Application,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
change a STANDARD discussing
pavement markings in the neutral area
to a GUIDANCE because it is not always
practical or necessary for a jurisdiction
to include chevron or diagonal hatching
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
in the triangular neutral area for all
islands, especially small triangular
channelizing islands at intersections. A
local DOT agreed with the proposal.
Based on a comment from a State DOT,
the FHWA revises paragraph 02
editorially and adopts the statement as
GUIDANCE.
349. The FHWA deletes Section 3G.05
Island Object Markers, as numbered and
titled in the 2003 MUTCD and in the
NPA, because object markers have been
designated as signs and relocated to
Chapter 2C and this text is no longer
appropriate in Part 3. The provisions of
former Section 3G.05 are addressed by
text in Chapter 2C.
350. In Section 3I.05 (Section 3G.06 in
the NPA), the FHWA in the final rule
revises the title to ‘‘Island Delineation’’
and adds an OPTION, repeated from
Section 3B.11, that allows the use of
raised pavement markers in front of and
on top of curbed noses of raised
medians and curbs of islands.
351. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a new section at the end of
Chapter 3I, numbered and titled Section
3I.06 (numbered Section 3G.07 in the
NPA) Pedestrian Islands and Medians,
containing SUPPORT statements on the
purpose of pedestrian islands and
medians as well as the placement of
detectable warnings at curb ramps. The
information proposed within this
section was included in order to assist
practitioners with meeting the
provisions of ADAAG.139 Two State
DOTs and a local DOT opposed the
proposed section because they do not
consider pedestrian islands and
medians to be traffic control devices and
the information is already contained in
ADAAG. Two local DOTs agreed with
the proposal and an organization for the
blind requested that the language be
changed to a STANDARD. The FHWA
decides to adopt the language as
SUPPORT because it merely provides
information about provisions in other
existing or proposed Federal
regulations. However, the FHWA does
not adopt in this final rule the details on
placement of detectable warning
surfaces and Figure 3G–1 that was
proposed in the NPA, because the
information is contained in ADAAG.
352. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a new chapter to the end of Part
3 that is numbered and titled Chapter 3J
Rumble Strip Markings (Chapter 3H in
the NPA), which contained two sections
that describe the use of markings in
conjunction with longitudinal and
139 The Americans with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://www.accessboard.gov/ada-aba/index.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
transverse rumble strips. A local DOT
agreed with the proposal, but
recommended text changes. A State
DOT, a local DOT, four organizations
representing bicyclists, and an NCUTCD
member opposed the proposed chapter
because they do not believe rumble
strips are traffic control devices and
they feel the inclusion of the chapter
will have negative implications for
bicyclists. The FHWA has not made a
determination on whether or not rumble
strips are traffic control devices, but
believes that certain types of rumble
strips, particularly those that are formed
from white or colored strips of
pavement marking material, might have
characteristics that could potentially
make them candidates for future
consideration as traffic control devices.
Also, because rumble strips have been
in use for many years and numerous
agencies are considering increased
usage as part of their strategic highway
safety plans, there is a need to include
provisions in the MUTCD for pavement
markings that are used with rumble
strips. The FHWA adopts the chapter as
proposed, but makes revisions to
Sections 3J.01 and 3J.02 as described
below.
353. In Section 3J.01 (Section 3H.01
in the NPA) Longitudinal Rumble Strip
Markings, the FHWA proposed language
for the use of rumble stripes
(longitudinal lines located over
longitudinal rumble strips.) A State
DOT asked if rumble strips were being
considered as traffic control devices.
Based on the comment, the FHWA adds
a SUPPORT statement in paragraph 02
to clarify that, ‘‘This Manual contains
no provisions regarding the design and
placement of longitudinal rumble
strips.’’
Based on comments from the
NCUTCD and an NCUTCD member, the
FHWA revises paragraph 04 to reference
Section 3A.05 for the color of edge lines
or center lines associated with
longitudinal rumble stripes. Also, based
on a comment from the NCUTCD, the
FHWA adds a new STANDARD in
paragraph 05 that states that an edge
line shall not be used in addition to a
rumble stripe that is located along a
shoulder. This clarification is needed to
preclude the use of a double edge line,
which would be in conflict with the
defined meanings of double lines in
Chapter 3B.
As requested by the NCUTCD and a
State DOT, the FHWA adds Figure 3J–
1 to illustrate the text in Section 3J.01.
354. In Section 3J.02 (Section 3H.02
in the NPA) Transverse Rumble Strip
Markings, the FHWA proposed that the
color of a transverse rumble strip shall
be the color of the pavement or white.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66805
A State DOT opposed the proposal
because of concerns that white
transverse lines could be confused with
stop lines or crosswalks. The FHWA
disagrees because there is no evidence
of such confusion if properly used and
located. Another State DOT asked if
rumble strips were being considered as
traffic control devices. Based on the
comment, the FHWA adds a SUPPORT
statement in paragraph 02 to clarify that,
‘‘This Manual contains no provisions
regarding the design and placement of
transverse rumble strips that
approximate the color of the pavement.’’
A third State DOT recommended that
black be added as an acceptable color
for a transverse rumble strip and the
FHWA agrees. A consultant
recommended that orange be added as
an acceptable color in a TTC situation
and the FHWA agrees, for consistency
with Section 6F.87 (see additional
discussion there). The FHWA revises
paragraph 03 to read, ‘‘Except as
otherwise provided in Section 6F.87 for
TTC zones, if the color of a transverse
rumble strip used within a travel lane is
not the color of the pavement, the color
of the transverse rumble strip shall be
either black or white.’’
Discussion of Amendments to Part 4—
Highway Traffic Signals
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4A—General
355. As discussed above under
General and Part 1, in this final rule the
FHWA relocates all the definitions in
Section 4A.02 Definitions Relating to
Highway Traffic Signals to Section
1A.13 in order to consolidate all
definitions in one place in the MUTCD.
Where definitions of the same term exist
in both sections, the FHWA retains the
most accurate definition or combines
the definitions editorially. The FHWA
also adopts a SUPPORT statement as the
sole text of Section 4A.02, referring to
Sections 1A.13 and 1A.14 for
definitions and acronyms.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4B
356. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
in Section 4B.02 Basis of Installation or
Removal of Traffic Control Signals to
change the OPTION statement (with the
exception of the last sentence of item E)
to a GUIDANCE, in order to recommend
the steps that should be taken to remove
a traffic control signal from operation,
rather than merely describe steps that
may be taken. The FHWA also proposed
to add to the remaining sentence of the
OPTION statement that only the first
two steps (items A and B of the
GUIDANCE) need to be completed for
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66806
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
temporary traffic control signals,
because the other steps (items C through
E of the GUIDANCE) do not apply to
those locations. An NCUTCD member in
comments suggested deleting the
reference to installing signs in item C
because experience has found that signs
do not help with citizen awareness of a
study and that public notification is
more effective through public meetings
and/or the media. The FHWA agrees
with the commenter and adopts the
changes as proposed in the NPA, but
with the suggested deletion in item C.
357. In Section 4B.04 Alternatives to
Traffic Control Signals, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add two items
(L and H) to the list of less restrictive
alternatives that should be considered
before a traffic control signal is
installed. Item H discusses revising the
geometrics at the intersection to add
pedestrian median refuge islands and/or
curb extensions. Item L discusses the
use of a pedestrian hybrid beacon or inroadway warning lights if pedestrian
safety is a major concern at a location.
A toll authority, two local DOTs, and a
consultant agreed with the addition, and
a The FHWA adopts the addition of
these items as proposed in the NPA
because they are viable potential
alternatives to a new traffic control
signal.
358. In Section 4B.05 Adequate
Roadway Capacity the FHWA proposed
in the NPA to add a paragraph to the
GUIDANCE clarifying that additional
methods for increasing roadway
capacity that do not involve widening a
signalized intersection should be
carefully evaluated. Such methods
could include revising pavement
markings or lane-use assignments where
appropriate. The FHWA proposed this
language to recommend that lower-cost
options should be considered to
increase roadway capacity and
operational efficiency at signalized
intersections. A local DOT supported
this proposal. A State DOT, a local DOT,
five associations, an NCUTCD member,
and three private citizens agreed with
the proposal and suggested adding a
statement to consider the needs of
bicyclists prior to implementing the
alternative methods for increasing
capacity. The FHWA agrees with these
comments and also adopts in this final
rule an additional statement that any
impacts to bicyclists should also be
considered.
A State DOT agreed with the revision
and suggested that the list include other
methods such as proper traffic signal
timing, optimization, major route
priority, truck and transit priority
devices, traffic signal coordination,
advanced traffic signal signage, and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
closed loop systems. The FHWA
disagrees with this comment and
declines to add the suggested items to
the list because these measures are
adequately addressed elsewhere in Part
4.
A State DOT opposed this revision
and suggested removing Section 4B.05
from the MUTCD since adequate
roadway capacity is not a traffic control
device. The FHWA disagrees because
this longstanding section of the MUTCD
is necessary because of safety and
operational impacts to signalized
intersections, and because markings and
lane use can significantly affect
capacity.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4C
359. In Section 4C.01 Studies and
Factors for Justifying Traffic Control
Signals, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a second paragraph to the
first OPTION statement allowing any
four sequential 15-minute periods to be
considered as 1 hour in signal warrants
that require conditions to be present for
a certain number of hours, if the
separate 1-hour periods used in the
analysis do not overlap each other and
both the major and minor street volumes
are for the same specific 1-hour periods.
The FHWA proposed to add this
paragraph to clarify that the 1-hour
periods of peak traffic volumes do not
necessarily need to correspond to 60
minutes starting at the :00 hour on the
clock. A local DOT opposed this
revision based on concerns about its
potential misuse in litigation. The
FHWA disagrees because this revision
reflects accepted engineering practice
and is an optional practice which
presents a viable alternative to agencies
that wish to use it. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule the language as
proposed in the NPA.
360. In Section 4C.04 Warrant 3, Peak
Hour, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add to the OPTION statement that a
traffic signal justified only under this
warrant may be operated in flashing
mode during the hours when the
warrant is not met. The FHWA also
proposed to add a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that such a signal be
traffic-actuated. The FHWA proposed
these statements to encourage efficient
operational strategies, because a traffic
signal justified only under the Peak
Hour warrant may have very low traffic
volumes during much of the day. This
language is similar to provisions in
Sections 4C.05 (Warrant 4, Pedestrian
Volume) and 4C.06 (Warrant 5, School
Crossing). A local DOT agreed with the
proposals. Two State DOTs and a local
DOT opposed the OPTION for flashing
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operation because they felt that traffic
signals should not flash ordinarily, not
all drivers understand flashing traffic
signals, the number of crashes might
increase, and the flashing operation
takes away from the operational
characteristics of actuated signals. The
FHWA disagrees with the commenters
because the flashing mode is currently
utilized in many jurisdictions and has
proven effective for signals with an
unusual peak hour scenario. Also, any
actuated signal can be operated in
flashing mode and the decision should
be based on engineering judgment.
Therefore, the FHWA adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
361. In Section 4C.05 Warrant 4,
Pedestrian Volume, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
STANDARD statement regarding criteria
that are to be met in an engineering
study for a traffic signal to be
considered. The FHWA proposed
replacing the existing two criteria with
two new criteria based on vehicular and
pedestrian volumes, and requiring that
only one of the criteria be met. The
criteria, and the associated volume
curves, are derived from other vehiclebased traffic signal warrants and
supplemented with data gathered
during a TCRP/NCHRP study.140 The
FHWA received comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, three local
DOTs, six associations, and three
private citizens in support of the NPA
revisions. A local DOT and four
associations suggested that bicyclists
receive equal treatment and be included
in all counts and applied to all
appropriate warrants. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments because
consideration of bicyclists in applying
signal warrants is adequately covered in
Section 4C.01, Studies and Factors for
Justifying Traffic Control Signals. A
State DOT suggested adding a formula
to the warrants. The FHWA disagrees
with the commenter since the curves are
based on formulas and there is no need
to put the precise formula in the text.
An association and an NCUTCD
member suggested that the warrants also
include consideration for the width of
the crossing, the number of lanes, the
frequency of adequate gaps in traffic, or
the presence of one-way versus two-way
traffic flows since it is generally easier
to cross one-way traffic than two-way
traffic. The FHWA concurs that number
of lanes contributes to pedestrian
140 ‘‘Improving Pedestrian Safety at Unsignalized
Pedestrian Crossings,’’ TCRP Report 112/NCHRP
Report 562, Transportation Research Board, 2006,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_562.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
exposure but disagrees with the
suggested revision because issues with
crossing distance should be addressed
with refuge islands or other geometric
treatments, and should not be a warrant
for a signal unless the pedestrian and
vehicle volumes are present.
Additionally, the warrant revisions are
based on the NCHRP study, 141 which
did not recommend separate curves for
different numbers of lanes on the major
street. A local DOT opposed the revision
of the pedestrian warrant because of
concerns that new signalization will be
easier to attain since the changes require
that only one criterion needs to be met.
The commenter suggested that other
methods such as signing, pedestrian
walkways, and overpasses should be
investigated prior to the installation of
a new traffic signal. The FHWA
disagrees because the criteria still
account for both pedestrian volume and
major street volume and therefore the
attainment of signalization has not been
made easier. The FHWA notes that
alternatives to signalization are
discussed in Section 4B.04, Alternatives
to Traffic Control Signals. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the language as
proposed in the NPA.
Similar to other traffic signal
warrants, the FHWA also proposed in
the NPA to add an OPTION statement
following the criteria, allowing the use
of different volume curves based on the
posted or statutory speed limit or the
85th percentile speed, or the location of
the intersection. A local DOT suggested
adding flexibility to allow the
installation of a signal to encourage
pedestrians to cross at a safe location,
such as a new trail, rather than simply
to accommodate them. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenter since this
warrant can be used at trail crossings,
and adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA.
An NCUTCD member suggested that
‘‘or YIELD’’ be added after the proposed
‘‘STOP’’ in paragraph 04. The FHWA
disagrees with the suggested revision, as
a YIELD sign is not a restrictive enough
traffic control device to facilitate high
pedestrian crossing volumes and should
not prevent the installation of a signal
for pedestrian crossing if it is warranted.
Additionally, the suggested revision
would preclude roundabouts within 300
feet of the pedestrian signal.
The FHWA also proposed to revise
the OPTION statement to reduce the
required pedestrian volumes for this
141 ‘‘Improving Pedestrian Safety at Unsignalized
Pedestrian Crossings,’’ TCRP Report 112/NCHRP
Report 562, Transportation Research Board, 2006,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_562.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
warrant by as much as 50 percent if the
15th percentile crossing speed of
pedestrians is less than 3.5 feet/second.
A local DOT agreed with this revision,
while two State DOTs and two local
DOTs were opposed to the revisions
based primarily on concerns that the
text appears to require a pedestrian
speed study and it is impractical to
measure the 15th percentile speed of
pedestrians. The FHWA disagrees
because this is an OPTION and does not
require a study. The 15th percentile
crossing speed would only be needed if
the agency wants to explore a reduction
in the pedestrian volume criterion. The
FHWA adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA.
362. In both Section 4C.05 Warrant 4,
Pedestrian Volume, and Section 4C.06
Warrant 5, School Crossing, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add
recommendations to the GUIDANCE
statement that a traffic signal installed at
an intersection or major driveway
location, based on the pedestrian
warrant or school crossing warrant only,
should also control the minor street or
driveway. When a traffic control signal
is installed at an intersection with STOP
signs on the minor street to assist
pedestrians in crossing the major street,
minor-street traffic can cross and turn
left into the major street after stopping
during the display of the green on the
major street. This violates the
expectations of drivers on the major
street and compromises the meaning
and effectiveness of the green signal
indication. The FHWA believes that,
even if the volume of traffic on the
minor street is low when a signal is
justified based on Warrant 4, it is in the
best interest of traffic safety that the
minor street also be controlled by
signals rather than by STOP signs. A
local DOT agreed with the proposed
GUIDANCE for providing a minimum
distance for a pedestrian signal from
side streets or driveways. A State DOT
opposed the revision and suggested that
the minimum distance for a pedestrian
signal from side streets or driveways be
increased to 300 feet to be consistent
with the distance from a traffic signal.
The FHWA disagrees as the two
distances are for different purposes and
reasons. The 100-foot distance is for low
volume side streets or driveways that
are STOP or YIELD sign controlled, to
avoid pedestrian conflicts with sidestreet turning vehicles; whereas the 300foot distance is for an adjacent traffic
control signal or STOP sign controlling
the street to be crossed at a more
significant intersection. A consultant
suggested that a roundabout should be
evaluated as a safer option when crashes
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66807
reach the point where a signal is
warranted. The FHWA agrees but does
not modify the MUTCD text in this final
rule because roundabouts are discussed
in Section 4B.04, Alternatives to Traffic
Control Signals, as an alternative to
traffic signal control. The FHWA in this
final rule adopts the language as
proposed in the NPA with editorial
revisions.
363. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
a new section following Section 4C.09,
numbered and titled Section 4C.10
Warrant 9, Intersection Near a HighwayRail Grade Crossing, and containing
SUPPORT, STANDARD, GUIDANCE,
and OPTION statements describing the
new warrant, which is intended for use
in locations where none of the other
eight signal warrants are met, but the
proximity of the intersection to a
highway-rail grade crossing is the
principal reason to consider installing a
traffic control signal. The FHWA
proposed this new warrant because
some stop-controlled approaches to
intersections near highway-rail grade
crossings contain a stop line that is
closer to the track than the length of a
large vehicle, and sight distance
obstructions might preclude the vehicle
from waiting on the approach side of the
grade crossing before entering the
intersection. Many of these intersections
do not meet one of the other warrants
in the MUTCD because those warrants
use minimum volume thresholds for
considering the installation of a traffic
signal rather than the proximity of a
highway-rail grade crossing. The
warrant is based on recommendations
from an NCHRP research project.142
The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and
two local DOTs agreed with the new
warrant in the NPA. A State DOT, a
local DOT, and an NCUTCD member
opposed the new warrant for a variety
of reasons, including concerns that it
could add a significant number of
unnecessary signals, perceived
inconsistency with 23 U.S.C. 130
regarding use of Federal funds,
uncertainty as to whether the warrant is
practical or feasible since it is based on
a research project, and the desire for
further review and testing before
implementation as a national standard.
The FHWA disagrees with these
comments because meeting the warrant
does not require installation of a signal,
142 ‘‘Warranting Traffic Signals on the Basis of
Proximity of Railroad Grade Crossings,’’ by Elena
Shenk Prassas, William R. McShane, Edward
Lieberman, and Roeof Engelbrecht, was published
by the Transportation Research Board in
Transportation Research Record 2030, 2007, pages
59–68, and can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://trb.metapress.com/content/
r6856337l2484256/fulltext.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66808
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
the FHWA is not aware of any conflicts
with Federal funding under 23 U.S.C.
130, and the consensus of practitioners
that was developed by the NCUTCD’s
processes is that the warrant is needed
and should be added to the MUTCD.
A local DOT suggested increasing the
minimum threshold volume because a
signal could be warranted with only 25
vehicles in the peak one-hour period.
The FHWA disagrees with the
commenter since the language is based
on an NCHRP study and a signal does
not have to be installed if the warrant
is met.
A State DOT suggested that the
warrant should only be invoked when
some vehicle operators will have no
choice but to stop on the tracks to attain
adequate sight distance. The FHWA
agrees with commenter that the warrant
is intended to prevent vehicles from
queuing across a highway-rail grade
crossing and becoming trapped in a
queue with no means of clearing the
tracks. However, the FHWA does not
make the suggested revision because
this situation does not need to be
explicitly stated in the text.
A local DOT suggested that
STANDARD Item B be changed to
GUIDANCE because rail preemption
usually involves numerous signal
locations within the rail corridor and
the cost of the preemption might exceed
the original signal budget. The FHWA
disagrees since neither Section 4D.27
nor Section 8C.09 indicates that
preemption must be applied to anything
other than the one intersection under
consideration.
A State DOT suggested that an
additional criterion be added to the
STANDARD that would address
locations where vehicles continuously
queue on the crossing and might create
a hazardous situation. The FHWA
points out that the words
‘‘continuously’’ and ‘‘hazardous’’ are
undefined and too strong for this
situation.
A State DOT opposed the requirement
for highway-rail grade crossing to have
both flashing-light signals and
automatic gates if a traffic signal is
installed based on this warrant, because
there are some crossings at or near
intersections where gates might not be
practical to install. The FHWA believes
that it is possible that locations exist
where installing gates might be
impractical, but where it is still
worthwhile to install a signal at the
highway-highway intersection in order
to facilitate traffic movements that
enable vehicles to move off the tracks
prior to the arrival of a train. Gates can
discourage additional vehicles from
driving onto the tracks during the track
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
clearance phase, but the flashing-light
signals and bells should be sufficient
where gates are impractical. The FHWA
in this finale rule adopts a revised
STANDARD in paragraph 09, item C, to
require only flashing-light signals and
adopts GUIDANCE recommending
automatic gates.
The FHWA adopts this new section
with revisions noted above in this final
rule.
364. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the new Figure 4C–9 Warrant 9,
Intersection Near a Highway-Rail Grade
Crossing (One Approach Lane at the
Track Crossing), Figure 4C–10 Warrant
9, Intersection Near a Highway-Rail
Grade Crossing (Two or More Approach
Lanes at the Track Crossing), and the
associated Tables 4C–2, 4C–3, and 4C–
4, as proposed in the NPA but with
minor editorial revisions based on
comments received.
365. The FHWA in the NPA proposed
to reorganize Chapter 4D so that similar
subjects are grouped together in
adjacent sections, or combined into
single sections within the Chapter.
While the NCUTCD agreed with the
proposed reorganization, an NCUTCD
member suggested that the explanations
of the meanings and applications of
signal indications should precede the
explanation of signal face arrangements,
so that users could know what the
indications mean and how they are to be
applied before trying to arrange them
into signal faces. The FHWA agrees and
in this final rule relocates NPA
proposed Sections 4D.09 and 4D.10 to
follow Section 4D.03 as Sections 4D.04
and 4D.05, respectively, and renumbers
NPA proposed sections 4D.04 through
4D.08 to be Sections 4D.06 through
4D.10.
366. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
the addition of flashing yellow arrow
and flashing red arrow indications as
optional alternatives to a circular green
indication for permissive left-turn and
right-turn movements in Part 4, which
affects many sections within Chapter
4D. The proposed text throughout
Chapter 4D incorporated the provisions
of the Interim Approval IA–10 143 for
flashing yellow arrows during
permissive turn intervals. The Interim
Approval and the proposed MUTCD text
were are based on research contained in
NCHRP Report 493.144 The research
found that the flashing yellow arrow is
the best overall alternative to the
circular green as the permissive signal
display for a left-turn movement, has a
high level of understanding and correct
response by left-turn drivers and a lower
fail-critical rate than the circular green,
and the flashing yellow arrow display in
a separate signal face for the left-turn
movement offers more versatility in
field application. It is capable of being
operated in any of the various modes of
left-turn operation by time of day, and
is easily programmed to avoid the
‘‘yellow trap’’ associated with some
permissive turns at the end of the
circular green display. The application
of flashing yellow arrow indications for
right-turn movements is a logical
extension of use for left turns and will
provide jurisdictions with a useful tool
to effectively control a wide variety of
situations involving right turns. Further,
the optional use of flashing red arrow
indications for permissive left-turn and
right-turn applications where each
successive vehicle must come to a
complete stop before turning
permissively provides a useful tool to
improve safety and operation of
signalized intersections in some
circumstances.
The NCUTCD, a State DOT, two local
DOTs, an NCUTCD member, an
anonymous commenter, and a citizen
agreed with adding flashing yellow
arrow and flashing red arrow. A State
DOT and four local agencies opposed
the addition of flashing yellow arrows
because of concerns about losing signal
display uniformity, cost implications for
converting existing signals, possible
driver confusion, and public
educational campaign requirements.
Two State DOTs, five local agencies, an
association, and an NCUTCD member
opposed the addition of flashing red
arrow left-turn faces because of
concerns about lack of uniformity for
signal faces, and possible driver
misinterpretation. A local DOT and an
anonymous commenter suggested
allowing three-section flashing yellow
arrow displays where the flashing
yellow arrow and steady yellow arrow
are displayed in the same signal section.
This configuration was suggested to
provide flexibility where there are
height restrictions. The FHWA disagrees
with these comments because the
suggested configuration would reduce
uniformity for flashing yellow arrow
143 FHWA’s Interim Approval #IA–10, dated
March 20, 2006, can be found at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interim_approval/pdf/ia-10_flash
yellarrow.pdf.
144 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/online
pubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4D—General
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
displays, it has not been tested, a foursection signal face can be used in the
majority of situations, and if vertical
clearance is an issue a horizontal face
could be used. Two local DOTs agreed
with the addition of flashing yellow
arrows and flashing red arrows and
suggested requiring the use of conflict
monitors/malfunction management
units (CMs/MMUs) that monitor
flashing indications if flashing arrows
are used for left-turn control, based on
concerns over public safety. The FHWA
disagrees with providing additional
language about the CMs/MMUs because
this information is too detailed in
electronic issues for the MUTCD. The
FHWA adopts the flashing yellow arrow
and flashing red arrow in Part 4, based
on the supporting research 145 and the
usefulness of these optional displays to
address significant safety and
operational issues.
The NCUTCD in its comments also
recommended revising Sections 4D.17
through 4D.20 (Sections 4D.06 and
4D.07 in the 2003 MUTCD) to eliminate
provisions that allow the use of separate
left-turn signal faces that include
circular green indications for permissive
turns. Such separate left-turn faces are
those which have been used with signal
displays in a configuration known as
‘‘Dallas phasing,’’ which uses a separate
signal face over the left-turn lane that
displays a circular green indication for
permissive left turns while the signal
faces for adjacent thru lanes display red
indications. The NCUTCD stated that
signal faces and indications for
permissive left turns have been the
subject of much research over the past
10 or more years and the results of that
research have indicated that a circular
green for a permissive left-turn
movement located over or in front of a
left-turn lane is often misunderstood by
drivers. Also, a flashing yellow arrow to
indicate a permissive left-turn
movement has proved very successful.
As a result, the NCUTCD recommended
changes that support the optional use of
flashing yellow arrows for permissive
left turns, as noted above. The changes
recommended by the NCUTCD to
address the circular green permissive
left-turn in a separate signal face also
eliminate the need to distinguish
between three different types of separate
left-turn signal faces (as proposed in the
NPA as items B, C, and D of the
SUPPORT statement). The FHWA agrees
that the available option of using
145 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/online
pubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
flashing yellow arrow indications has
made the circular green displays used
with ‘‘Dallas phasing’’ obsolete and
unneeded, and that the research
supports prohibiting ‘‘separate signal
faces’’ for left turns with circular green
indications. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule provisions in Sections 4D.17
through 4D.20 that reflect these
NCUTCD recommendations. The FHWA
also replaces the terms ‘‘flashing yellow
arrow signal face’’ and ‘‘flashing red
arrow signal face’’ throughout the
MUTCD text and figures with
appropriate language, such as ‘‘a
separate signal face with a flashing
yellow arrow.’’
367. A State DOT and an NCUTCD
member suggested reducing redundant
language in Chapter 4D to provide clear
and concise language and using figures
within each section to reduce the
amount of text. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule appropriate
edits and additional figures where
needed.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4D—Specific
368. In Section 4D.01 General, the
FHWA adds SUPPORT paragraph 04 as
proposed in the NPA, to clarify the
condition of a seasonal shutdown. The
FHWA adds this information to
incorporate clarifications into the
MUTCD per Official Interpretation #4–
288, dated April 27, 2005.146 A local
DOT agreed with this revision.
The FHWA also relocates a paragraph
regarding coordination of traffic control
signals within one-half mile of one
another from Section 4D.14 of the 2003
MUTCD and adds it to GUIDANCE
paragraph 09. The FHWA also adds that
coordination for such traffic signals
should be considered where a
jurisdictional boundary or a boundary
between different signal systems falls in
between them. The FHWA includes this
change to encourage jurisdictions to
coordinate traffic signal timing plans
across jurisdictional or system
boundaries. A local DOT agreed with
this revision. The FHWA adds a new
SUPPORT statement at the end of this
section that contains information
regarding traffic signal coordination that
was previously in Section 4D.14 of the
2003 MUTCD. A local DOT opposed
this revision because they believe the
original text was clearer and more
consistent with the previous paragraph.
The FHWA disagrees because the text is
intended to address control sections on
146 FHWA’s Official Interpretation 4–288, dated
April 27, 2005, can be found at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interpretations/pdf/4_288.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66809
different cycle lengths, not across
jurisdictional boundaries. In this final
rule the FHWA relocates the paragraph
as proposed in the NPA and makes
editorial revisions.
369. In Section 4D.03 Provisions for
Pedestrians, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to revise the first GUIDANCE
statement to indicate that accessible
pedestrian signals should be provided
where deemed appropriate by
engineering judgment. A State DOT
agreed with the revision. A consultant
agreed with the proposed revision and
suggested elevating the GUIDANCE to a
STANDARD, to be in conformance with
the draft Public Rights-of-Way
Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG)
which requires accessible pedestrian
signals where visual pedestrian signal
heads are installed and where
pushbuttons are used. The FHWA is
waiting for the United States
Department of Justice adoption of the
anticipated United States Access Board
public right of way guidelines before
prior to revising the MUTCD on this
issue, and therefore the FHWA adopts
the in this final rule revised language as
proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA also proposed to change
the OPTION statement to a GUIDANCE
to recommend, rather than merely
permit, the use of No Pedestrian
Crossing signs at traffic control signal
locations where it is necessary or
desirable to prohibit certain pedestrian
movements, where such movements are
not physically prevented by other
means. The FHWA proposed this
change because if the pedestrian
movement is to be prohibited, a
prohibitory sign should be used. A local
DOT agreed with this revision. A State
DOT also agreed and suggested that
signs should be used if it is not practical
to provide a barrier. The FHWA agrees
and adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA with
the suggested revision.
370. In Section 4D.04 (Section 4D.09
in the NPA) Meaning of Vehicular
Signal Indications, the FHWA in the
NPA proposed to add to item A(1) of the
STANDARD statement a requirement
that vehicular traffic turning left yield
the right-of-way to other vehicles
approaching from the opposite direction
so closely as to constitute an immediate
hazard. The FHWA proposed this
change to conform the MUTCD to the
Uniform Vehicle Code and to the laws
in many States.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
editorial changes to item A(2A) of the
STANDARD statement. Two local DOTs
suggested further revisions to item A(2)
to clarify that pedestrians cannot be
legally in a crosswalk when there is a
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66810
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
green arrow indication. The FHWA
disagrees and declines to adopt the
suggested revision because the
statement is intended to address the
situation that there may still be a
pedestrian in the crosswalk, finishing
his or her crossing, when the green
arrow is first displayed.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add a new item A(4) in the
STANDARD statement that pedestrians
facing a GREEN ARROW signal
indication, unless otherwise directed by
a pedestrian signal indication or other
traffic control device, shall not cross the
roadway. A local DOT opposed the
proposed item A(4) because the text
implies that a pedestrian can have a
walk signal for a crosswalk in conflict
with a motorist who has a green arrow
indication across that same crosswalk.
The commenter suggested revising the
language to prohibit this conflict. The
FHWA disagrees because scenarios exist
where a green arrow is displayed that
would not be in conflict with the
pedestrian movement, such as where a
crosswalk is parallel to a straightthrough green arrow or where a
channelization island is used to separate
the pedestrian movement from a rightturn movement on a green arrow.
The FHWA adopts items A(1) through
A(4) as proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA also proposed the
separation of existing STANDARD item
B(1) into two items to more clearly
indicate the meaning of a steady circular
yellow and a steady yellow arrow to
vehicular traffic. As part of this change,
the FHWA proposed to add that a steady
yellow arrow signal indication warns
that the related flashing arrow
movement is being terminated. The
FHWA proposed this change to provide
consistency with the addition of the
applications of flashing yellow arrows
and flashing red arrows. A local DOT
opposed the revision because of
concerns that there will be increased
driver confusion and rear-end crashes.
The commenter notes that motorists
traditionally have not been used to
interpreting the yellow as described in
the NPA proposal because a yellow has
always come after a green movement
and thus never mandated a stop. The
FHWA disagrees because the concerns
raised by the commenter have not been
an issue where this display sequence
has been used. The FHWA adopts in
this final rule the language of item B of
the STANDARD as proposed in the
NPA.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
revise STANDARD item C(1) to clarify
that, where permitted, vehicles making
a right turn or a left turn from a one-way
street onto another one-way street when
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
a steady circular red indication is
displayed shall be governed by the rules
applicable to making a stop at a STOP
sign. The FHWA proposed this change
to clarify the right-of-way rules for
turning after stopping on a circular red
indication. The FHWA also proposed to
revise item C(2) related to a steady red
arrow signal indication that is similar in
nature, but reflects the different
requirements for turning on a red arrow
versus on a circular red. The FHWA in
this final rule adopts the language of
item C of the STANDARD as proposed
in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
delete the information from existing
item D of the STANDARD statement and
instead describe the meanings of
flashing yellow signal indications in a
new item E and flashing red signal
indications in a new item F, to more
specifically clarify their meanings to
vehicular traffic, to pedestrians, and
when displayed as a beacon. The FHWA
also proposed to state in new
STANDARD item D that a flashing green
indication has no meaning and shall not
be used. A State DOT, and four local
DOTs agreed with the NPA’s proposals.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language of item D of the STANDARD
as proposed in the NPA.
In new item E of the STANDARD
statement, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add an item 2 that describes the
use of flashing yellow arrow indications
for permissive turning movements in
the direction of the arrow. The FHWA
proposed this change to allow agencies
to use the flashing yellow arrow, as an
option to the steady circular green
indication, for intersections with
permitted turning phases. The
effectiveness of the flashing yellow
arrow for this purpose has been
demonstrated as reported in NCHRP
Report 493.147 A State DOT opposed
this change because of concerns that the
text ‘‘vehicular traffic shall to yield to
pedestrians in the crosswalk’’ and
‘‘pedestrians shall yield to vehicles
upon activation of the flashing yellow
arrow’’ is contradicting. The FHWA
disagrees because ‘‘vehicular traffic
shall to yield to pedestrians in the
crosswalk’’ is needed to indicate that
vehicles moving on flashing yellow
arrows must yield to the pedestrians,
and ‘‘pedestrians shall yield to vehicles
upon activation of the flashing yellow
arrow’’ is needed to clarify that
pedestrians must yield to any vehicles
that entered the intersection legally on
147 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a previous phase and have not yet fully
cleared the intersection when the
flashing yellow arrow is first displayed.
The FHWA adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA.
An NCUTCD member opposed the
proposed new STANDARD item E (5),
which described the meaning of a
flashing yellow signal indication that is
displayed as a beacon at the approach
to or along a curve or other geometric
feature because it implied that flashing
circular yellow beacons can be used
over curves or other geometric features
(other than intersections) and would not
necessarily have to supplement another
traffic control sign or marker. The
FHWA agrees with the comment and
does not adopt proposed item E(5) in
this final rule.
A local DOT opposed proposed new
item F(2), which describes the meaning
of a flashing red arrow signal indication,
because of the belief that the operation
might lead drivers to think that the
opposing movement also has a flashing
red operation and that the intersection
is functioning as stop and go on all
approaches. The FHWA disagrees
because there has been no evidence that
drivers have been making this
misinterpretation when flashing red
arrows have been used, such as during
late night or emergency flash operation.
The FHWA also notes that a
supplementary R10–27 sign could be
used to mitigate this concern. The
FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA.
A local DOT opposed proposed new
item F(4) regarding the meaning of
flashing circular red signal indications
used as beacons supplementing another
traffic control device, because of
concerns that the text is inconsistent
with the MUTCD. The FHWA disagrees
because the commenter has
misunderstood the intent of this
language, which is merely to state what
drivers are expected to do when seeing
a flashing red Stop Beacon, as described
in Chapter 4L, that accompanies a
STOP, DO NOT ENTER, or WRONG
WAY sign. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
371. In Section 4D.05 Application of
Steady Signal Indications (Section
4D.10 in the NPA), the FHWA proposed
in the NPA to modify item A(2) in the
first STANDARD to exclude the use of
a circular red signal indication with a
green arrow indication when it is
physically impossible for traffic to go
straight through the intersection, such
as from the stem of a T-intersection. In
this final rule, the FHWA does not
adopt that proposed language because it
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
would conflict with other provisions
adopted in Section 4D.25.
A citizen and two anonymous
commenters suggested revising item
B(4) to totally ban all yellow trap
situations and adding a figure to
illustrating the yellow trap. The FHWA
did not propose such a total ban in the
NPA and believes that it is reasonable
to allow for exceptions in rare cases if
a warning sign is used, as provided in
items B(4)(c) and B(4)(d). The FHWA
also notes that there is no need to
illustrate yellow trap in the MUTCD
because such illustrations exist in other
documents such as handbooks
published by the Institute of
Transportation Engineers.
An anonymous commenter suggested
adding a new STANDARD statement
after proposed item E(1)(b) to require a
steady yellow arrow following a flashing
yellow arrow or flashing red arrow in
certain situations, and revising
proposed item E(2) to reflect the use of
flashing yellow arrow and flashing red
arrow signal indications for permissive
turns, as discussed in Sections 4D.17
and 4D.21. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule adopts a new item E(2)
and a revised item E(3) (item E(2) in the
NPA) for consistency with other
STANDARD statements in Chapter 4D
that require these displays.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA a
modified item E(4) (item E(3) in the
NPA) in the first STANDARD to permit
the use of a steady yellow arrow
indication to terminate a flashing yellow
arrow or a flashing red arrow controlling
a permissive left-turn phase. The FHWA
proposed this change to provide
consistency with the addition of the
flashing yellow arrow and flashing red
arrow indications for permissive left
turns. As documented in NCHRP Report
493,148 the steady yellow arrow was
found to be successful as the change
interval display following the flashing
yellow arrow permissive interval. A
subsequent study by the University of
Wisconsin149 found no evidence to
suggest that the flashing yellow arrow
permissive indication negatively affects
drivers’ understanding of the steady
yellow change interval indication. No
problems with this display have been
148 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
149 An abstract and summary of ‘‘An Evaluation
of Driver Comprehension of Solid Yellow
Indications Resulting from Implementation of
Flashing Yellow Arrow,’’ 2007, by Michael A.
Knodler, David A. Noyce, Kent C. Kacir, and Chris
L. Brehmer, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://pubsindex.trb.org/document/view/
default.asp?lbid=802137.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
reported to the FHWA by the dozens of
highway agencies that have
implemented flashing yellow arrows at
several hundred intersections under
experimentation or interim approval.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA.
An anonymous commenter suggested
revising STANDARD item E(5)(a) (item
E (4)(a) in the NPA) to include
preemption situations at railroad
crossings when a flashing yellow arrow
changes to steady yellow arrow back to
a flashing yellow arrow. The FHWA
agrees and adopts the suggested revision
in this final rule.
In this final rule the FHWA also
revises the final STANDARD statement
to reflect the elimination of the use of
circular red indications in separate left
turn signal faces, as discussed below in
Section 4D.19, and the elimination of
‘‘Dallas phasing’’ signal displays, as
discussed above in item 366.
An anonymous commenter suggested
revising the last paragraph in the final
STANDARD statement to limit the
prohibition of both flashing and steady
displays in the same signal section to
yellow indications, since signal faces
are, in some cases, allowed to display
both a flashing red and a steady red
indication from the same signal section
during steady mode operation. The
FHWA agrees in concept and adopts in
this final rule the language as proposed
in the NPA with revisions to address the
comment.
372. In Section 4D.06 (Section 4D.18
in the 2003 MUTCD) Signal
Indications—Design, Illumination,
Color, and Shape, the FHWA proposed
in the NPA to revise the first
STANDARD statement, which states
that letters or numbers shall not be
displayed as part of a vehicular signal
indication. The FHWA specifically
proposed to prohibit vehicular
countdown displays because
countdown indications on vehicular
signal indications, and similar methods
of attempting to indicate a ‘‘pre-yellow’’
warning, such as a flashing green
interval, have been found to lengthen
the ‘‘dilemma zone’’ and thereby result
in increased crash rates.150 A private
citizen opposed this proposed
prohibition on vehicular countdown
indications because he believes an
advance warning of a signal change
should be allowed for heavy trucks. The
150 ‘‘Safety Evaluation of a Flashing-Green Light
in a Traffic Signal,’’ by D. Mahalel and D.M. Zaidel,
Traffic Engineering + Control magazine, February,
1985, pages 79–81, is available for purchase from
Hemming Information Services, 32 Vauxhall Bridge
Road, London, SW1V 2SS, England, at the
following Internet Web site: https://
www.tecmagazine.com/.
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66811
commenter requested the adoption of a
new STANDARD for advanced warning
system for high-speed roads. The FHWA
disagrees because the research supports
the ban on vehicular countdown
indications and therefore adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
an exception to the prohibition on
lettering for toll plaza signals. As
discussed below in Chapter 4K, the
FHWA is not allowing the use of traffic
control signals at toll plazas, so the
FHWA does not adopt the exception in
this final rule.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add a statement in the first
STANDARD that strobes or other
flashing displays within or adjacent to
red signal indications shall not be used,
in order to clarify that strobes within
traffic signals are not approved traffic
control devices. This would be
consistent with FHWA’s Official
Interpretation 4–263.151 Although
FHWA allowed experimentation with
strobes in red traffic signals in the mid1980s, the FHWA made a determination
in 1990 not to approve further
experimentations with strobe lights in
traffic signals, and to terminate all
experimentations with these devices
that were in progress at that time. As
stated in the Official Interpretation,
research conducted as part of the
experimentation process showed
inconsistent benefits and some
significant disadvantages to the use of
strobes and similar flashing displays.
Any strobes operating within red traffic
signals are not in accordance with the
MUTCD, and they are not under any
approved experimentation. The FHWA
received comments from a State DOT
and two local DOTs supporting this
revision. The NCUTCD, a State DOT,
and a local DOT supported the revision
and suggested expanding the strobe
prohibition to signal indications other
than red because a strobe is
inappropriate with any traffic signal
display. Two State DOTs, a local DOT,
and an association supported the
revision and suggested clarifying
‘‘flashing displays adjacent to red signal
indications’’ to allow emergency vehicle
preemption (EVP) confirmation lights.
Two State DOTs opposed the revision
because they believe from anecdotal
information the strobes have merit in
certain situations and have a positive
effect on highway safety. The FHWA
believes that such anecdotal information
151 FHWA’s Official Interpretation 4–263, dated
July 2, 2003, can be found at the following Internet
Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/documents/
pdf/4–263–I–FL–s.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66812
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
is insufficient to override the formal
studies that have consistently shown no
benefit of strobes and disadvantages in
some cases. A consultant disagreed with
the strobe prohibition because it will
prohibit the use of the red strobe above
the flashing red signal indication on the
STOP/SLOW paddle Automatic Flagger
Assistance Devices (AFADs) and
suggested revising the text or providing
an exception for construction work zone
traffic control devices. The flashing red
indication of the AFAD is a Stop Beacon
as defined in Section 4L.05 and it is a
highway traffic signal device so the
strobe prohibition would apply. The
FHWA is not aware of any documented
justification for allowing an exception
in construction work zones or AFADs.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA with
editorial revisions to clarify that the
strobe prohibition applies to all colors
of signal indications and to exclude EVP
confirmation lights.
A State DOT and an NCUTCD
member suggested prohibiting dualarrow (green arrow/yellow arrow)
indications because they believe that
they cause problems for color blind
drivers. The FHWA disagrees because
dual-arrow indications have been in use
for decades with no documented
problems and green-yellow color
blindness is extremely rare in
comparison to red-green color
blindness.
373. In the new Figure 4D–1 Example
of U-Turn Signal Face that was
proposed in the NPA, a State DOT noted
that the U-Turn display is not currently
manufactured nor is there an ITE
specification for it. The FHWA notes
that while there is currently no ITE
specification, the lens design has been
manufactured and is being used in some
jurisdictions. The signal indication is
not required, but could be used to
control a U-turn movement on an
approach from which there is no leftturn movement physically possible or
the left-turn is prohibited. Four local
DOTs opposed the new figure because
the U-turn signal display is not common
and might not be clear from long
distances. The FHWA disagrees
because, although not widely used at
present, the need for U-turn signal
indications is increasing and it is
necessary to establish uniform
provisions for their design and use. The
FHWA also notes that, although the
shape of arrow will not be able to be
seen from as long a distance as a leftturn or right-turn arrow, vehicles would
be decelerating to slower speeds in a Uturn lane, so that distance is not as
critical. The FHWA adopts new Figure
4D–1 as proposed in the NPA.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
374. In Section 4D.07 (Section 4D.15
in the 2003 MUTCD) Size of Vehicular
Signal Indications, the FHWA proposed
in the NPA to modify the STANDARD
to require 12-inch signal indications for
all new signal installations, to reflect the
predominant current signal design
practice, to reflect the results of
studies 152 that have shown the
significant safety benefits of using 12inch indications, and to make signal
indications more visible to older
drivers. As part of this proposed change,
the FHWA would allow existing 8-inch
signal indications to be retained for the
remainder of their useful life. In the
NPA, the FHWA proposed to revise the
OPTION statement to allow the use of
8-inch signal indications under three
specific circumstances where such use
could be advantageous. Three local
DOTs and an NCUTCD member agreed
with the revisions. The NCUTCD and a
State DOT suggested revising the
proposed statement permitting existing
8-inch indications to be retained for the
remainder of their useful life from
STANDARD to OPTION to improve
readability. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the change in this final rule
based on the commenters’
recommendation.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
suggested adding additional items in the
OPTION to also allow 8-inch signal
indications for supplemental near side
signal indications and along roadways
with speeds less than 30 miles per hour,
and where the signal indications are
located less than 120 feet from the stop
line. Four State DOTs, 15 local agencies,
2 associations, a consultant, a signal
equipment supplier, and 5 citizens
similarly requested allowing 8-inch
signal indications in historic downtown
districts, residential districts, central
business districts, and suburban town
centers, where they believe that 12-inch
indications would not be context
appropriate. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule a revised
OPTION allowing 8-inch circular signal
indications for near side supplemental
signal indications and for circular
indications located less than 120 feet
from the stop line on all roadways with
a posted or statutory speed limit of 30
miles per hour or less.
152 These studies are summarized and
documented in the FHWA report ‘‘Making
Intersections Safer: A Toolbox of Engineering
Countermeasures to Reduce Red-Light Running,’’
pages 22–23, which can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/
intersections/docs/rlrbook.pdf and in ‘‘Signalized
Intersections: Informational Guide’’, FHWA
publication number FHWA–HRT–04–091, August
2004, page 283, which can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
safety/pubs/04091/.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
A local DOT suggested adding an
OPTION allowing 8-inch indications for
vehicular signal faces that exclusively
control a bicycle movement or bikeway
since 12-inch indications might be
excessive given the typical speeds and
position of bicycles. The FHWA agrees
and in this final rule adopts the
suggested OPTION.
A State DOT requested allowing 8inch indications for ramp metering
signals where the indications are at eye
level with the driver and visibility
might not be an issue. The FHWA
disagrees and does not adopt this
suggestion because ramp metering
signals are typically located on ramps
and many ramps are relatively high
speed. The ramp metering signals are
sometimes not anticipated by unfamiliar
road users, so prominent signal
indications are important.
375. In Section 4D.08 (Section 4D.16
in the 2003 MUTCD) Positions of Signal
Indications Within a Signal Face—
General, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add to the STANDARD a
statement that unless otherwise stated
for a particular application, if a vertical
signal face contains a cluster(s), the face
shall have at least three vertical
positions. The FHWA proposed this
change because road users who are color
vision deficient identify the illuminated
color by its position relative to the other
signal sections. An NCUTCD member
noted that the proposed clause about
clusters belongs in Section 4D.09
(Section 4D.16 in the 2003 MUTCD),
which discusses vertical signal faces.
The commenter suggested adding an
OPTION statement that allows dual red
indications in signal faces that do not
control turning movements and also
suggested adding a GUIDANCE
statement to describe how the dual red
indications are to be arranged into
clusters. The FHWA agrees with the
commenter’s concerns and adopts in
this final rule an OPTION statement in
Section 4D.09 allowing clustering of two
circular red or two red arrow
indications in a vertically-arranged
signal face but prohibiting clustering of
two identical green arrows because that
display can incorrectly imply that a
two-lane turn movement is allowed. The
FHWA also adopts references in Section
4D.09 to Figure 4D–2 and certain other
figures to illustrate examples of clusters.
A local DOT suggested adding an
OPTION to allow the use of a singlesection signal at approaches controlled
by a flashing or steady circular red
signal for minor driveways at signalized
intersections. The FHWA disagrees
because a single-section flashing
circular red indication is a stop beacon
and is discussed in Section 4L.05. If the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
circular red indication alternates
between flashing red and steady red,
then a single section is not appropriate
because a change in position is needed
and a change interval is also required.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add requirements to the STANDARD
statement for the position of U-turn
arrow signal sections in a signal face.
The FHWA proposed this change to
accommodate the new U-turn arrows as
described previously in item 373. A
local DOT and an NCUTCD member
agreed with the revision and suggested
removing the reference to U-turns to the
right because they are rare and a circular
indication can be used. The FHWA
disagrees because U-turns to the right
can be used for frontage roads and
removing the text might result in
possible misapplication. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the language as
proposed in the NPA.
376. In new Section 4D.09 (Section
4D.07 in the NPA) Positions of Signal
Indications within a Vertical Signal
Face, the NCUTCD, a State DOT, a
consultant, an NCUTCD member, and
two anonymous commenters made
suggestions regarding the text proposed
in the NPA to incorporate signal faces
using a flashing yellow arrow or
flashing red arrow for permissive turn
indications. The FHWA agrees and
deletes the term ‘‘immediately’’ from the
second paragraph of the first
STANDARD adopted in this final rule
and also revises the list of relative
positions to include steady and/or
flashing yellow arrow and red arrow
sections. Similarly, the FHWA also
adopts a revised Section 4D.10 (Section
4D.08 in the NPA) Positions of Signal
Indications within a Horizontal Signal
Face with similar revisions to the list of
relative positions, based on the
commenters’ suggestions.
A State DOT suggested adding a figure
to illustrate clusters. An anonymous
commenter also suggested clarifying the
last STANDARD to accommodate
specific provisions in Section 4D.25 for
the use of dual-arrow signal indications.
The FHWA agrees and adopts in this
final rule a revised second STANDARD,
containing clarifications based on the
commenters’ suggestions, and also
adopts a reference to various figures that
illustrate clusters in vertical signal
faces.
An anonymous commenter suggested
clarifying the positioning for flashing
red arrow and steady red arrow signal
indications because of concern for colorblind drivers. The FHWA agrees with
the commenter and adopts in this final
rule a revised STANDARD paragraph 03
that effectively prohibits two adjacent
red arrow sections in a vertical face
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
unless they are clustered side-by-side, to
address the color blindness issue. This
is necessary to avoid the safety
consequences of a colorblind road user
being confused by the signal display
when two red arrows are in line with
each other vertically.
377. In Section 4D.11 Number of
Signal Faces on an Approach, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to revise
item A of the STANDARD to clarify that
two primary signal faces are required for
a straight-through movement if such
movement exists at a location, even if it
is not the major movement, and to
require two primary signal faces for the
major signalized turning movement if
no straight-through movement exists,
such as on the stem of a T-intersection.
The FHWA proposed this change to
ensure that the straight-through
movement, or major signalized turning
movement in absence of a straightthrough movement, contains redundant
primary signal faces in case one of the
signal faces fails, and to incorporate the
FHWA’s Official Interpretation number
4–295(I).153 Two State DOTs and a local
DOT opposed the revision because they
would prefer to retain the flexibility to
provide a single signal face for specific
conditions. An NCUTCD member agreed
with the revision. The FHWA agrees
with the NCUTCD member that two
primary signal faces shall be provided
for the through movement and adopts in
this final rule the language as proposed
in the NPA with editorial revisions.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add an OPTION allowing a single
section green arrow signal when there is
never a conflicting movement at an
intersection. This single section signal
may be used for a through movement at
a T-intersection if appropriate
geometrics and signing are placed
according to an engineering study to
allow for free flow of traffic where there
are no conflicting movements. The
FHWA proposed this change to
incorporate Official Interpretation 4–
255(I) into the MUTCD.154 A local DOT
agreed with the revision. The FHWA in
this final rule adopts the language as
proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a GUIDANCE statement at the
end of the section that outlines the
recommendations for providing and
locating signal faces at intersections
where the posted or statutory speed
153 FHWA’s Official Interpretation 4–295(I), dated
October 19, 2005, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
resources/interpretations/4_297.htm.
154 FHWA’s Official Interpretation 4–255(I), dated
February 19, 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
documents/pdf/4-255-I-NE-s.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66813
limit or the 85th percentile speed on an
approach exceeds 40 mph. As
documented in two FHWA reports,
‘‘Making Intersections Safer: A Toolbox
of Engineering Countermeasures to
Reduce Red-Light Running’’ 155 and
‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide,’’ 156 numerous studies have
found significant safety benefits from
locating signal faces overhead rather
than at the roadside, providing one
overhead signal face per through lane
when there is more than one through
lane, providing supplemental near-side
and/or far-side post-mounted faces for
added visibility, and including
backplates on the signal faces. A
study 157 of intersections in British
Columbia, Canada, also found
statistically significant collision
reductions in the range of 10 to 45
percent when signal displays were
upgraded from a single overhead signal
face to two overhead faces.
Additionally, two recent studies, by the
URS Corporation 158 and by Bradley
University,159 found that reconfiguring
diagonal signal spans to box spans or
mast arm layouts with far-side signal
face locations produced significant
reductions in the number of red light
violations and entries into the
intersection late in the yellow change
interval. The FHWA proposed the
addition of this GUIDANCE to reflect
modern signal design practices and to
enhance the safety of signalized
intersections along higher-speed
roadways, where the potential benefits
are greatest. For the same reasons, the
FHWA also proposed that this
GUIDANCE also be considered for any
major urban or suburban arterial street
with four or more lanes. A citizen
agreed with the revision. The NCUTCD
and a local DOT agreed but suggested
155 Pages 17–27 of this report can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
safety.fhwa.dot.gov/intersections/docs/rlrbook.pdf.
156 ‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide’’, FHWA publication number FHWA–HRT–
04–091, August 2004, pages 73–75 and 281–282,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04091/.
157 ‘‘Safety Benefits of Additional Primary Signal
Heads,’’ March, 1998, by Emmanuel Felipe and
Dragana Mitic, can be obtained from G.D. Hamilton
Associates, 1199 Hastings Street West, Suite 900,
Vancouver, BC, V6E 3T5, Canada.
158 Details on this study, ‘‘Far-Side Signals vs.
Diagonal Span Behavioral Research,’’ project
number 12937724, February 2006, can be obtained
from URS Corporation, 3950 Sparks Drive, SE.,
Grand Rapids, MI 49546–2420.
159 Evaluation of Signal Mounting Configurations
at Urban Signalized Intersections in Michigan and
Illinois’’ by Kerrie L. Schattler, Matthew T. Christ,
Deborah McAvoy, and Collette M. Glauber, August
1, 2007, can be obtained from the Department of
Civil Engineering and Construction, Bradley
University, 1501 West Bradley Avenue, Peoria, IL
61625.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66814
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
revising the speed threshold value to 45
miles per hour or higher to eliminate a
potentially ambiguous situation where
85th percentile speeds are between 40
and 45 miles per hour and neither the
posted nor the statutory speed exceed
40 miles per hour. The FHWA agrees
and adopts in this final rule the
language as proposed in the NPA with
the suggested revision.
A large city DOT opposed the
proposed new GUIDANCE statements
because of concerns that providing one
signal face per through lane is too
extreme and will place an unnecessary
financial hardship on agencies. The
commenter said the collision data and
red light running data in that city does
not support the NPA recommendation
and suggested replacing the GUIDANCE
with a new statement that would
recommend practices similar to those
used in California. The NCUTCD and a
State DOT agreed with the general
concepts of the NPA proposal but
suggested replacing GUIDANCE items A
and B with a table to list the
recommended number of signal heads
for various lane and speed
combinations, including certain speed
ranges below 45 mph, and
recommended fewer overhead signal
faces than one signal per through lane
in some cases. A State DOT agreed with
the new GUIDANCE, but suggested that
it be lowered to an OPTION. Three State
DOTs, 13 local agencies, an NCUTCD
member, a consultant, and a citizen
opposed GUIDANCE item B regarding
locating a signal face over the center of
each through lane because of concerns
about the cost for agencies, aesthetics,
increased energy usage, shortening of
the operating time for battery backups,
liability issues, lack of effectiveness for
increased visibility, and lack of design
flexibility for engineers.
In consideration of the comments
received, the FHWA adopts in this final
rule a revised GUIDANCE that
references a new Table 4D–2
‘‘Recommended Minimum Number of
Primary Signal Faces for Through
Traffic on Approaches with Posted,
Statutory, or 85th Percentile Speed of 45
mph or Higher’’ in this final rule. The
adopted text and table recommend that
all primary faces should be located on
the far side, that the total number of
overhead and/or post-mounted far side
primary signal faces should equal the
number of through lanes on approaches
with two or more through lanes, and
that certain minimum numbers of those
total signal faces should be located
overhead on the far side of the
intersection. A note in the table also
indicates that, if practical, all of the
recommended total number of primary
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
through signal faces should be located
overhead. The revised GUIDANCE
indicates that it applies only to new or
reconstructed signal installations. The
FHWA believes that the adopted
GUIDANCE and the associated table
will enhance safety as new and
reconstructed signals are installed on
higher-speed approaches as well as
accommodate older existing signals for
the remainder of their service life.
However, the FHWA disagrees with the
NCUTCD’s suggestion for adding
specific guidance on the number and
location of signal faces for approaches
with speeds less than 45 mph, because
such a provision was not proposed in
the NPA and should be subject to the
review and comment process of a future
rulemaking. The FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA that
merely recommends that the same
layouts as for higher speed approaches
be considered for any major urban or
suburban arterial street with four or
more lanes and other approaches with
speeds less than 45 mph.
A State DOT and four local agencies
opposed the proposed GUIDANCE item
C recommending that separate signal
faces controlling exclusive turn lanes
should be located overhead,
approximately over the center of the
turn lane, because of concerns about the
lengths of mast arms that will be
needed. The FHWA disagrees with the
commenters because the proposed
GUIDANCE is based on best practices
currently in use in many jurisdictions
and therefore adopts in this final rule
the GUIDANCE as proposed in the NPA.
Three State DOTs supported
GUIDANCE item E (item D in the NPA)
about supplemental signal faces, with
editorial comments. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule the language as
proposed in the NPA with editorial
changes.
Two State DOTs, two local agencies,
and an NCUCTD member agreed with
GUIDANCE item F (item E in the NPA)
about backplates but suggested making
exceptions for pole-mounted,
supplemental, and cluster signals
because of concerns about needing
larger pole foundations and their
opinion that the need for backplates is
not critical on supplemental or polemounted signals. A State DOT and five
local agencies opposed item E because
of concerns about additional wind
loading and they believe mast arms
provide contrast with the signal head.
The FHWA disagrees and adopts in this
final rule item F because on high speed
approaches the need for contrast is very
important for all signal faces.
The FHWA also adopts the proposed
Figure 4D–3, retitled Recommended
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Vehicular Signal Faces for Approaches
with Posted, Statutory, or 85th
Percentile Speed of 45 mph or Higher,
with revisions to reflect adopted
revisions in the text of Section 4D.11.
378. In Section 4D.12 (Section 4D.17
in the 2003 MUTCD) Visibility, Aiming,
and Shielding of Signal Faces, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA a revised
4th paragraph of the first GUIDANCE
statement to add that signal backplates
should be used on all of the signal faces
that face an approach with a posted or
statutory speed limit or 85th percentile
speed is 45 mph or higher, and that
signal backplates should be considered
when the speeds are less than 45 mph.
The FHWA proposed this change to
reflect modern signal design practices to
enhance safety by increasing the
visibility of signal faces on higher-speed
approaches, especially for older drivers,
to reflect safety studies as documented
in the FHWA reports ‘‘Signalized
Intersection: Informational Guide’’ 160
and ‘‘Making Intersections Safer:
Toolbox of Engineering
Countermeasures to Reduce Red Light
Running,’’ 161 as well as
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook.162 Two local DOTs agreed
with the revision. The FHWA also
received comments about providing
exceptions to the backplate
recommendations and in opposition to
backplates similar to comments received
in Section 4D.11. The FHWA in this
final rule adopts the language as
proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA also proposed an OPTION
statement allowing the use of yellow
retroreflective strips along the perimeter
of a signal face backplate. The FHWA
proposed this change to increase the
conspicuity of the signal face at night,
and to add language to the MUTCD in
accordance with Interim Approval IA–1,
dated February 2, 2004.163 A local DOT
agreed with the revision. Another local
DOT also agreed but suggested that the
minimum width be changed to zero.
The FHWA notes that the use of the
160 ‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide,’’ FHWA publication number FHWA–HRT–
04–091, August 2004, pages 288–290, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04091/.
161 Page 26 of this report can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
safety.fhwa.dot.gov/intersections/docs/rlrbook.pdf.
162 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation #I.N(3)
163 The Interim Approval for Use of
Retroreflective Border on Signal Backplates,
number IA–1, dated February 6, 2004, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/pdfs/ia_retroborder.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
retroreflective strip is optional and any
width less than an inch would provide
limited benefit. The FHWA in this final
rule adopts the language as proposed in
the NPA.
In this final rule, the FHWA also
editorially revises the order in which
the paragraphs of Section 4D.12 appear,
to more logically group like topics
together.
379. In Figure 4D–4 (Figure 4D–2 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Lateral and
Longitudinal Location of Primary Signal
Faces, a local DOT suggested deleting
this figure because the MUTCD
proposed to mandate 12-inch
indications for all new installations. The
FHWA disagrees that the figure is
obsolete, since it illustrates the 20degree ‘‘cone of vision’’ provisions that
are still in effect and since 8-inch lenses
will still be allowed for certain
situations. The FHWA adopts Figure
4D–4 as proposed in the NPA but with
revisions to reflect adopted revisions in
the text of Chapter 4D.
380. In new Section 4D.13 Lateral
Positioning of Signal Faces, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA a STANDARD
requiring that overhead-mounted turn
signal faces of certain types for
exclusive turn lanes shall be located
directly over the turn lane. The FHWA
proposed this statement to ensure that
drivers associate the proper turn signal
face with the exclusive turn lane and
because the research documented in
NCHRP Report 493 164 found that this
location produced the best driver
understanding and correct behavior. A
local DOT agreed with the revision. Two
State DOTs also agreed but suggested
reducing the STANDARD to GUIDANCE
because there are numerous existing
signals that do not meet the criteria
because of short mast arms. A State DOT
and two local DOTs opposed the new
STANDARD predominantly because of
cost to upgrade existing signals and
concerns about long masts arms in high
wind areas. The FHWA disagrees
because the state of the art for both
guide signing and signals is to provide
specific traffic control/movement
information to each lane to reduce
driver confusion, especially at complex
intersections, and the research validates
this practice for turn signals. The FHWA
in this final rule adopts the language as
proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA the FHWA also proposed
to add a GUIDANCE statement that, for
new or reconstructed signals, on an
approach with an exclusive left-turn
164 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
lane(s) and opposing vehicular traffic
where a circular green signal indication
is used for permissive left turns, signal
faces containing a circular green signal
indication should not be post-mounted
on the far side median or located
overhead above an exclusive left-turn
lane or the extension of the lane. The
FHWA proposed this change because
NCHRP Report 493 165 found that the
circular green permissive left-turn
indication is confusing to some left-turn
drivers who assume it provides right-ofway during the permissive interval. The
FHWA believes that placement of the
circular green indication directly above
or in line with an exclusive left-turn
lane exacerbates the safety issues with
this display. Research166 found that
found that displaying a circular green
signal indication directly over an
exclusive left-turn lane led to a higher
left-turn crash rate than ‘‘shared’’
displays placed over the lane line
between the left-turn lane and the
adjacent through lane or to the right of
that line. Placing the shared signal
display over the lane line or to the right
of it helps to promote the idea that the
signal display with the circular green
indication is being shared by the leftturn and through lanes. This can help
reduce the infrequent but very
dangerous occurrence of the circular
green permissive indication being
misunderstood as a protected ‘‘go’’
indication by left-turn drivers. The
NCUTCD and a local DOT agreed with
the proposed revision. A State DOT also
agreed and recommended elevating the
GUIDANCE to STANDARD to prohibit
the use of circular green indications. A
State DOT agreed and suggested revising
the language to clarify that the
GUIDANCE applies to all situations, not
only where a permissive left turn
opposes a protected left turn. Two local
DOTs agreed with the revision but
suggested an exception when the
circular green indication is
accompanied by an R10–12 sign. Six
State DOTs, nine local agencies, an
NCUTCD member, and a citizen
opposed the new GUIDANCE based on
their local experience and concerns
about prohibiting variable mode leftturn phasing, and additional costs to
agencies to modify existing signals. The
165 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, page 57, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
166 ‘‘An Evaluation of Permissive Left-Turn Signal
Phasing,’’ by Kenneth R. Agent, ITE Journal, Vol.
51, No. 12, December 1981, pages 16–20, may be
obtained from the Institute of Transportation
Engineers at the following Web site: https://
www.ite.org.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66815
FHWA disagrees because the FHWA
believes the research supports the new
GUIDANCE, because the FHWA did not
propose it as a STANDARD, and
because the GUIDANCE only applies to
new and reconstructed signals. The
FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA with
minor editorial revisions.
381. The FHWA adopts the provisions
in Section 4D.17 through 4D.20
(Sections 4D.06 and 4D.07 in the 2003
MUTCD) and elsewhere in Chapter 4D,
as proposed in the NPA, that allow the
use of flashing yellow arrow and
flashing red arrow indications. The
FHWA also adopts the NCUTCD
recommendation to eliminate separate
left-turn signal faces that include
circular green indications for permissive
left turns. Both changes are discussed
above in item 366.
382. In Section 4D.17 (Section 4D.06
in the 2003 MUTCD) Signal Indications
for Left-Turn Movements—General, a
State DOT agreed with the proposed
addition of flashing yellow arrows and
also suggested allowing a four-signal
indication display for protected/
permissive left-turn mode with green
arrow, steady yellow arrow, flashing red
arrow, and steady red arrow in a ‘‘T’’
configuration so that the agency can
retrofit existing signals with flashing red
arrows. The FHWA disagrees and notes
that the configuration suggested by the
commenter is prohibited because a
change interval must be displayed after
the flashing red arrow and before the
steady red arrow. Sections 4D.17
through 4D.20 require a steady yellow
arrow change interval because the
change from flashing red arrow to
steady red arrow would not necessarily
be noticed by road users and makes
violators of those who enter the
intersection on steady red arrow during
the timed change interval.
A consultant suggested revising the
definition of variable left-turn mode in
paragraph 02, item D, so as to not imply
that the service type must change during
the day and as a result preclude the use
of varying left-turn modes on specific
days or for construction activities. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule adds
‘‘or as traffic conditions change’’ to this
item D and also to comparable text in
STANDARD paragraph 08. The FHWA
also adopts similar changes for variable
right-turn mode in Section 4D.20.
The FHWA in the NPA proposed a
STANDARD statement specifying the
requirements for signal indications on
the opposing approach and for
conflicting pedestrian movements
during permissive and protected leftturn movements. The FHWA proposed
this addition for consistency with other
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66816
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
requirements in Part 4. A local DOT
agreed with the addition, but suggested
allowing an exemption for a green
display for one direction only during
preemption. In the commenter’s
jurisdiction a flashing UPRAISED
HAND is shown during preemption and
therefore it is not possible to display a
green left-turn arrow because it conflicts
with that pedestrian signal display. The
FHWA notes that the NPA proposed
provisions do not preclude the
commenter’s operation as long as a
yellow trap is not created. A consultant
agreed with the addition and suggested
revising the language to emphasize how
the provision may be used to avoid the
yellow trap. The FHWA notes that
similar provisions are provided in
Section 4D.05 (NPA Section 4D.10)
regarding the yellow trap and therefore,
in this final rule adopts the language as
proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA also proposed
a STANDARD prohibiting the use of a
protected-only mode left-turn phase
which begins or ends at a different time
than the adjacent through movements
unless an exclusive left-turn lane is
provided. The FHWA proposed this
change because, without an exclusive
left-turn lane, the operation of a
protected-only mode left-turn phase
forces left-turning vehicles to await the
display of the protected green arrow
while stopped in a lane used by through
vehicles, causing many approaching
through vehicles to abruptly change
lanes to avoid delays, which can result
in inefficient operations and rear-end
and sideswipe type crashes.167 If an
exclusive left-turn lane is not present
and a protected only mode is needed for
the left-turn movement, ‘‘split-phasing,’’
in which the protected left-turn
movement always begins and ends at
the same times in the signal cycle as the
adjacent through movement, can be
used. The NCUTCD and a State DOT
supported the prohibition, recognizing
this is an unacceptable practice. Two
State DOTs and four local agencies
disagreed and suggested deleting the
STANDARD or reducing it to
GUIDANCE or OPTION because their
experience has shown that this
operation provides operational benefits
in special circumstances. The FHWA
disagrees, because this prohibition
addresses the issue of unsafe last-second
lane changing and the commenters have
not provided supporting data to justify
reducing the statement from a
STANDARD. Accordingly, in this final
rule the STANDARD is adopted as
proposed in the NPA.
An NCUTCD member noted that a
SUPPORT paragraph proposed in the
NPA did not contain SUPPORT
language. The FHWA agrees that the
existing language can only be
interpreted as prohibitory in nature and
in this final rule adopts this statement
as a STANDARD with editorial
revisions. The intent of the language is
to prohibit the display of the yellow
change interval when the left-turn
operation is changing from permissive
mode to protected mode, consistent
with other STANDARD provisions
elsewhere in Chapter 4D.
383. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the NPA proposed new Section
4D.18 Signal Indications for Permissive
Only Mode Left-Turn Movements with
revisions to prohibit circular green
indications for permissive left-turn
movements in separate left-turn signal
faces, as previously discussed in item
366. A State DOT suggested adding an
OPTION to allow a circular red signal
indication as a replacement to the red
arrow for permissive only mode left
turns as allowed by Interim Approval
IA–10, Section 2, Signal Face
Arrangement, item b. The FHWA
disagrees because the Interim Approval
allowed the option of circular red since,
at the time the Interim Approval was
issued, the 2003 MUTCD allowed that
option for separate left-turn signal faces
and there are a few States where red
arrows have not been used. As
discussed below regarding Section
4D.19, the FHWA eliminates the
circular red in this final rule for separate
left-turn faces and therefore declines to
add it as an OPTION.
An anonymous commenter suggested
adding a new STANDARD item
permitting a ‘‘Left Turn Yield on
Flashing Yellow’’ sign with the flashing
yellow arrow signal face. The FHWA
disagrees because the research 168 found
that such a sign is not needed and
therefore the FHWA does not want to
encourage the use of a sign, but the
FHWA also notes that Chapter 2B
allows agencies to develop their own
word message signs.
384. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
a new Section 4D.19 Signal Indications
for Protected Only Mode Left-Turn
Movements. An NCUTCD member
suggested deleting STANDARD item D
because the shared protected-only leftturn face can only be used when the
167 ‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide’’, FHWA publication number FHWA–HRT–
04–091, August 2004, page 307, can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04091/.
168 NCHRP Report 493, ‘‘Evaluation of Traffic
Signal Displays for Protected/Permissive Left-Turn
Control,’’ 2003, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_493.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
through and left-turn indications begin
and terminate at the same time. The
FHWA disagrees because this provision
is necessary for intersections that have
variable lane uses and signal phasing by
time of day. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts the language as proposed in the
NPA.
An anonymous commenter suggested
revising STANDARD paragraph 01 to
allow a vertical green arrow for
situations where a shared signal face is
used for the protected only left-turn
mode. The FHWA agrees and also
adopts in this final rule an OPTION to
allow a vertical arrow in place of the
circular green display where right turns
are not allowed. The FHWA also adopts
a similar revision in the comparable
paragraph regarding right turns in
Section 4D.23.
The FHWA in the NPA proposed to
eliminate the STANDARD allowing the
use of protected-only mode signal faces
with the combination of circular red,
left-turn yellow arrow, and left-turn
green arrow. The FHWA proposed this
change to enhance uniformity by
requiring States and municipal agencies
to use a left-turn red arrow instead of a
circular red for protected-only mode
left-turn signals. Red arrow signal
indications have been in use for over 35
years, are extensively implemented for
protected turn movements in the
majority of States, are well understood
by road users, present an unequivocal
message regarding what movement is
prohibited when the red indication is
displayed, and eliminate the need for
the use of a supplemental R10–10 LEFT
TURN SIGNAL sign. A local DOT
agreed with the revision. An anonymous
commenter suggested allowing a
circular red indication for protectedonly left turns from a one-way street
onto another, at intersection approaches
that have a gentle left turn with a 45degree green arrow indication, such as
single-point urban interchanges, and at
approaches with shared left-turn/rightturn lanes and no through movements to
be consistent with Section 4D.25. The
FHWA disagrees because an R10–17a
sign can be used with the red left arrow,
the red arrow must match the green and
yellow arrows for uniformity and
consistency, and the T-intersection
described does not apply to Section
4D.25, which addresses only the case of
T-intersections with a shared left-turn/
right-turn lane without a through
movement. A State DOT opposed the
revision and suggested adding an
OPTION to allow the use of the circular
red signal with a supplemental R10–10
sign because they believe the circular
red signal provides better visibility and
it allows agencies to stock one type of
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
red signal display. The FHWA disagrees
because allowing the option would be
inconsistent with the MUTCD
uniformity goals.
Two local DOTs suggested providing
an OPTION to allow variable mode leftturn phasing, to be consistent with
Section 4D.18. The NCUTCD also
suggested adding OPTION statements to
allow separate left-turn signal faces with
a flashing left-turn yellow arrow and
signal faces with flashing left-turn red
arrows to operate in a variable turn
mode. The FHWA agrees and adopts in
this final rule the OPTION statements as
recommended.
385. In new Section 4D.20 Signal
Indications for Protected/Permissive
Mode Left-Turn Movements, the FHWA
adopts text as proposed in the NPA, but
with revisions comparable to and
consistent with those adopted in
Sections 4D.17 through 4D.19.
A State DOT suggested revising the
first STANDARD item A for shared
signal faces to require terminating a
green arrow and circular green
indication with a combination steady
yellow arrow and circular yellow. The
FHWA disagrees because the proposed
language is not applicable in a foursection signal face where no yellow
arrow is provided. Also, the provision
states that the yellow arrow ‘‘shall not
be required’’ and therefore agencies can
choose to display both the circular
yellow and steady yellow arrow during
the change interval. A State DOT
suggested editorial revisions to
STANDARD items A, B, C, and E for
shared signal faces to consolidate the
text, but the FHWA declines to make the
changes because, although there is some
overlap, all four items state different
ideas.
In item C of the first STANDARD, the
FHWA revises the text in this final rule
to state that when the left-turn GREEN
ARROW and CIRCULAR GREEN signal
indications are being terminated
together, the required display following
the left-turn GREEN ARROW signal
indication shall be either the display of
a CIRCULAR YELLOW signal indication
alone or the simultaneous display of the
CIRCULAR YELLOW and left-turn
YELLOW ARROW signal indications.
This revision provides additional
flexibility to jurisdictions to display
both the steady yellow arrow and steady
circular yellow simultaneously and
reflects a common practice. The FHWA
makes a similar revision in this final
rule to comparable text for right turns in
Section 4D.24.
An anonymous commenter suggested
revising the second STANDARD item H
for separate left-turn faces with a
flashing yellow arrow to allow a three-
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
section signal face where there are
horizontal spacing limitations. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule revised STANDARD text to allow
lateral positioning limitations for
horizontally-mounted signal faces and
additional text to allow the same threesection face to include a dual-arrow
section capable of alternately displaying
steady green and flashing yellow
arrows. The FHWA adopts a comparable
change in similar provisions in Section
4D.24.
A local DOT opposed the proposed
2nd STANDARD item I for separate leftturn signal faces with a flashing yellow
arrow because the language would
suppress further research of viable and
efficient ways to implement the flashing
yellow arrow at protected only left-turn
intersections. The commenter also
stated that there is no research showing
the prohibited method is unsafe or
otherwise ineffective and that the new
hybrid beacon allows this in the yellow
signal. The FHWA disagrees because
there has not been sufficient research or
experimentation to justify allowing the
displays suggested by the commenters.
An anonymous commenter agreed
with the proposed 3rd STANDARD
items E and F for separate left-turn
signal faces with a flashing red arrow.
The same commenter expressed
concerns about requiring the display of
flashing red arrow and steady red arrow
signal indications in the same signal
section because of color-blind driver
concerns. The FHWA agrees with the
commenter regarding the color
blindness issue and adopts in this final
rule an OPTION allowing side-by-side
clustering of two red left arrows, one
steady and one flashing. The FHWA
also adopts this OPTION for comparable
provisions in Section 4D.24.
386. In the NPA the FHWA proposed
a new Section 4D.21 Signal Indications
for Right-Turn Movements—General.
The FHWA proposed revising the
provisions to prohibit the display of a
circular green for a permissive right-turn
movement in a separate right-turn signal
face over or in front of a right-turn lane
to parallel the NCUTCD
recommendation for separate left-turn
signal faces. The FHWA proposal noted
that this would not disallow the
common use of a five-section face over
the right turn lane, typically for a ‘‘right
turn overlap’’ situation, as the fivesection would be considered a ‘‘shared
face.’’ Similarly, a three-section face
over a right-turn lane, with all circular
indications that always display the same
color circular indications as the adjacent
through signal faces would also be a
‘‘shared’’ face and would not be
prohibited.
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66817
A local DOT suggested that the
displays of right-turn indications with
u-turn signal indications should be
further clarified. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule a new
STANDARD paragraph to address the Uturn arrow signal indications.
The FHWA also proposed to add a
STANDARD statement specifying the
requirements for left-turn signal
indications on the opposing approach
and for conflicting pedestrian
movements during permissive and
protected right-turn movements. The
FHWA proposed this addition for
consistency with other requirements in
Part 4. The FHWA proposal would also
prohibit the use of a protected-only
mode right-turn phase which begins or
ends at a different time than the
adjacent through movements unless an
exclusive right-turn lane is provided.
Similar to item 382 above for left turns,
the FHWA proposed this change
because, without an exclusive right-turn
lane, the operation of a protected-only
mode right-turn phase forces rightturning vehicles to await the display of
the protected green arrow while stopped
in a lane used by through vehicles,
causing many approaching through
vehicles to abruptly change lanes to
avoid delays, and this can result in
inefficient operations and rear-end and
sideswipe type crashes. A local DOT
and an anonymous commenter agreed.
Two local DOTs suggested adding an
exception to STANDARD paragraph 03
for applications where there is raised or
painted channelization that prevents
conflicts with opposing left-turn
vehicles. The FHWA agrees with
commenters if the right-turn movement
and the opposing left-turn movement
can depart from the intersection in their
own dedicated lanes without conflict as
described in Section 4D.05 (NPA
Section 4D.10). The FHWA adopts in
this final rule a reference to Section
4D.05 to clarify the protected right-turn
operation.
377. In the NPA the FHWA proposed
a new Section 4D.22 Signal Indications
for Permissive Only Mode Right-Turn
Movements with revisions prohibiting
the use of circular green in a separate
right turn signal face operating in
permissive mode as previously
discussed in item 366.
An anonymous commenter suggested
deleting ‘‘and the opposing right-turn
signal faces display right-turn green
arrow signal indications for a protected
right-turn movement’’ in STANDARD
item E for separate right-turn signal
faces with a flashing red arrow to clarify
that the opposing right turn is not
relevant in this situation. The FHWA
agrees and in this final rule deletes the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66818
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
phrase from the adopted item E as
suggested.
388. In new Section 4D.23 Signal
Indications for Protected-Only Mode
Right-Turn Movements, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to retain the
provision located in Section 4D.07 of
the 2003 MUTCD that allows the use of
protected only mode right-turn signal
faces with the combination of circular
red, right-turn yellow arrow, and rightturn green arrow. Although the use of
circular red indications for protectedonly mode left-turns has been
eliminated for left-turn signal faces in
item 384 above, the FHWA believes that
circular red should be retained for use
with protected-only mode right-turn
movements because of the different
meanings of the circular red and the
right-turn red arrow signal indications
regarding right-turn-on-red after stop.
Circular red would be used in a
protected-only mode right turn signal
face if it is intended to allow right turns
on red after stopping. The FHWA also
proposed to add STANDARD statements
for the use of flashing yellow arrow and
flashing red arrow signal indications for
protected only mode right-turn
movements. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA with revisions incorporating
the NCUTCD’s recommendations in
Section 4D.17 about consolidating all
text regarding ‘‘separate’’ signal faces.
389. In new Section 4D.24 Signal
Indications for Protected/Permissive
Mode Right-Turn Movements, the
FHWA adopts the text as proposed in
the NPA, but with revisions for
consistency with adopted text in
Sections 4D.21 through 4D.22.
390. The FHWA also adopts several
new figures that illustrate positioning
and arrangements of signal sections in
left turn signal faces (Figures 4D–6 to
4D–12) and right turn signal faces
(Figures 4D–13 to 4D–19). The FHWA
adopts these new figures in order to
enhance understanding and correct
application of the relatively complex
requirements and options for turn
signals. In this final rule, the FHWA
adopts minor revisions to these figures
to reflect changes in applicable text.
391. The FHWA adopts Section 4D.25
Signal Indications for Approaches With
a Shared Left-Turn/Right-Turn Lane and
No Through Movement, as proposed in
the NPA but with editorial revisions for
clarity. This new section contains
SUPPORT, STANDARD, and OPTION
statements regarding this type of lane
that is shared by left-turn and right-turn
movements on an approach that has no
through movement, such as the stem of
a T-intersection or where the opposite
approach is a one-way roadway in the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
opposing direction. The FHWA includes
this new section to provide explicit
information regarding shared left-turn/
right-turn lanes, which has not
previously been included in the
MUTCD, and to enhance uniformity of
displays for this application. A local
DOT agreed.
Another local DOT suggested
allowing the use of a four-section signal
face where a steady circular yellow
follows both left-turn and right-turn
green arrows instead of the five-section
signal face, because this might save
space in certain applications. The
FHWA disagrees because the suggested
signal display will require a yellow
change interval that requires two
different yellows being displayed
simultaneously.
The commenter also suggested
allowing for the option of a flashing leftturn yellow arrow and flashing rightturn yellow arrow being displayed
simultaneously ‘‘when the lack of
vehicular conflict is because a red signal
indication is being displayed to traffic
on the opposing approach’’ when there
is a conflicting vehicular or pedestrian
movement. The commenter believes this
would serve to reinforce the DO NOT
ENTER condition when a two-way street
intersects a one-way street with the use
of the two turn arrows as well as
provide notice to motorists that they
must yield when making either turn.
The FHWA disagrees because the
provisions require a five-section shared
face with two steady yellow arrows, one
for right turns and one for left turns. A
single circular yellow would not be
consistent with the steady yellow
arrows used for the change interval in
the faces for the exclusive turn lane(s)
on the approach.
A State DOT and an anonymous
commenter suggested adding figures to
illustrate potential signal head
configurations, particularly for
situations with pedestrian
accommodations because the text is
difficult to interpret. The FHWA agrees
and adopts a new Figure 4D–20 in this
final rule.
An anonymous commenter noted that
the provisions of this Section are an
exception to the STANDARD in Section
4D.19 that requires the use of a red
arrow indication for a protected only
left-turn movement that is for a
separately-controlled protected only left
turn. The FHWA agrees and in this final
rule adopts text indicating that the
circular red displays required in Section
4D.25 are an exception to what would
otherwise be required by Chapter 4D.
392. In Section 4D.26 (Section 4D.10
in the 2003 MUTCD) Yellow Change
and Red Clearance Intervals, the FHWA
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed in the NPA to revise the first
STANDARD regarding yellow change
intervals to account for the introduction
of the flashing yellow arrow and
flashing red arrow for permissive turn
phases. A State DOT and two local
DOTs suggested revising the text to
allow a green arrow to follow a flashing
yellow arrow to be consistent with
Section 4D.20. A local DOT also
suggested exempting the change interval
when going from the flashing red arrow
to a green arrow. The FHWA agrees with
the commenters and adopts in this final
rule a revision in the 1st STANDARD to
exempt the change interval between the
permissive interval and the lagging
protected interval in turn signals.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
changing the first OPTION statement to
a GUIDANCE, to recommend, rather
than merely permit, that a yellow
change interval should be followed by a
red clearance interval to provide
additional time before conflicting
movements are released, when
indicated by the application of
engineering practices as discussed
below. The FHWA proposed this change
based on safety studies indicating the
positive effect on safety of providing a
red clearance interval and surveys
indicating that use of a red clearance
interval is a predominant practice by
jurisdictions, as documented in the
FHWA report ‘‘Making Intersections
Safer: Toolbox of Engineering
Countermeasures to Reduce Red Light
Running.’’ 169 A State DOT agreed with
the revision. Another State DOT and
five local agencies opposed the revision
because of concerns that there is a lack
of evidence to support elevating this
provision to GUIDANCE, laws about
change intervals vary by State, and the
GUIDANCE does not provide flexibility
to use engineering judgment. The
FHWA notes that the proposed text does
not recommend red clearance intervals
for all signals, only to provide them
when it is indicated by the application
of engineering practices, such as the ITE
formulas. The FHWA disagrees with the
commenters because studies 170 have
shown safety benefits when yellow and
red clearance times are used per the ITE
169 Pages 35–36 of this report can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
safety.fhwa.dot.gov/intersections/docs/rlrbook.pdf.
170 NCHRP Research Results Digest 299,
November 2005, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rrd_299.pdf. This digest
includes data from the study ‘‘Changes in Crash
Risk Following Retiming of the Traffic Signal
Change Intervals,’’ by R.A. Retting, J.F. Chapline,
and A.F. Williams, as published in Accident
Analysis and Prevention, Volume 34, number 2,
pages 215–220, available from Pergamon Press,
Oxford, NY.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
formulas. The FHWA adopts this final
rule the language as proposed in the
NPA.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to revise the second STANDARD
statement to indicate that the durations
of the yellow change interval and, when
used, the red clearance interval, shall be
determined using engineering practices,
and also proposed to add a new
SUPPORT statement to indicate that
engineering practices for determining
the durations of these intervals can be
found in two publications from the ITE.
The FHWA proposed this to enhance
safety at signalized intersections by
requiring that accepted engineering
methods be used to determine the
durations of these critical intervals
rather than random or ‘‘rule of thumb’’
settings, and by recommending the
provision of a red clearance interval
when such accepted engineering
practices indicate that a red clearance
interval is needed. As documented in
the FHWA report ‘‘Signalized
Intersections: Informational Guide,’’ 171
a variety of studies from 1985 through
2002 have found significant safety
benefits from using accepted
engineering practices to determine the
durations of yellow change and red
clearance intervals. Recent safety
studies 172 have further documented
significant major reductions in crashes
when jurisdictions have revised the
durations of the yellow change and red
clearance intervals using the accepted
engineering practices. A State DOT and
two local DOTs opposed the revision
because their agencies have other
methods for calculating red intervals
and do not believe the ITE methods to
be superior. The FHWA disagrees
because the studies have shown
significant safety benefits when red
clearance times are provided per the ITE
methods and therefore, adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
The FHWA also establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2014
(approximately 5 years from the
effective date of this final rule) or when
timing adjustments are made to the
171 ‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide’’, FHWA publication number FHWA–HRT–
04–091, August 2004, pages 209–211, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04091/.
172 NCHRP Research Results Digest 299,
November 2005, can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rrd_299.pdf. This digest
includes data from the study ‘‘Changes in Crash
Risk Following Retiming of the Traffic Signal
Change Intervals,’’ by R.A. Retting, J.F. Chapline,
and A.F. Williams, as published in Accident
Analysis and Prevention, Volume 34, number 2,
pages 215–220, available from Pergamon Press,
Oxford, NY.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
individual intersection and/or corridor,
whichever occurs first, for the durations
of yellow change intervals and red
clearance intervals at existing locations
to be based on engineering practices.
The FHWA establishes this target
compliance date because of the
demonstrated safety benefits, as
discussed above, of proper engineeringbased timing of these critical signal
intervals. Traffic signals and signal
control equipment have a very long
service life (30 to 50 years is not
uncommon) and very long intervals
between signal retiming are typical at
many traffic signal locations in many
jurisdictions. The FHWA believes that
relying on systematic upgrading
provisions (23 CFR 655.603(d)(1)), based
on service life, to achieve compliance
with this critical timing need would
take an inordinately long time, to the
detriment of road user safety. State and
local highway agencies and owners of
private roads open to public travel can
minimize any impact of this signal
timing requirement by adopting a policy
for determining durations of yellow
change and red clearance intervals that
is based on engineering practices as
discussed in Section 4D.26 and then by
applying that policy whenever an
existing individual signal location or
system of interconnected locations is
being checked or adjusted for any
reason, such as investigation of citizen
complaints or routine maintenance.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add a new STANDARD statement that
requires the duration of the yellow
change and red clearance intervals to be
within the technical capabilities of the
signal controller, and that they be
consistent from cycle to cycle in the
same timing plan. The FHWA proposed
this change to accommodate the
inherent limitations of some older
mechanical controllers, but provide for
consistency of interval timing. Two
State DOTs suggested allowing red
clearance interval extensions when a
vehicle violating the red signal is
detected entering the intersection on
red. The FHWA agrees and adopts text
in this final rule to allow a red clearance
interval extension when a red light
runner is detected.
Two local DOTs suggested adding an
exception to allow red clearance
intervals longer than 6 seconds for
exceptionally large intersections such as
at a single point urban interchange. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule an exception for exceptionally large
intersections
Finally, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a new STANDARD
statement at the end of the section that
prohibits the use at a signalized location
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66819
of flashing green indications,
countdown vehicular signals, or similar
displays intended to provide a ‘‘preyellow warning’’ interval. Flashing
beacons on advance warning signs on
the approach to a signalized location are
exempted from the prohibition. The
FHWA proposed this change to make
the MUTCD consistent with FHWA
Official Interpretation #4–246.173 The
FHWA notes that it did not intend to
include pedestrian countdown signals
in the provision and therefore adopts in
this final rule revised language to add
‘‘vehicular’’ before ‘‘signal displays’’ in
order to exclude pedestrian countdown
signals.
393. In Section 4D.27 (Section 4D.13
in the 2003 MUTCD) Preemption and
Priority Control of Traffic Control
Signals, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that agencies provide
back-up power supplies for signals with
railroad preemption or that are
coordinated with flashing-light signal
systems, with the exception of traffic
control signals interconnected with light
rail transit systems. The FHWA
proposed this change to ensure that the
primary functions of the interconnected
signal systems still function in a safe
manner in the event of a power failure.
Four State DOTs and a local DOT agreed
with the addition. A State DOT and two
local DOTs opposed the GUIDANCE
because of concerns about the increased
cost for installation and maintenance
and that the large cabinet sizes might
impact the right-of-way and their ability
to meet ADA requirements. The FHWA
disagrees and adopts in this final rule
the language as proposed in the NPA
because of the important safety benefits
provided by back-up power at such
locations.
In addition, the FHWA also adopts
the proposed new OPTION allowing
light rail transit signal indications to
control preemption or priority control
movements for public transit buses in
‘‘queue jumper’’ lanes or bus rapid
transit in semi-exclusive or mixed-use
alignments. The FHWA adopts this to
incorporate clarification into the
MUTCD consistent with FHWA Official
Interpretation #10–59(I) and #10–66(I),
and to provide additional flexibility to
agencies seeking to reduce driver
confusion with traffic signal indications
intended to control only mass transit
vehicles.174 A local DOT agreed.
173 Official Interpretation 4–246 can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/documents/pdf/4-246-I-NYS.pdf.
174 FHWA’s Official Interpretations 10–59(I),
dated April 16, 2003, and 10–66(I), dated October
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
Continued
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66820
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
394. In Section 4D.28 Flashing
Operation of Traffic Control Signals—
General, the FHWA adopts the proposed
new OPTION allowing traffic control
signals to be operated in flashing mode
on a scheduled basis during one or more
periods of the day. The FHWA includes
this change because more efficient
operations might be achieved if the
signal is set to flashing mode when
steady mode (stop and go) operation is
not needed. This change is consistent
with a similar change in Section 4C.04
discussed in item 360 above.
395. In Section 4D.30 Flashing
Operation—Signal Indications During
Flashing Mode, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to include a paragraph in the
STANDARD statement that prohibits
green signal indications from being
displayed when a traffic control signal
is operated in the flashing mode, except
for single-section green arrow signal
indications as noted elsewhere in the
section. The FHWA proposed including
this paragraph to clarify proper displays
during flashing mode. A State DOT
requested clarification for pedestrian
signal indications during flashing
operation. The FHWA notes that this
information is provided in Chapter 4E
and adds a new reference in this final
rule.
396. In Section 4D.31 Flashing
Operation—Transition Out of Flashing
Mode, a local DOT suggested adding a
new provision to allow the signal
operation to change from flashing mode
to steady (stop-and-go) mode by
servicing the minor street before the
major street to go back into the
coordinated cycle. The FHWA disagrees
because this violates the existing
MUTCD and no justification was
provided to add the provision. The
FHWA adopts Section 4D.31 as
proposed in the NPA.
397. In Section 4D.34 (Section 4D.19
in the 2003) Use of Signs at Signalized
Locations, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add to the GUIDANCE statement
a recommendation to use overhead lane
control signs where lane drops,
multiple-lane turns, shared through and
turn lanes, or other lane-use regulations
that might be unexpected by unfamiliar
road users are present. The FHWA in
this final rule does not adopt the
proposed additional GUIDANCE text
and instead adopts a reference to
Section 2B.19, where the appropriate
text is located.
6, 2006, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web sites: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/
interpretations/10_59.htm and https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interpretations/
10_66.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4E—General
398. The FHWA in this final rule is
adopting a reorganization of the existing
and NPA proposed content of Section
4E.06 Accessible Pedestrian Signals and
Section 4E.09 Accessible Pedestrian
Detectors. In doing so, the FHWA
eliminates overlapping text and crossreferences and consolidates the
provisions into a clearer and more
logical flow of the information, without
changing its meaning. This
reorganization is based on comments
from an organization for the blind
noting that accessible pedestrian signals
require the use of pushbutton-integrated
devices and having the various features
of accessible pedestrian signals (APS)
described piecemeal in two different
sections can lead to confusion in
installation. The FHWA agrees with this
comment and believes that placing the
material in one location with a more
accurate grouping of features and
functions of pushbutton-integrated APS
will improve understanding by users of
the MUTCD. The text of this
consolidated content is reorganized into
five new sections, Section 4E.09
Accessible Pedestrian Signals and
Detectors—General, Section 4E.10
Accessible Pedestrian Signals and
Detectors—Location, Section 4E.11
Accessible Pedestrian Signals and
Detectors—Walk Indications, Section
4E.12 Accessible Pedestrian Signals and
Detectors—Tactile Arrows and Locator
Tones, and Section 4E.13 Accessible
Pedestrian Signals and Detectors—
Extended Pushbutton Press Features.
The new sections also include adopted
revisions to the text of former Sections
4E.06 and 4E.09, as discussed below.
399. The FHWA in this final rule is
relocating Section 4E.10 in the 2003
MUTCD to a new Section 4E.06 because
the content of this section, pedestrian
intervals and signal phases, more
appropriately follows the content of
Sections 4E.04 and 4E.05 and should
precede the information on countdown
pedestrian signals, pedestrian detectors,
and accessible pedestrian signals and
detectors.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 4E—Specific
400. In Section 4E.02 Meaning of
Pedestrian Signal Head Indications, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to revise
item B of the STANDARD that defines
the meaning of the flashing UPRAISED
HAND pedestrian signal indication to
allow pedestrians that entered the
intersection on a steady WALKING
PERSON indication to proceed to the far
side of the traveled way, unless
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
otherwise directed by signs or signals to
proceed only to a median or pedestrian
refuge area. The FHWA proposed this
change to allow pedestrians to cross an
entire divided highway and not have to
stop at the median if the signal has been
timed to provide sufficient clearance
time for pedestrians to cross the entire
highway. In cases where the signal
timing only provides enough time for
pedestrians to cross to the median, signs
or signals are required to be provided to
direct pedestrians accordingly. The
NCUTCD agreed with this change and
also suggested an editorial revision,
which the FHWA agrees with and
adopts in this final rule. The FHWA also
adopts revisions to Section 4E.06 (see
item 403 below) for consistency with
this change.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
second change in the meaning of the
flashing orange UPRAISED HAND, to
allow pedestrians to enter the
intersection when a countdown
pedestrian signal indication is shown
with the flashing UPRAISED HAND if
they are able to travel to the far side of
the traveled way or to a median by the
time the countdown display reaches
zero. The FHWA proposed this change
because many pedestrians walk faster
than the walking speeds used to
calculate the length of the pedestrian
change interval; therefore, many
pedestrians are easily able to begin their
crossing after the flashing UPRAISED
HAND and countdown period has
started and complete their crossing
during the displayed countdown period.
In the NPA, the FHWA stated the belief
that pedestrians should be permitted to
make their own determination of
whether or not they have sufficient time
to begin and complete their crossing
during the remaining pedestrian
clearance time. The FHWA received
comments agreeing with this proposed
change from the NCUTCD, two local
DOTs, a toll road authority, a local
pedestrian advisory board, and a
consultant. However, the FHWA
received comments in opposition to this
change from 4 State DOTs, 12 local
DOTs, an NCUTCD member, a regional
section of ITE, and a retired traffic
engineer. The opponents expressed
concerns that there would be two
different meanings of the flashing
UPRAISED HAND depending on
whether or not a countdown display is
present, and that this would be difficult
to teach to young schoolchildren. The
FHWA understands the concerns
expressed about two meanings for the
same indication and, as a result the
FHWA does not adopt in this final rule
the second proposed change in the
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
meaning of flashing UPRAISED HAND.
However, the FHWA believes that
ultimately countdown pedestrian
displays will be nearly ubiquitous and
that the countdown information does
provide pedestrians with the
information they need to make
individual judgments on whether to
start crossing during the countdown,
based on their individual walking
speeds. The FHWA encourages
additional research and experimentation
to evaluate the feasibility of removing
the flashing UPRAISED HAND
indication completely as the pedestrian
clearance display and instead just
displaying the countdown.
401. In the NPA the FHWA proposed
minor editorial revisions to Section
4E.03 Application of Pedestrian Signal
Heads. A local DOT agreed with the
proposed revisions to Section 4E.03, but
commented that there are conditions
where pedestrian signal heads can be
used that are not covered by any of the
conditions for which this section either
requires or recommends the use of
pedestrian signal heads. The FHWA
agrees and adopts in this final rule an
OPTION statement after the GUIDANCE,
indicating that pedestrian signal heads
may be used under other conditions
based on engineering judgment.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
add a 2nd STANDARD statement at the
end of the section to explicitly require
a steady or flashing red signal indication
to be shown to any conflicting vehicular
movement perpendicular to a crosswalk
with an associated pedestrian signal
head displaying either a steady
WALKING PERSON or flashing
UPRAISED HAND indication, to reflect
sound engineering practice. The
NCUTCD agreed with this addition but
suggested a minor editorial change. The
FHWA adopts in this final rule this
additional STANDARD statement with
the minor editorial change suggested by
the NCUTCD, but relocates this
statement to Section 4E.06 Pedestrian
Intervals and Signal Phases (Section
4E.10 in the 2003 MUTCD), because the
subject matter is more logically located
there.
402. In Section 4E.04 Size, Design,
and Illumination of Pedestrian Signal
Head Indications, the FHWA in the NPA
proposed to revise the first STANDARD
statement to allow the use of a onesection pedestrian signal head with the
WALKING PERSON and UPRAISED
HAND symbols overlaid upon each
other or side by side. The FHWA
proposed this change to reflect the
Official Interpretation #4–303,175 dated
February 3, 2006, which provides that
the light sources comprising the
indications may be overlaid on each
other, as long as the pedestrian signal
head properly displays the individual
indications, visible as distinctly
separate indications that meet all other
requirements, such as color, shape, and
luminous intensity, etc. A State DOT
opposed overlaid symbols on pedestrian
signal heads, citing false indications
from sun glare in some pedestrian signal
units. The FHWA disagrees because
pedestrian signal heads with overlaid
symbols are in widespread use in many
States and the FHWA is unaware of any
significant issues with false indications
from sun glare when compared to sideby-side symbols. Further, the use of
overlaid symbols is optional and any
highway agency can choose not to use
them. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the revision to the first STANDARD
statement and also adopts a revised
Figure 4E–1 Typical Pedestrian Signal
Indications to reflect this change.
Further, based on comments about the
figure from the NCUTCD, four State
DOTs, and a consultant, the FHWA
adopts additional illustrations to Figure
4E–1 to show a one-section unit with
overlaid symbols and countdown
numerals and a two-section unit with
overlaid symbols in the top section and
countdown numerals in the bottom
section.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add a paragraph to the GUIDANCE
statement recommending that some
form of automatic dimming be used to
reduce the brilliance of the pedestrian
signal indication if the indication is so
bright as to cause excessive glare in
nighttime conditions. The FHWA
proposed this new recommendation to
avoid glare conditions, which can
reduce the visibility of the indications at
night, similar to the existing GUIDANCE
for vehicular signal indications in
Chapter 4D. The NCUTCD agreed with
this revision and suggested minor
editorial changes for clarity, which the
FHWA adopts in this final rule. An
organization for the blind also agreed in
concept with this revision, but
suggested that it be a STANDARD rather
than GUIDANCE, requiring pedestrian
signal indications to be responsive to
ambient light, brighter in bright
conditions and dimmer in low light
conditions. The FHWA disagrees
because supporting data for such a
mandatory requirement is not
documented in any studies. A State
DOT opposed the proposed GUIDANCE
recommending dimming because of
175 Official Interpretation #4–303 can be viewed
at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interpretations/pdf/
4_303.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66821
concern about operational and risk
management problems. The FHWA
disagrees because similar language
regarding dimming of vehicular signal
indications has been in the MUTCD for
many decades and the FHWA is
unaware of any significant issues with
dimming of vehicular signals.
403. In Section 4E.06 Pedestrian
Intervals and Signal Phases (Section
4E.10 in the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the first
STANDARD statement to require the
steady UPRAISED HAND indication to
be displayed during the yellow change
interval and the red clearance interval if
those intervals are used as part of the
pedestrian clearance time, to be
consistent with the change that was
proposed in Section 4E.07 to require
countdown pedestrian signal displays.
The NPA also proposed revisions to the
first OPTION statement that would
allow both the vehicular yellow change
interval time and the red clearance time
to be used to satisfy the calculated
duration of the pedestrian clearance
time. The FHWA received comments
from a city, a consultant, and a citizen
opposing the allowable use of the red
clearance time for this purpose because
it results in the lack of any safety
‘‘buffer’’ for pedestrians before
conflicting traffic receives a green signal
indication. Also, the NCUTCD
submitted a comment noting that there
are significant disconnects and
inconsistencies between the timing of
pedestrian intervals and vehicular
intervals, especially with the
introduction of pedestrian countdown
displays, that must be addressed in
order to resolve inconsistency and
present a logical and consistent message
to pedestrians. The NCUTCD
recommended that there should always
be a minimum interval of at least 3
seconds between the end of the flashing
UPRAISED HAND display (which
coincides with the end of the pedestrian
countdown display) and the release of
any vehicular traffic that might be in
conflict with the terminating pedestrian
interval, and recommended calling this
the pedestrian buffer interval. The
NCUTCD recommended that a
minimum rather than a fixed buffer
interval be specified because vehicle
actuated sequences and certain
combinations of vehicle and pedestrian
displays can result in buffer interval
lengths that are determined by factors
other than pedestrian considerations.
The NCUTCD further recommended that
the sum of the pedestrian change
interval and the buffer interval must
equal or exceed the calculated
pedestrian clearance time. The FHWA
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66822
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
agrees that this required buffer interval
provides a margin of safety that allows
a pedestrian who underestimates the
time he or she needs to cross a roadway,
with or without a countdown display, to
better avoid a conflict with vehicles.
The FHWA adopts in this final rule a
revised section that incorporates the
NCUTCD’s recommendations.
As also recommended by NCUTCD,
the FHWA also adopts an OPTION to
allow the countdown pedestrian display
with flashing UPRAISED HAND to
extend into the yellow change interval,
but terminate within the yellow change
interval and be followed by a steady
UPRAISED HAND and zero (followed
by blank) countdown display for the
remainder of the yellow change interval.
This minimizes disruption of vehicular
traffic, and also makes the pedestrian
change interval more closely
approximate the pedestrian clearance
time. While the functionality of some
current controller equipment might
result in the UPRAISED HAND and
countdown being displayed until the
end of the yellow change interval, that
would not be required by the adopted
OPTION. The FHWA believes that
future controller software will
incorporate a timed pedestrian buffer
interval between the end of the flashing
UPRAISED HAND/countdown zero
interval and the release of conflicting
vehicular traffic, that the pedestrian
buffer interval timing value will be a
part of the pedestrian interval series of
controller data inputs, and that the
controller logic will be designed to
implement the intention of the interval
without any other data input. The
FHWA also adopts a new Figure 4E–2
Pedestrian Intervals in this final rule to
illustrate the pedestrian buffer interval
and its relationship to other pedestrian
and vehicular intervals, to enhance
clarity and understanding. The
subsequent figure numbering in Chapter
4E is changed accordingly.
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2014
(approximately 5 years from the
effective date of this final rule) or when
timing adjustments are made to the
individual intersection and/or corridor,
whichever occurs first, for the display
and timing of the pedestrian change
interval as per the adopted text of
Section 4E.06 at existing locations. The
FHWA establishes this target
compliance date because of the
demonstrated safety issues associated
with pedestrian crossings at traffic
signals, the need for consistent display
of signal indications for pedestrians,
and the pedestrian confusion that would
likely occur as a result of a long-term
mixing of a variety of pedestrian signal
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
displays associated with the pedestrian
clearance interval. Traffic signals and
signal control equipment have a very
long service life (30 to 50 years is not
uncommon) and very long intervals
between signal retiming are typical at
many traffic signal locations in many
jurisdictions. The FHWA believes that
relying on the systematic upgrading
provisions of Section 655.603(d)(1) of
title 23, Code of Federal Regulations,
based on service life, to achieve
compliance with this critical timing
need would take an inordinately long
time, to the detriment of pedestrian
safety. State and local highway agencies
and owners of private roads open to
public travel can minimize any impact
of this signal timing requirement by
adopting a policy for timing and display
of pedestrian change intervals in
relation to vehicular intervals as
discussed in Section 4E.06 and then by
applying that policy whenever an
existing individual signal location or
system of interconnected locations is
being checked or adjusted for any
reason, such as investigation of citizen
complaints or routine maintenance.
The FHWA also adopts revisions to
the first GUIDANCE statement, as
proposed in the NPA, to reduce the
recommended walking speed for
calculating pedestrian clearance times
to 3.5 feet per second, except where
extended pushbutton presses or passive
pedestrian detection has been installed
for slower pedestrians to request
additional crossing time as noted in the
OPTION. In this final rule, the FHWA
also adds an OPTION paragraph to
clarify that if crossing time is to be
added based on an extended pushbutton
press, it may be added to either the walk
interval or the pedestrian change
interval. The FHWA adopts these
provisions to provide enhanced
pedestrian safety, based on recent
research 176 regarding pedestrian
walking speeds. In addition, based on
the same research, the FHWA adopts an
additional GUIDANCE statement, as
proposed in the NPA, recommending
that the total of the walk phase and
pedestrian clearance time should be
long enough to allow a pedestrian to
walk from the pedestrian detector to the
opposite edge of the traveled way at a
176 Pedestrian walking speed research was
included in ‘‘Improving Pedestrian Safety at
Unsignalized Pedestrian Crossings,’’ TCRP Report
112/NCHRP Report 562, Transportation Research
Board, 2006, which can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://onlinepubs.trb.org/
onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_rpt_562.pdf. Also see the
article ‘‘The Continuing Evolution of Pedestrian
Walking Speed Assumptions,’’ by LaPlante and
Kaeser, ITE Journal, September 2004, pages 32–40,
available from the Institute of Transportation
Engineers Web site: https://www.ite.org.
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
speed of 3 feet per second. The FHWA
adopts this guidance to ensure that
slower pedestrians can be
accommodated at longer crosswalks if
they start crossing at the beginning of
the walk phase. The FHWA received
comments in support of these changes
in walking speed from four cities, a
local DOT, several associations
representing visually disabled
pedestrians and pedestrians in general,
a regional planning commission, a
consultant, and many citizens. Some of
these comments also requested that the
GUIDANCE on walking speed be
strengthened to a STANDARD. The
FHWA disagrees with making this a
STANDARD because the walking speed
used to calculate pedestrian clearance
time for signals has always been in the
form of GUIDANCE, allowing highway
agencies some flexibility in unusual
circumstances and the FHWA believes
that it is appropriate for such flexibility
to be continued. Therefore, in this final
rule the FHWA adopts the walking
speeds as GUIDANCE.
The FHWA also received comments
in opposition to some or all of the
provisions for reduced walking speeds
from 6 State DOTs, 21 cities, 3 counties,
a regional signal system manager, and
several citizens. The comments in
opposition centered on impacts on
signal timing that might reduce the
vehicular capacity of intersections,
where longer pedestrian intervals would
reduce the available green time for
vehicles or could necessitate using a
longer cycle length, which in turn could
impact numerous intersections in a
coordinated signal system and could
require considerable effort to implement
in large systems. The FHWA recognizes
that the recommended use of slower
walking speeds in calculating
pedestrian intervals will, in some cases,
slightly reduce vehicular capacity and,
for highway agencies with large
numbers of signalized intersections, will
require considerable time and effort to
retime signals. However, the FHWA
believes that the research has clearly
demonstrated the need to reduce
walking speeds to accommodate a larger
percentage of the walking public and
that the safety needs of pedestrians for
adequate crossing time must outweigh
potential vehicular capacity impacts.
Further, this adopted section provides
agencies with various optional ways to
mitigate the impacts, such as by using
the extended button press feature to
only provide the longer time when it is
called for by a pedestrian who needs it.
The FHWA also believes that agencies
can reduce the efforts needed to
implement retiming of pedestrian
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
intervals by doing so in conjunction
with regularly scheduled periodic
reviews of all signal timings and
operations at their signalized
intersections, a practice that has long
been recommended in many traffic
engineering handbooks and
publications.
The FHWA also adopts the NPA
proposed revision of the existing
GUIDANCE to a STANDARD, in order
to require, rather than merely
recommend, that median-mounted
pedestrian signals, signing, and
pushbuttons (if actuated) be provided
when the pedestrian clearance time is
sufficient only for crossing from the
curb or shoulder to a median of
sufficient width for a pedestrian to wait.
The FHWA adopts this standard to
assure that pedestrians who must wait
on a median or island are provided with
the means to actuate a pedestrian phase
to complete the second half of their
crossing. The FHWA received a
comment from an organization for the
blind agreeing with this change and also
recommending that this STANDARD
also require the provision of APS,
because persons with low or no vision
need this information as well. The
FHWA does not agree with making APS
a requirement under these conditions
but, for consistency with other sections
in Chapter 4E that recommend APS for
various conditions, the FHWA adds
GUIDANCE that APS should be
considered for this condition.
The FHWA also adopts in this final
rule the proposed OPTION statement
that allows a leading pedestrian interval
when a high volume of pedestrians and
turning vehicles are present. As
indicated in the FHWA report
‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide,’’ 177 several studies have
demonstrated that leading pedestrian
intervals can significantly reduce
conflicts for pedestrians. In the NPA,
the FHWA also proposed a GUIDANCE
statement that gives a recommended
minimum length of the leading
pedestrian interval, reflecting
recommendations from the Older Driver
handbook,178 and the traffic control
devices that should be used to prevent
turning vehicles from crossing the path
of pedestrians during this leading
interval. The FHWA received several
177 ‘‘Signalized Intersections: Informational
Guide’’, FHWA publication number FHWA–HRT–
04–091, August 2004, pages 197–198, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
www.tfhrc.gov/safety/pubs/04091/.
178 ‘‘Guidelines and Recommendations to
Accommodate Older Drivers and Pedestrians,’’
FHWA Report no. FHWA–RD–01–051, May 2001,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.tfhrc.gov/humanfac/01105/cover.htm.
Recommendation I.P(6).
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
comments from the NCUTCD and others
about the needs of blind pedestrians,
including concerns about the proposed
recommendation that the leading
interval should be timed to allow
pedestrians to cross at least one lane of
traffic before turning traffic is released,
and concerns about the proposed
recommendations on the methods that
should be used to prohibit turns across
the crosswalk during the leading
interval. Based on these comments, the
FHWA adopts the proposed GUIDANCE
statement in this final rule but with
clarifying revisions to recommend that:
(1) When a leading pedestrian interval
is used, the use of an APS should be
considered; and, (2) in the case of a
large corner radius, the leading
pedestrian interval should be timed to
allow pedestrians to establish their
position ahead of turning traffic before
it is released. The FHWA also removes
the text about various specific methods
of prohibiting turns and replaces it with
a more general recommendation that
consideration should be given to
prohibiting turns across the crosswalk
during a leading pedestrian interval, to
give agencies more flexibility in how
they implement such turn prohibitions.
In the NPA the FHWA proposed
adding an OPTION statement to permit
the green time for the concurrent
vehicular movement to be set longer
than the pedestrian change interval in
order to allow vehicles to complete
turns after the pedestrian phase. This
treatment is used by many jurisdictions,
and is recommended by the Older
Driver handbook 179 to reduce conflicts
between pedestrians and turning motor
vehicles. Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, the FHWA in this final rule
revises the proposed OPTION statement
to a SUPPORT statement.
404. In Section 4E.07 Countdown
Pedestrian Signals, in the NPA the
FHWA proposed changing the option of
using pedestrian countdown displays to
a requirement for new installations of
pedestrian signals where the duration of
the pedestrian change interval is more
than 3 seconds. The FHWA proposed
this to provide enhanced pedestrian
safety because a multi-year research
project involving crash data for
hundreds of locations in San
Francisco 180 showed significant overall
safety benefits and substantial
179 This 2001 report can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.tfhrc.gov/
humanfac/01105/01-051.pdf.
180 ‘‘Pedestrian Countdown Signals: Experience
With an Extensive Pilot Installation,’’ by
Markowitz, Sciortino, Fleck, and Yee, published in
ITE Journal, January 2006, pages 43–48, is available
from the Institute of Transportation Engineers at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.ite.org.
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66823
reductions in the number of pedestrianvehicle crashes when countdown
signals are used, as compared to
locations that did not have the
countdowns.
The FHWA received comments from
the NCUTCD, a State DOT, a local DOT,
a regional council of governments, a city
pedestrian advisory board, a consultant,
and a private citizen agreeing with this
requirement, while five State DOTs,
three cities, two counties, and a citizen
agreed in concept, but requested that it
be a recommendation, rather than a
requirement. The FHWA received
comments in opposition to anything
more restrictive than an OPTION from
six State DOTs, six cities, three
counties, a consultant, and a citizen.
Most of the comments in opposition
centered on concerns about impacts on
controller operation, drivers of vehicles
using the pedestrian countdown
information to decide to speed up when
approaching the intersection, and
financial impacts. The FHWA disagrees
because pedestrian countdowns have
been operating successfully with a wide
variety of control equipment without
significant problems, studies have found
that drivers use the pedestrian
countdown information to make better
choices (i.e., to start slowing to a stop,
rather than speed up), and the safety
benefits of pedestrian countdowns
justify the requirement that they be used
with new pedestrian signal installations.
The FHWA does not adopt in this final
rule the proposed sentence in this
section that would have required
highway agencies to add pedestrian
countdown displays to all existing
pedestrian signal heads within 10 years.
As a result, existing pedestrian signals
without the countdown displays can
generally remain in place until the end
of their useful service life under the
systematic upgrading provisions of
Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of
Federal Regulations, thus minimizing
any impacts to highway agencies.
The FHWA also received comments
from the NCUTCD, two State DOTs and
two local DOTs recommending an
increase in the threshold of the
pedestrian change interval above which
the countdown displays would be
required, from more than 3 seconds (as
proposed in the NPA) to more than 7
seconds, because countdowns of 7
seconds or less are so short that they
could be missed. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule the proposed
increase in the threshold duration.
Crosswalks needing a pedestrian
clearance interval of 7 seconds or less
are likely to be across relatively narrow
streets where the countdown
information is of less value to
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66824
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
pedestrians. The NCUTCD also
recommended, and the FHWA agrees, to
adopt in this final rule an OPTION
statement allowing pedestrian
countdown displays to be used with
pedestrian change intervals of 7 seconds
or less, to provide flexibility to highway
agencies.
A comment from the NCUTCD
recommended the addition of a sentence
in the first STANDARD statement that
when countdown pedestrian signals are
used, the countdown shall always be
displayed simultaneously with the
flashing UPRAISED HAND signal
indication displayed for that crosswalk.
The FHWA agrees that this sentence,
which reiterates existing requirements
elsewhere in Chapter 4E, helps clarify
the operation of the countdown and the
FHWA adopts this requirement in this
final rule.
The FHWA adopts in this final rule a
revision the second sentence of
STANDARD paragraph 06 to prohibit
the pedestrian countdown display
during the red clearance interval, rather
than during the yellow change interval.
This revision is necessary to be
consistent with revisions adopted in
Section 4E.06 Pedestrian Intervals and
Signal Phases (Section 4E.10 in the 2003
MUTCD) regarding the display of
pedestrian countdown displays during
certain vehicular signal intervals. It also
provides agencies more flexibility to
extend the display of the flashing
UPRAISED HAND and the
accompanying countdown into the
yellow interval, which would not have
been allowed under the NPA language.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
adding a new STANDARD after the first
paragraph of the GUIDANCE to require
that a pedestrian countdown signal be
dark when the duration of the green
interval for a concurrent vehicular
movement has intentionally been set to
continue beyond the end of the
pedestrian change interval. The FHWA
received comments from the NCUTCD
noting that pedestrian countdown
displays are required by other
provisions in Chapter 4E to display the
countdown only in conjunction with the
flashing UPRAISED HAND indication
and they are to be dark at all other
times. The FHWA agrees and in this
final rule does not adopt that proposed
new STANDARD and the removes the
existing last sentence of the first
GUIDANCE paragraph.
405. Both the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 (Section 504) and the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 require
that facilities, programs and services be
accessible to persons with disabilities.
The FHWA in this final rule revises
various sections in Chapter 4E of the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
MUTCD regarding communication of
pedestrian signal information to
pedestrians with vision, vision and
hearing, or cognitive disabilities to
reflect research 181 conducted under
NCHRP 3–62, Accessible Pedestrian
Signals, and a 5-year project on Blind
Pedestrians’ Access to Complex
Intersections 182 sponsored by the
National Eye Institute of the National
Institutes of Health, that has
demonstrated that certain techniques
most accurately communicate
information. The changes also result in
making accessible pedestrian detectors
easy to locate and actuate by persons
with visual or mobility impairments.
Significant changes to existing material
are described below.
406. In Section 4E.08 Pedestrian
Detectors, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to change the first GUIDANCE
statement regarding the location of a
pedestrian pushbutton to a STANDARD
and to add criteria that would be
required to be met for the location of
pushbuttons, in order to make
pedestrian pushbuttons more accessible
to disabled pedestrians and to
pedestrians in general. The FHWA
received comments in favor of the
proposal from many citizens, a
consultant, a local DOT, and several
associations representing visually
disabled pedestrians and pedestrians in
general. However, the FHWA received
comments opposed to the proposal in
general or to certain items of the
pushbutton location criteria from a State
DOT, 11 cities, and a county. The
objections generally cited the cost
impacts of moving pedestrian detectors
and the inflexibility of a STANDARD
under conditions that can sometimes
make it impractical to meet the
requirements. The FHWA believes that
some of the concerns are valid and
adopts the pushbutton location criteria
as GUIDANCE in this final rule. This
will still provide for improved
accessibility of pushbuttons for all
pedestrians while providing some
latitude for engineering judgment to
address unusual conditions.
The FHWA also adopts in this final
rule the NPA proposed STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, and OPTION statements
that contain additional information for
locations where physical constraints
make meeting some of the criteria
impractical. The FHWA also adopts the
change of a GUIDANCE statement to a
181 Research reports on this topic can be viewed
at the U.S. Access Board’s Internet Web site at:
https://www.access-board.gov/research/aps.htm.
182 Information on this research can be viewed at
the following Internet Web site: https://
www.eric.ed.gov/ERICDocs/data/ericdocs2sql/
content_storage_01/0000019b/80/2a/26/bb.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
STANDARD to require that the
positioning of the pushbuttons and
legends on the signs clearly indicate
which crosswalk signal is activated by
which pushbutton. The FHWA adopts
this change to eliminate ambiguity
regarding which pushbutton a
pedestrian must activate to cross a
particular street. The FHWA also adopts
the addition to the existing last
STANDARD statement that a when a
pilot light is used at an accessible
pedestrian signal location, each
actuation shall be accompanied by the
speech message ‘‘wait.’’ The FHWA
adopts this change to ensure that the
activation confirmation is available to
pedestrians with impaired vision.
The FHWA received comments from
two manufacturers of pedestrian
pushbuttons and two citizens in
opposition to the existing provision
that, if a pilot light is used with a
pushbutton, once the button is actuated
the pilot light shall remain illuminated
until the walk signal or green indication
is displayed. The comments generally
cited the inability of certain brands of
pushbutton equipment to meet the
standard without expensive redesign.
The FHWA did not propose a change in
the NPA to this existing provision. The
reason for keeping the pilot light
illuminated after it is pushed is to
mirror what people experience with
elevator call buttons. If the pilot light
goes off after the button is pushed, the
pedestrian might feel that the call has
been dropped and might be induced to
cross without waiting for the walk
signal. The FHWA declines to revise
this provision in this final rule.
Finally, the FHWA adopts in this final
rule a STANDARD statement at the end
of the section requiring a sign if an
extended pushbutton press will always
provide additional crossing time, to
ensure that pedestrians receive
instructions of the use of this feature
and are made aware of the feature’s
existence. In the NPA, the legend of this
sign was proposed to be ‘‘FOR MORE
CROSSING TIME HOLD BUTTON
DOWN FOR 2 SECONDS.’’ The FHWA
received a comment from the NCUTCD
agreeing with the requirement for a sign
but recommending that the legend be
changed to ‘‘PUSH BUTTON FOR 2
SECONDS FOR EXTRA CROSSING
TIME’’ because the button is not held
down, as in with force applied toward
the ground, it is pressed. The FHWA
agrees and adopts the provision with the
revised sign legend.
407. In new Section 4E.10 Accessible
Pedestrian Signals and Detectors—
Location, the FHWA adopts in this final
rule the addition of a STANDARD,
proposed in the NPA for Section 4E.09,
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
that requires locator tones, tactile
arrows, speech walk messages, and a
speech pushbutton informational
message when two accessible pedestrian
pushbuttons are placed less than 10 feet
apart or on the same pole. The proposal
was supported by the NCUTCD but
opposed by a State DOT because of
concerns about information overload.
As noted above, the provision is
supported by research and the FHWA
adopts it as proposed. Additionally, the
FHWA adopts the change from an
existing GUIDANCE to a STANDARD,
as proposed in the NPA for Section
4E.10, that if the clearance time is
sufficient to only cross to the median of
a divided highway, an accessible
pedestrian detector shall, rather than
should, be provided on the median.
This change was supported by a
consulting firm and the FHWA received
no comments in opposition.
408. In new Section 4E.11 Accessible
Pedestrian Signals and Detectors—Walk
Indications, the FHWA adopts several
changes based on NPA proposed
revisions in Section 4E.06. The FHWA
proposed to require both audible and
vibrotactile walk indications, to add
requirements on how audible and
vibrotactile walk indications are to be
provided, and to add language
prohibiting audible indications during
the pedestrian change interval because
research 183 has found that visually
disabled pedestrians need to
concentrate on the sounds of traffic
movement while they are crossing and
audible indications of the flashing
UPRAISED HAND interval would be
distracting from that task. The FHWA
received comments in opposition to the
some or all of these changes from the
two State DOTs, six cities, two
manufacturers, and a few citizens,
generally citing insufficient research.
The FHWA disagrees with the
comments in opposition because the
changes are based on sound research, as
discussed above. The FHWA received
comments in favor of these changes
from a city, a State DOT, a local DOT,
a consultant, several organizations
representing visually disabled
pedestrians and pedestrians in general,
and many citizens. Most of these
comments also requested that APS be
required for all locations where
pedestrian signals are provided. The
FHWA did not propose such a
requirement in the NPA and declines to
adopt it in this final rule. The U.S.
Access Board is considering initiating
proposed rulemaking to consider
183 Research reports on this topic can be viewed
at the U.S. Access Board’s Internet Web site at:
https://www.access-board.gov/research/aps.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
adopting Public Right of Way
Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG)
that could possibly mandate APS at all
new or renovated pedestrian signal
locations. Once the United States
Department of Justice has adopted any
future Access Board public right of way
guidelines as a standard, the FHWA will
reconsider the matter for future
revisions of the MUTCD.
The FHWA received comments from
the NCUTCD and an organization for the
blind recommending changes to some of
the proposed requirements regarding
how audible and vibrotactile walk
indications are to be provided and
operated, and to make the text clearer
and consistent with other provisions.
The FHWA agrees with these comments,
which also address comments from
others about inconsistencies in the text,
and adopts in this final rule revisions to
the second STANDARD statement of
former Section 4E.06.
The FHWA also adopts the proposed
addition to the STANDARD that an
accessible walk signal shall have the
same duration as the pedestrian walk
signal unless the pedestrian signal rests
in the walk interval and adopts
subsequent GUIDANCE regarding the
recommended duration and operation of
the accessible walk signal if the
pedestrian signal rests in the walk
interval. The FHWA adopts this change
to clarify that the duration of the
accessible walk signal is dependent on
whether the signal controller is set to
rest in walk or steady don’t walk in the
absence of conflicting demands.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to change to a STANDARD the 4th
GUIDANCE statements in former
Section 4E.06 and former Section 4E.09
regarding the loudness of audible
pedestrian walk signals and to base the
loudness of an audible pedestrian walk
signal on the ambient sound level and
provide for louder volume adjustment
in response to an extended pushbutton
press. The FHWA proposed adopting
these changes to allow the audible
pedestrian walk signals to be heard over
the ambient sound level, and to allow
pedestrians with hearing impairments to
receive a louder audible walk signal.
The FHWA received comments from
two manufacturers of APS equipment
and from a local DOT opposing making
the maximum loudness a STANDARD
and citing technical problems with
measurement of sound levels that make
it impractical to comply precisely. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
revises the sentences about maximum
loudness value for walk indications and
pushbutton locator tones to GUIDANCE.
The FHWA also adopts added
GUIDANCE, OPTION, and SUPPORT
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66825
statements regarding the duration, tone,
and speech messages of audible walk
indications, as proposed in the NPA in
Sections 4E.06 and 4E.09, in order to
clarify their use and application.
Further, the FHWA adopts the
modifications (proposed in Section
4E.06) to the existing STANDARD to
require that speech walk messages only
be used where it is technically
infeasible to install two accessible
pedestrian signals at one corner with the
minimum required separation. The
STANDARD also contains requirements
for what information is allowed in
speech messages. The FHWA also
adopts the addition of a GUIDANCE
statement (proposed in Section 4E.06)
that recommends that the speech
messages not state or imply a command.
The FHWA is adopting these changes to
clarify when and under what
circumstances speech walk messages are
to be used.
409. In new Section 4E.12 Accessible
Pedestrian Signals and Detectors—
Tactile Arrows and Locator Tones the
FHWA adopts in this final rule several
changes based on the NPA proposed
revisions to Section 4E.09. The FHWA
adopts the proposed change to the first
paragraph of the existing first
GUIDANCE statement regarding tactile
arrows to a STANDARD, relocates it
within the section, and modifies the
remainder of the GUIDANCE statement
to reduce redundancy.
The FHWA proposed modifying the
second STANDARD in former Section
4E.09, to require pushbutton locator
tones at accessible pedestrian signals,
and also proposed changing the
following GUIDANCE statement to a
STANDARD regarding locator tones.
Based on comments from APS
manufacturers and others, as discussed
above, the FHWA adopts the proposed
changes. The FHWA also received a
comment from a city that the
STANDARD sentence requiring locator
tones to be deactivated when the signal
is operating in a flashing mode is too
restrictive in regard to traffic control
signals or pedestrian hybrid beacons
that are activated from a flashing or dark
mode to a stop-and-go mode by
pedestrian actuations. The FHWA
agrees and adopts in this final rule a
sentence exempting these situations
from the STANDARD requirement.
410. In new Section 4E.13 Accessible
Pedestrian Signals and Detectors—
Extended Pushbutton Press Features the
FHWA adopts in this final rule the NPA
proposed changes to Section 4E.09. The
FHWA adopts the addition of a
paragraph to the existing 3rd OPTION
statement allowing the use of an
extended pushbutton press to activate
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66826
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
additional accessible features at a
pedestrian crosswalk and the addition
of a new STANDARD statement to
follow this new paragraph that sets
requirements for the amount of time a
pushbutton shall be pressed to activate
the extra features.
The FHWA does not adopt in this
final rule the last SUPPORT,
STANDARD, and GUIDANCE
statements from Section 4E.06 as
proposed in the NPA, and replaces these
with SUPPORT, GUIDANCE, OPTION,
and STANDARD text regarding the use
of audible beaconing and other
additional features that may be provided
as a result of an extended pushbutton
press. The FHWA adopts this
information, because while audible
beaconing features can be valuable,
activating audible beaconing features at
multiple crosswalks at the same
intersection can be confusing to visually
disabled pedestrians, and therefore
audible beaconing should be activated
only when needed. The FHWA received
comments from two local DOTs in
opposition to the use of an extended
pushbutton press to call for added
crossing time because of concerns about
misuse by pedestrians and impacts on
signal controllers and pedestrian
countdown operation. The FHWA
declines to remove the ability of
highway agencies to use this option, but
does recognize that adding time to the
pedestrian change interval via an
extended pushbutton press could result
in some issues with countdown displays
until signal controller manufacturers
incorporate countdown timing into their
equipment and software.
The FHWA adopts the NPA proposed
addition of a STANDARD statement at
the end of the section requiring that
speech pushbutton information
messages only play when the walk
interval is not timing. Requirements
regarding the content of these messages
are also contained in this new
STANDARD. The FHWA adopts this
change to promote uniformity in the
content of speech messages. The FHWA
received no significant comments on
these proposals.
411. The FHWA received comments
regarding the NPA proposed revision of
Figure 4E–3 (Figure 4E–2 in the 2003
MUTCD) to show a general layout of
recommended pushbutton locations
from the NCUTCD and a consultant,
suggesting that the title of the figure be
revised to ‘‘Pushbutton Location Area’’
and that other editorial changes to the
figure be made for consistency with the
MUTCD text. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule the figure with
the suggested revisions, and with other
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
minor editorial changes to address other
comments on this figure.
412. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the proposed new ‘‘Figure 4E–4
Typical Pushbutton Locations’’ (Figure
4E–3 in the NPA) that shows eight
examples of pushbutton locations for
various sidewalk, ramp, and corner
configurations, to help clarify
appropriate locations under different
geometric conditions. Based on
comments received, the FHWA makes
editorial revisions to this figure to
improve clarity and accuracy.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapters 4F Through 4L
413. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the NPA proposed addition of a
new Chapter to Part 4, numbered and
titled Chapter 4F Pedestrian Hybrid
Beacons, with three sections that
describe the application, design, and
operation of pedestrian hybrid beacons,
and with three new figures. Figures
4F–1 and 4F–2 contain guidelines for
the justification of installation of
pedestrian hybrid beacons on low-speed
and high-speed roadways, respectively.
Figure 4F–3 shows the sequence of
intervals for a pedestrian hybrid beacon.
The remaining Chapters in Part 4 are relettered accordingly. The FHWA adopts
these sections to give agencies
additional flexibility by providing an
alternative method for control of
pedestrian crosswalks that has been
found by research184 to be highly
effective. This type of device offers
significant benefits for providing
enhanced safety of pedestrian crossings
where normal traffic control signals
would not be warranted.
The FHWA received comments in
favor of adding the pedestrian hybrid
beacon from a State DOT, eight cities,
the NCUTCD, an organization for the
blind, several organizations representing
pedestrians, and many citizens. The
FHWA also received comments in
opposition to the addition of pedestrian
hybrid beacons from five State DOTs,
four cities, a county, a toll road
authority, and some others. However,
most of the objections related to the
name for the device that was proposed
in the NPA (pedestrian hybrid signal)
and the concern that, because the device
is dark between actuations, drivers
would treat it as a 4-way stop in States
where laws require such driver behavior
at dark traffic signals. As discussed
earlier in Section 1A.13 Definitions,
184 ‘‘Improving Pedestrian Safety at Unsignalized
Pedestrian Crossings,’’ TCRP Report 112/NCHRP
Report 562, Transportation Research Board, 2006,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_562.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
based on these and other comments, the
FHWA adopts pedestrian hybrid beacon
as the revised name for the device.
Many beacons are dark between
activations and drivers are not required
by laws to stop at dark beacons. Further,
the unique arrangement of the hybrid
beacon’s indications make it appear
very different from a normal traffic
control signal, and the experiences of
Tucson, AZ and the many other
highway agencies that have successfully
experimented with pedestrian hybrid
beacons have not resulted in any
adverse safety issues being brought to
the FHWA’s attention.
414. In Section 4F.01 Application of
Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons, based on a
comment from a city, in this final rule
the FHWA does not adopt the first
paragraph of the GUIDANCE statement
that was proposed in the NPA and
instead adds to the OPTION statement
that a pedestrian hybrid beacon may,
rather than should, be considered for a
location that meets the pedestrian
crossing or school crossing warrant for
a traffic control signal but a decision is
made to not install a traffic control
signal.
415. In Section 4F.02 Design of
Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons, in this final
rule the FHWA adopts in the
GUIDANCE statement a requirement
that pedestrian hybrid beacons should
be installed at least 100 feet from side
streets or driveways that are controlled
by STOP or YIELD signs, and does not
adopt the final STANDARD paragraph
of the section that was proposed in the
NPA. The FHWA received several
comments noting that Chapters 4C and
4D contain GUIDANCE that traffic
signals justified by a pedestrian crossing
or school crossing should be installed at
least 100 feet from intersections with
minor side streets or driveways
controlled by STOP or YIELD signs and
expressing concerns that pedestrian
hybrid beacons should be subject to the
same guidance. Because a traffic control
signal and a pedestrian hybrid beacon
both stop traffic on the major street to
enable pedestrians to cross, if installed
at an intersection, both of these types of
devices generate the same issues
involving the STOP or YIELD controlled
side street traffic that caused the FHWA
to prohibit ‘‘half-signals’’ several
decades ago and that resulted in the
recommendations adopted in Chapter
4C and 4D. Side street drivers controlled
by only a STOP or YIELD sign often
encounter delays because of high major
street traffic volumes and they typically
use the pedestrian-activated stoppage of
major street traffic as their opportunity
to turn onto or cross the major street.
When doing so, these drivers often do
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
not give adequate attention to
pedestrians in their path. Because the
purpose of a pedestrian hybrid beacon
is to enhance the safety of pedestrian
crossings, and because of similar
provisions in Chapters 4C and 4D, the
FHWA believes it is also inappropriate
for pedestrian hybrid beacons to be used
at or within 100 feet of intersections
with STOP or YIELD sign controlled
side streets, and the FHWA adopts the
new GUIDANCE.
416. In Section 4F.03 Operation of
Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons, the FHWA
received several comments about
flashing red indications proposed to be
displayed by the hybrid beacon during
the flashing UPRAISED HAND
pedestrian change interval. Some
comments expressed concern about
drivers being allowed to proceed while
a pedestrian could still be in the street.
Experimentations with the hybrid
beacon in Tucson and many other
jurisdictions have not revealed any
significant safety issues with the
flashing red operation. Further, allowing
drivers to proceed, after a full stop, if
the pedestrian traffic has already cleared
their half of the roadway is the major
advantage of this device over a
midblock pedestrian traffic control
signal. The FHWA in this final rule
declines to remove the proposed text on
the flashing red operation for hybrid
beacons.
The FHWA also received comments
from the NCUTCD, five State DOTs, two
cities, a county, and an NCUTCD
member requesting that the alternating
(‘‘wig-wag’’) pattern of the two flashing
red indications that was proposed to be
specified for the pedestrian hybrid
beacon be changed to a simultaneous
flashing of the two reds, because of
concerns that the alternating flashing
reds might be mistaken by drivers as the
flashing-light signals used at highwayrail grade crossings, or that such use
could diminish the impact of the
flashing-light signals at grade crossings.
However, the FHWA also received
comments from a consultant and a State
DOT in support of the alternating
flashing reds for hybrid beacons, noting
that there has been no research or
experimentation with pedestrian hybrid
beacons using simultaneous flashing
reds, and therefore it is unknown
whether the device would be as
effective as it has been shown to be in
the experimentations with the
alternating flashing reds. The comments
also noted that there has been no
research indicating that drivers
associate the alternating flashing red
pattern as being unique to grade
crossings. The consultant also pointed
out that with simultaneous flashing
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
reds, the display goes from double
steady red to dark for a split second,
before the flashing starts. With a wigwag display, one of the red signals is
always lit. Since motorists would see a
dark signal for a moment, it might lead
them to think that the signal has
returned to its ‘‘rest’’ phase of being
dark and this could result in less safety.
Additionally, the FHWA believes that,
because of context and a completely
different sequence of signal displays,
there is an extremely low possibility of
the alternate flashing reds of the
pedestrian hybrid beacon being
mistaken as flashing-light signals of a
highway-rail grade crossing or that it
will diminish the impact or respect for
those flashing-light signals. At a grade
crossing, the flashing-light signals come
on immediately from a dark condition
when a train is detected as approaching
the crossing. At a pedestrian hybrid
beacon, the indications go from dark to
flashing yellow for several seconds,
followed by steady yellow for several
seconds, and then to steady red for a
typical duration of seven seconds,
before the alternating flashing red
display begins. In view of these factors,
the FHWA agrees that alternating
flashing red is appropriate for
pedestrian hybrid beacons and adopts
that provision in this final rule rather
than changing it to simultaneous
flashing.
417. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a change in the title of Chapter 4G
proposed in the NPA to ‘‘Traffic Control
Signals and Hybrid Beacons for
Emergency Vehicle Access’’ in order to
reflect the addition of hybrid beacons to
this chapter. Additionally, in Section
4G.01 Application of EmergencyVehicle Traffic Control Signals and
Hybrid Beacons, the FHWA adopts the
proposed addition of a paragraph to the
OPTION statement to allow an
emergency-vehicle hybrid beacon to be
installed in place of an emergencyvehicle traffic control signal under the
conditions described in Section 4G.04.
The FHWA received no substantive
comments other than those discussed
below under Section 4G.04.
418. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the proposed new Section 4G.04
Emergency-Vehicle Hybrid Beacons
containing provisions for this type of
beacon for optional use in conjunction
with signs to warn and control traffic at
an unsignalized location where
emergency vehicles enter or cross the
street or highway and adopts new
Figure 4G–1 illustrating the EmergencyVehicle Hybrid Beacon.
The FHWA received some comments
opposed to certain aspects of this
device, for similar reasons as the
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66827
comments opposed to the Pedestrian
Hybrid Beacon (Chapter 4F). As
discussed above regarding Chapter 4F
and Sections 4F.01 through 4F.03, the
change in name of the device to use the
phrase ‘‘hybrid beacon’’ rather than
‘‘hybrid signal’’ addresses concerns
about State laws requiring drivers to
treat a dark signal as a 4-way stop. Also,
similar to Section 4F.03, in the Section
4G.04 adopted in this final rule the
FHWA adds to the GUIDANCE a
statement that an emergency-vehicle
hybrid beacon should not be installed at
locations that are less than 100 feet from
a side street or driveway that is
controlled by STOP or YIELD signs.
Some of the comments on Section 4G.04
concerned the issue of alternating
versus simultaneous flashing red
indications. For a discussion of this
issue, see above under Section 4F.03.
The FHWA also received a comment
from a State DOT suggesting that an
OPTION be added to Section 4G.04
allowing the use of a steady red
clearance interval after the steady
yellow interval and before the
alternating flashing red interval. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the additional
OPTION in this final rule.
419. In Section 4I.02 Design of
Freeway Entrance Ramp Control Signals
(Section 4H.02 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to require
the use of at least two signal faces per
separately-controlled lane on a multiple
lane ramp where green signal
indications are not always displayed
simultaneously to all of the lanes. The
FHWA received comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a local DOT
in opposition to this proposed
requirement. The objections centered on
physical challenges involving signal
face mountings, especially when there
are three or more separately-controlled
lanes. A State DOT commented that,
unlike a traffic signal at an intersection,
there is little if any conflict or danger if
a motorist inadvertently violates a red
signal because of a burned-out lamp and
the risk of burned-out lamp is low
because of the common use of LED
indications and the fact that ramp
control signals typically operate only 3
hours a day. The commenter further
stated that on metered ramps of two
lanes or more they use overhead signal
faces mounted directly in line with the
lane that they control and thus the
signals are highly visible to motorists.
The NCUTCD commented that a single
signal face per separately-controlled
lane provides sufficient indications and
permits installation location flexibility
in these cases. The FHWA agrees with
these comments and adopts in this final
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66828
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
rule Section 4I.02 with a revised
STANDARD statement to require one
signal face located over the approximate
center of each separately-controlled lane
when there are two or more separatelycontrolled lanes on the ramp. The
FHWA also adopts a GUIDANCE
statement that additional side-mounted
signal faces should be considered for
ramps with two or more separatelycontrolled lanes.
420. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new Section 4I.03 (Section 4H.03
proposed in the NPA) Operation of
Freeway Entrance Ramp Control Signals
containing GUIDANCE recommending
the operational strategies for ramp
control signals. Based on comments on
this section as well as on comparable
text in Section 2C.37 the FHWA revises
the GUIDANCE adopted in this final
rule regarding the use of RAMP
METERED WHEN FLASHING (W3–7)
signs to be consistent with Section
2C.37.
421. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule revisions to Section 4J.02 Design
and Location of Movable Bridge Signals
and Gates (Section 4I.02 in the 2003
MUTCD) and 4J.03 Operation of
Movable Bridge Signals and Gates
(Section 4I.03 in the 2003 MUTCD), as
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA
received no significant comments on
these sections.
422. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new chapter to Part 4 titled
Chapter 4K Highway Traffic Signals at
Toll Plazas, containing three sections. In
the NPA, only Section 4K.01 was
proposed to be included in Chapter 4K,
dealing with traffic signals used at toll
plazas to indicate a requirement to stop
and pay a toll or to go after paying the
toll, or to indicate a low account balance
in electronic toll collection lanes. The
FHWA received comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and many toll
road operators opposing the details
regarding traffic signals at toll plazas.
The NCUTCD recommended that the
NPA text for Section 4K.01 Traffic
Signals at Toll Plazas be deleted and be
replaced with a STANDARD statement
prohibiting the use of traffic control
signals and devices that resemble traffic
control devices with red or green
circular indications at toll plazas. The
NCUTCD stated that, although many toll
facility operators currently use these
types of indications at toll plazas, there
are a variety of other devices, such as
changeable message signs or other
displays that do not resemble traffic
signals that are also being successfully
used by toll agencies for these purposes.
The FHWA agrees that since other
methods of communicating the desired
messages are available and traffic
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
control signals should be reserved for
other more critical uses, the use of
devices resembling traffic signals is
inappropriate at toll plazas. The FHWA
adopts Section 4K.01 in this final rule
with a STANDARD statement
prohibiting the use of traffic control
signals and devices that resemble traffic
control devices with red or green
circular indications at toll plazas to
indicate the open or closed status of a
toll lane, and a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that traffic control
signals and devices that resemble traffic
control devices with red or green
circular indications should not be used
for new or reconstructed installations at
toll plazas to indicate the success or
failure of electronic toll payments or to
alternately direct drivers making cash
toll payments to stop and then proceed.
423. The FHWA also adopts in
Chapter 4K an additional section titled
Section 4K.02 Lane-Use Control Signals
at Toll Plazas, containing text on laneuse control signals at toll plazas that
was proposed in the NPA as a part of
Sections 4M.01 and 4M.03, but
incorporating revisions based on
comments on the material proposed in
the NPA. In regard to the requirement to
use lane-use control signals to indicate
the open or closed status of toll plaza
lanes, the FHWA received comments
from two toll authorities in opposition
to the requirement because of their
longstanding use of circular traffic
control signal indications for this
purpose. The FHWA also received
comments from the NCUTCD and three
toll authorities agreeing with the
requirement. The FHWA adopts the
requirement because lane-use control
signals have long been required by the
MUTCD for all cases of indicating openclosed status of any lane and this
standard display is appropriately
extended to lanes at toll plazas.
The FHWA also received comments
from two toll authorities stating that the
use of lane-control signals to indicate
the open or closed status of an Open
Road Tolling lane is not appropriate
unless it is in conjunction with other
devices (such as signs, cones, other
channelizing devices, and arrow boards)
that are used to close a high-speed lane.
The FHWA agrees and also notes that
some freeways have or will have
systems of successive lane-control
signals along the freeway corridor and
that ORT lanes might be established
along such corridors. The FHWA in this
final rule modifies the proposed
OPTION statement to allow the use of
lane-control signals to indicate the open
or closed status of an Open Road Tolling
lane in conjunction with other devices
(such as signs, cones, other channelizing
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
devices, and arrow boards) that are used
to close a high-speed lane.
424. The FHWA also adopts in
Chapter 4K an additional section titled
Section 4K.03 Warning Beacons at Toll
Plazas, containing text on warning
beacons at toll plazas that was proposed
in the NPA as Section 4L.03, but
incorporating revisions based on
comments on the material proposed.
The FHWA received comments from
two toll road operators requesting that
warning beacons mounted on toll plaza
islands or impact attenuators associated
with such islands be allowed to operate
in a steady rather than flashing yellow
mode, to act as an enhanced conspicuity
marker. The FHWA disagrees and
declines to make the requested change
in this final rule because all warning
beacons are circular and operate only in
a flashing mode, and because a steady
circular yellow indication has a defined
meaning for traffic signals that is not
appropriate in the context of a toll booth
island or attenuator.
425. In Section 4L.02 Intersection
Control Beacon, the FHWA adopts the
proposed addition to the STANDARD
statement that two horizontally aligned
red signal indications in an Intersection
Control Beacon shall be flashed
simultaneously, and two vertically
aligned red signal indications shall be
flashed alternately, to be consistent with
the existing requirement for stop
beacons in Section 4L.05.
426. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule revisions to Section 4L.03 Warning
Beacon as proposed in the NPA, except
that the FHWA relocates toll plaza
related text to Section 4K.03 (as
discussed above) and further revises
item D in the SUPPORT statement of
Section 4L.03 to include WRONG WAY
as an additional regulatory sign for
which a warning beacon is not an
appropriate supplement, for consistency
with Section 4L.05.
427. The FHWA adopts Section 4L.05
Stop Beacon as proposed in the NPA,
with minor editorial changes for clarity.
428. The FHWA adopts revisions to
Section 4M.01 Application of Lane-Use
Control Signals and Section 4M.03
Design of Lane-Use Control Signals as
proposed in the NPA, except that the
FHWA relocates toll plaza related text to
Section 4K.02 (as discussed above) and
makes minor editorial changes for
clarity.
429. In Section 4N.01 Application of
In-Roadway Lights, the FHWA adopts in
this final rule the additions to the
STANDARD statement proposed in the
NPA that In-Roadway Lights shall only
be used for applications described in
this chapter and that In-Roadway Lights
shall be flashed and not steadily
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
illuminated. The FHWA includes these
changes to preclude the use of InRoadway Lights for any purpose not
included in this chapter because such
uses have not yet been sufficiently
tested to confirm their effectiveness and
because steadily illuminated lights
could be confused with internally
illuminated raised pavement markings.
The FHWA received comments from a
device manufacturer and a transit
agency requesting that in-roadway lights
be allowed for use at highway-rail grade
crossings and highway-light rail transit
grade crossings. The FHWA disagrees
and declines to adopt such an optional
use, because there has been insufficient
reported research showing the
effectiveness of such uses at grade
crossings.
430. The FHWA adopts revisions to
Section 4N.02 In-Roadway Warning
Lights at Crosswalks as proposed in the
NPA, except that the FHWA also adopts
an additional OPTION statement at the
beginning of the section to indicate that
in-roadway lights may be installed at
certain marked crosswalks, based on an
engineering study or engineering
judgment, to provide additional warning
to road users. The FHWA received a
comment from a city recommending this
text because there is no existing
statement indicating that the use of inroadway lights is optional. The FHWA
agrees and also adopts the OPTION text.
Discussion of Amendments to Part 5—
Traffic Control Devices for Low-Volume
Roads
431. In Section 5A.01 Function, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to prohibit
classifying a residential street in a
neighborhood as a low-volume road for
the purposes of Part 5 of the MUTCD.
Two local DOTs agreed with the
proposal. A State DOT and local DOT
opposed the revision because many
residential streets have lower ADT and
operating speeds than some rural roads.
The FHWA disagrees with the comment,
because the change to paragraph 01 item
B provides consistency with paragraph
01 item A, which states that low-volume
roads shall be facilities lying outside the
built-up areas of cities, towns, and
communities. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
432. The FHWA received several
comments regarding Table 5A–1 Sign
and Plaque Sizes on Low-Volume Roads
as proposed in the NPA. The NCUTCD
recommended making the typical sign
sizes the same size as for Conventional
Roads, making the minimum sign sizes
the next smaller size than Conventional
Roads, and making the oversized sign
sizes the next larger size than
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Conventional Roads. The Conventional
Road sign sizes are based on Tables 2B–
1, 2C–2, 6F–1, and 8B–1. The minimum
and oversized sizes are based on the
SHSM book. The FHWA agrees with the
NCUTCD recommendations and adopts
in this final rule revisions to Table 5A–
1.
433. In Section 5B.04 Traffic
Movement and Prohibition Signs, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to change
an existing OPTION, which discusses
the usefulness of these signs, to
SUPPORT. A State DOT opposed the
change and the FHWA agrees that this
text is more appropriately stated as an
OPTION. Accordingly, the FHWA does
not adopt the proposed change in this
final rule and retains paragraph 04 as an
OPTION, as in the 2003 MUTCD.
434. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule new
Section 5C.14 Object Markers and
Barricades to replace 2003 MUTCD
Section 5E.05 Object Markers. The
FHWA moves the information in order
to locate the subject material with other
sections in Part 5 that deal with signs.
This change coincides with the adopted
relocation of object markers and
barricades from Part 3 to Part 2 of the
MUTCD.
435. Although not proposed in the
NPA, in Section 5E.02 Center Line
Markings, the FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new OPTION in paragraph 03 that
permits center line markings to be
placed on highways with or without
edge line markings, based on a comment
from a State DOT for consistency with
Part 3. In addition, the FHWA adopts a
modified GUIDANCE in paragraph 02 to
clarify the application of center line
markings for low-volume roads.
436. In Section 5F.02, the FHWA
changes the title to ‘‘Grade Crossing
(Crossbuck) Sign and Number of Tracks
Plaque,’’ in the final rule. As proposed
in the NPA, the FHWA revises the
STANDARD in paragraph 04 to clarify
that the strip of retroreflective material
on each sign support at passive
highway-rail grade crossings is
measured from the Crossbuck sign or
the Number of Tracks plaque to within
2 feet of the ground. The NCUTCD
recommended additional text consisting
of a SUPPORT statement and a minor
revision to the existing STANDARD
statement to make Part 5 consistent with
revisions being made to Part 8. The
FHWA agrees and adopts revisions to
Section 5F.02 in this final rule to
provide consistency with Part 8 as
adopted herein.
437. In Section 5F.03 Grade Crossing
Advance Warning Signs, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to require that a
supplemental plaque describing the
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66829
type of traffic control at a highway-rail
grade crossing shall be used on all lowvolume roads in advance of every
crossing. Two State DOTs and a local
DOT opposed the revision because the
supplemental plaques are not necessary
on low volume roads with familiar
motorists. The FHWA agrees and does
not adopt in this final rule the proposed
requirement for the use of supplemental
plaques, which is consistent with
similar revisions being adopted in Part
8.
438. In Section 5F.04 STOP and
YIELD Signs, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA several changes regarding the
use and application of STOP signs or
YIELD signs at highway-rail grade
crossings. A State DOT and a consultant
opposed the proposal to require the
placement of STOP or YIELD signs at all
highway-rail grade crossings that are not
equipped with automatic traffic control
devices. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the STANDARD in paragraph 01
to be consistent with requirements
adopted in Part 8. The NCUTCD and a
State DOT opposed the proposed
removal of the STANDARD requiring
the use of STOP AHEAD and YIELD
AHEAD signs in certain situations. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
restores paragraph 02 to be consistent
with the requirements in Chapter 2C.
439. In Section 5G.02 Applications, as
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA revises
paragraph 02 from an OPTION to
SUPPORT, which states that
maintenance activities might not require
extensive TTC if the traffic volumes and
speeds are low. Based on
recommendations from the NCUTCD
and a State DOT, the FHWA also adds
a SUPPORT statement referring to Table
6H–3, which provides the
recommended distances between signs
shown in the Typical Applications
drawings in Part 6. The FHWA also
adds an OPTION statement to
specifically allow a reduced advance
placement distance for traffic control
devices on low-volume roadways that
have speeds of less than or equal to 30
miles per hour. The FHWA adopts these
revisions for consistency with
provisions in Part 6.
440. The FHWA adopts a new
chapter, numbered and titled Chapter
5H Traffic Control for School Areas, in
the final rule. The NCUTCD and a State
DOT recommended adding a new
chapter to cover traffic control for low
volume roads adjacent to schools, since
schools do exist on low-volume rural
roads and there is a need to refer readers
of Part 5 to the applicable provisions of
Part 7. The FHWA agrees and adds the
new chapter, which consists of a
SUPPORT paragraph that refers users to
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66830
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Part 7 for more information and a
STANDARD paragraph that merely
requires compliance with applicable
provisions in Part 7.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Discussion of Amendments to Part 6—
Temporary Traffic Control—General
441. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA revises the Code of Federal
Regulations to delete title 23 CFR part
634 regarding Worker Visibility, in
order to incorporate the provisions into
the MUTCD, which is applicable to all
public roads. As such, title 23 CFR part
634 is no longer needed because its
requirements for high visibility
garments are incorporated into the
MUTCD in Sections 6D.03 and 6E.02
and are therefore applicable to all roads
open to public travel in accordance with
title 23 CFR part 655, not just applicable
to Federal-aid highways.
442. The FHWA in this final rule
updates the figures throughout Part 6 to
reflect new or revised signs adopted in
Part 2 that are applicable to Temporary
Traffic Control Zones.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapters 6A Through 6E
443. In Section 6B.01 Fundamental
Principles of Temporary Traffic Control,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
modify the GUIDANCE in paragraph 07
item 2.C to recommend that provisions
should be made for the continuous
operation of work on roadways. The
NCUTCD and four State DOTs opposed
the use of the word ‘‘continuous.’’ The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
revises item 2.C to recommend that
provisions should be made to minimize
the need for lane closures.
A State DOT suggested rewording the
existing GUIDANCE in item 2.D that
recommended that road users should
use alternative routes that do not
include TTC zones. The FHWA agrees
and adopts in this final rule a revised
item 2.D that also considers roadway
capacity and type of roadway.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
modify item 2.F in the GUIDANCE to
recommend that roadway occupancy for
TTC should be scheduled during offpeak hours ‘‘on high-volume streets and
highways’’ to provide agencies with
more flexibility in time periods for work
on local residential streets and lowvolume streets. A State DOT agreed with
the proposal, but recommended
additional language that included the
removal of the term ‘‘roadway
occupancy.’’ The FHWA agrees in part
with the recommended modifications
and adopts in this final rule a revised
item 2.F that uses the term ‘‘lane
closures’’ instead of ‘‘roadway
occupancy,’’ recommends that lane
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
closures on high-volume streets and
highways should be scheduled during
off-peak hours ‘‘if work operations
permit,’’ and recommends that night
work should be considered ‘‘if the work
can be accomplished with a series of
short-term operations.’’
444. In Section 6C.04 Advance
Warning Area, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add a new GUIDANCE
regarding sign spacing that reinforced
that the distances contained in Table
6C–1 are for guidance purposes and
should be considered minimums. A
local DOT agreed with the proposal. The
NCUTCD, three State DOTs, and a
transportation research institute
recommended that the distances in
Table 6C–1 be referred to as
‘‘approximate’’ and that shorter
distances be allowed based on field
conditions. The FHWA agrees with the
comments and adopts in this final rule
a modified paragraph 06 to recommend
that the distances in Table 6C–1 should
be adjusted for field conditions by
increasing or decreasing the
recommended distances.
445. In Section 6C.05 Transition Area,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA an
OPTION that stated that vehiclemounted traffic control devices may be
used instead of channelizing devices to
establish a transition area. The NCUTCD
opposed the proposal, while a State
DOT and two local DOTs agreed with
the proposal. A State DOT and a
transportation research institute
recommended that the statement be
upgraded to GUIDANCE. The FHWA
disagrees with changing this provision
to GUIDANCE at this time but might
consider proposing it for a future
rulemaking. The FHWA in this final
rule adopts paragraph 03 as an OPTION
to allow the use of vehicle-mounted
traffic control devices to establish a
transition area because portable devices
can be more practical for mobile
operations.
446. In Section 6C.07 Termination
Area, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to revise the STANDARD to clarify the
use of a termination area. A State DOT
and a transportation research institute
opposed the existing STANDARD
requiring that termination areas be used,
because they are not required in all
instances. The FHWA agrees with the
comment and in this final rule changes
the STANDARD to SUPPORT, because
the termination area is not specific and
is not used in all cases.
447. In Section 6C.08 Tapers, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
GUIDANCE to recommend that the
length of a short taper used with flagger
operations should be a minimum of 50
feet. While a local DOT agreed with the
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
revision, a State DOT opposed the
change and suggested no set minimum
taper length, in order to allow more
flexibility on low-volume and lowspeed local roads. The FHWA believes
that a taper shorter than 50 feet long
does not provide any guidance
information to approaching road users,
and therefore in this final rule adopts
the proposed GUIDANCE in paragraph
15. The FHWA also adopts a
recommended minimum taper length of
50 feet for one-lane, two-way traffic
tapers in Table 6C–3 and illustrates the
recommended minimum taper length in
several figures in Part 6.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add GUIDANCE that a
downstream taper with a length of
approximately 100 feet should be used
to guide traffic back into their original
lane. Two State DOTs opposed the
proposal because they believe a
downstream taper is not always
necessary. The FHWA notes that the
statement only applies to flagger
operations and this taper is very
important to provide positive guidance
to vehicles after they pass the lane
closure. Based on comments from
ATSSA, a State DOT, and a
transportation research institute, the
FHWA adopts a revised GUIDANCE in
this final rule that does not include the
word ‘‘approximately’’ as indicated
above and recommends that a length of
100 feet should be used for a
downstream taper.
448. In Section 6C.10 One-Lane, TwoWay Traffic Control, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add an OPTION
to explicitly allow for the movement of
traffic to be self-regulating through a
one-lane, two-way constriction,
provided that the work space is short
and is on a low-volume street or road,
and that road users from both directions
are able to see the traffic approaching
from the opposite direction through and
beyond the work site. The FHWA
proposed this change to provide
practitioners with more flexibility on
low-volume, low-speed roads. While
two local DOTs opposed the change,
four State DOTs, a local DOT, and a
transportation research institute agreed
with the proposal. The FHWA adopts
this proposal in this final rule, but
acknowledges that, since this is an
OPTION, an agency may prohibit the
use of this OPTION within its
jurisdiction. Based on comments from a
State DOT and a transportation research
institute, the FHWA also deletes a
SUPPORT statement that was in the
2003 MUTCD because it is no longer
necessary with the new OPTION
adopted in paragraph 05.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
449. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to relocate the STANDARD in Section
6F.54 of the 2003 MUTCD regarding the
PILOT CAR FOLLOW ME Sign and
flaggers in activity areas where a pilot
car is being used, to Section 6C.13 Pilot
Car Method of One-Lane, Two-Way
Traffic Control. In response to a
comment from a State DOT, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule a revised
paragraph 04 to require that a flagger
shall be stationed ‘‘to control’’ rather
than ‘‘to stop’’ vehicular traffic until the
pilot vehicle is available. The FHWA
also retains Section 6F.58 PILOT CAR
FOLLOW ME Sign in this final rule with
the first sentence of the existing
STANDARD and a reference to Section
6C.13, as discussed in item 475 below.
450. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule relocates
several paragraphs related to accessible
pedestrian facilities from Section 6D.01
Pedestrian Considerations to Section
6D.02 Accessibility Considerations, in
order to consolidate related information
into one section.
Based on a comment from the
NCUTCD, the FHWA relocates an
existing GUIDANCE from Section 6D.02
to Section 6D.01 that list the pedestrian
considerations that should be addressed
when temporary pedestrian pathways in
TTC zones are designed or modified, in
order to consolidate pedestrian
consideration information into one
section. In this final rule, paragraph 11
in Section 6D.01 contains the relocated
GUIDANCE.
451. In Section 6D.01 Pedestrian
Considerations, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to relocate a statement from
Section 6G.11 of the 2003 MUTCD that
accessibility and detectability shall be
maintained along an alternate
pedestrian route if a TTC zone affects an
accessible and detectable pedestrian
facility. This is an existing provision of
the ADAAG.185 The FHWA in this final
rule adopts the proposed relocation.
Based on a comment from the NCUTCD,
the FHWA also retains the first sentence
of paragraph 04, which states that
adequate pedestrian access and
walkways shall be provided if the TTC
zone affects the movement of
pedestrians.
452. In Section 6D.03 Worker Safety
Considerations, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA a new STANDARD to
incorporate into the MUTCD the
provisions of title 23 CFR part 634
regarding the use of high-visibility
safety apparel by workers within the
185 The Americans with Disabilities Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.accessboard.gov/ada-aba/index.htm.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
public right-of-way. The NCUTCD
recommended revising paragraph 04 to
clarify that the required use of highvisibility apparel also applied to
emergency responders and that
exposure of workers to ‘‘work vehicles’’
within the TTC zone also requires the
use of high-visibility safety apparel. In
this final rule, the FHWA adopts a
revised STANDARD that incorporates
into the MUTCD the provisions of title
23 CFR part 634 that were published as
a Final Rule in the Federal Register on
June 15, 2009 186 and the recommended
revisions by the NCUTCD. The FHWA
also adopts a new OPTION as proposed
in the NPA in paragraph 05 that allows
first responders and law enforcement
personnel to use safety apparel meeting
a newly-developed American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) standard for
‘‘public safety vests,’’ because this type
of vest will better meet the special needs
of these personnel. In the NPA, the
FHWA referenced the provisions of title
23 CFR part 634 that were published in
the Federal Register on November 24,
2006.187 The NCUTCD, five State DOTs,
two local DOTs, two fire departments,
and a transportation research institute
agreed with the proposal, but
recommended modifications. Numerous
firefighting associations and
organizations, police associations, and
citizens opposed the proposed change,
primarily because of a concern that the
safety apparel would have to be worn
over turn-out gear during emergency
operations that involve exposure to
flame, fire, or other hazards. The 2006
Federal Register notice was amended
with a Final Rule on June 15, 2009, to
exempt firefighters from the
requirement to use high-visibility safety
apparel when they are exposed to
hazardous conditions where the use of
the apparel might increase the risk of
injury to firefighter personnel. In this
final rule, the FHWA revises the
STANDARD in paragraph 07 and adds
an OPTION in paragraph 08 that
describes the exemption for firefighters
from the requirement to use highvisibility safety apparel in certain
conditions. The FHWA establishes a
target compliance date of December 31,
186 The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule,
dated June 15, 2009 (Volume 74, Number 113, Page
28160–28161) can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/
cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2009_register&docid=fr15jn097.pdf.
187 The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule,
dated November 24, 2006 (Volume 71, Number 226,
Page 67792–67800) can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/
cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=E619910.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66831
2011 (approximately two years from the
effective date of this final rule) for
worker apparel on non-Federal-aid
highways, which is consistent with the
two-year compliance period that was
provided for Federal-aid highways in
title 23 CFR part 634. Required
compliance of apparel for workers,
including law enforcement officers, on
Federal-aid highways has been in effect
since November 24, 2008, pursuant to
title 23 CFR part 634.
453. In Section 6E.02 High-Visibility
Safety Apparel, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA several changes regarding the
use of high-visibility safety apparel by
flaggers during daytime and nighttime
activity, as well as by law enforcement
personnel within a TTC zone, to reflect
the provisions of title 23 CFR part 634
(see items 441 and 452 above). The
NCUTCD and a local DOT
recommended revising the reference to
the ANSI 107 publication throughout
the section to remove ‘‘or equivalent
revisions.’’ The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule the reference to
the ANSI 107–2004 publication, which
is the latest version of the of the ANSI
107 standard. Based on a comment from
a State DOT, the FHWA revises
paragraph 01 to include a combination
of orange-red and fluorescent yellowgreen as an approved apparel
background material color combination.
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2011
(approximately two years from the
effective date of this final rule) for
flagger apparel on non-Federal-aid
highways. Required compliance of
apparel for workers, including law
enforcement officers, on Federal-aid
highways has been in effect since
November 24, 2008, pursuant to title 23
CFR part 634.
454. In Section 6E.03 Hand-Signaling
Devices, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add SUPPORT and GUIDANCE
statements to clarify that it is
recommended to place a STOP/SLOW
paddle on a rigid staff, with a minimum
length of 7 feet, in order to display a
STOP or SLOW message that is stable
and high enough to be seen by
approaching or stopped traffic. A State
DOT, three local DOTs, and a traffic
control device manufacturer agreed with
the proposal. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, 11
State DOTs, a transportation research
institute, and an NCUTCD member
opposed the proposed minimum
recommended height, citing concerns
about the ability of a flagger to control
the paddle on such a long staff,
especially in windy conditions. The
FHWA agrees with these concerns and
does not adopt in this final rule the
proposed GUIDANCE that included a
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66832
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
recommended specific minimum height
of 7 feet. The FHWA adopts a SUPPORT
in paragraph 04 to note that the
optimum method of displaying a STOP
or SLOW message is to place the STOP/
SLOW paddle on a rigid staff that is tall
enough to be seen by approaching or
stopped traffic.
A contractor noted that flags for TTC
are normally sold in a red/orange color
instead of the red color that is required
in the 2003 MUTCD. Based on the
comment, the FHWA adopts a revised
STANDARD in paragraph 09 that
includes red or fluorescent orange/red
as acceptable colors for flags.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
an OPTION to allow the use of a
flashlight with a red glow cone at night
to supplement the STOP/SLOW paddle
or flags. A State DOT opposed the
proposal because of concerns that glow
cones do not give positive guidance at
night. A State DOT and a transportation
research institute recommended
revising the statement to specify that the
flashlight is only to be used at night in
an emergency operation when the
flagger station is not illuminated. The
FHWA agrees with the commenters and
in this final rule adopts a revised
paragraph 12, as recommended by the
commenters. A State DOT and a
transportation research institute
recommended new language to describe
methods of signaling with a flashlight in
an emergency when the flagger station
is not illuminated. The FHWA agrees
and in this final rule adopts a new
STANDARD with three methods of
signaling with a flashlight to provide
consistency with the other commonly
used flagging procedures using other
hand signaling devices. Signaling with a
flashlight is an optional flagging
procedure, but if a highway agency
chooses to allow it, the FHWA believes
that it is critical to include uniform
methods of flashlight signaling so that
road users are not confused in work
zone flagging operations. The flashlight
signaling methods are those that are in
common use.
455. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add three new sections following
Section 6E.03: Section 6E.04 Automated
Flagger Assistance Devices, Section
6E.05 STOP/SLOW Automated Flagger
Assistance Devices, and Section 6E.06
Red/Yellow Lens Automated Flagger
Assistance Devices. Automated Flagger
Assistance Devices (AFADs) are
optional devices that enable a flagger(s)
to be positioned out of the lane of traffic
and are used to control road users
through TTC zones. Four State DOTs,
two local DOTs, ATSSA, and three
construction-related companies agreed
with the proposed addition of AFADs to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the MUTCD. A State DOT, a local DOT,
and an NCUTCD member opposed the
inclusion of AFADs in the MUTCD
because of a lack of experimentation
and reliability. The FHWA disagrees
and notes that this device has been used
with an Interim Approval in many
jurisdictions for approximately five
years and no operational problems have
ever been reported. The FHWA adopts
in this final rule the AFAD sections into
the MUTCD, based on FHWA’s revised
Interim Approval, dated January 28,
2005.188
456. In Section 6E.04 Automated
Flagger Assistance Devices, the FHWA
in the NPA proposed to allow the use
of AFADs. The NCUTCD opposed the
proposal to allow AFADs that use red
and yellow lenses. Two State DOTs, a
highway safety institute, eight
construction-related companies, and an
NCUTCD member recommended
allowing AFADs that use red and yellow
lenses and the FHWA agrees. Both types
of AFADs have been used with the
FHWA’s revised Interim Approval,
dated January 28, 2005,189 and no
operational problems have been
reported with either device. The FHWA
adopts the section including both types
of AFADs into the MUTCD in this final
rule.
The FHWA in this final rule does not
adopt the NPA proposed GUIDANCE
that recommended that AFADs should
only be used after an engineering study
determines they are appropriate. The
NCUTCD, four State DOTs, a local DOT,
and ATSSA recommended the removal
of the statement and the FHWA agrees
that an engineering study is not
necessary for each individual use of
AFADs.
The FHWA in the NPA proposed a
STANDARD prohibiting AFADs from
being a substitute for or a replacement
for a continuously operating temporary
traffic control signal. The NCUTCD
opposed the proposed STANDARD. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the
proposal in this final rule because it
believes that paragraph 07 emphasizes
the point that AFADs are to assist the
flagger and not to be operated
independently.
The FHWA does not adopt in this
final rule the NPA proposed condition
that AFADs be less than 800 feet apart
to allow a single flagger to
simultaneously operate two AFADs or
simultaneously operate a single AFAD
at one end while being a flagger at the
188 The Revised Interim Approval notice can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/pdfs/ia_afads012705.pdf.
189 The Revised Interim Approval notice can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/pdfs/ia_afads012705.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
other end of the TTC zone. A State DOT,
ATSSA, and a construction-related
company recommended that the
distance be increased to 1,500 feet apart
based on successful tests. The NCUTCD
recommended that the proposed
distance limitation be deleted. The
FHWA disagrees with increasing the
maximum distance to 1,500 feet because
documentation of effects from such an
increase has not been provided.
However, the FHWA agrees with the
NCUTCD that there is also no reason to
have a specific number of feet as a
maximum distance, because there is a
wide variability of conditions under
which AFADs are used and engineering
judgment can suffice. Therefore, the
FHWA adopts paragraph 14 without the
item C that was proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA does not adopt in this
final rule the NPA proposed GUIDANCE
recommending that an AFAD be
removed from its normal operating
position when not in use. The NCUTCD
and three State DOTs recommended that
the statement be upgraded to a
STANDARD. The FHWA notes that
there is a STANDARD in Section 6B.01
that requires that TTC devices be
removed or covered when work is
suspended for short periods of time.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
recommend that a State or local agency
that elects to use AFADS should adopt
a policy governing AFAD applications.
Based on comments from the NCUTCD
and a local DOT, the FHWA in this final
rule adopts a revised paragraph 17 to
add the phrase ‘‘based on engineering
judgment’’ to recommend that a State or
local agency that elects to use AFADs
should adopt a policy, based on
engineering judgment, governing AFAD
applications.
457. In Section 6E.05 STOP/SLOW
Automated Flagger Assistance Devices,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
provide STANDARDS and GUIDANCE
for the use of a remotely controlled
STOP/SLOW sign on either a trailer or
a movable cart system and a gate arm.
One flagging company opposed the
STOP/SLOW variety of AFAD because it
could present problematic situations.
The FHWA disagrees and notes that this
device has been used with an Interim
Approval (as discussed above) for
approximately five years and no
operational problems have been
reported. The FHWA adopts the section
concerning the STOP/SLOW AFAD in
the MUTCD in this final rule.
Four State DOTs commented on the
proposed height of 6 feet to the bottom
of the STOP/SLOW sign and
recommended that it match the
proposed height of 7 feet for the flagger
paddle. As discussed above in item 454,
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
the FHWA does not adopt in this final
rule a specific height for the flagger
paddle, so consistency is no longer an
issue. The FHWA adopts paragraph 02
as proposed in the NPA.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
recommended removing the Stop
Beacon from the proposed list of active
conspicuity devices that shall
supplement the AFAD’s STOP/SLOW
sign. The FHWA disagrees and notes
that the decision was made to keep the
Stop Beacon rather than change to a
steady burn red indication because the
Stop Beacon is appropriate for use with
a STOP sign, which is the sign used in
this variety of AFAD. In this final rule,
the FHWA adopts the Stop Beacon in
the list of supplemental active
conspicuity devices in paragraph 04
item B as proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
STANDARD to require that a gate arm,
if used, shall be covered with
alternating red and white retroreflective
stripes at 6-inch intervals. The NCUTCD
and four State DOTs recommended
changes to the NPA proposed language
for gate arms that should accompany the
STOP/SLOW AFAD. Based on these
comments, the FHWA adopts in this
final rule a revised paragraph 11 to
require that gate arms, if used, shall be
fully retroreflectorized on both sides
and that the retroreflective strips shall
be spaced at 16-inch intervals. Similar
changes are also adopted in Section
6E.06.
458. In Section 6E.06 Red/Yellow
Lens Automated Flagger Assistance
Devices, the FHWA in the NPA
proposed a new section allowing the use
of remotely controlled red and yellow
lenses with a gate arm. The NCUTCD
and an NCUTCD member opposed the
proposed red/yellow lens type of
AFADs. The FHWA disagrees and notes
that this device has been used with an
Interim Approval (as discussed above)
for approximately five years and no
operational problems have ever been
reported. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the new section as proposed in the
NPA with editorial changes.
459. In Section 6E.07 Flagger
Procedures, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a STANDARD that flaggers
shall use a STOP/SLOW paddle, flag, or
an AFAD to control road users
approaching a TTC zone, and that the
use of hand movements alone is
prohibited. This additional language
was proposed to protect the safety of
workers and road users, and reinforces
that hand movements alone are not an
acceptable flagging method. The
NCUTCD and a local DOT opposed the
reference to AFADs in the proposal. The
FHWA notes that with the addition of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
AFADs to the MUTCD, an AFAD is an
acceptable device for a flagger. Two
local DOTs agreed with the prohibition
of hand movements alone for flaggers.
Four State DOTs, three local DOTs, a
member of the U.S. House of
Representatives, and an NCUTCD
member opposed the prohibition of the
use of hand movements alone and
recommended an exemption for law
enforcement and emergency situations.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts a
modified paragraph 02 that prohibits the
use of hand movements alone, but
establishes an exception for law
enforcement personnel or emergency
responders at incident scenes.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to revise a GUIDANCE to recommend
that a flagger should stand alone, away
from other workers. Based on a
comment from a State DOT and for
consistency with normal work zone
worker safety practices, the FHWA in
the final rule adopts paragraph 06 to
also recommend that flaggers should
stand away from work vehicles or
equipment.
460. In Section 6E.08 Flagger Stations,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
to the GUIDANCE that an escape route
for flaggers should be identified. Based
on comments from two State DOTs, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a revised
paragraph 03 to state that the flagger
should identify an escape route for
protection from errant vehicles to clarify
why the escape route is necessary.
Discussion of Amendments Within
Chapter 6F
461. In Table 6F–1 Temporary Traffic
Control Zone Sign and Plaque Sizes, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to adopt
revised sign sizes in the Freeway or
Expressway column and in the
Minimum column for several signs. A
State DOT, ATSSA, and a transportation
research institute recommended
additional sign size changes to make
the signs more legible for drivers with
20/40 visual acuity and to assure that
the signs are large enough to use for
TTC on high-speed freeways. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
adopts the changes for consistency with
the adopted sign sizes in Part 2.
A State DOT and a transportation
research institute also recommended
adding to the Freeway or Expressway
column a sign size of 48 inches for the
Stop sign and 24 inches for the Stop
sign on a Stop/Slow Paddle because
there are applications for Stop signs in
freeway/expressway TTC applications.
The FHWA agrees that this is
appropriate and consistent with
provisions in Chapter 2B and revises the
table in this final rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66833
462. In Section 6F.02 General
Characteristics of Signs, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to expand a
STANDARD to require that the
minimum sign sizes shown in Table 6F–
1 shall only be used on local streets or
roadways where the 85th percentile
speed or posted speed limit is less than
35 mph. A State DOT agreed with the
change. A local DOT recommended that
the 85th percentile speed be used
exclusively. The FHWA disagrees
because relying only on the 85th
percentile speed would require an
agency to do a speed study on all streets
and roadways, which is impractical.
The FHWA adopts in this final rule
paragraph 09 as proposed in the NPA.
463. In Section 6F.03 Sign Placement,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
additional language discussing the
minimum mounting heights for TTC
signs. A State DOT, two local DOTs, and
an NCUTCD member questioned why
the mounting height requirements were
not consistent with Part 2. Based on the
comments, the FHWA in this final rule
adopts revisions to paragraphs 04, 05,
and 06 to match the language from
Section 2A.18 for consistency.
464. In Section 6F.04 Sign
Maintenance, a State DOT and a
consultant recommended that the
existing STANDARD statement be
revised to GUIDANCE to be consistent
with Section 2A.22 and that Section
2A.08 be referenced concerning
minimum retroreflectivity. The FHWA
agrees and adopts paragraphs 01 and 02
as GUIDANCE and adds a SUPPORT
that references Section 2A.08 in this
final rule.
465. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
a new section numbered and titled
Section 6F.12 Work Zone and Higher
Fines Signs and Plaques, which
describes the use of the plaques
supplementing a Speed Limit sign to
emphasize that a reduced speed limit is
in effect within a TTC zone and that
increased fines are imposed for traffic
violations within the TTC zone. Based
on comments from two State DOTs, the
FHWA revises one of the proposed
OPTIONS to a GUIDANCE to
recommend, rather than merely allow,
that a BEGIN HIGHER FINES ZONE sign
should be installed at the upstream end
of a work zone where increased fines are
imposed for traffic violations and an
END HIGHER FINES ZONE sign should
be installed at the downstream end of
the work zone. The FHWA adopts this
language in this final rule consistent
with the language adopted in Sections
2B.17 and 7B.10.
466. In Section 6F.23 CENTER LANE
CLOSED AHEAD Sign, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66834
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
recommended removing the existing
Center Lane Closed Ahead (W9–3a)
symbol sign because the symbol sign
was confusing in its meaning. Although
this was not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
removes the OPTION for using the sign
and revises the title of the section. This
symbol has not undergone human
factors testing to confirm that its
meaning can be comprehended by road
users. The FHWA also removes the
symbol sign from Figures 6F–4 and 6H–
38 in this final rule.
467. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a new section numbered and
titled Section 6F.30 NEW TRAFFIC
PATTERN AHEAD Sign, which
describes the optional use of the NEW
TRAFFIC PATTERN AHEAD sign to
provide advance warning of a change in
traffic patterns, such as revised lane
usage, roadway geometry, or signal
phasing. A local DOT and ATSSA
supported the addition of the new sign.
A State DOT and a consultant opposed
the new sign and preferred signs that are
more descriptive. The FHWA disagrees
and notes that a more specific word
message can be used if appropriate. The
FHWA in this final rule adopts the
proposed OPTION in paragraph 01.
Based on comments from two DOTs that
a maximum time limit on display of the
sign is needed, the FHWA adopts in this
final rule a new GUIDANCE in
paragraph 02 to recommend that, in
order to retain its effectiveness, the sign
should be displayed for up to 2 weeks
and then be removed.
468. In Section 6F.31 Flagger Signs,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
an OPTION to allow Flagger signs to
remain displayed to road users for up to
15 minutes when flagging operations are
not occurring under certain
circumstances. While two State DOTs
and a local DOT agreed with the
proposal, three other State DOTs and
another local DOT opposed the
proposal. In addition, a State DOT,
ATSSA, and a transportation research
institute recommended that the
proposed 15-minute time period should
be increased to 30 minutes. The FHWA
decides not to adopt the proposed
OPTION in this final rule and also
deletes an existing STANDARD that
stated that the Flagger sign shall be
removed, covered, or turned away from
road users when the flagging operations
are not occurring. The FHWA notes that
this sign is no different from other TTC
signs and there is an existing provision
in Section 6B.01 that addresses removal
of signs that are no longer applicable.
469. In Section 6F.44 Shoulder Signs
and Plaque, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA a Shoulder Drop-Off symbol (W8–
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
17) sign with a SHOULDER DROP-OFF
(W8–17p) supplemental plaque.
Consistent with the adopted changes to
Chapter 2C, the FHWA in this final rule
adopts the W8–17 symbol sign as the
Shoulder Drop-Off warning sign with a
SHOULDER DROP-OFF (W8–17p)
supplemental plaque and deletes the
SHOULDER DROP-OFF word message
sign (W8–9a in the 2003 MUTCD).
470. In Section 6F.45 UNEVEN
LANES Sign, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA an optional Shoulder Drop-Off
symbol sign (W8–17) with an UNEVEN
LANES supplemental plaque that could
be used instead of the UNEVEN LANES
word sign. Two State DOTs, a local
DOT, and ATSSA agreed with the
proposal. Three other State DOTs, three
local DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
opposed the new sign because the
meaning was unclear. Consistent with
the adopted changes to Chapter 2C, the
FHWA in this final rule adopts the W8–
17 symbol sign as the Shoulder Drop-Off
warning sign. The FHWA in this final
rule does not adopt the UNEVEN
LANES (W8–11p) supplemental plaque
that was proposed in the NPA, and
retains the existing W8–11 UNEVEN
LANES word message sign.
471. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add a new STEEL PLATE ON
PAVEMENT (W8–24) sign in Section
6F.45. A State DOT recommended that
a separate section be added specifically
for this sign. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule renames the sign and
relocates the text to a new section,
numbered and titled Section 6F.46
STEEL PLATE AHEAD Sign.
472. In Section 6F.47 NO CENTER
LINE Sign (numbered Section 6F.46 in
the NPA), a State DOT recommended
revising the existing title and sign name
from NO CENTER STRIPE to NO
CENTER LINE to better describe what
the sign is used for. The FHWA agrees
and adopts a revised name for the title
and sign, for consistency with similar
adopted changes in Chapter 2C. The
FHWA also adopts revisions to the sign
in Figure 6F–4.
473. In the NPA the FHWA proposed
a new section, numbered and titled
Section 6F.48 Reverse Curve Signs
(numbered Section 6F.47 in the NPA),
that contained OPTION and
STANDARD statements describing the
use of the Reverse Curve signs to give
road users advance notice of a lane shift.
The NCUTCD, five State DOTs, two
local DOTs, a transportation research
institute, and three NCUTCD members
recommended changes to the proposed
section, including changing the
proposed STANDARD to GUIDANCE,
and limiting the number of lanes
displayed on the multi-lane versions of
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the sign. Based on the comments, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule the
proposed section, adds an OPTION to
allow the use of a new ALL LANES
(W24–1cP) plaque with the W1–4 sign,
and adds an OPTION to allow a
rectangular version of the multi-lane
sign if there are more than three lanes
being shifted. The FHWA also adopts a
new GUIDANCE that recommends the
Reverse Turn (W1–3) sign if the design
speed of the curve is 30 mph or less to
be consistent with the existing
GUIDANCE for Typical Applications in
Chapter 6H. The FHWA in this final
rule also adopts revised language in
Section 6F.49 Double Reverse Curve
Signs that match the adopted language
in Section 6F.48. The FHWA revises
Figure 6F–4 to include the new ALL
LANES plaque.
474. In Figure 6F–4 Warning Signs in
Temporary Traffic Control Zones, the
FHWA adopts in the final rule revisions
to warning signs and plaques in the
figure based on adopted changes to
Chapter 6F and Part 2.
475. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to relocate all of the information from
Section 6F.58 PILOT CAR FOLLOW ME
Sign (numbered Section 6F.54 in the
2003 MUTCD), to Section 6C.13,
because the information is related
specifically to pilot cars, which are
covered in Section 6C.13. A State DOT
opposed the proposed deletion of the
section from Chapter 6F. In this final
rule, the FHWA retains the first
sentence of the existing STANDARD in
Section 6F.58 and adds a reference to
Section 6C.13 for details on the usage of
this sign.
476. In Section 6F.60 Portable
Changeable Message Signs (numbered
Section 6F.57 in the NPA) the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to change
paragraph 01 from STANDARD to
SUPPORT because this statement just
provides information, rather than
requirements. The FHWA proposed to
change paragraph 07 from GUIDANCE
to STANDARD in order to require that
Portable Changeable Message signs
comply with specific chapters and
tables in the MUTCD. The FHWA
proposed to revise several GUIDANCE
paragraphs to clarify the
recommendations for messages and
phases, and to clarify that Portable
Changeable Message signs should be
placed off the shoulder of the roadway
and behind a traffic barrier. The FHWA
also proposed to delete the existing
OPTION allowing smaller letter sizes on
Portable Changeable Message signs and
multiple signs to display an entire
message because the proposed
GUIDANCE updates this information.
The FHWA proposed a new
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
STANDARD in the NPA, but adopts it
as GUIDANCE in paragraph 17 in this
final rule to recommend, rather than
require, the number of phases and
number of lines, placement of message
within each line, techniques for message
display, and interaction between signs if
more than one is simultaneously visible
to road users. The FHWA adopts the
other changes proposed for this section
in the NPA in this final rule to be
consistent with the adopted changes for
permanent Changeable Message signs in
new Chapter 2L, but with differences to
suit the special nature of Portable
Changeable Message Signs. These
changes are based on extensive research
on changeable message sign legibility,
messaging, and operations conducted
over a period of many years by the
Texas Transportation Institute.190 The
FHWA did not receive any comments
on the proposed changes to this section.
477. In Section 6F.61 Arrow Boards
(numbered Section 6F.58 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed to revise the
GUIDANCE in paragraph 09 to clarify
the measurement for the minimum
mounting height of an arrow board. A
State DOT recommended replacing the
word ‘‘panel’’ with ‘‘board.’’ The FHWA
agrees and in this final rule replaces the
word ‘‘panel’’ with ‘‘board’’ throughout
the section, including in the title
because the device is most commonly
known by that term and because
‘‘panel’’ is defined in the adopted
definitions in Section 1A.13 as applying
to static signs.
A local DOT recommended revising
the existing STANDARD that prohibited
the use of arrow boards from being used
to laterally shift traffic because the
existing language is confusing. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule a modified paragraph 25 to require
that arrow boards shall only be used to
indicate a lane closure and that they
shall not be used for lane shifts, for
consistency with other requirements.
A State DOT requested that the
‘‘Alternating Diamond’’ mode be added
to the approved list of mode selections
on an arrow board for consistency with
the addition of this type of display in
Figure 6F–6, as discussed below. The
FHWA agrees and adopts a modified
paragraph 16 item C to include the
Alternating Diamond mode.
478. In Figure 6F–6 Advance Warning
Arrow Board Display Specifications, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA the
Alternating Diamond display as one of
the options for a Flashing Caution
190 Information on the many research projects on
changeable message signs conducted by the Texas
Transportation Institute (TTI) can be accessed via
TTI’s Internet Web site at: https://tti.tamu.edu/.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
display. Two State DOTs and a local
DOT agreed with the proposal. A State
DOT and a local DOT opposed the
proposed change because they believe
the display could cause driver
confusion and because the symbol is
already used for HOV facilities and
could create an inconsistent message.
The FHWA disagrees and notes that
experimentation did not identify this
issue as a problem and that it is only an
option for an agency to use. The FHWA
adopts the Alternating Diamond in this
final rule as an option for a Flashing
Caution display.
479. In Section 6F.63 Channelizing
Devices (numbered Section 6F.60 in the
NPA), the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to add a STANDARD in paragraph 01
that all channelizing devices shall be
crashworthy. A local DOT agreed with
the change. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the STANDARD as proposed
in the NPA. Based on a comment from
a State DOT and a transportation
research institute, the FHWA also
deletes an existing GUIDANCE stating
that channelizing devices should be
crashworthy because it would be
contradictory to the new STANDARD.
The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and
an NCUTCD member suggesting revised
language for the STANDARD in
paragraph 05 concerning channelizing
devices used to channelize pedestrians
to be consistent with the STANDARD
proposed in Section 6F.68. Another
State DOT commented that the
proposed text in paragraph 05 on
channelizing pedestrians was
ambiguous. The NCUTCD, a State DOT,
and an NCUTCD member also
recommended retaining an existing
OPTION in Section 6F.60, which the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to relocate
to Section 6F.68, regarding the height of
the gap between the bottom rail and the
ground surface that may be used to
facilitate drainage in the section, and
recommended revising the allowable
gap from 6 inches to 2 inches. The
FHWA agrees with all of these
comments and in this final rule adopts
a revised paragraph 05 that relocates to
Section 6F.63 the STANDARD that was
proposed in Section 6F.68 to simplify
the requirements for the placement of
channelizing devices for channelizing
pedestrians. The FHWA also adopts a
revised OPTION that allows a gap of up
to 2 inches to comply with Section
6F.74 and relocates to Section 6F.63 the
OPTION that was proposed in Section
6F.68.
480. In Section 6F.64 Cones
(numbered Section 6F.61 in the NPA),
the NCUTCD recommended deleting the
existing GUIDANCE concerning the use
of cones for pedestrian channelization
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66835
or pedestrian barriers in TTC zones, to
be consistent with adopted language in
Section 6D.01. The FHWA agrees and
removes the GUIDANCE in this final
rule.
481. In Section 6F.65 Tubular Markers
(Section 6F.62 in the NPA), the FHWA
in the NPA proposed to revise the
STANDARD in paragraph 03 to expand
the requirements for reflectorization
bands on tubular markers. The NCUTCD
and a State DOT suggested increasing
the maximum distance from the orange
band to the top of the tubular marker
from 4 inches to 6 inches to be
consistent with the requirement for
retroreflective stripes on drums. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule a revised STANDARD to be
consistent with the retroreflective
striping of other devices.
The NCUTCD recommended deleting
the existing GUIDANCE concerning the
use of tubular markers for pedestrian
channelization or as pedestrian barriers
in TTC zones, to be consistent with the
language adopted in Section 6D.01. The
FHWA agrees and deletes the
GUIDANCE in this final rule.
A State DOT suggested deleting the
existing STANDARD that described the
use of a noncylindrical tubular marker,
because it was redundant and conflicted
with the previous STANDARD. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
removes the paragraph as suggested.
482. In Section 6F.66 Vertical Panels
(Section 6F.63 in the NPA), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to require that the
dimensions listed in the section refer to
the ‘‘retroreflective material’’ on the
vertical panels. The FHWA adopts the
STANDARDS in the final rule with
additional revisions that better clarify
the intent of the section.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
change an OPTION to a STANDARD to
require, rather than merely permit, a
panel stripe width of 4 inches to be used
where the height of the reflective
material on a vertical panel is 36 inches
or less. Based on comments from a State
DOT and an NCUTCD member that the
proposed requirement was too
restrictive, the FHWA in this final rule
maintains the use of 4-inch wide panel
stripes as an OPTION for vertical panels
that are 36 inches in height or less.
483. In Section 6F.67 Drums
(numbered Section 6F.64 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
change a GUIDANCE to a STANDARD
to prohibit weighting drums with sand,
water, or any material to the extent that
would make them hazardous to road
users or workers when struck. As part
of this change, the FHWA also proposed
to delete another GUIDANCE discussing
the use of drain holes to prevent water
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66836
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
from accumulating and freezing. This
recommendation is not necessary since
there is a STANDARD that requires
drums to have a closed top, thus
reducing the possibility of any water
actually accumulating in the device. A
local DOT supported the proposal. Two
State DOTs, five local DOTs, and a
consultant opposed the proposed
changes because the word ‘‘hazardous’’
is too subjective for a STANDARD
statement. The FHWA in this final rule
retains the existing text from the 2003
MUTCD in paragraph 04 and does not
adopt the proposed changes. Based on a
comment from the NCUTCD, the FHWA
deletes an existing GUIDANCE
concerning the use of drums for
pedestrian channelization or pedestrian
barriers in TTC zones, to be consistent
with language adopted in Section 6D.01.
484. In Section 6F.68 Type 1, 2, or 3
Barricades (Section 6F.65 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed in the NPA a new
STANDARD requiring continuous
detectible bottom and top rails with no
gaps on barricades that are used to
channelize pedestrians. The FHWA also
proposed to relocate an OPTION from
Section 6F.63 to allow a gap of up to 6
inches between the bottom rail and the
ground surface to facilitate drainage.
Based on comments from a State DOT
and a transportation research institute,
the FHWA in this final rule revises the
allowable gap in the OPTION to 2
inches to comply with Section 6F.74.
Based on comments from the NCUTCD
and a State DOT, the FHWA adopts and
relocates the proposed STANDARD and
OPTION statements to Section 6F.63, as
described in item 479 above.
The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, a
transportation research institute, and
two local DOTs opposed the proposed
STANDARD regarding barricade
placement in conformance with
application and installation
requirements. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule does not adopt the
proposed statement.
Based on comments from the
NCUTCD and a State DOT, the FHWA
in this final rule deletes an existing
STANDARD and does not adopt the
proposed GUIDANCE that discussed the
use of ballasts. The FHWA agrees with
the commenters that the information is
already adequately covered elsewhere in
Chapter 6F and does not need to be
repeated in this section.
485. In Section 6F.70 Temporary
Traffic Barriers as Channelizing Devices
(numbered Section 6F.67 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
delete the STANDARD requiring that
temporary traffic barriers be
supplemented with delineation,
pavement markings, or channelizing
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
devices. A State DOT and a
transportation research institute
opposed the revision because the
temporary barrier will be difficult to see
at night without those traffic control
devices. The FHWA agrees and in this
final rule retains the existing provision.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
change a GUIDANCE to a STANDARD
in order to prohibit, rather than
discourage, the use of temporary traffic
barriers for a merging taper, except in
low-speed urban areas. The FHWA
proposed this change to provide
consistency on the use of temporary
traffic barriers within this section. A
State DOT opposed the proposed
change. The FHWA agrees and retains
the provision as GUIDANCE in this final
rule due to inconsistency with other
provisions. The FHWA notes that this
section allows temporary traffic barriers
to be used for a merging taper in lowspeed urban conditions or for a
constricted/restricted TTC zone.
The FHWA also proposed to add a
new STANDARD that temporary traffic
barriers shall be placed in conformance
with the application and installation
requirements for the specific device
being used. The NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, and a transportation research
institute commented that this statement
is not needed because, if a device is not
in compliance with the application,
then it is not in compliance with the
MUTCD. The FHWA believes that the
statement does not add anything to the
meaning of the section and does not
adopt the proposal in this final rule.
The FHWA proposed a new
STANDARD statement requiring that
temporary traffic barriers that are used
to channelize pedestrians meet specific
criteria that aid pedestrians with visual
disabilities, to be consistent with
requirements elsewhere in Part 6. The
NCUTCD and a State DOT suggested
deleting this provision because it is
repetitive of Section 6F.74 while
ATSSA suggested revising the provision
to be consistent with Section 6F.74. The
FHWA does not adopt proposed
STANDARD in this final rule because it
is repetitive of the language in Section
6F.74.
486. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule retitles Section
6F.71 (numbered Section 6F.68 in the
NPA) to ‘‘Longitudinal Channelizing
Devices,’’ to expand the section to
include additional devices besides
barricades that serve this purpose. The
FHWA proposed in the NPA to remove
an OPTION that allowed the devices to
be hollow and filled with water as
ballast. The NCUTCD, a State DOT, and
six traffic control device companies
opposed the proposed change because
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
these devices are water filled devices.
The FHWA agrees and in this final rule
maintains the OPTION statement in the
Manual.
The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and a
transportation research institute
opposed a proposed STANDARD
requiring that longitudinal channelizing
devices be placed in compliance with
the application and installation
requirements of the device. Similar to
the same issue discussed above in
Section 6F.70, the FHWA does not
adopt the proposed STANDARD
because the FHWA decides that the
proposed statement does not add any
meaningful information to the section.
A State DOT and a transportation
research institute recommended
revising an existing statement to require,
instead of recommend, that
channelizing devices be interlocked if
used for pedestrian control. The FHWA
agrees and revises paragraph 07 from
GUIDANCE to STANDARD in this final
rule to be consistent with the adopted
language in Section 6F.63.
Based on a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA adopts in the final rule
paragraph 03 to recommend the use of
retroreflective material or delineation on
longitudinal channelizing devices when
used to channelize vehicular traffic at
night, consistent with similar provisions
elsewhere in Part 6.
487. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to add a new section, numbered and
titled Section 6F.72 Temporary Lane
Separators (numbered Section 6F.70 in
the NPA), which describes the use of
these optional devices that may be used
to channelize road users, to divide
opposing vehicular traffic lanes, to
divide lanes when two or more lanes are
open in the same direction, and to
provide continuous pedestrian
channelization. ATSSA and a traffic
control device manufacturer agreed with
the proposal. A State DOT, two local
DOTs, a pedestrian/bicyclist
organization, an NCUTCD member, and
three citizens opposed the proposed
section because they believe that
temporary lane separators are not
compatible with bicycle travel. The
FHWA disagrees with the comments
and notes that the device is optional and
the agencies should determine whether
or not to use it if there are problems
with bicycle interaction. The FHWA
adopts the proposed text in this final
rule and relocates this section to be
Section 6F.72, so it will precede Section
6F.73 Other Channelizing Devices
(numbered Section 6F.69 in the NPA)
for better organization of the chapter.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
a STANDARD to restrict temporary lane
separators to a maximum of 4 inches in
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
height and 1 foot in width. A local DOT
agreed with the proposal. The NCUTCD,
a State DOT, and an NCUTCD member
recommended a minimum height of 2.5
inches for the devices. A traffic control
device manufacturer opposed the
recommendation from the NCUTCD and
agreed with the NPA proposal. The
FHWA decides to adopt in this final
rule paragraph 02 as proposed in the
NPA and notes that no reasoning was
given for the proposed minimum height,
which could eliminate devices currently
in use.
The FHWA also proposed an OPTION
to allow the use of approved
channelizing devices to supplement
temporary lane dividers. ATSSA
recommended this statement be
upgraded to GUIDANCE. A State DOT,
a transportation research institute, and a
traffic device manufacturer
recommended this statement be
upgraded to a STANDARD. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that paragraph 03
addresses the visibility of temporary
lane separators if supplemental
channelizing devices are not used. The
FHWA adopts the OPTION as proposed
in the NPA.
A State DOT and a transportation
research institute recommended a new
STANDARD to require an opening in
temporary lane dividers at pedestrian
crossing locations. The FHWA agrees
and adds paragraph 06 for consistency
with ADAAG, which requires at least a
60-inch wide pathway for the crossing
pedestrian.
488. In Section 6F.75 Temporary
Raised Islands (numbered Section 6F.72
in the NPA), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to change the recommended width
of temporary raised islands from at least
18 inches to at least 12 inches. This
change facilitates the use of existing
devices that have been successfully
used in many applications. The
NCUTCD recommended a width of 10
inches. The FHWA disagrees because no
reasoning was provided for a smaller
width than 12 inches. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the change to
paragraph 04 as proposed in the NPA.
489. In Section 6F.77 Pavement
Markings (numbered Section 6F.74 in
the 2003 NPA), the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to differentiate the usage of
pavement markings in long-term
stationary temporary traffic control
zones from those used in intermediateterm and short-term temporary traffic
control zones. For long-term stationary
operations, the FHWA proposed to
revise the existing STANDARD in
paragraph 04 to require that obliteration
of markings in the temporary traveled
way that are no longer applicable shall
remove ‘‘all of the non-applicable
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
pavement marking material, and the
obliteration method(s) shall minimize
pavement scarring.’’ The NCUTCD and
an NCUTCD member opposed the
proposed change and recommended the
statement be changed to GUIDANCE.
The FHWA disagrees with the
commenters and believes that removal
of conflicting markings is essential for
safety and that the NPA language is
easier to understand. A State DOT
opposed the use of the words ‘‘all of’’
because it is not practical. The FHWA
agrees with the State DOT and in this
final rule adopts the revised
STANDARD in paragraph 04 as
proposed in the NPA, with the
exception of the words ‘‘all of,’’ which
the FHWA does not adopt in this final
rule.
490. In Section 6F.78 Temporary
Markings (Section 6F.75 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed in the NPA in
paragraph 02 to recommend that
temporary pavement markings should
not remain in place for more than 14
days after the application of the
pavement surface treatment or the
construction of the final pavement
surface on new roadways or over
existing pavements unless justified by
an engineering study. Based on
comments from the NCUTCD, two State
DOTs, and an NCUTCD member, the
FHWA replaces ‘‘an engineering study’’
with ‘‘engineering judgment’’ in the
GUIDANCE adopted in this final rule to
allow more flexibility.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
relocate an existing STANDARD from
Section 6F.77 to Section 6F.78 that
requires that all pavement markings and
devices used to delineate road user
paths shall be carefully reviewed during
daytime and nighttime periods. The
NCUTCD and an NCUTCD member
recommended changing the
STANDARD to GUIDANCE and
removing the word ‘‘carefully’’ from the
statement. The FHWA agrees that
mandatory language is too restrictive in
this case and adopts paragraph 06 in
this final rule as GUIDANCE and
removes the word ‘‘carefully’’ from the
statement.
Based on a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA adopts a new
GUIDANCE statement that recommends
that the NO CENTER LINE sign, if used,
should be placed in accordance with
Section 6F.47. The FHWA adds
paragraph 10 in this final rule to be
consistent with the adopted GUIDANCE
in Section 6F.47 that recommends the
placement of the NO CENTER LINE sign
at the beginning of the TTC zone and
repeated at 2-mile intervals in long TTC
zones when the work obliterates the
center line pavement markings.
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66837
491. In Section 6F.79 Temporary
Raised Pavement Markers (numbered
Section 6F.76 in the NPA), the FHWA
in the NPA proposed to add new
STANDARD and GUIDANCE requiring
the color of the raised pavement
markers to simulate the color of the
markings for which they substitute and
that the pattern of the raised pavement
markers should simulate the pattern of
the markings for which they substitute.
A local DOT agreed with the proposal.
In this final rule, the FHWA adopts the
two statements as a combined
STANDARD in paragraph 02 to require
that the color and pattern of the raised
pavement markers to simulate the color
and pattern of the markings for which
they substitute, for consistency with
similar provisions in Chapter 3B.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed a
STANDARD to describe the use of
temporary raised pavement markers as a
substitute for solid lines. The NCUTCD
opposed the revision. The FHWA
disagrees and believes that the proposed
STANDARD in paragraph 04 improves
clarity and in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
allow the optional use of a less
expensive pattern of raised pavement
markers to substitute for a broken line
marking and recommend that temporary
raised pavement markers should not be
in place for more than 14 days. A local
DOT agreed with the proposal. The
NCUTCD opposed the proposed
OPTION. The FHWA disagrees and
notes that the statement was removed
from an existing STANDARD to make it
an optional exception to the
requirements of the STANDARD. A
State DOT opposed the proposed
GUIDANCE recommending a limit of 14
days for the devices. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that it is consistent
with the adopted language in Section
6F.78. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule paragraphs 05 and 06 as proposed
in the NPA.
492. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to delete Section 6F.82 Floodlights
(numbered Section 6F.76 in the 2003
MUTCD), because the FHWA believes
that floodlights are not traffic control
devices. Although a local DOT agreed
with the proposal, the NCUTCD, three
State DOTs, ATSSA, and a
transportation research institute
opposed the proposed deletion of the
section because they believe the section
provides useful information to the
practitioner. The FHWA agrees to leave
these types of devices in the MUTCD
until a clear definition of traffic control
devices is established in a future edition
and in this final rule maintains the
section as Section 6F.82 Floodlights,
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66838
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
with the same text from the 2003
MUTCD.
493. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule deletes Section
6F.77 (as numbered in the 2003
MUTCD) Flashing Warning Beacons.
Two State DOTs and ATSSA opposed
the proposal because they did not want
the language regarding the device to be
removed from the Manual. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenters and
notes that the material is already
covered in Chapter 4L and does not
need to be repeated in Part 6.
494. In Section 6F.83 Warning Lights
(numbered Section 6F.79 in the NPA),
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
revise a STANDARD to require that the
30-inch minimum mounting height for
warning lights be measured vertically
from the bottom of the lens to the
elevation of the near edge of the
pavement. Two State DOTs and a
transportation research institute
opposed the change because it would
preclude the use of warning lights on
drums. The FHWA agrees and in this
final rule retains paragraph 11 with the
language from the 2003 MUTCD.
495. The FHWA in this final rule
deletes Section 6F.79 (as numbered in
the 2003 MUTCD) Steady-Burn Electric
Lamps, as proposed in the NPA. A local
DOT agreed with the change. A State
DOT and a transportation research
institute opposed the change because
the device has appropriate applications.
The FHWA disagrees and notes that the
only difference between other warning
lights and the steady burn electric lamp
is the power source and that it is not
necessary to include both in the
Manual.
496. In Section 6F.84 Temporary
Traffic Control Signals (numbered
Section 6F.80 in the NPA), the FHWA
proposed in the NPA a new STANDARD
requiring temporary traffic signals
placed within 200 feet of a highway-rail
grade crossing or a highway-light rail
transit grade crossing to have
preemption unless arrangements are
made to prevent traffic from queuing
across the tracks. A State DOT and a
local DOT supported the proposal.
Based on comments from a State DOT,
a transportation research institute, a
local DOT, and an NCUTCD member,
the FHWA in this final rule adopts a
modified paragraph 13 to require that a
uniformed officer or flagger shall be
required at the crossing to prevent
vehicles from stopping within the
crossing if the temporary traffic control
signal is not provided with preemption.
497. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to delete Section 6F.86 Crash Cushions
(numbered Section 6F.82 in the 2003
MUTCD) because the FHWA believes
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
that crash cushions are not traffic
control devices and that adequate and
appropriate guidance on crash cushions
and vehicle arresting systems is readily
available in a variety of FHWA,
AASHTO, ITE, and industry
publications and Web sites. A local DOT
agreed with the proposal. The NCUTCD,
five State DOTs, ATSSA, and a
transportation research institute
opposed the deletion of the section
because they believe it provides
important information on the topic. The
FHWA agrees to leave these types of
devices in the MUTCD until a clear
definition of traffic control devices is
established in a future edition and in
this final rule maintains the section as
Section 6F.86 Crash Cushions with the
2003 MUTCD text.
498. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule deletes Section
6F.83 (as numbered in the 2003
MUTCD) Vehicle Arresting Systems
because they are not traffic control
devices. A local DOT agreed with the
proposal. The NCUTCD, a State DOT,
ATSSA, and a local DOT opposed the
deletion of the section because they did
not want the information removed from
the Manual. The FHWA disagrees and
believes that the section does not
provide any useful traffic control device
information for practitioners.
499. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to delete Section 6F.88 Screens
(numbered Section 6F.85 in the 2003
MUTCD), because the FHWA believes
that glare screens are not traffic control
devices. A local DOT agreed with the
proposal. The NCUTCD, four State
DOTs, a local DOT, a transportation
research institute, a consultant, and a
citizen opposed the deletion of the
section because it provides information
about screens that is not provided
elsewhere. The FHWA agrees to leave
these types of devices in the MUTCD
until a clear definition of traffic control
devices is established in a future edition
and in this final rule maintains the
section as Section 6F.88 Screens with
the text from the 2003 MUTCD.
500. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule deletes Section
6F.86 (as numbered in the 2003
MUTCD) Future and Experimental
Devices, because such devices are
already covered in Part 1. The NCUTCD
agreed with the change. A State DOT, a
local DOT, and a transportation research
institute opposed the change because
the public needs to understand that new
TTC devices must go through an
experimentation process before being
used. The FHWA disagrees and notes
that the information is already
contained in Section 1A.10.
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Discussion of Final Rule Amendments
Within Chapters 6G Through 6I
501. In Section 6G.01 Typical
Applications, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add GUIDANCE in
paragraph 04 recommending that a TTC
plan should be developed for all
planned special events in conjunction
with and approved by the highway
agency or agencies having jurisdiction
over the affected roadways. The
NCUTCD and a local DOT supported the
language as proposed. A State DOT and
four other local DOTs noted that law
enforcement agencies approve traffic
control plans in their area. To address
this concern, the FHWA adopts in this
final rule revised language that removes
the specification that ‘‘highway’’
agencies approve TTC plans, leaving it
flexible to have the appropriate agency
having jurisdiction approve TTC plans.
Two State DOTs, two local DOTs, an
NCUTCD member, a transportation
research institute, a pedestrian/bicyclist
association, and three citizens opposed
the language proposed in the NPA
requiring that ‘‘all’’ special planned
events have TTC plans. The commenters
suggested that such language was too
inclusive and should be limited only to
those events affecting traffic operations.
The FHWA agrees in part and adopts
revised language in this final rule
accordingly. For those events that will
not have traffic impacts, the TCC plan
will be minimal. The FHWA adopts
these changes to help assure that proper
traffic controls are installed when
planned special events, such as parades,
street fairs, farmers’ markets, etc.,
impact traffic, and to respond to a
National Transportation Safety Board
(NTSB) report on this subject.191
502. In Section 6G.02 Work Duration,
a State DOT requested clarification of
the existing STANDARD and OPTION
paragraphs on the treatments of mobile
operations at speeds between 3 mph and
20 mph because it is unclear if the
existing language applies to these
speeds. The FHWA agrees that
clarification is necessary and in this
final rule revises the STANDARD in
paragraph 22 to apply to the treatments
of mobile operations for all speeds and
deletes the last two OPTION paragraphs
in the 2003 MUTCD.
503. In Section 6G.04 Modifications to
Fulfill Special Needs, the FHWA
proposed to remove the last GUIDANCE
statement recommending that typical
191 NTSB Report HAR–04/04, ‘‘Rear End Collision
and Subsequent Vehicle Intrusion into Pedestrian
Space at Certified Farmers’ Market, Santa Monica,
California, July 16, 2003,’’ dated August 3, 2004,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://ntsb.gov/publictn/2004/HAR0404.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
applications be modified where
pedestrian or bicycle usage is high. A
State DOT opposed the revision because
it is a good reminder regarding
accommodation of bicyclists and
pedestrians. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule adopts revisions to the
GUIDANCE in paragraph 03 to include
pedestrian routes as item F and bicycle
diversions as item G in the list of
conditions when typical applications
should be modified.
504. In Section 6G.11 Work Within
the Traveled Way of Urban Streets, the
FHWA proposed to relocate the first
paragraph of the first STANDARD in the
2003 MUTCD to Section 6D.01 because
the information about maintaining
accessibility and detectability along
pedestrian routes is most appropriately
covered in Section 6D.01. The FHWA
adopts the proposed relocation in this
final rule.
A State DOT recommended modifying
the existing STANDARD in paragraph
05 to require that both pedestrian and
vehicular access be provided to transit
stops that are affected and relocated
because of work activity. The FHWA
adopts this change in this final rule to
clarify and reiterate that full
accessibility to transit stops is required
during work activity, consistent with
provisions in Chapter 6D.
505. In Section 6G.12 Work Within
the Traveled Way of Multi-Lane, NonAccess Controlled Highways, a State
DOT recommended a new OPTION to
allow a single continuous taper to be
used where operating speeds are 40
mph or less and the space approaching
the work area does not permit moving
traffic over one lane at a time. The
FHWA agrees that this flexibility is
needed and can be appropriately
applied in lower speed conditions and
in this final rule adopts the new
OPTION in paragraph 13.
506. In Section 6G.13 Work Within
the Traveled Way at an Intersection, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to modify
the existing GUIDANCE in paragraph 04
to recommend, among other things, the
relocation of signal heads to provide
improved visibility. The NCUTCD and
an NCUTCD member recommended
changing ‘‘improved’’ to ‘‘adequate’’
visibility, for consistency with the other
conditions in the sentence. The FHWA
agrees and in this final rule adopts the
proposed revision and also references
Part 4 for the description of adequate
visibility for signal heads.
507. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to reverse the order of Chapters 6H and
6I of the 2003 MUTCD so that Chapter
6H would be Control of Traffic Through
Traffic Incident Management Areas and
Chapter 6I would be Typical
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Applications. The FHWA proposed this
change so that the numerous Typical
Application diagrams would be at the
end of Part 6 and to place the text and
figures on incident management closer
to the other sections in Part 6. The
NCUTCD, ATSSA, and two State DOTs
opposed this change, primarily because
they believe Chapter 6I is best left as the
designated chapter for Incident
Management, in part because it is
referred to in a number of important
documents. The FHWA agrees and in
this final rule retains the Typical
Application diagrams in Chapter 6H and
retains Chapter 6I as Incident
Management, consistent with the 2003
MUTCD.
508. The FHWA received several
general comments and suggestions on
Chapter 6H Typical Applications
(numbered Chapter 6I in the NPA). A
State DOT, a local DOT, five bicyclistrelated associations, an NCUTCD
member, and two citizens suggested
adding an OPTION to use the adopted
Bicycles May Use Full Lane (R4–11)
sign and adding a reference to Section
9B.06 in all Typical Applications where
the lanes are narrowed to 10 feet in TTC
zones to remind MUTCD users to
consider bicyclists. The FHWA
disagrees with the suggested addition
because narrow lane widths are allowed
in many permanent conditions, so it is
not unrealistic to allow it in TTC
situations. An agency can address
specific bicycle accommodations in a
project’s TTC plan.
509. In Table 6H–3 Meaning of Letter
Codes on Typical Application Diagrams
(numbered Table 6I–3 in the NPA), a
State DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested adding a fifth road
type classification ‘‘Local (very low
speed)’’ with a suggested sign spacing of
100 feet. The FHWA disagrees and notes
that the suggested spacing is already
indicated for ‘‘Urban (low speed)’’. If an
agency wants to use the shorter spacing
for signs on rural low-speed facilities,
they can apply the low-speed criteria
and use the same values as the Urban.
The commenters also suggested
increasing the sign spacing for Urban
(low speed) to 200 feet because the
existing 100-foot spacing is inadequate
on a 35 mph street. The FHWA
disagrees and notes that the 100-foot
spacing is usually adequate for urban
low-speed applications and allows more
signs to be located between city blocks,
thereby eliminating the need for
duplication. The FHWA adopts Table
6H–3 in this final rule as proposed in
the NPA.
510. In Section 6H.01 Typical
Applications, the FHWA adopts in this
final rule the SUPPORT, as proposed in
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66839
the NPA, that, except for the notes
(which are clearly classified using
headings as being Standard, Guidance,
Option, or Support), the information
presented in the typical applications
can generally be regarded as Guidance.
The FHWA also adopts in this final rule
changes in the Typical Applications to
reflect the changes to all parts of the
MUTCD with particular reference to
Part 6 text and figure changes.
Additionally, the FHWA adopts the
figures and corresponding notes
proposed in the NPA with the following
changes and responses to comments
received:
a. Notes for Figure 6H–4: In the NPA,
the FHWA proposed to add a new note
4 allowing stationary signs to be omitted
if the work is mobile because the use of
such signs is often not practical with
mobile operations. Two local DOTs
agreed with the proposed revision. The
FHWA in this final rule adopts a revised
note 4 to read ‘‘Stationary warning signs
may be omitted for short duration or
mobile operations if the work vehicle
displays high-intensity rotating,
flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights,’’ to
be consistent with Section 6G.02. The
FHWA also deletes existing note 5 (as
numbered in the NPA) because the
information is incorporated in the
adopted note 4. In the NPA, the FHWA
proposed a new STANDARD note
stating that vehicle-mounted signs shall
be mounted in a manner not obscured
by equipment or supplies, and that sign
legends on vehicle-mounted signs shall
be covered or turned from view when
work is not in progress, for consistency
with similar provisions in the Notes for
Figure 6H–17. A local DOT agreed with
the revision and the FHWA adopts note
8 in this final rule as proposed in the
NPA. A State DOT suggested adding
new GUIDANCE to describe when a
shadow vehicle should be used. The
FHWA disagrees since the suggested
information is contained in Section
6F.03.
b. In Figure 6H–4, a State DOT
suggested revisions to the existing
figure, including removing the leading
truck, making the trailing truck
optional, making the SHOULDER
WORK sign optional, and allowing
reduced traffic control requirements for
short duration operations less than 60
minutes. The FHWA disagrees because
the existing provisions are consistent
with other Typical Applications for
Mobile Operations and Section 6G.02.
The FHWA in this final rule adds a
‘‘Work Vehicle’’ tag to the lead truck for
clarification.
c. In Figure 6H–5, a State DOT
suggested revisions to the existing
figure, including adding a lateral
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66840
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
clearance marker at the barrier angle
point and an object marker at the nose
of the attenuator. The FHWA disagrees
because the use of channelizing devices
to close the lane should provide
delineation for the barrier. An agency
can add additional devices if they
believe conditions warrant it.
d. In the Notes for Figure 6H–6, a
State DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested adding two new
STANDARDS describing the
requirements for the mounting of
vehicle-mounted signs and the display
of high-intensity lights on shadow and
work vehicles. The FHWA agrees and
adds notes 11 and 12 as STANDARDS
in this final rule, which are identical to
existing adopted STANDARDS from the
Notes for Figure 6H–17.
e. In the Notes for Figure 6H–7, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to reword
note 3 to clarify that required pavement
markings no longer applicable shall be
removed or obliterated as soon as
practical. A State DOT and a
transportation research institute
suggested revising the note to remove
the word ‘‘practical’’ and instead require
that the pavement markings that are no
longer applicable be removed once the
TTC diversion is complete. The FHWA
agrees with the comment and in this
final rule revises note 3 to read
‘‘Pavement markings no longer
applicable to the traffic pattern of the
roadway shall be removed or obliterated
before any new traffic patterns are open
to traffic.’’
f. In Figure 6H–7, a local DOT
suggested revising the existing figure to
delete the ROAD CLOSED sign because
it might imply that travel is not possible
in that direction. The FHWA agrees and
deletes the sign in this final rule. A
State DOT asked what NCHRP 350
approved sign assembly is available to
accommodate the warning sign with
supplemental plaque shown in the
figure on a portable sign stand and still
maintain the 5-foot minimum sign
height to the lowest sign. The FHWA
responds that this Typical Application
would not typically be used for periods
of less than three days, thus signs would
not be on portable mountings and
therefore no revisions to the figure are
necessary.
g. In Notes for Figure 6H–9, an
NCUTCD member suggested revising
existing GUIDANCE note 3 to include
YIELD signs. The FHWA agrees that this
is appropriate for consistency with Part
2 and adopts in this final rule a revised
note 3 that recommends that STOP or
YIELD signs displayed to side roads
should be installed as needed along the
temporary route.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
h. In Figure 6H–10, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
upstream taper dimension from ‘‘100 ft
MAX’’ to ‘‘50 to 100 ft.’’ A State DOT
opposed the proposed revision and
recommended that the upstream taper
dimension remain as a maximum of 100
feet and also recommended deleting the
50-foot minimum. The FHWA disagrees
because adopted Section 6C.08 includes
a minimum taper length of 50 feet and
the figure reflects this change. The
FHWA also proposed in the NPA to
revise the downstream taper dimension
from ‘‘100 ft MAX’’ to ‘‘50 to 100 ft.’’ A
State DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested retaining the existing
‘‘100 ft MAX’’ dimension for the
downstream taper in order to comply
with Figure 6C–3 and suggested deleting
the existing note about buffer space
because the information is contained in
note 4 of the accompanying Notes
section. The FHWA agrees with the
comments and adopts the suggested
revisions in this final rule.
i. In Figure 6H–12, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
maximum distance between the nearest
signal face for each approach and the
stop line from 150 feet to 180 feet, for
consistency with provisions of Part 4. A
State DOT suggested revising the figure
to include a dimension between the end
of the downstream taper and the
location of the opposing temporary
signal because the distance is critical to
provide enough distance for traffic to
return to its own lane prior to the stop
line for the opposing traffic. The FHWA
notes the concern of the commenter, but
declines to revise the figure because this
dimension is left up to the agency to
determine based upon the geometrics of
the project and design speed through
the TTC zone. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule Figure 6H–12 as proposed in
the NPA. The FHWA also adopts in this
final rule the same revision to the
maximum distance in Figure 6H–14, as
proposed in the NPA.
j. In Figure 6H–13, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revising the existing figure to
make the BE PREPARED TO STOP sign
mandatory instead of optional. The
FHWA disagrees because the use of the
sign should be dictated by the
conditions for the project, such as
volume and speed of traffic, length, and
frequency of closure.
k. In Figure 6H–14, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add a note that
the maximum distance from the stop
line to signal indication is 150 feet if 8inch signal indications are used. A State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested deleting the
asterisked note because the use of 8-
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
inch signal displays should not be
suggested since additional traffic control
emphasis is needed in temporary traffic
control applications. The FHWA agrees
with the comment and also notes that
the adopted revisions to Part 4 only
allow the use of 8-inch indications for
very low speed roads, and therefore the
FHWA in this final rule removes the
note. An NCUTCD member suggested
replacing the existing symbolic DO NOT
PASS sign with the word message sign,
for clarity. The FHWA agrees and
adopts in this final rule the suggested
revision for this figure and throughout
Chapter 6H, for consistency with
adopted text in Chapter 2B.
l. In Notes for Figure 6H–15, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to change
an existing GUIDANCE to a
STANDARD, to require, instead of
recommend, that workers in the
roadway shall wear high-visibility safety
apparel as described in Section 6D.03. A
State DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested deleting the
proposed STANDARD because the
statement is now unnecessary as a result
of the adopted changes in Section
6D.03. The FHWA agrees and in this
final rule deletes the statement from
Notes for Figure 6H–15 and from Notes
for Figure 6H–16. As described in
Section 6D.03, workers within the
public right-of-way are now required to
wear high-visibility safety apparel,
except for firefighters exposed to
hazardous heat conditions and law
enforcement personnel when
performing non-traffic related activities.
The commenters also suggested revising
this and other Typical Applications for
low-volume roads to also apply to lowspeed roads. The FHWA disagrees
because there have been no other
comments received noting problems
with this operation and agencies have
the option to require additional
measures for these situations.
m. In Notes for Figure 6H–16, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add a
new note 1 to the GUIDANCE indicating
that all lanes should be a minimum of
10 feet in width, to be consistent with
guidance in other applications. A local
DOT agreed with the proposal, while
the NCUTCD opposed the proposal but
did not provide a reason for the
objection. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the proposed note because the
text is consistent with existing
GUIDANCE in Notes for Figure 6H–6.
n. In Figure 6H–16, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to include a
dimension showing a 10-foot minimum
width for all lanes. A State DOT asked
if traffic can be moved to the shoulder
in this Typical Application. The FHWA
responds that this Typical Application
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
should allow shoulder use if necessary
and adopts in this final rule a revised
note in Figure 6H–16 identical to the
adopted note in Figure 6H–15 that
indicates a 10-foot minimum width to
the edge of pavement or outside edge of
paved shoulder.
o. In Figure 6H–20, a State DOT and
a transportation institute recommended
revisions to the existing figure to add
NO LEFT TURN signs, NO RIGHT
TURN signs, and Main Street South
Detour signs to provide guidance for
drivers arriving from the east and west.
The FHWA agrees and adopts a revised
Figure 6H–20 that incorporates the
recommended signs for added
clarification because the intent is to
provide guidance to road users on all
approaches to the work zone.
p. In Figure 6H–23, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revisions to the existing figure
to add channelization devices along the
double yellow center line to be
consistent with adopted provisions in
Section 6G.12. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the suggested revision in this
final rule. An NCUTCD member
suggested deleting the LEFT LANE
MUST TURN LEFT sign outside of the
curb. The FHWA disagrees with the
comment because this sign complies
with provisions in Chapter 2B and the
sign needs to be displayed to inform
road users of the temporary left-turn
lane established by closing the left lane.
q. In Notes for Figure 6H–27, a State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested elevating existing
note 4 (as numbered in the NPA) from
OPTION to GUIDANCE to recommend
that ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD signs be
used to provide adequate advance
warning for this Typical Application.
The FHWA agrees that the signs should
be used in this situation, and in this
final rule changes the statement to
GUIDANCE and renumbers the
statement as note 8. The FHWA adopts
the change for consistency with other
Typical Applications that indicate that
the ONE LANE ROAD sign should be
used when one lane of a two-lane
roadway is closed. The commenters also
recommended that the ONE LANE
ROAD AHEAD sign be added to each
approach in Figure 6H–27. The FHWA
agrees and adopts in this final rule the
suggested revisions to Figure 6H–27.
r. In Figure 6H–28, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revising the existing figure to
replace the symbols for channelization
devices because Type 3 barricades
should not be used for channelization
between road users and pedestrians.
The FHWA agrees and adopts a new
symbol to represent a longitudinal
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
channelizing device and revises Figure
6H–28 and Table 6H–2 accordingly.
s. In Figure 6H–29, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revising the existing figure to
remove the ‘‘(optional)’’ note from the
ROAD WORK AHEAD sign so that the
sign is a recommendation and not an
option. The FHWA agrees and adopts
the suggested revision in this final rule
to be consistent with all other Typical
Applications that recommend the ROAD
WORK AHEAD sign whenever work is
occurring within the roadway. The
commenters also suggested replacing
the cones used to close the sidewalk
with a Type 3 channelizing device. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the suggested
revision in this final rule.
t. In Notes for Figure 6H–32, a State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested revising existing
GUIDANCE note 4 because the figure
and text were not consistent for the
placement of the Reverse Curve signs.
The FHWA agrees and adopts in this
final rule a revised note 4 to match
Figure 6H–32. The commenters also
asked why existing note 9 (as numbered
in the NPA) was not a STANDARD
similar to provisions in the Notes for
Figure 6H–46. The FHWA in this final
rule removes notes 6, 7, 8, and 9 (as
numbered in the NPA) because the
provisions regarding grade crossings are
addressed in Figure 6H–46 and do not
need to be repeated in the Notes for
Figure 6H–32. The FHWA also
renumbers note 10 (as numbered in the
NPA) as note 6 in this final rule.
u. In Figure 6H–32, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revising the second warning
sign distance measurements from miles
to feet in the figure since the illustration
does not depict a freeway application
and the measurements in feet are more
practical than miles. The FHWA agrees
and in this final rule revises Figure 6H–
32 to modify the legend on the second
warning sign on each approach from
‘‘XX MILES’’ to ‘‘XX FT.’’
v. In Notes for Figure 6H–33, a State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested adding a new
STANDARD requiring arrow boards for
each lane of a freeway lane closure. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule a new STANDARD note 6 identical
to the adopted language in other Typical
Applications involving multi-lane
freeway lane closures (see item 510.z.
below).
w. In Figure 6H–34, a State DOT and
a transportation research institute
suggested revising the existing figure to
remove the ‘‘(optional)’’ label for the
shoulder taper to comply with
GUIDANCE note 3 of the Notes for
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66841
Figure 6H–33. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the suggested revision in this
final rule.
x. In Notes for Figure 6H–35, a State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested adding two new
STANDARDS describing the
requirements for the mounting of
vehicle-mounted signs and the display
of high-intensity lights on shadow and
work vehicles. The FHWA agrees and
adds notes 2 and 3 as STANDARDS in
this final rule, which are identical to
existing adopted STANDARDS from
Notes for Figure 6H–17 The FHWA also
adopts a revised GUIDANCE note 5 to
remove ‘‘high-intensity rotating,
flashing, oscillating, or strobe lights’’
since they are included in the new
STANDARD note 3. The commenters
also suggested adding a new
STANDARD requiring arrow boards for
each lane of a freeway lane closure. The
FHWA agrees and adopts in this final
rule a new STANDARD note 4 identical
to the adopted language in other Typical
Applications involving multi-lane
freeway lane closures (see item 510.z.
below.)
y. In Notes for Figure 6H–36, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add a
STANDARD describing the use of the
Reverse Curve signs and also delete the
OPTION regarding the ALL LANES
THRU supplemental plaque because the
Reverse Curve signs graphically indicate
that message. A State DOT suggested
reducing the proposed STANDARD to
GUIDANCE. The FHWA disagrees and
adopts the proposed STANDARD as
note 7 in this final rule to be consistent
with the STANDARD adopted in
Section 6F.48 Reverse Curve Signs. The
FHWA also adopts in this final rule two
new OPTIONS as notes 8 and 9 that are
identical to adopted OPTIONS in
Section 6F.48 that describe signs that
may be used when multiple lanes are
being shifted. A State DOT and a
transportation research institute
suggested adding a new STANDARD
prohibiting the use of barriers along the
shifting taper. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the recommended STANDARD
in the Notes for Figure 6H–36 and in the
Notes for Figure 6H–38 to be consistent
with the adopted STANDARD in the
Notes for Figure 6H–34. A State DOT
and a transportation research institute
suggested revising existing note 12 in
the NPA from OPTION to GUIDANCE to
recommend that trucks should be
directed to use the travel lanes if the
shoulder cannot adequately
accommodate trucks. The FHWA agrees
and adopts the suggested revision as
GUIDANCE note 15 in this final rule.
An agency can make the determination
whether or not the shoulder has
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66842
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
adequate structural capacity to handle
trucks and that an agency is not being
required to alter their procedures with
this GUIDANCE.
z. In Notes for Figures 6H–37, 6H–38,
6H–39, 6H–42, and 6H–44, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add a
STANDARD note to require that an
arrow board be used on all freeway lane
closures, and that a separate arrow
board be used for each closed lane when
more than one freeway lane is closed.
The FHWA believes that an arrow board
is essential for safety at all lane closures
on freeways because of the high speeds.
A local DOT agreed with the proposed
STANDARD. A second local DOT
suggested reducing the statement to
GUIDANCE because it might not always
be feasible to have an arrow board
available depending on the amount of
time the roadway is closed, if it is
scheduled or emergency, and how many
work zones are underway at the same
time. The FHWA disagrees because the
safety benefit of using an arrow board
on freeway lane closures warrants this
provision as a STANDARD. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the new
STANDARD note as proposed in the
NPA.
aa. In Notes for Figure 6H–37 and
Notes for Figure 6H–38, a State DOT
and a transportation research institute
suggested elevating an existing OPTION
to GUIDANCE to recommend that trucks
should be directed to use the travel
lanes if the shoulder cannot adequately
accommodate trucks. The FHWA agrees
and adopts the suggested revision in
this final rule as GUIDANCE note 6 in
Notes for Figure 6H–37 and GUIDANCE
note 14 in Notes for Figure 6H–38 to be
consistent with the adopted change to
Notes for Figure 6H–36 (see item 510.z.
below).
bb. In Notes for Figure 6H–38, a State
DOT and a transportation research
institute suggested adding a new
STANDARD to require removing
existing conflicting pavement markings
and installing temporary markings
before traffic patterns are changed. The
FHWA agrees and adopts new
STANDARD note 4 in this final rule for
consistency with multiple figures in
Chapter 6H that show temporary
markings and pavement markings that
should be removed for a long-term
project. The commenters also suggested
elevating OPTION note 7 (as numbered
in the NPA) to GUIDANCE because of
concern about creating driver confusion
with two arrow boards that are visible
at the same time. The FHWA agrees that
a consistent application of the devices
in this Typical Application is needed
and in this final rule deletes the
OPTION and replaces it with new
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
GUIDANCE note 7 to recommend that
the 2L distance between the end of the
merging taper and beginning of the
shifting taper should be extended so
that road users can focus on one arrow
board at a time if the two arrow boards
create confusion.
cc. In Notes for Figure 6H–45, the
NCUTCD suggested adding three
OPTIONS to allow a work vehicle or
shadow vehicle to be equipped with a
truck-mounted attenuator, to allow a
longitudinal buffer space to be used to
separate opposing vehicular traffic, and
to allow the reversible lane to be
changed between the peak periods of
vehicular traffic, to be consistent with
Figure 6H–31. The NCUTCD also
suggested a STANDARD requiring arrow
boards for each lane of a freeway lane
closure, to be consistent with the
adopted STANDARD in Figure 6H–37.
The FHWA agrees and adopts the
suggested OPTIONS and STANDARD in
this final rule. These provisions are
identical to existing language in the
Notes for Figures 6H–31 and 6H–37.
511. As discussed previously, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to
renumber Chapter 6I as Chapter 6H.
Based on comments, the FHWA in this
final rule decides not to adopt the
proposed renumbering of the chapters
and therefore retains the same
numbering for these two chapters as in
the 2003 MUTCD.
512. In Section 6I.01 General, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to add a
STANDARD that the Incident Command
System (ICS) as required by the National
Incident Management System (NIMS) be
implemented in traffic incident
management areas. The FHWA
proposed including this language
because the Department of Homeland
Security and Presidential Directives
(DHSPD) #5 and #8 192 require the
adoption of the National Incident
Management System and the Incident
Command System by all Federal, State,
tribal, and local governments. These two
systems are required for all planned and
unplanned incidents in the United
States. Although a local DOT supported
this language, a State DOT and an
NCUTCD member opposed the
requirement, stating that the NIMS/ICS
are not directly related to traffic control
devices, and therefore it is inappropriate
that MUTCD text require their use. The
FHWA agrees and does not adopt the
STANDARD in this final rule, and
192 The Department of Homeland Security and
Presidential Directives (DHSPD) #5 and 8 can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site addresses:
https://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2003/02/
20030228–9.html and https://www.whitehouse.gov/
news/releases/2003/12/20031217–6.html.
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instead adopts information about NIMS/
ICS in a SUPPORT in paragraph 01.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
expand existing GUIDANCE regarding
TTC practices for on-scene responders
and add new GUIDANCE regarding TTC
practices for placement of emergency
vehicles. A local DOT agreed with the
proposal. Two State DOTs, a local DOT,
ATSSA, and an NCUTCD member
suggested revised language, including
adding that on-scene responder
organizations should train their
personnel in the requirements for traffic
incident management and revising the
GUIDANCE on positioning of
emergency vehicles to optimize traffic
flow through the incident scene. The
FHWA agrees with the comments in
part and adopts in this final rule a
revised GUIDANCE in paragraph 07 to
recommend that on-scene responder
organizations should train their
personnel ‘‘in the requirements for
traffic incident management contained
in this Manual’’ and also adopts a
revised GUIDANCE in paragraph 08 to
recommend that emergency vehicles be
safe-positioned such that traffic flow
through the incident scene is optimized.
Finally, a State DOT and a local DOT
recommended deleting the existing
GUIDANCE of the 15-minute time
provision for responders arriving onscene at a traffic incident to estimate the
magnitude of the traffic incident, the
expected time duration of the traffic
incident, and the expected vehicle
queue length, and to set up the
appropriate temporary traffic controls
based on these estimates. The FHWA
agrees that 15 minutes is unrealistic in
some circumstances and deletes the
phrase ‘‘within 15 minutes of arrival onscene’’ in this final rule.
513. In Section 6I.02 Major Traffic
Incidents and Section 6I.03 Intermediate
Traffic Incidents, the FHWA proposed
to revise a GUIDANCE related to when
flares are used to initiate TTC at traffic
incidents and add a new OPTION
related to the use of light sticks to
initiate TTC at traffic incidents. The
FHWA proposed the OPTION to reflect
the increasingly common use of light
sticks by emergency responders as a
more convenient and effective device
than flares. A local DOT agreed with the
proposal. Three State DOTs, ATSSA,
and an NCUTCD member recommended
several changes, including rewording
the language to remove the word
‘‘initiate’’ and allowing flares to
supplement instead of replace
channelizing devices as TTC. The
FHWA agrees with the comments in
part and adopts in this final rule a
revised GUIDANCE in paragraph 11 of
Section 6I.02 and paragraph 07 of
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Section 6I.03 to recommend that ‘‘when
lights sticks or flares are used to
establish the initial traffic control at
incident scenes, channelizing devices
should be installed as soon thereafter as
practical.’’ The FHWA also adopts a
revised OPTION in each section that
follows the GUIDANCE, which allows
light sticks or flares to remain in place
if they are being used to supplement the
channelizing devices.
A State DOT recommended revising
an existing GUIDANCE to also
encourage early diversion to an
appropriate route as a reason for TTC at
a traffic incident. The FHWA agrees that
this is appropriate and highly useful to
road users and adds ‘‘to encourage early
diversion to an appropriate alternate
route’’ as a reason for TTC at a traffic
incident to paragraph 07 in Section
6I.02 and paragraph 03 in Section 6I.03
in this final rule.
514. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, two State
DOTs, a local DOT, and an NCUTCD
member suggested that FHWA include
Typical Incident Management
Application (TIMA) illustrations in
Chapter 6I, similar to those provided in
Chapter 6H for TTC. The FHWA did not
propose including TIMAs in the NPA.
The commenters recommended that the
illustrations, which were developed
with input from the National Traffic
Incident Management Coalition,
AASHTO, and ATSSA, under the
oversight of the NCUTCD, be included
because many incident management
responders are already using parts of the
TIMAs, and these illustrations should
be made available to all incident
management responders. The
International Association of Police
Chiefs and a local police department
submitted letters opposing placing
TIMAs in the MUTCD, because they felt
that the TIMAs should be used
voluntarily, rather than included in the
MUTCD where they conceivably could
be interpreted as standards, rather than
practices. The FHWA agrees that
requiring these specific TIMAs for
incidents, which are, by nature, unique,
could have significant negative
consequences. The FHWA and
practitioners need to educate and
partner with law enforcement to achieve
the goal of increasing the appropriate
use of the typical applications, rather
than establishing requirements at this
time without having a clear
understanding of all of the issues
involved.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Discussion of Amendments to Part 7—
Traffic Controls for School Areas
Discussion of Amendments Within Part
7—General
515. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA deletes in this final rule Sections
7A.05 through 7A.10 of the 2003
MUTCD. The subjects of those sections
are already covered in other parts of the
Manual. In their place, the FHWA
adopts paragraph 02 in Section 7A.04,
which provides cross-references to the
appropriate sections.
516. In Chapter 7C Markings, the
FHWA in this final rule deletes the text
in Sections 7C.02 through 7C.06 of the
2003 MUTCD that was repetitive of
comparable sections in Chapter 3B, and
instead adopts references to the
appropriate sections in Chapter 3B. As
a result, the FHWA adopts Chapter 7C
with only three sections, Section 7C.01
Functions and Limitations, Section
7C.02 Crosswalk Markings, and Section
7C.03 Pavement Word, Symbol, and
Arrow Markings.
Discussion of Amendments Within Part
7—Specific
517. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to move all of the information from
Chapter 7F Grade-Separated Crossings
in the 2003 MUTCD to a new section
numbered and titled Section 7A.05
Grade-Separated School Crossings. The
proposed section contained a SUPPORT
statement regarding the use of gradeseparated crossings for school
pedestrian traffic. A local DOT agreed
with the proposal. The NCUTCD, a State
DOT, and an NCUTCD member
disagreed with the proposed section
because it did not address traffic control
devices. A local DOT opposed the listed
preference of overpasses to underpasses
for grade-separated school crossings.
The FHWA agrees that grade-separated
school crossings are not traffic control
devices and in this final rule does not
adopt Section 7A.05 as proposed in the
NPA. The FHWA also removes Chapter
7F, as numbered in the 2003 MUTCD,
from the Manual and removes the
reference to grade-separated crossings
from STANDARD paragraph 01 in
Section 7A.04.
518. In Section 7B.01 Size of School
Signs, the FHWA proposed in the NPA
to revise the STANDARD in paragraph
03 to require that speeds be less than 35
mph in order to use the minimum sign
sizes. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs,
and a local DOT commented on the
proposed wording of the STANDARD.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts a
revised paragraph 03 based on the
comments, to clarify that the application
of the minimum sizes to the identified
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66843
signs is only where there are low traffic
volumes and speeds are 30 mph or
lower. Based on a recommendation from
a State DOT, the FHWA adopts
paragraphs 05 and 06 to provide
GUIDANCE and OPTION statements,
respectively, on the use of oversized
school signs, for consistency with
provisions in Part 2 for sizes of
regulatory and warning signs on
multilane roadways.
519. The NCUTCD, a State DOT, and
a school district recommended changes
to the NPA proposed Table 7B–1 to
include three additional plaques that
can be used with school area signs. The
NCUTCD also recommended that the
minimum sign sizes for multi-lane
conventional roads be based on the
Conventional Road sign size. The
FHWA agrees with the comments and
adopts in this final rule the
recommended changes to Table 7B–1 for
consistency with Part 2 provisions.
520. In Section 7B.03 Position of
Signs, the NCUTCD, a State DOT, and
an NCUTCD member recommended the
deletion of existing text that was a
repeat of information in Part 2. The
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
deletes the GUIDANCE and OPTION
statements of the 2003 MUTCD. The
FHWA also adopts two SUPPORT
statements that reference sections in
Chapter 2A for information regarding
the placement and location of signs. As
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA adopts
an OPTION that states that in-roadway
signs for school traffic control areas may
be used consistent with the requirement
of Sections 2B.12, 7B.08, and 7B.12.
521. In Section 7B.07 Sign Color for
School Warning Signs, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to require, instead
of merely allow, the use of fluorescent
yellow-green as the background color
for all school warning signs and
plaques. A State DOT, ATSSA, and a
local DOT agreed with the proposal.
Four State DOTs, a local DOT, two
NCUTCD members, and a citizen
opposed the required use of fluorescent
yellow-green and recommended that the
fluorescent yellow-green color be an
OPTION or GUIDANCE because of the
increased cost over the yellow
background and a lack of research
showing additional benefit. The FHWA
proposed these changes because the use
of fluorescent yellow-green has become
the predominant practice in most
jurisdictions. Fluorescent yellow-green
provides enhanced conspicuity for these
critical signs, especially in dusk and
dawn periods, and the FHWA believes
that uniform use of this background
color for all school warning signs and
plaques will enhance safety and road
user recognition. Consistent with Part 2
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66844
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
as adopted in this final rule, the FHWA
adopts the required use of fluorescent
yellow-green for school warning signs
and plaques as proposed in the NPA.
522. As proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA in this final rule adopts a new
section numbered and titled Section
7B.08 School Sign and Plaques, which
replaces 2003 MUTCD Section 7B.08
School Advance Warning Assembly. A
local DOT opposed the introduction of
the term ‘‘school area’’ proposed in the
NPA because it could lead to confusion.
A local school district requested
clarification on the use of signs in
school areas versus school zones. A
State DOT and a local DOT
recommended changes to the proposed
list of applications for the School Sign.
Based on the comments, and in concert
with the adopted definition of ‘‘school
zone’’ as discussed in Section 1A.13, the
FHWA adopts an expanded paragraph
02 to clarify the four specific
applications of the School Sign (S1–1)
(School Area, School Zone, School
Advance Crossing, and School Crossing)
in order to provide flexibility to States
and local governments in applying
standard school signing in accordance
with their State laws and local
ordinances. For consistency with the
adopted OPTION described in item 523
below, the FHWA also adopts paragraph
03 in this final rule which allows the
use of a School sign with a
supplemental arrow plaque to be
provided on a cross street in close
proximity to the intersection within a
school area.
523. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts a new section numbered and
titled Section 7B.09 School Zone Sign
and Plaques and END SCHOOL ZONE
Sign. The FHWA in the NPA proposed
language permitting the use of a
supplemental arrow plaque on a School
(S1–1) sign at locations where a school
zone is located on a cross street less
than 125 feet from the edge of a street
or highway. The FHWA proposed the
change to provide jurisdictions with
flexibility for installing signs where
there is not sufficient distance for
advance signing. A local DOT agreed
with the proposal. The NCUTCD agreed
with the proposal, but recommended
that a specific maximum distance be
removed from the statement. The FHWA
agrees with the NCUTCD and in this
final rule adopts a modified paragraph
05 to allow the use of the School sign
with a supplemental arrow plaque on a
cross street ‘‘in close proximity to the
intersection.’’ The FHWA also modifies
Figure 7B–3 to demonstrate typical
cross street signage for a School Zone
sign with a supplemental arrow plaque.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
The FHWA also adopts a new plaque,
‘‘ALL YEAR’’ (S4–7P) that may be used
to supplement the School Zone Sign
(S1–1), based on comments from an
NCUTCD member. The FHWA adopts
paragraph 03 in Section 7B.09 to
describe the optional use and modifies
Figure 7B–1 and Table 7B–1 to include
the new plaque.
524. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts a new section numbered and
titled Section 7B.10 Higher Fines Zone
Signs and Plaques, and relocates to this
section applicable information that was
proposed in the NPA for Section 7B.09
School Area or School Zone Sign and
Section 7B.16 END SCHOOL ZONE
Sign. The FHWA also adopts the BEGIN
HIGHER FINES ZONE (R2–10) sign,
END HIGHER FINES ZONE (R2–11)
sign, and FINES HIGHER (R2–6P)
plaque and incorporates these signs into
Figure 7B–1 and Table 7B–1.
To illustrate the use of the signs in
Section 7B.10, the FHWA in this final
rule revises the title of Figure 7B–2, as
proposed in the NPA, to ‘‘Example of
Signing for a Higher Fines School Zone
without a School Crossing’’ and adopts
a new figure, numbered and titled
‘‘Figure 7B–5 Example of Signing for a
Higher Fines School Zone with a School
Speed Limit.’’
525. The FHWA in this final rule
revises the title of Figure 7B–3 to
‘‘Example of Signing for a School
Crossing Outside of a School Zone’’ and
Figure 7B–4 to ‘‘Example of Signing for
a School Zone with a School Speed
Limit and a School Crossing.’’ The
NCUTCD and a State DOT
recommended the changes to the titles
for clarification and the FHWA agrees.
The FHWA also makes editorial changes
to the NPA proposed figures based on
recommendations from several
commenters.
526. In Section 7B.11 School Advance
Crossing Assembly (numbered Section
7B.10 in the NPA) the FHWA in this
final rule adopts revisions to the section
proposed in the NPA. Consistent with a
similar change discussed in item 523
above, the FHWA adopts a modified
paragraph 04 to allow the use of the
School Advance Crossing assembly on a
street when a school crosswalk is
located on the cross street in close
proximity to an intersection.
527. In Section 7B.12 School Crossing
Assembly (numbered Section 7B.11 in
the NPA), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to remove a statement
recommending the School Crossing
assembly at marked crosswalks
including signalized locations. A local
school district opposed the revision and
requested that the signs still be allowed
at signalized intersections. Two State
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
DOTs recommended that language be
added to prohibit the use of the School
Crossing assembly at signalized
intersections. The FHWA notes that the
School Crossing assembly is still
allowed at school crossings, including
those that are signal controlled, but is
not allowed on stop or yield controlled
approaches. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the language as proposed in
the NPA.
A local DOT recommended that the
School Crossing assembly be prohibited
on approaches controlled by a YIELD
sign in addition to those controlled by
a STOP sign. The FHWA agrees that this
is necessary to provide consistency with
the final rule for STOP and YIELD sign
applications in Section 2B.04 Right-ofWay at Intersections. Accordingly, the
FHWA adopts in this final rule a
modified paragraph 03 to prohibit the
School Crossing assembly on
approaches controlled by a STOP or
YIELD sign.
528. In Section 7B.13 School Bus Stop
Ahead Sign (numbered Section 7B.12 in
the NPA), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to revise the GUIDANCE statement
by removing the specific distance of 500
feet that a stopped school bus should be
visible to road users, and in its place
proposed inserting a reference to
distances given in Table 2C–4. A State
DOT and two local DOTs agreed with
the proposal. The NCUTCD, a local
DOT, and a consultant opposed the
reference to Table 2C–4. The FHWA
agrees with the NCUTCD that using
Table 2C–4 is unnecessary for this
particular sign because the visibility of
the high mounted red flashers located at
the top of the rear of the school bus are
much more readily visible for the
School Bus Stop Ahead (S3–1) sign than
for a bus with no flashers activated for
the SCHOOL BUS TURN AHEAD (S3–
2) sign. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts a modified paragraph 01 to
recommend the use of the School Bus
Stop Ahead sign when a stopped school
bus is not visible to road users for ‘‘an
adequate distance.’’
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to
replace the existing School Bus Stop
Ahead (S3–1) word message sign with a
symbol sign as shown in Figure 7B–1.
The FHWA proposed this new sign
based on positive experiences in West
Virginia, where a symbol sign for this
message has been used for 25 to 30
years 193 and in Canada, where it has
193 For additional information on West Virginia’s
successful experience with this symbol sign,
contact Mr. Ray Lewis, Staff Engineer—Traffic
Research and Special Projects Traffic Engineering
Division, West Virginia DOT, Division of Highways,
phone: 304–558–8912, e-mail:
lewisr@dot.state.wv.us.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
also been used since the 1970s. The
FHWA proposed to use a symbol that is
similar to the Canadian MUTCD 194
standard WC–9 symbol. The proposed
symbol featured a school bus with a
depiction of red flashing lights, a busmounted STOP sign, and students
getting on or off the bus. ATSSA and a
local DOT agreed with the proposal. A
State DOT recommended changing the
symbols of the children to be consistent
with the symbols of children used in the
School (S1–1) sign and the FHWA
agrees. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs,
and a citizen agreed with the proposal,
but recommended various changes in
the design of the sign. The FHWA
declines to incorporate the commenters’
recommended changes, because a recent
human factors evaluation 195 of the
symbol proposed in the NPA along with
three alternative symbol designs and the
current word version warning sign
found that the understanding of the
meaning of the symbol design as
proposed in the NPA was equal to that
of two alternative symbol designs tested.
The study also found that the NPA
symbol design has a greater legibility
distance than the other symbol
alternatives evaluated and equal
legibility distance to the existing word
version design. Seven State DOTs, six
local DOTs, an NCUTCD member, and
a citizen opposed the proposed symbol
sign, primarily because of anticipated
confusion over the symbolic
representation. The FHWA disagrees
with the comments and adopts in this
final rule the sign as proposed in the
NPA but with a minor adjustment to the
symbols of children to make them
consistent with those in the S1–1 sign.
As noted above, the study found that the
symbol sign was clearly understood by
the vast majority of the test subjects.
The FHWA believes that the
replacement of selected word message
signs with well-designed symbol signs
will improve safety in view of
increasing globalization and the number
of non-English speaking road users in
the United States.
529. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new section numbered and titled
Section 7B.14 SCHOOL BUS TURN
AHEAD Sign (numbered Section 7B.13
194 The Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Canada, 4th Edition, is available for
purchase from the Transportation Association of
Canada, 2323 St. Laurent Boulevard, Ottawa,
Ontario K1G 4J8 Canada, Web site https://www.tacatc.ca.
195 ‘‘Design and Evaluations of Symbol Signs,’’
Final Report, May, 2008, conducted by Bryan Katz,
Gene Hawkins, Jason Kennedy, and Heather Rigdon
Howard, for the Traffic Control Devices Pooled
Fund Study, can be viewed at the following Internet
Web site: https://www.pooledfund.org/documents/
TPF-5_065/symbol_sign_report_final.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
in the NPA.) This new section contains
the NPA proposed OPTION statement
about the use of this new sign that can
be installed in advance of locations
where there is a school bus turn around
on a roadway at a location not visible
to approaching users for a distance as
determined in Table 2C–4. The
NCUTCD, three State DOTs, and a local
DOT agreed with the proposal, but
recommended changes to the proposed
language, including the reference to
Table 2C–4. A local DOT opposed the
section and questioned the need for the
proposed sign. A State DOT, a local
DOT, and a consultant opposed the use
of Table 2C–4. The FHWA disagrees
with the objection to the use of Table
2C–4 and notes that Condition B does
provide adequate stopping distances,
especially considering that a school bus
is a taller vehicle that can be seen for
a greater distance away than a normal
passenger vehicle. The FHWA adopts
the language as proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA illustrated the proposed
new sign, SCHOOL BUS TURN AHEAD
(S3–2), in Figure 7B–1 of the NPA.
ATSSA and a local DOT agreed with the
proposed sign. A State DOT opposed the
proposed sign. Four State DOTs, three
local DOTs, and two citizens
recommended modifications to the
proposed sign, including changing the
name of the sign to ‘‘SCHOOL BUS
TURN AROUND’’ and changing the
color to yellow instead of fluorescent
yellow-green. The FHWA disagrees with
the proposed changes and adopts the
new sign as proposed in the NPA. This
new sign provides a standard sign for
applications that fit this need, with a
legend that is appropriate for the
condition.
530. In Section 7B.15 (numbered
Section 7B.14 in the NPA), the FHWA
changes the title to ‘‘School Speed Limit
Assembly and END SCHOOL SPEED
LIMIT Sign’’ in this final rule to reflect
the addition of a new sign, END
SCHOOL SPEED LIMIT (S5–3), which is
illustrated in Figure 7B–1. The FHWA
adopts this sign, which clarifies the
location that a reduced speed limit for
a school zone is concluded, consistent
with comparable provisions for other
reduced speed limits in Chapter 2B.
The FHWA in this final rule relocates
one of the STANDARD statements
proposed in the NPA from Section
7B.09 to Section 7B.15 because the
content regarding reduced speed zones
is more appropriate in that section. A
local DOT supported the NPA proposal
to require the use of the School (S1–1)
sign in advance of a reduced speed zone
for a school area, while a different local
DOT opposed the proposal. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule paragraph 02
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66845
requiring the use of the School sign in
advance of a reduced speed zone for a
school area. The FHWA also clarifies
the application of higher fines zones in
school speed limit zones by adding
paragraph 03 that is consistent with the
adopted Chapter 2B.
Numerous agencies opposed the
proposed requirement (in Section 7B.16
of the NPA) to clarify that the end of a
designated school zone shall be marked
with both an END SCHOOL ZONE sign
and a Speed Limit sign for the section
of highway that follows. The FHWA in
this final rule retains the requirement
but relocates it to Section 7B.15. It is
important and sometimes legally
necessary to mark the end points of
designated school zones. The use of a
Speed Limit sign showing the speed
limit for the following section of
highway is required by existing
language in Section 2B.13. In response
to comments, the FHWA also adds an
OPTION statement to provide flexibility
in mounting the END SCHOOL ZONE
sign when a Speed Limit sign or END
HIGHER FINES sign is also required at
the same location.
Two State DOTs and a consultant
opposed the existing GUIDANCE that
the reduced speed zone should begin
either 200 feet from the crosswalk or
100 feet from the school property line.
The FHWA in this final rule revises
paragraph 07 to recommend that the
beginning point of a reduced school
speed limit zone should be at least 200
feet in advance of the school grounds,
a school crossing, or other school
related activities. The FHWA also
recommends that the 200-foot distance
should be increased where the school
speed limit is 30 mph or higher. These
changes are based on recently published
research196 by the Texas Transportation
Institute concerning speeds in school
zones. The FHWA notes that the
distances are recommendations that can
be adjusted based on State law and local
ordinances.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to require, rather than merely permit,
fluorescent yellow-green pixels to be
used when the ‘‘SCHOOL’’ message is
displayed on a changeable message sign
for a school speed limit. Two State
DOTs and two local DOTs
recommended the statement be changed
to GUIDANCE. Three State DOTs and
three traffic control device
manufacturers opposed the proposal
and recommended the statement remain
as an OPTION because the requirement
196 ‘‘Speeds in School Zones,’’ Report number
FHWA/TX–09/0–5470–1, February, 2009, by Kay
Fitzpatrick, et al., Texas Transportation Institute,
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://tti.tamu.edu/documents/0-5470-1.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66846
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
will make obsolete many of the existing
changeable message signs. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenters and
notes that the fluorescent yellow-green
color is required for consistency with
the general requirements for colors used
on changeable message signs in
Chapters 2A and 2L and for school area
warning signs in Section 7B.07. The
STANDARD is adopted in this final rule
as proposed in the NPA.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
recommended removal of the existing
OPTION statement that allows the use
of the signal indications of the Speed
Limit Sign Beacon to be positioned
within the face of the School Speed
Limit (S5–1) sign. This statement
mirrors a similar OPTION in Section
4L.04 Speed Limit Sign Beacon. This
sign is the only instance where beacons
are allowed within a sign face. Under
certain light and weather conditions, the
flashing beacon causes halation that
obscures the sign message. The FHWA
agrees that this is an obsolete practice
but declines to remove the option at this
time. The FHWA might consider this for
a future rulemaking. However, the
FHWA removes the OPTION from
Section 7B.15 and instead provides a
cross-reference to Section 4L.04 in this
final rule.
531. The FHWA does not adopt
Section 7B.16 END SCHOOL ZONE Sign
that was proposed in the NPA, but
maintains the existing END SCHOOL
ZONE Sign (S5–2) and requirements for
its use, as discussed above in Section
7B.15.
532. In Section 7B.16 (Section 7B.15
in the NPA) Reduced School Speed
Limit Ahead Sign, in this final rule the
FHWA revises the OPTION statement to
a GUIDANCE statement to recommend,
rather than merely allow, the use of this
sign where the speed limit is being
reduced by more than 10 mph, or where
engineering judgment indicates that
advance notice would be appropriate.
The FHWA makes this change for
consistency with similar GUIDANCE for
advance warning of other reduced speed
limits as adopted in Sections 2B.13 and
2C.38
533. In Section 7C.02 Crosswalk
Markings (numbered Section 7C.03 in
the NPA), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a GUIDANCE statement
recommending that warning signs be
installed for marked crosswalks at
nonintersection locations, and that
adequate visibility for students be
provided by implementing parking
prohibitions. A State DOT
recommended changing the statement to
a STANDARD. The FHWA disagrees
because some flexibility is needed and
mandatory language is not appropriate
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
in this case. The NCUTCD
recommended adding ‘‘or other
appropriate measures’’ in addition to
implementing parking prohibitions to
provide adequate visibility of students.
The FHWA agrees and adopts in this
final rule a modified paragraph 03 as
GUIDANCE.
Two local DOTs opposed the NPA
proposal to change the word
‘‘pedestrian’’ to ‘‘student’’ when
discussing conflicting movements with
motorists and bicyclists. The
commenters noted that students are not
the only people to use a crosswalk. The
FHWA disagrees with the comment
because the crosswalk markings
discussed in Part 7 are for school
crossings. The FHWA adopts in this
final rule the change as proposed in the
NPA.
534. The FHWA in this final rule
removes Chapter 7D Signals of the 2003
MUTCD, because it is a small chapter
whose only purpose was to provide
references to Part 4 and Section 4C.06.
The FHWA incorporates the references
in Section 7A.04 instead.
535. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
to delete the information pertaining to
student patrols from the MUTCD except
for a SUPPORT statement in Section
7D.01 Types of Crossing Supervision,
which acknowledged the use of student
patrols and referenced the ‘‘AAA School
Safety Patrol Operations Manual.’’ 197
Two State DOTs and a local DOT
opposed the deletion of all the material
on student patrols. The FHWA disagrees
with the commenters. The FHWA
believes that student patrols do not
control vehicular traffic and provisions
relating to student patrols are not
appropriate for the MUTCD. The FHWA
in this final rule removes the mention
of student patrols in Section 7D.04. The
FHWA also removes Sections 7E.07,
7E.08, and 7E.09 that were in the 2003
MUTCD because these sections
pertained to student patrols, and
removes the reference to student patrols
from STANDARD paragraph 01 in
Section 7A.04.
536. In Section 7D.03 Qualifications
of Adult Crossing Guards, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
GUIDANCE statement to indicate that
the list represents the minimum
qualifications of adult crossing guards.
The FHWA proposed three additional
qualifications (items C, D, and E in
paragraph 02) that are similar to
applicable provisions in Section 6E.01
for flaggers. Three State DOTs and an
NCUTCD member recommended
197 This 2004 publication can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.aaa.com/
aaa/049/PublicAffairs/SSPManual.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
substantive revisions to the language.
The FHWA adopts the text as proposed
in the NPA. The FHWA might consider
the suggested revisions in a future
rulemaking.
537. In Section 7D.04 Uniform of
Adult Crossing Guards, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule a revised
paragraph 01 to reflect that law
enforcement officers performing school
crossing supervision shall use highvisibility safety apparel labeled as ANSI
107–2004. This change incorporates into
the MUTCD the provisions of 23 CFR
part 634 that were published in the
Federal Register on November 24,
2006.198 The NCUTCD and a State DOT
recommended editorial changes to the
proposed statement and the FHWA
agrees and adopts a revised
STANDARD. The FHWA establishes a
target compliance date of December 31,
2011 (approximately two years from the
effective date of this final rule) for adult
crossing guard apparel on non-Federalaid highways. Required compliance of
apparel for workers, including law
enforcement officers, on Federal-aid
highways has been in effect since
November 24, 2008, pursuant to 23 CFR
part 634.
538. In Section 7D.05 Operating
Procedures for Adult Crossing Guards,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
require, rather than recommend, that
adult crossing guards shall not direct
traffic but rather select opportune times
to create a sufficient gap in the traffic
flow and stand in the roadway to
indicate that pedestrians are about to
use or are using the crosswalk and that
all vehicular traffic must stop. Two
State DOTs, a local DOT, and an
NCUTCD member opposed the
proposed change because they believe
that adult crossing guards do have some
traffic control powers and the new
language could increase the likelihood
of litigation. The FHWA disagrees with
the commenters because the laws of
many States do not grant police power
to direct traffic to school crossing
guards. Because the safety of school
children is paramount, it is important
that adult crossing guards follow
specific requirements when controlling
traffic for the purpose of assisting
schoolchildren, to minimize the
exposure of schoolchildren to vehicles
that fail to stop. Therefore, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule paragraph 01 as
proposed in the NPA.
198 The Federal Register Notice was published in
the Federal Register on November 24, 2006
(Volume 71, Number 226, Pages 67792–67800) and
can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/
getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=E619910.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
In addition, the FHWA proposed to
require, rather than recommend, that
adult crossing guards use a STOP
paddle. A State DOT opposed the
change because it would prohibit the
use of flags. The FHWA adopts the
change to paragraph 02 as proposed in
the NPA to increase the level of
consistency for motorists approaching
school crosswalks.
Discussion of Amendments to Part 8—
Traffic Controls for Railroad and Light
Rail Transit (LRT) Grade Crossings
539. Although it was not proposed in
the NPA, the FHWA relocates the
information contained in Part 10 of the
2003 MUTCD and the revisions thereto
proposed in the NPA and editorially
combines it with Part 8 into the retitled
Part 8 Traffic Control for Railroad and
Light Rail Transit (LRT) Grade
Crossings. The FHWA combines the
information because of the similarities
between the topics, to reduce the
amount of redundant material and
cross-referencing, and based on
comments received by a State DOT and
an NCUTCD member. In most cases
Parts 8 and 10 of the 2003 MUTCD and
the proposed revisions to those Parts in
the NPA contained virtually identical
provisions. In combining the two Parts,
the FHWA identifies all provisions from
former Part 10 that are specifically
applicable only to light-rail transit grade
crossings, identifies all provisions that
are specifically applicable only to
railroad grade crossings, and uses the
generic term ‘‘grade crossing’’ for
provisions that are applicable to both
railroad grade crossings and light-rail
grade crossings. The FHWA also adopts
‘‘LRT’’ as a new abbreviation for lightrail transit since this is a common
industry abbreviation and it will reduce
the amount of text in the MUTCD.
540. In Section 8A.01 Introduction, in
this final rule the FHWA relocates lightrail transit grade crossing information
contained in Section 10A.01 in the 2003
MUTCD to Section 8A.01 with revisions
to the language as proposed in the NPA.
The FHWA also adds definitions of
various terms as proposed in the NPA
for Sections 8A.01 and 10A.01, but
relocates them to Section 1A.13, as
previously discussed.
A State DOT suggested revising the
proposed ‘‘Constant Warning Time
Train Detection’’ definition to add
‘‘track circuitry’’ and ‘‘determines the
time of arrival of a train at a crossing’’
and suggested other editorial revisions.
The FHWA disagrees because the
suggested language does not include
important elements including ‘‘uniform
waiting time’’ and ‘‘not accelerating or
decelerating’’ and therefore the FHWA
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
adopts the definition as proposed in the
NPA and relocates it to Section 1A.13.
The FHWA received comments
suggesting removing the ‘‘Diagnostic
Team’’ definition and the use of the
term ‘‘diagnostic team’’ from the
MUTCD because it may inadvertently
increase the scope of the MUTCD and
this term is provided in other reference
materials. The FHWA agrees and deletes
the proposed ‘‘Diagnostic Team’’
definition and deletes the use of
‘‘diagnostic team’’ in the various places
that it had been proposed to be added
in Part 8.
A State DOT also suggested removing
the terms ‘‘train whistle,’’ ‘‘locomotive
whistle,’’ and ‘‘train horn’’ from the
NPA proposed ‘‘Locomotive Horn’’
definition to promote uniformity. The
FHWA agrees that the terms should not
be used interchangeably in the MUTCD.
The FHWA believes that the most
appropriate term to consistently use in
the MUTCD is ‘‘locomotive horn’’ to be
consistent with Federal Railroad
Administration (FRA) terminology, and
the FHWA adopts the use of that term
in this final rule.
An NCUTCD member suggested
revising the existing ‘‘pre-signal’’
definition to clarify that supplemental
near-side traffic control signal faces for
the highway-highway intersection are
not considered pre-signals and that presignals are typically used where the
clear storage distance is insufficient to
store one or more design vehicles. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the definition
as suggested by the commenter with
editorial revisions in this final rule.
A State railroad operator suggested
revising the existing ‘‘Vehicle Intrusion
Detection Devices’’ definition to replace
‘‘Intrusion’’ with ‘‘Presence’’ because
the highway industry typically refers to
devices that detect automobiles along
the roadways as vehicle presence
detectors. The FHWA notes that the
term is used only once in the MUTCD
and therefore a definition is not needed.
The FHWA deletes the existing
definition and relocates the elements of
the definition to the text in Section
8C.06.
A State DOT opposed the proposed
new ‘‘Wayside Horn’’ definition in the
NPA because it is not beneficial for
motorists, only for pedestrians. The
FHWA disagrees because the horns can
be made loud enough to be heard by
occupants of motor vehicles. The
NCUTCD suggested revising the
proposed ‘‘Wayside Horn’’ definition by
replacing the term ‘‘oncoming motorist’’
with ‘‘road users’’ and to include the
whole wayside horn system, not just the
horns. The FWHA agrees because the
wayside horns are a part of the wayside
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66847
horn system and the FHWA adopts the
NCUTCD suggested revisions to the
proposed definition in the NPA in this
final rule.
The NCUTCD also suggested adding
new definitions for ‘‘Entrance Gate’’ and
‘‘Exit Gate.’’ The FHWA agrees because
the suggested new definitions clarify
existing terms used in the MUTCD and
adds the new definitions recommended
by the NCUTCD in Section 1A.13 with
editorial revisions.
The NCUTCD and a State railroad
operator suggested adding a new
definition for ‘‘Swing Gate’’ since it is
mentioned in several locations in the
MUTCD. The FHWA disagrees because
Section 8C.13 already covers the
characteristics of a swing gate and
adding a definition would be repetitive
and unnecessary.
541. In Section 8A.02, Use of
Standard Devices, Systems, and
Practices at Highway-Rail Grade
Crossings, a State DOT opposed the
NPA proposed revisions to the
GUIDANCE because the term ‘‘road
user’’ gives too much weight to
pedestrians and the commenter believes
that pedestrians should not be in the
road. The FHWA disagrees because the
devices described in Part 8 also control
pedestrians and bicyclists, so ‘‘road
user’’ is the appropriate term and
therefore in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA.
542. The FHWA relocates Section
10A.02 of the 2003 MUTCD, with
revisions as proposed in the NPA, to
new Section 8A.03 Use of Standard
Devices, Systems, and Practices at
Highway-LRT Grade Crossings in this
final rule. This new section contains
provisions specifically applicable only
to light-rail grade crossings.
543. In Section 8A.04, Uniform
Provisions (Section 8A.03 in the 2003
MUTCD), a State DOT suggested
revising the existing 2nd STANDARD
statement to remove a conflict with
AASHTO guidance on crash cushions.
The commenter notes that when placing
a crash cushion in front of the sign or
signal, AASHTO recommends that there
not be a curb in front of the crash
cushion for high speeds. The
commenter suggested changing the
language to require either a raised island
or a crash cushion to protect a center
mounted sign or signal. The FHWA
agrees and adopts the suggested revision
to the existing provision in this final
rule. This revision provides agencies
with more flexibility in the placement of
signs and signals and provides
consistency with AASHTO guidance.
544. The FHWA adopts a new Section
8A.06 Illumination at Grade Crossings
(section 8A.05 in the NPA) containing
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66848
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
information previously included in
Chapter 8C of the 2003 MUTCD in this
final rule. The FHWA adopts the text in
this section as SUPPORT statements as
proposed in the NPA because
illumination is not a traffic control
device and thus should not be regulated
by GUIDANCE and OPTION statements.
The FHWA believes that adequate and
appropriate guidance on illumination of
highway-rail grade crossings is readily
available from other sources, such as the
ANSI’s Practice for Roadway Lighting
RP–8, available from the Illuminating
Engineering Society of North
America.199 The NCUTCD and two State
DOTs agreed and suggested editorial
text revisions for clarification. The
FHWA adopts the language as proposed
in the NPA with editorial revisions
recommended by the commenters.
545. The FHWA adopts a new Section
8A.07 (Chapter 8D in the NPA) Quiet
Zone Treatments at Highway-Rail Grade
Crossings. The FHWA adopts the
contents of NPA proposed Chapter 8D
in a new Section 8A.07 based on
recommendations from a State DOT and
a city. The purpose of this new section
is to add language to support and
directly refer to regulations adopted by
Federal Railroad Administration
regarding quiet zones established in
conjunction with restrictions on
locomotive horns at certain highway-rail
grade crossings (49 CFR part 222).200
The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, a
railroad operator, an NCUTCD member,
and a vendor opposed the proposed
language because they believe it fails to
provide the guidance necessary to
implement the installation of required
traffic control devices in quiet zones.
The NCUTCD suggested including new
STANDARD, GUIDANCE, and
SUPPORT text. The FHWA disagrees
because there has been no confusion on
the part of practitioners on how to
install the traffic control devices for
quiet zones, even though the FRA
regulation has been in effect for three
years without any specific treatments or
procedures specified in the MUTCD.
Provisions regarding the traffic control
devices that might be used in a quiet
zone have been available in the 2003
MUTCD without any advice on how to
specifically apply these in a quiet zone.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
language in Chapter 10E regarding Quiet
199 Information on obtaining this publication can
be viewed on the following Internet Web site:
https://www.iesna.org/.
200 The Federal Register Notice was published on
December 18, 2003 (Volume 68, Number 243, Page
70586–70687) and can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.fra.dot.gov/
downloads/Safety/train_horn_rule/fed_reg_
trainhorns_final.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Zone treatments at light-rail transit
grade crossings, comparable to that
proposed in Part 8 for railroad grade
crossings. The NCUTCD and a State
railroad operator opposed the new
language because Quiet Zones do not
apply to light rail transit crossings in the
FRA regulations. The FHWA agrees
with the commenters and in this final
rule deletes the language that was
proposed in Chapter 10E in the NPA.
546. In Section 8A.08 (Section 8A.05
in the 2003 MUTCD), Temporary Traffic
Control Zones, a State railroad operator
suggested adding a new cross reference
to Figure 6H–46, which shows an
example of a temporary traffic control
zone at a highway-rail grade crossing.
Although not proposed in the NPA, the
FHWA agrees and in this final rule
adopts the suggested change as a
SUPPORT statement that also clarifies
that the example is only one of many
situations that might be encountered.
The FHWA also combines information
contained in Section 10A.05 in the 2003
MUTCD into Section 8A.08 in this final
rule, with editorial revisions to the
language as proposed in the NPA.
547. The FHWA adopts several NPA
proposed changes throughout Chapter
8B Signs and Markings in this final rule,
to require the installation of a YIELD
sign or STOP sign at all passive
highway-rail grade crossings. The
FHWA adopts this change to
incorporate information into the
MUTCD from FHWA’s Policy
Memorandum, ‘‘Guidance for Use of
YIELD or STOP Signs with the
Crossbuck Sign at Passive Highway-Rail
Grade Crossings,’’ 201 dated March 17,
2006. The FHWA adopts the language as
a STANDARD in the MUTCD to require,
rather than merely recommend as in the
Policy Memorandum, the use of YIELD
or STOP signs in conjunction with the
Crossbuck sign at all passive crossings.
While the Crossbuck sign is in fact a
regulatory sign that requires vehicles to
yield to trains and stop if necessary,
recent research 202 indicates insufficient
road user understanding of and
compliance with that regulatory
201 FHWA’s Policy Memorandum, ‘‘Guidance for
Use of YIELD or STOP Signs with the Crossbuck
Sign at Passive Highway-Rail Grade Crossings,’’
dated March 17, 2006, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/
yieldstop_guidememo/yieldstop_policy.htm.
202 National Cooperative Highway Research
Report 470 titled ‘‘Traffic Control Devices for
Passive Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings,’’
Transportation Research Board, 2002, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_470-a.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requirement when just the Crossbuck
sign is present at passive crossings.
A local DOT and ATSSA agreed with
the proposed new STANDARD
requiring a STOP or YIELD sign. The
NCUTCD also agreed and suggested
revising the exception for situations
‘‘where an authorized person on the
ground directs road users not to enter
the crossing prior to a train occupying
the crossing.’’ A State DOT suggested
deleting the exception. The FHWA
disagrees with deleting the exception
because there is no need for the
additional YIELD or STOP sign at a
crossing where road users are always
given clear instructions as to when it is
not safe to cross the track. Nine State
DOTs, 12 local agencies, 3 associations,
the University of Kansas, an NCUTCD
member, a former NCUTCD member,
and 3 consultants opposed the proposed
new STANDARD because of concerns
that the STOP or YIELD signs will be
redundant to the Crossbuck regulatory
sign and will result in confusion about
the installation and maintenance
responsibilities between agencies and
railroad companies, sign clutter,
potential for increased rear-end crashes,
the adoption in most crossings of a
STOP sign instead of YIELD, lack of
respect for the new signs by drivers, and
additional expense for sign installation.
The commenters also indicated the lack
of field research studies supporting the
adoption of these signs. Several of the
commenters suggested retaining the
2003 MUTCD text or making the
proposed STANDARD statement an
OPTION. The FHWA responds to the
commenters by noting that the
requirement of a YIELD or STOP sign in
conjunction with the Crossbuck sign at
passive grade crossings resulted from
research 203 that showed that road users
do not fully comprehend the message
being communicated by a Crossbuck
sign alone. The same Crossbuck sign is
used at active and passive grade
crossings. At active grade crossings,
road users perceive the Crossbuck sign
to be marking the location of the grade
crossing and the gates and lights as the
traffic control devices that control their
actions. At passive grade crossings, road
users sometimes think that the
Crossbuck sign merely marks the
location of the grade crossing, when in
fact it also needs to convey the
regulatory message of ‘‘yield to trains.’’
Furthermore, the Crossbuck sign design,
203 National Cooperative Highway Research
Report 470 titled ‘‘Traffic Control Devices for
Passive Railroad-Highway Grade Crossings,’’
Transportation Research Board, 2002, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://
onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/
nchrp_rpt_470-a.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
although unique in shape, does not
always sufficiently attract the attention
of road users, especially at night and
when they are turning onto the grade
crossing from a street that is parallel to
the track. The use of a YIELD sign (and
occasionally a STOP sign when justified
by an engineering study) can improve
the safety of passive grade crossings
without requiring any action by road
users beyond that which is already
required of them. The FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA with
editorial revisions suggested by the
NCUTCD in this final rule.
A railroad operator and a railroad
association suggested revising the
proposed requirement to allow the use
of engineering judgment instead of an
engineering study to determine when
STOP signs should be used at passive
grade crossings. The FHWA disagrees
and believes that the decision to stop all
vehicles that approach a grade crossing
is so important that it should be
documented in a study. The NCUTCD
suggested adding text to the
STANDARD that the determination to
include a STOP sign in a Crossbuck
Assembly shall be made by the
regulatory agency or highway authority
having jurisdiction over the roadway
approach. The FHWA agrees because
the decision to stop all vehicles should
be made by the highway authority and
not the railroad or light-rail transit
authority. The FHWA adopts the
NCUTCD suggested revision to clarify
the proposed STANDARD statement in
this final rule.
A railroad association suggested
allowing an exception for requiring an
engineering study for existing highway
rail grade crossings with STOP signs.
The FHWA disagrees because if a STOP
sign is in place at a crossing and an
engineering study justifying its use is
already on file, then a new study would
not be necessary. However, if no such
study is on file because it was lost or
because engineering judgment was used
to determine the need for the STOP
sign, then a new study should be
conducted and placed in the file. If the
new study does not justify the STOP
sign, then the STOP sign should be
replaced with a YIELD sign.
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2019
(approximately 10 years from the
effective date of this final rule) or when
adjustments are made to the individual
grade crossing and/or corridor,
whichever occurs first, for
implementing the new requirements for
YIELD or STOP signs at existing passive
crossings. The FHWA establishes this
target compliance date to promote
increased safety at passive grade
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
crossings, especially during nighttime
hours. Because the new requirements
involve conducting engineering studies
and installing signs that do not
currently exist at existing grade
crossings, the FHWA believes that
relying on the systematic upgrading
processes that highway agencies
typically use to replace existing signs at
the end of their service lives would
result in an excessively long time period
for installation of YIELD or STOP signs
at existing passive grade crossings. The
FHWA anticipates that installation of
the required additional signs at existing
locations will provide significant safety
benefits to road users.
548. In Section 8B.01 Purpose, the
FHWA relocates existing SUPPORT and
STANDARD statements from Section
10C.01 of the 2003 MUTCD with
editorial revisions as proposed in the
NPA in this final rule.
549. In retitled Table 8B–1 Grade
Crossing Sign and Plaque Minimum
Sizes, the NCUTCD suggested reducing
the existing dimension for the I–13 sign
(I–13a in the 2003 MUTCD) to 12 inches
x 9 inches. The FHWA decides to delete
the size information for the I–13 sign
from Table 8B–1, to eliminate any
potential inconsistencies with an
anticipated future rulemaking for this
item by the FRA.
A consultant questioned why the
W10–14P, W10–14aP, and W10–15P
plaques were proposed to increase in
size from 24 inches x 18 inches to 30
inches x 24 inches, noting that sign
sizes for other plaques (W10–5P, W10–
9P, and proposed W10–10P) remained
at 24 inches x 18 inches size. The
FHWA in this final rule adopts
increases in the size of the W10–5P and
W10–9P plaques to 30 inches x 24
inches to provide consistency with the
other adopted revisions that increase the
lettering height to 5 inches for all
railroad crossing warning plaques, to
assure adequate legibility for drivers
with 20/40 visual acuity.
550. In retitled Section 8B.03 Grade
Crossing (Crossbuck) Sign (R15–1) and
Number of Tracks Plaque (R15–2P) at
Active and Passive Grade Crossings, the
FHWA proposed in the NPA an
OPTION statement that allowed the
Crossbuck sign at non-signalized
crossings to have reflectorized red
lettering, rather than the standard black
lettering. While a local DOT agreed with
the proposal, five State DOTs, three
local agencies, ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and a consultant opposed it
because of concerns that the red letters
will fade quickly, the need for
uniformity, and the red color might
imply that a vehicle needs to stop. The
FHWA agrees with these comments and
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66849
does not adopt the proposed OPTION in
this final rule, in order to promote
uniformity.
Two State DOTs suggested revising
the proposed SUPPORT statement to
note that the Crossbuck sign functions
similar to a YIELD sign. The FHWA
agrees and in this final rule adopts the
revisions to the SUPPORT statement
proposed by the commenters. The
FHWA also revises the SUPPORT to
state that Crossbuck signs function
similar to a YIELD sign ‘‘in most States’’
based on information provided by the
FRA.
The FHWA also relocates to this
section the existing OPTION from
Section 10C.02 in the 2003 MUTCD to
use a Crossbuck sign on a highway
approach to a highway-light rail transit
grade crossing on a semi-exclusive or
mixed-use alignment.
A State railroad operator suggested
revising the existing STANDARD
statement to require the R15–2P plaque
at all multi-track crossings, not just at
crossings without automatic gates, based
on concerns about the potential for
second train incidents. These concerns
are present at multi-track crossings,
independent of whether gate arms are
installed. The FHWA notes this
comment and might consider including
this suggestion in a future NPA.
The NCUTCD suggested adding the
word ‘‘vertical’’ to the existing
STANDARD in Section 8B.03 to clarify
the orientation of the retroreflective
white strip material on the support for
a YIELD or STOP sign. The FHWA
agrees and makes the suggested revision
and relocates the language to Section
8B.04.
551. The FHWA adopts the retitled
Figure 8B–1 (Figure 8B–3 in the 2003
MUTCD) Regulatory Signs and Plaques
for Grade Crossings in this final rule,
which combines Figure 8B–3 and Figure
10C–2 in the 2003 MUTCD and
incorporates the NPA proposed R8–10a
and R10–6a signs. ATSSA supported the
new signs while an NCUTCD member
opposed them stating that these smaller
signs were not necessary. The FHWA
disagrees because the smaller alternate
signs are needed for situations when
vertical space is limited.
A State railroad operator and local
DOT suggested using the symbolic turn
restriction blank-out signs instead of the
text messages for the R3–1a and R3–2a
signs, similar to the California MUTCD
provisions. The FHWA notes that the
Section 8B.08 text does not prevent
blank-out symbolic signs from being
used. The text gives the OPTION of
using the word message signs for this
purpose; the text does not mandate only
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66850
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
the use of the word message signs for
this situation.
552. The FHWA also adopts the
revised Section 8B.04 (Section 8B.08 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Crossbuck
Assemblies with YIELD or STOP Signs
at Passive Grade Crossings in this final
rule. The FHWA replaces all of the
existing text with new STANDARD,
GUIDANCE, SUPPORT, and OPTION
statements proposed in Section 8B.05
the NPA combined with new language
proposed in Section 10C.02 in the NPA
that describes the use of STOP and
YIELD signs at passive grade crossings.
The FHWA also relocates a STANDARD
from Section 8B.03 and makes several
editorial revisions to the language as
proposed in the NPA to remove
inconsistencies and redundancies with
Section 8B.03 based on several
comments received. The remaining
sections are renumbered accordingly.
The FHWA also adopts the NPA
proposed deletion from the STANDARD
statement of the requirement that
Crossbuck signs be used on each
highway approach to every highwaylight rail transit grade crossing on a
semi-exclusive alignment. The FHWA
adopts this change to reflect the
standard practice of most light rail
transit agencies in the nation. Crossbuck
signs are not typically used at grade
crossings controlled by traffic signals,
particularly in downtown areas. Grade
crossings within highway-highway
intersections in urban areas with train
speeds of 35 mph or less are typically
controlled by traffic signals and
Crossbuck signs are not used. Crossbuck
signs are not appropriate for light rail
transit grade crossings in downtown
areas or at intersections controlled by
traffic signals, since they are believed to
be ineffective and create sign clutter. A
city agreed with the deletion while a
State DOT opposed it.
The NCUTCD and a State DOT
suggested adding a requirement in
Section 8B.04 that the mounting height
for the STOP or YIELD sign should be
at least 5 feet for new installations while
another State DOT suggested a 4-foot
mounting height for new installations.
The FHWA adopts a minimum
mounting height of 4 feet but agrees that
a higher mounting height might be
needed for new installations and might
consider proposing this in a future NPA.
The FHWA also proposed in Section
8B.03 of the NPA to revise the
STANDARD statement, and the
associated figure, to indicate that the
measurement for the retroreflective strip
that is placed on the front and back of
the support for the Crossbuck sign is to
be from the ground, rather than the
roadway. The FHWA proposed this
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
change because there might be some
cases where the ground level at the base
of the sign is higher than the edge of the
roadway. The FHWA adopts the
proposed change in Section 8B.04 in
this final rule but does not adopt the
requirement for the retroreflective strip
on the back of the support. A State DOT
suggested revising the text to add the
word ‘‘back’’ to the existing STANDARD
statement to specify where not to install
white strips on Crossbuck supports for
one-way streets. The FHWA agrees and
adopts the suggested revision in this
final rule and changes this statement to
an OPTION rather than stating it in a
STANDARD text as an exception.
Two State DOTs and a city opposed
the STANDARD statement proposed in
Section 8B.05 in the NPA for the use of
STOP AHEAD and YIELD AHEAD
warning signs because installing the
signs might not always be feasible
because of space limitations, the signs
might conflict with advance railroad
warning signs, and drivers might start
ignoring these signs if too many are
installed. The FHWA disagrees with the
commenter because there will not be an
over-proliferation of these signs if they
are installed only when the criteria in
Section 2C.35 are met. The FHWA
adopts this proposed STANDARD
paragraph in this final rule, but reverses
the order of the W3–1 and W3–2 signs
to improve consistency. The FHWA also
adds a YIELD AHEAD and STOP
AHEAD warning sign to Figure 8B–6.
A county and a consultant suggested
revising the NPA proposed GUIDANCE
recommending using yield lines at
highway-rail crossings in order to
reference Section 3B.16 and to remove
the words ‘‘transverse line’’ since it
might be confused with a stop line. The
FHWA disagrees with removing
‘‘transverse line’’ because Section 3B.16
in the 2003 MUTCD makes it clear that
yield lines are transverse lines. The
FHWA does not adopt the proposed
GUIDANCE and instead adopts a
reference to Section 8B.28 in a new
SUPPORT statement for the proper use
of stop lines and yield lines.
A State DOT suggested providing an
OPTION allowing a ‘‘Goal Post’’ or ‘‘U’’mounted assembly for the placement of
the Yield or Stop sign on a Crossbuck
Assembly to maintain proper sign
mounting height for crashworthiness of
the sign assembly. The commenter also
notes that these can be used as an
alternative where the roadway shoulder
area is limited. The FHWA notes that
the text does not prevent an agency from
using a U-mounted assembly. Figure
8B–2 shows the YIELD or STOP sign
below the Crossbuck and Number of
Tracks signs, but does not prohibit other
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
arrangements and therefore no revisions
are necessary to accommodate the
commenter’s request.
A State railroad operator suggested
adding a STANDARD to require the
railroad company to be responsible for
the entire Crossbuck Assembly (which
the language in the NPA defines to
include the YIELD or STOP sign), unless
the roadway authority has agreed to
place and maintain a separate YIELD or
STOP sign for the crossing. The
commenter stated that typically railroad
companies prohibit roadway authorities
from altering or otherwise modifying
Crossbuck Assemblies at their grade
crossings, and STOP and YIELD signs
placed in conjunction with Crossbuck
Assemblies should ideally be located on
the same post, and therefore maintained
by the railroad. The commenter said
that the responsibilities of the roadway
authority and railroad should be stated.
The FHWA disagrees because
responsibility the installation and
maintenance of the YIELD or STOP sign
on the Crossbuck support will vary from
State to State. To clarify this situation,
the FHWA adds a cross reference to
Sections 8A.02 and 8A.03, which
discusses the general responsibilities of
highway agencies and railroad
companies.
553. The FHWA relocates Section
10C.04 in the 2003 MUTCD to Section
8B.05 and retitles the section as ‘‘Use of
STOP (R1–1) or YIELD (R1–2) Signs
without Crossbuck Signs at HighwayLight Rail Grade Crossings,’’ with
editorial revisions, as proposed in the
NPA, in this final rule.
554. The FHWA combines the lightrail transit grade crossing information
from Section 10C.15 as proposed in the
NPA into new Section 8B.06 (Section
8B.04 in the 2003 MUTCD) Grade
Crossing Advance Warning Signs (W10
Series) and also adopts the NPA
proposed revisions for Section 8B.06.
The FHWA proposed to add to the first
STANDARD statement a requirement
that a supplemental plaque describing
the type of traffic control at the
highway-rail grade crossing shall be
used with the Grade Crossing Advance
Warning sign (W10–1). As part of this
proposal, the FHWA also proposed
requiring the use of a new No Signal
(W10–10P) supplemental plaque in
advance of a crossing that does not have
active traffic control devices, and the
use of a new Signal Ahead (W10–16P)
plaque in advance of a crossing that
does have active traffic control devices.
While ATSSA agreed, numerous
commenters opposed the use of the No
Signal plaque because it is obvious what
control is at an active crossing and
because of concerns over the cost of
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
implementation, sign clutter, and lack of
research and justification for their use.
The FHWA acknowledges that the
SIGNAL AHEAD plaque message is not
needed or particularly helpful in
advance of active crossings. There is
already a NO GATES OR LIGHTS (W10–
13P) plaque that can be used in advance
of passive crossings, so a new NO
SIGNAL plaque is unnecessary. Using a
separate YIELD AHEAD or STOP
AHEAD plaque will not convey this
message, as road users might think that
it refers to a highway-highway
intersection beyond the grade crossing.
Because this final rule adopts a
requirement that a retroreflective YIELD
or STOP sign be used at every passive
crossing, which will have an effect on
how much in advance (especially at
night) a road user becomes aware of the
presence of a grade crossing, there is no
need to require or even recommend that
this plaque be used at all passive
crossings. As a result of the comments,
the FHWA does not adopt the proposed
STANDARD requiring supplemental
plaques under advance warning signs at
active and passive crossings, and the
two proposed plaque designs.
A State DOT suggested providing an
OPTION for situations where two grade
crossings are spaced closely together
where one grade crossing has signals
and the other crossing does not. The
FHWA disagrees with the need for this
OPTION because in this unusual case
lights and gates will have to also be
installed at the passive grade crossing or
the placement of the signs and plaques
will have to be carefully designed to
minimize any potential confusion. A
State DOT recommended changing the
reference from the W10–1 sign to the
W10 series since there will be instances
where the NO TRAIN HORN plaque is
used and there will not be a W10–1
sign. The FHWA agrees and adopts the
suggested revision.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to add at the end of the 1st STANDARD
a statement that a YIELD AHEAD or a
STOP AHEAD advance warning sign
shall also be installed if criteria are met,
along with information regarding the
distance between signs in advance of a
highway-rail grade crossing, to
emphasize existing requirements in Part
2. Two State DOTs, five local agencies,
an association, and a consultant
opposed the new STANDARD because
of concerns about sign redundancy with
other advance warning signage,
increases burdens on public agencies
resulting from sign clutter and
operations costs in typical urban
environments, and will likely not
change road user behavior. A city
suggested reducing the STANDARD to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
GUIDANCE. The FHWA disagrees
because the use of STOP AHEAD or
YIELD AHEAD signs are required for
non-grade crossing applications in
Section 2C.35 when the criteria is met
and their use should also be required in
this section. Therefore, the FHWA
adopts in this final rule the language as
proposed in the NPA.
555. The FHWA adopts the NPA
proposed new Figure 8B–3 Crossbuck
Assembly with a YIELD or STOP Sign
on a Separate Sign Support to reflect the
adopted new requirement to install a
YIELD sign or STOP sign at all passive
highway-rail grade crossings, except
crossings where road users are directed
by an authorized person on the ground
to not enter the crossing at all times that
an approaching train is about to occupy
the crossing. The remaining existing
Figures in Chapter 8B are renumbered
accordingly.
556. The FHWA combines light-rail
transit grade crossing information from
Section 10C.10 in the NPA into retitled
Section 8B.07 (Section 8B.05 in the
2003 MUTCD) EXEMPT Grade
Crossings Plaques (R15–3P, W10–1aP).
A State DOT suggested revising the
existing provisions to clarify the
placement of an exempt plaque in
relation to a Crossbuck sign, warning
sign, or other plaque. The FHWA
disagrees because Section 8B.07 has
existing text that says that the EXEMPT
plaque is installed below the advance
warning sign.
557. In retitled Figure 8B–4 (Figure
8B–2 in the 2003 MUTCD) Warning
Signs and Plaques for Grade Crossings,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to add
the light rail transit signs and plaques
from Figure 10C–3 in the 2003 MUTCD.
The FHWA proposed revising the
symbol shown on the W10–7 sign to use
the same symbol of a light rail transit
vehicle as that used on the I–12 sign.
The light rail transit vehicle symbol on
the existing W10–7 sign was an
inadvertent error that the FHWA wanted
to correct so that the symbols will be
consistent. A city and ATSSA agreed
with the proposed revision. The
NCUTCD suggested adding a note that
signs can be modified for geometrics to
allow a curved line for a roundabout
and railroad tracks. The FHWA agrees
and adopts the proposed revision with
the suggested note and editorial
revisions.
558. With respect to the NPA
proposed Figure 8B–6 Example of
Placement of Warning Signs and
Pavement Markings at Grade Crossings,
the NCUTCD suggested adding the
words ‘‘If transverse lines are used at
the grade crossing’’ to the note about the
yield line. The FHWA agrees and adopts
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66851
the suggested change in this final rule.
A State DOT opposed the use of yield
lines. The commenter suggested
showing an illustration of the yield line
if this requirement is retained. The
FHWA notes that if a YIELD sign is used
at a passive crossing, then a yield or
stop line may be used per Section 8B.28,
as discussed below. The FHWA does
not add an illustration of a yield line
since the note on Figure 8B–6 is
sufficient. The NCUTCD opposed
moving the W10–1 sign in reference to
the railroad crossing pavement markings
and suggested retaining the location as
shown in the 2003 MUTCD. The FHWA
agrees and maintains the placement of
the W10–1 and pavement markings as
shown in the 2003 MUTCD. An
NCUTCD member suggested illustrating
the use of the W10–10P and W10–16P
plaques for passive and active grade
crossings, respectively. The FHWA
notes that the supplemental plaques
will not be required and therefore does
not add them to the figure.
559. In Section 8B.08 Turn
Restrictions During Preemption (Section
8B.06 in the 2003 MUTCD) and in
Section 8B.09 DO NOT STOP ON
TRACKS Sign (R8–8) (Section 8B.07 in
the 2003 MUTCD) the FHWA combines
the proposed language with appropriate
text from Sections 10C.09 and 10C.05,
respectively, in the 2003 MUTCD for
light rail transit grade crossings, and
adopts editorial revisions as proposed in
the NPA in this final rule.
560. In Section 8B.10 TRACKS OUT
OF SERVICE Sign (R8–9) (Section 8B.09
in the 2003 MUTCD) the FHWA
combines the existing language with
appropriate text from Section 10C.06 in
the 2003 MUTCD for light rail transit
grade crossings in this final rule. A local
agency suggested revising the existing
OPTION statement to clarify that the
R8–9 sign replaces the Crossbuck
assembly. The FHWA agrees and adopts
the suggested revision in this final rule.
561. In retitled Section 8B.11 STOP
HERE WHEN FLASHING Sign (R8–10,
R8–10a) the FHWA combines the
existing language with appropriate text
from Section 10C.08 in the 2003
MUTCD for light rail transit grade
crossings.
562. In retitled Section 8B.12 STOP
HERE ON RED Sign (R10–6, R10–6a) the
FHWA combines the existing language
with appropriate text from Section
10C.07 in the 2003 MUTCD for light rail
transit grade crossings.
563. In Section 8B.17 LOOK Sign
(R15–8) (Section 8B.16 in the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to remove the option of mounting
the LOOK sign on the Crossbuck
support. Two State DOTs opposed this
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66852
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
revision because there are situations
where this option is beneficial. Based on
the comments received, the FHWA does
not adopt the proposed change.
However, the FHWA adopts a new
GUIDANCE statement recommending
that the LOOK sign should not be
mounted on a Crossbuck Assembly that
has a STOP or YIELD sign because there
would be insufficient space for the
LOOK sign and there would be too
many signs for the driver to process. A
State railroad operator suggested
removing the phrase ‘‘on a separate
post’’ from the proposed revision in the
NPA to allow other possible mounting
locations, such as on a pedestrian swing
gate or on a wall adjacent to the
crossing. The FHWA notes that the NPA
proposal intended to prohibit the
mounting of the LOOK sign on the
Crossbuck support, and the option
suggested by the commenter would be
allowed with the adopted text. The
FHWA also combines language with
appropriate text from Section 10C.03 in
the 2003 MUTCD for light rail transit
grade crossings.
564. The FHWA proposed to rewrite
Section 8B.18 (Section 8B.12 in the
2003 MUTCD) Emergency Notification
Sign (I–13) and combine it with the
information in Section 10C.21 in the
NPA. The proposed new text included
STANDARD statements that specify the
minimum amount of information to be
placed on Emergency Notification signs,
sign placement, and the sign color of a
white legend and border on a blue
background. A GUIDANCE statement
with additional information on sign
retroreflectivity, sign placement, and
sign size was also proposed. To
illustrate the proposed changes, FHWA
proposed to revise Figure 8B–5 and
Table 8B–1 accordingly. The FHWA
proposed these changes to simplify the
requirements for these signs and to
assure that the appropriate information
is displayed on these signs that provide
valuable information to roadway users
in the event of an emergency or signal
malfunction requiring notification to the
railroad or light rail transit agency. A
city and ATSSA agreed with the
revisions proposed in the NPA. Two
State DOTs suggested revisions to allow
different letter heights. A city also
opposed the proposed revision because
in urban areas where the highway-light
rail transit grade crossing is at a named
intersection there should not be a need
for a unique grade crossing identifier.
The FHWA adopts the revisions as
proposed in the NPA but removes
specific references to letter heights and
design details since this information
will be addressed by an anticipated
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
future rulemaking by the Federal
Railway Administration.
A State DOT, six local agencies, an
association, an NCUTCD member, and a
consultant suggested adding a new
provision that the railroad company is
responsible for the installation and
maintenance of the I–13 sign. The
FHWA disagrees and notes that this
specific responsibility might vary from
State to State and Sections 8A.02 and
8A.03 discuss the general
responsibilities of highway agencies and
railroad companies.
565. With respect to the NPA
proposals for retitled Figure 8B–5,
(Figure 8B–4 in the 2003 MUTCD)
Example of Emergency Notification
Sign, the NCUTCD suggested revising
the crossing number on the I–13 sign (I–
13a in the 2003 MUTCD) to be
consistent with the DOT format. The
FHWA agrees with showing a realistic
number in the figure and adopts the sign
with a revised legend in this final rule.
An NCUTCD member suggested deleting
the emergency notification sign and
figure from the MUTCD because he
believes that it is the railroad company’s
responsibility to provide the sign. The
FHWA disagrees because there are
situations where highway agencies
install and maintain these signs and
therefore the sign is retained to promote
uniformity.
566. In retitled Section 8B.21 (Section
8B.15 in the NPA) NO TRAIN HORN
Sign or Plaque (W10–9, W10–9P), the
FHWA proposed in the NPA to change
the existing NO TRAIN HORN sign to a
supplemental plaque. The FHWA also
proposed to revise the STANDARD to
clarify that the plaque should be
mounted directly below the W10–1 sign.
Two State DOTs and a State railroad
operator suggested revising the NPA
proposed STANDARD to include a
reference to 49 CFR part 222 to be in
conformity with the quiet zone
definition noted earlier in the MUTCD.
The FHWA agrees and adopts the
suggested change in this final rule. The
NCUTCD and a State DOT suggested
allowing the NO TRAIN HORN plaque
to also be used with the W10–2, W10–
3, and W10–4 signs. The FHWA agrees
that such use is appropriate and adopts
the suggested revision. A State DOT also
suggested requiring the NO TRAIN
HORN plaque below the Number of
Tracks Plaque, if used, otherwise
mounted under the Crossbuck sign. The
FHWA disagrees because the suggested
revision would allow the placement of
the NO TRAIN HORN sign at the
crossing rather than in advance of the
crossing where it is needed. The FHWA
does not adopt the removal of the
existing NO TRAIN HORN W10–9 sign
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
as proposed in the NPA, and instead
allows either the W10–9 sign or W10–
9P plaque to be used.
567. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed
deleting existing Section 8B.15 and
relocating the information to other
sections. The FHWA retains the section
as Section 8.22 NO GATES OR LIGHTS
Plaque (W10–13P) in this final rule. The
FHWA deletes the NO SIGNAL Sign
from the MUTCD based on comments
received in Section 8B.06. See item 554
above.
568. The FHWA adopts Section 8B.23
Low Ground Clearance Grade Crossing
Sign (W10–5) (Section 8B.17 in the 2003
MUTCD) in this final rule, which
combines the existing language with the
existing language in Section 10C.16 in
the 2003 MUTCD for light rail transit
grade crossings.
569. In Section 8B.24 (Section 8B.18
in the 2003 MUTCD) Storage Space
Signs (W10–11, W10–11a, W10–11b),
the FHWA combines appropriate text
from Section 10C.18 in the 2003
MUTCD with NPA proposed Section
8B.18 in this final rule. A railroad
operator suggested requiring the NO
TRAIN HORN plaque (W10–9P) be
placed above the W10–11aP or W10–
11bP plaque. The FHWA disagrees and
retains the existing text because the NO
TRAIN HORN plaque needs to be placed
on the same support as the advance
warning sign, not the same support as
the storage distance sign.
570. In Section 8B.25 Skewed
Crossing Sign (W10–12) (Section 8B.19
in the 2003 MUTCD), the FHWA
combines the existing language with
appropriate text from Section 10C.19 in
the 2003 MUTCD for light rail transit
grade crossings.
571. In Section 8B.27 (Section 8B.20
in the 2003 MUTCD) Pavement
Markings, the FHWA combines the
existing language and proposed
revisions with appropriate text from
Section 10C.23 in the 2003 MUTCD for
light rail transit grade crossings in this
final rule. A State DOT opposed the
NPA proposed revision to the 4th
STANDARD statement in section 8B.20
which proposed removing the
requirement for railroad pavement
markings on roads with speeds less than
40 mph. The commenter believes that
the pavement markings are important
for safety and the revision would apply
to thousands of crossings in the
commenter’s jurisdiction. The FHWA
addresses the commenter’s concern by
revising the wording so that an
engineering study is required to omit
pavement markings on roads with
speeds less than 40 mph.
The NCUTCD, two DOTs, two local
agencies, an NCUTCD member, and a
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
consultant opposed the NPA proposed
revisions to the GUIDANCE regarding
the location of the advanced warning
sign in relation to the pavement marking
and suggested retaining the 2003
MUTCD text. The FHWA agrees and
maintains the text as in the 2003
MUTCD and revises Figure 8B–6 to be
consistent with this action.
572. In retitled Section 8B.28 (Section
8B.21 in the 2003 MUTCD) Stop and
Yield Lines, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a STANDARD statement
requiring the use of stop lines on paved
roadways at highway-rail grade
crossings that are equipped with active
control devices. This requirement is
currently implied by the existing
language in Section 8B.21 of the 2003
MUTCD and illustrated in Figure 8B–6.
A local DOT agreed. The FHWA adopts
this specific requirement for
clarification and because the stop line
provides road users with a clear
indication of the point behind which
they are required to stop when the
traffic control devices are activated.
The FHWA also proposed relocating
GUIDANCE statements from Section
8B.05 in the NPA recommending stop
lines when a STOP sign is used with the
Crossbuck sign and adding yield lines
when a YIELD sign is used with the
Crossbuck sign. A city suggested adding
a requirement for stop lines at passive
crossings because stop lines are more
important in those situations. A State
DOT opposed using yield lines because
their practice is to use stop lines at all
highway rail crossings. Based on the
comments received, the FHWA adds an
OPTION to allow stop lines at passive
grade crossings where a YIELD sign is
installed. While the stop line is
preferred in this situation for
consistency, the new OPTION will
improve safety by improving nighttime
visibility at grade crossings with the
retroreflective stop lines. The FHWA
also combines the existing language
with appropriate text from Section
10C.24 in the 2003 MUTCD for light rail
transit grade crossings.
A city opposed the proposed revision
in Section 8B.21 of the NPA to require
a stop line at every active grade crossing
because of the belief that this would
provide a small benefit for a large cost
and a State DOT suggested reducing the
STANDARD to GUIDANCE. The FHWA
disagrees with the commenters because
the requirement is only for paved active
crossings and the FHWA believes the
safety benefits will outweigh the
disadvantages. A State railroad operator
suggested providing GUIDANCE
regarding the appropriate placement of
the stop line where tracks are within or
adjacent to an intersection. The FHWA
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
declines to add the suggested statement
because engineering judgment should
dictate stop line placement in those
situations due to the wide variety of
situations where tracks are within or
immediately adjacent to the
intersection. The FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA and
the new OPTION to install a stop line
at a grade crossing with a YIELD sign in
this final rule.
573. In Section 8B.29 (Section 8B.22
in the 2003 MUTCD) Dynamic Envelope
Markings, the FHWA adopts the
proposed NPA revision to Section 8B.22
in the 2003 MUTCD and relocates the
SUPPORT, GUIDANCE, and OPTION
statements from Section 10C.24 as
proposed in the NPA. The FHWA
deletes the existing OPTION statement
in Section 8B.22 of the 2003 MUTCD in
this final rule based on a comment
received from a State railroad operator
which suggested that the provision is
subjective. The FHWA agrees that the
OPTION is not needed because adopted
paragraph 02 adequately addresses the
subject.
574. In retitled Figure 8B–8 Example
of Train Dynamic Envelope Pavement
Markings at Grade Crossings, a State
DOT suggested providing a new note on
the existing figure that the dynamic
envelope markings are optional. The
FHWA agrees because the text of
Section 8B.29 clearly describes these
markings as optional. The FHWA adds
‘‘optional’’ prior to ‘‘white pavement
marking’’ in the bottom right-hand
corner of the drawing. The FHWA also
adds the illustration from Figure 8A–1
in the 2003 MUTCD to this figure.
575. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts the NPA proposed deletion of
Chapter 8C Illumination in the 2003
MUTCD and places the information
from this chapter in a new section
numbered and titled Section 8A.06
Illumination at Grade Crossings. See
item 544 above. The remaining chapters
in Part 8 are re-lettered accordingly.
576. The FHWA relocates to Section
8C.01 (Section 8D.01 in the 2003
MUTCD) Introduction, the SUPPORT
and GUIDANCE statements regarding
light-rail transit grade crossings from
Section 10D.01 in the NPA in this final
rule. The FHWA proposed in the NPA
to change the OPTION statement in
Section 10D.01 to a STANDARD
statement, which will require audible
devices to be provided and operated in
conjunction with flashing-light signals
or traffic control signals where they are
operated at a light rail transit grade
crossing that is used by pedestrians. The
FHWA proposed this change because
light rail transit vehicles are often nearly
silent, and blind pedestrians cannot see
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66853
flashing lights. Requiring the use of an
audible warning device would assure
that information about the approach of
a light rail transit vehicle is available to
persons with visual disabilities. Two
cities and a State railroad operator
opposed the revision, in part because it
might create conflicts with pedestrian
crosswalk audible indications. The
FHWA disagrees because it is essential
that an audible device be available for
blind pedestrians because of the quiet
operation of light rail transit vehicles
and light rail transit is generally located
in urban areas where pedestrians are
prevalent. The FHWA also notes that if
conventional pedestrian signals are used
at a traffic control signal, the accessible
pedestrian features would be sufficient
provided that pedestrians are always
directed to not be in the crosswalk when
a light-rail vehicle is approaching or
occupying the crosswalk location and
therefore text revisions are not
necessary to accommodate pedestrian
crosswalk audible indications. The
FHWA believes the safety benefits
outweigh the costs associated with the
new requirement. The FHWA adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA but
relocates the statement to Section 8C.10.
The NCUTCD suggested adding new
GUIDANCE that the top of the signal
foundation should be no more than 4
inches above the surface of the ground.
The NCUTCD stated that the top of the
foundation should be at the same
elevation as the crown of the roadway
to permit use of standardized traffic
control devices that meet the vertical
clearances shown in Figure 8C–1
(Figure 8D–1 in the 2003 MUTCD). The
NCUTCD also indicated that where site
conditions require the top of the
foundation to be at different elevation
than the crown of the roadway, then the
shoulder side slope should be re-graded
or the height of the signal mast should
be adjusted to maintain the vertical
clearance requirements of Figure 8C–1.
The FHWA agrees and adopts the
suggested revision in this final rule.
577. In Figure 8C–1 (Figure 8D–1 in
the 2003 MUTCD), Composite Drawing
of Active Traffic Control Devices for
Highway-Rail Grade Crossings Showing
Clearances, the FHWA proposed to
change gate arm stripes from diagonal to
vertical. The FHWA received no
comments and therefore adopts the
revisions as proposed in the NPA in this
final rule. A local DOT suggested
clarifying the existing note above the
gate that says, ‘‘Dimension A–B–C and
length for appropriate approaching
traffic.’’ The FHWA notes that the
quantitative dimensions for A, B, and C
are intentionally not specified because
these dimensions vary from one location
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66854
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
to another based on the geometry of the
approach lanes. The text in Section
8C.04 requires at least three lights on
the gate arm. These lights should be
positioned to have the maximum impact
on drivers approaching the gate. The
FHWA deletes the existing dimensions
and revises the note to say, ‘‘Minimum
of three red lights positioned as
appropriate for approaching traffic’’ in
this final rule.
578. In retitled Section 8C.02 (Section
8D.02 and 8D.03 in the 2003 MUTCD)
Flashing-Light Signals, the FHWA
adopts the editorial revisions as
proposed in Section 8C.02 the NPA in
this final rule. A State railroad operator
suggested adding a new SUPPORT
statement similar to Section 4D.06 to
allow for the use of industry-standard
technology such as light-emitting-diode
(LED) signals which might not use
optical lenses. Although not included in
the NPA, the FHWA agrees and adopts
a new SUPPORT statement that is
similar to the text in Section 4D.06 in
this final rule.
The FHWA also combines the
OPTION and STANDARD statements
contained in NPA Section 8C.03 into
Section 8C.02 and adopts the new
STANDARD as proposed in the NPA.
579. In Section 8C.04 (Section 8D.04
in the 2003 MUTCD) Automatic Gates,
the FHWA proposed in the NPA to
revise the 4th paragraph of the
STANDARD statement to indicate that
the stripes on gate arms shall be vertical,
rather than 45-degree diagonal. The
FHWA also proposed changes to the
stripes on Figures 8C–1, 8C–5, and 8C–
6 accordingly. The diagonal stripes
might encourage road users to drive
around the gates because diagonal
stripes are used on other devices such
as barricades, object markers, etc. to
indicate the side of the device that road
users are required to use when they
travel past the device. A State DOT, a
city, ATSSA, and a railroad operator
agreed with the revision. The railroad
operator also suggested adding
GUIDANCE allowing a crossing to have
one gate with vertical stripes and one
gate with diagonal stripes during the
implementation period. Two State DOTs
and a citizen opposed the proposed
revisions because the change is too
subtle for the driver to notice and the
lack of research supporting the revision.
The FHWA disagrees and believes that
this revision is worth making because of
its potential to improve safety. The
FHWA adopts the language as proposed
in the NPA and adds a SUPPORT
statement cross referencing paragraph
24 of the MUTCD Introduction, which
describes two situations when a non-
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
serviceable device that is non-compliant
may be replaced in kind.
The FHWA adopts into this section
the existing OPTION and GUIDANCE
statements regarding light rail transit
grade crossings from Section 10D.03 in
the 2003 MUTCD.
580. In Section 8C.06 Four Quadrant
Gate Systems (Section 8D.05 in the 2003
MUTCD), the FHWA adopts the
editorial revisions proposed in the NPA
in this final rule. The FHWA also
combines the existing language with
appropriate text from Section 10D.04 in
the 2003 MUTCD for light rail transit
grade crossings.
581. The FHWA proposed a new
Section 8C.06 Wayside Horn Systems in
the NPA. This new section as proposed
in the NPA contained OPTION,
STANDARD, and GUIDANCE
statements regarding the use of wayside
horn systems to provide directional
audible warning at highway-rail grade
crossings pursuant to the Interim
Approval for the Use of Wayside Horn
Systems, which was issued on August 2,
2004.204 The Interim Approval and the
proposed new MUTCD text support the
regulation adopted by Federal Railroad
Administration mandating the sounding
of locomotive horns at highway-rail
grade crossings (49 CFR part 222).205 A
State DOT opposed the proposed new
section because they believe that a
wayside horn system is not a traffic
control device. The FHWA disagrees
because a wayside horn system provides
warning to traffic and is important to
include in the MUTCD to assure
uniform messages.
The NCUTCD suggested requiring the
location and operating characteristics of
the wayside horns to be determined by
a diagnostic team. Based on item 539
above, the NPA proposed definition and
proposed use of diagnostic team term
has been removed from the MUTCD. An
NCUTCD member opposed the
STANDARD regarding wayside horn
systems being directed towards
approaching road users because traffic
facing a STOP sign has no additional
obligation to wait for clearance of the
train than traffic waiting at a Crossbuck
sign only and traffic controlled by a
signal is obligated to wait until allowed
by the signal to proceed. A local DOT
also noted a conflict between the NPA
proposed STANDARD in Section 8C.06
204 The Interim Approval can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://
mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/res-ia_waysidehorns.htm.
205 The Federal Register Notice was published on
December 18, 2003, (Volume 68, Number 243, Page
70586–70687) and can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.fra.dot.gov/
downloads/Safety/train_horn_rule/
fed_reg_trainhorns_final.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
which states that the wayside horn
systems shall be directed towards
approaching road users, but provides an
exception for movements that are
controlled by a STOP sign or traffic
control signal, and the NPA proposed
GUIDANCE which states that wayside
horn systems should be installed for
each roadway approach. To clarify the
new provisions and to be consistent
with FRA regulations, the FHWA
revises the proposed OPTION,
STANDARD, and GUIDANCE
statements in the NPA with references
to 49 CFR part 222 and removes the
specific requirements and
recommendations in this final rule. This
information does not need to be
repeated in the MUTCD.
582. In Section 8C.09 (Section 8D.07
in the 2003 MUTCD) Traffic Control
Signals at or Near Highway-Rail Grade
Crossings, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add a 3rd paragraph to the
GUIDANCE statement recommending
that back-up power be supplied to
traffic control signals that have railroad
preemption or that are coordinated with
flashing-light signal systems at a
highway-rail grade crossing. The FHWA
proposed this recommendation because
railroad flashing-light signals are
typically provided with standby power
supply to ensure their operation during
power outages and it is important that
traffic signals at or near the crossings
also be provided with standby power
during power outages to help prevent
vehicles from queuing on approaches
that cross the tracks. Two State DOTs
suggested elevating the GUIDANCE to
STANDARD. The City of Phoenix, AZ,
suggested reducing the statement to an
OPTION because of concerns about
installation cost and the additional
battery waste. Furthermore, they
mentioned that Arizona’s state laws
require signals with power outages to be
treated as four-way stop control. The
FHWA notes that the proposed
paragraph was identical to the new
paragraph adopted in Section 4D.27. In
this final rule the FHWA replaces the
proposed GUIDANCE statement with a
new SUPPORT statement referencing
Section 4D.27 to eliminate redundancy.
In addition, the FHWA proposed in
the NPA to add to the 4th paragraph of
the GUIDANCE a statement consistent
with Section 8A.01, which states that
the highway agency or authority with
jurisdiction and the regulatory agency
with statutory authority jointly
determine the need and selection of
devices at a highway-rail grade crossing.
A State DOT and a city opposed the
proposed deletion of the words ‘‘and the
railroad company’’ because they believe
it is imperative that the railroad be
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
involved in the timing requirements of
a signal system. The FHWA disagrees
because of the need for consistency with
Section 8A.01 and adopts the language
as proposed in the NPA in this final
rule.
In conjunction with that change, the
FHWA adopts the proposed new
STANDARD statement in this final rule
that requires that the timing parameters
must be furnished by the jurisdiction so
that the railroad will be able to design
the train detection circuitry.
583. In retitled Section 8C.10 Traffic
Control Signals at or Near Highway-LRT
Grade Crossings (Section 10D.06 in the
NPA), the FHWA combines the existing
language with editorial revisions
proposed in the NPA with existing
language with proposed editorial
revisions in Section 10D.07 in the NPA
for highway traffic signal preemption
turning restrictions.
584. In Section 8C.11 (relocated from
Section 10D.08 in the NPA) Use of
Traffic Control Signals for Control of
LRT Vehicles at Grade Crossings, the
FHWA adopts the revisions as proposed
in the NPA in this final rule. A city
questioned why the existing 2nd
GUIDANCE statement is included in the
MUTCD because it describes the type of
signals used to control light rail transit
vehicles. They believe that this is only
useful for train operators. The FHWA
disagrees because even though trained
light rail transit operators are the only
persons who are directly responding to
these special signals, they are able to be
viewed by other road users who begin
to understand their meanings as they
watch what light rail transit operators
do in response to them. This is
especially true as these signals are also
beginning to be used for exclusive bus
lanes. Traffic safety is improved by
making these special signals uniform.
The FHWA declines to remove the
provision in this final rule.
585. The FHWA adopts the NPA
proposed new Section 8C.12 Grade
Crossing(s) Within or In Close Proximity
to Circular Intersections in this final
rule. This new section contains
SUPPORT and STANDARD statements
that clarify the need for active traffic
control devices where grade crossings
are within or in close proximity to
roundabouts, traffic circles, or circular
intersections. Where circular
intersections include or are within 200
feet of a grade crossing, an engineering
study is now required to be performed
to determine if queuing could impact
the grade crossing. A State DOT and a
consulting firm agreed with the
proposed new Section. A State railroad
operator opposed the proposed new
Section because of opposition to
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
roundabouts being constructed adjacent
to grade crossings due to grade crossing
safety concerns. The FHWA agrees that
when possible, it is better not to install
roundabouts in close proximity to
existing grade crossings because of the
difficulty encountered when trying to
clear the tracks as a train is
approaching. When it is unavoidable,
this section includes provisions that are
intended to minimize any operational or
safety issues.
A city suggested revising the
STANDARD to allow engineering
judgment to determine if queuing could
impact a grade crossing. The FHWA
disagrees and retains the requirement
for an engineering study because this
situation requires data collection and
analysis in order to make sound
judgment. The FHWA in this final rule
replaces the words ‘‘within close
proximity’’ with ‘‘200 feet of’’ in the
new STANDARD to give a quantitative
dimension in this final rule.
The FHWA establishes a target
compliance date of December 31, 2014
(approximately 5 years from the
effective date of this final rule) for the
required traffic study at existing
locations. The FHWA establishes this
target compliance date because it is
important that these studies be
conducted in a timely manner. Because
the new requirements involve
conducting engineering studies at
existing grade crossings, the FHWA
believes that relying on the systematic
upgrading processes that highway
agencies typically use to replace
existing signs at the end of their service
lives would not be appropriate, given
the safety implications of not having
any means of clearing the track of
stopped motor vehicles when rail traffic
is approaching. The FHWA anticipates
that the required traffic studies at
existing locations will provide
significant safety benefits to road users.
A State DOT suggested adding lights
and gates to the proposed GUIDANCE
list that should be considered for
keeping the crossing clear of traffic or
for clearing traffic. The FHWA agrees
and in this final rule revises item C
‘‘Grade crossing regulatory and warning
devices’’ to include gates, lights, and
regulatory signs. A city opposed the
proposed GUIDANCE because the
information is related to intersection
design. The FHWA disagrees because
the statement provides valuable
suggestions that agencies can implement
to keep the grade crossing clear of traffic
or to clear traffic from the grade crossing
prior to the arrival of rail traffic.
586. In retitled Section 8C.13
(relocated from Section 10D.08 in the
2003 MUTCD) Pedestrian and Bicycle
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66855
Signals and Crossings at LRT Grade
Crossings, the FHWA proposed in the
NPA to add to the GUIDANCE a
statement that an audible device should
be installed, in addition to a Crossbuck
sign, at pedestrian and bicycle crossings
where determined by an engineering
study. The FHWA also proposed to
recommend that the LOOK sign and/or
pedestrian gates should be considered if
an engineering study shows that
flashing-light signals with a Crossbuck
sign and an audible device would not
provide sufficient notice of an
approaching light rail transit vehicle.
The FHWA proposed these changes to
provide consistency with changes in
Section 8C.01 in the NPA in item 576
above. A city agreed with the proposed
revisions. The NCUTCD and a State
railroad operator suggested moving all
the text in this section to Chapter 8D
Pathway Grade Crossing. The FHWA
disagrees because Chapter 8D pertains
only to pathways, not to sidewalks. The
FHWA adopts the revisions as proposed
in the NPA in this final rule.
587. In Figure 8C–6 (Figure 10D–4 in
the 2003 MUTCD) Example of a
Separate Pedestrian Gate, the NCUTCD
suggested adding a new illustration
showing a stand-alone pedestrian gate.
The FHWA agrees and adopts a figure
that shows a stand-alone pedestrian
gate.
588. The FHWA adopts the proposed
new Chapter 8D (Chapter 8E in the
NPA) Pathway Grade Crossings,
including Sections 8D.01 through 8D.06
in this final rule. The purpose of this
new Chapter is to provide information
for traffic control devices used at
pathway-rail grade crossings. Shareduse paths and other similar facilities
sometimes cross railroad or light rail
transit tracks at grade and it is important
that suitable traffic control devices be
used to provide for safe and effective
operation of such crossings. The FHWA
also adopts and incorporates into
Chapter 8D material from proposed
Chapter 10F regarding pathway-light
rail transit grade crossings.
589. In new Section 8D.03 retitled
Pathway Grade Crossing Signs and
Markings, the FHWA adopts the text as
proposed in the NPA and also
incorporates material regarding
pathway-light rail transit grade
crossings from Section 10F.03, as
proposed in the NPA, in this final rule.
A city opposed the STANDARD that
requires post mounted signs to have a
minimum mounting height of 4 feet and
suggested it be reduced to a GUIDANCE
statement because there are signs such
as object marker signs that should be
mounted lower. The FHWA disagrees
because Sections 8D.03 and 9B.01 both
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66856
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
contain a similar 4-foot minimum
mounting height requirement for signs
posted for pathways and shared-use
paths.
590. The FHWA adopts the proposed
new Section 8D.04 (Section 8E.04 in the
NPA) Stop Lines, Edge Lines, and
Detectable Warnings in this final rule. In
the NPA, the FHWA proposed to add
new GUIDANCE on the use of stop lines
and detectable warning surfaces. A local
DOT and a city suggested revising the
1st GUIDANCE statement as proposed
in the NPA to increase the minimum 2
foot distance between the stop line and
gate or counterweight. The FHWA notes
that the GUIDANCE wording uses the
term ‘‘at least’’ meaning that there is
flexibility to set the stop line farther
back and therefore declines to make the
suggested revision.
A local DOT suggested reducing the
requirement to place the stop lines and
detectable warning surfaces a minimum
of 12 feet from the nearest rail because
the distance does not allow a user of the
crossing to view the approaching trains.
The FHWA disagrees because
pedestrians and bicyclists should be
able to see approaching trains from a
distance of 12 feet back from the nearest
rail.
A consulting firm agreed with the 2nd
GUIDANCE statement while a State
DOT opposed it because it believed that
detectable warnings are not a traffic
control device and do not belong in the
MUTCD. A State railroad operator
suggested revising the GUIDANCE to
add the words ‘‘at least’’ before the 2foot detectable warning surface width to
allow a 3-foot wide detectable surface to
be consistent with California design
guidelines, replace the ‘‘upstream’’ and
‘‘downstream’’ terminology with ‘‘edge
nearest the tracks’’ to clarify placement
of detectable surfaces on sidewalks
where exit gates or off-quadrant flashing
light signals are used, to reference the
placement to the flashing light signals,
and to delete the phrase ‘‘and no closer
than the stop line’’ to remove the
conflict with the 2-foot placement. For
consistency with other Parts in the
MUTCD, the FHWA reduces the
proposed GUIDANCE statement for
detectable warnings to SUPPORT and
references ADAAG for design and
placement of detectable warnings in this
final rule.
The NCUTCD suggested adding an
OPTION allowing the use of edge lines
on an approach to and across the tracks
at a pathway-light rail transit grade
crossing, a station crossing, or sidewalk
at a highway-light rail transit grade
crossing. The NCUTCD also suggested
adding a SUPPORT statement about
edge lines at skew track angle or
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
multiple track intersections. The FHWA
agrees and adopts the suggested
OPTION and SUPPORT, as information
about these optional practices already
allowed by provisions of Part 3 is
useful.
591. The FHWA adopts the proposed
new Section 8D.05 (Section 8E.05 in the
NPA) Passive Devices for Pathway
Grade Crossing in this final rule. In the
NPA, the FHWA proposed STANDARD,
OPTION, and GUIDANCE statements for
passive devices and incorporates the
light-rail grade crossing provisions from
proposed Section 10F.05 in the NPA.
The FHWA does not adopt the proposed
GUIDANCE statement regarding the
placement of fencing in this final rule
based on comments received and
because fences are not traffic control
devices. The FHWA also proposed an
OPTION in Section 10F.05 in the NPA
allowing refuge areas at light rail transit
grade crossings. The FHWA does not
adopt the proposed OPTION in this
final rule based on the NCUTCD
recommendation and because refuge
islands are not traffic control devices.
592. The FHWA adopts the proposed
new Section 8D.06 (Section 8E.06 in the
NPA) Active Traffic Control Systems for
Pathway Grade Crossings, with the
revisions discussed herein, in this final
rule. The FHWA also incorporates into
Section 8D.06 pathway-light rail transit
crossing material from Section 10F.06 in
the NPA. The NCUTCD agreed with the
new text and suggested several editorial
revisions which the FHWA adopts in
this final rule.
A local DOT suggested revising the
STANDARD to increase the 1-foot
minimum height for the flashing red
lights between the tracks to 4 feet
because the 1-foot minimum will
present a tripping hazard for users. The
FHWA disagrees and notes that this was
based on a recommendation provided
by the NCUTCD and because
pedestrians tend to look down as they
step across tracks rather than look
straight ahead.
A State railroad operator suggested
revising the last STANDARD to replace
‘‘active traffic control devices’’ with ‘‘a
gate arm that extends across the
sidewalk and into the roadway’’ because
the term ‘‘active traffic control devices’’
is too broad, as it could refer to a
predestrian-specific device such as a
separate automatic gate. The
recommended language would prevent
the placement of separate automatic
gates on the outside of a sidewalk. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the suggested
revision in this final rule.
The NCUTCD suggested revising
GUIDANCE regarding the height of
separate automatic gates used for
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
sidewalks so that the minimum height
of the gate arm when lowered is reduced
from the proposed value of 3 feet to 2.5
feet and to add a maximum height of 4
feet. A State railroad operator and a city
also suggested adding a maximum
height in the provision. The FHWA
agrees that a maximum height should
also be specified so that the gate will not
be so high as to be ineffective for shorter
persons and children. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule a revised
minimum height of 2.5 feet and a
maximum height of 4 feet.
The NCUTCD and a local DOT
suggested deleting, or revising to an
OPTION, GUIDANCE paragraph 11
regarding a separate gate mechanism for
sidewalk gates from the roadway gates
and making other editorial changes. The
FHWA disagrees and adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA in this
final rule, because it is important that
pedestrians be prevented from raising
the vehicular gate.
A local DOT suggested adding to the
proposed GUIDANCE that a
combination of automatic gates and
swing gates could be used to provide
full width coverage of the crossing. The
FHWA agrees and adopts the suggested
revision to the GUIDANCE in this final
rule.
Discussion of Amendments to Part 9—
Traffic Controls for Bicycle Facilities
593. In Section 9A.03 Definitions
Relating to Bicycles, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to change the
definition of ‘‘bicycle lane’’ to indicate
that a bicycle lane is to be designated by
pavement markings, and that signs may
be used to supplement the markings
designating a bicycle lane, but they are
not required. While two cities and one
association agreed with this change, a
State DOT opposed this change,
indicating that they preferred to use
signs and pavement markings. Another
State DOT questioned whether the use
of pavement markings alone was
consistent with the function of
pavement markings in Part 3, which
indicates that in most cases pavement
markings are used to supplement signs.
Because markings can sometimes be
used alone to effectively convey
regulations, guidance, or warnings, such
as in the case of no-passing zone
markings, the FHWA believes that
bicycle lanes can be effectively
designated by markings alone. States
may supplement bicycle lane markings
with signs if they choose to do so. The
FHWA adopts in this final rule the
proposed change to the definition and
relocates this definition to Section
1A.13 to consolidate all definitions in
one place.
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
594. In Section 9B.01 Application and
Placement of Signs, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to revise the
STANDARD statement to indicate that
no portion of a sign or its support shall
be placed less than 2 feet laterally from
the near edge of the path, or less than
8 feet vertically over the entire width of
the shared-use path. As part of this
change, the FHWA proposed to remove
the requirement that signs be placed a
maximum of 6 feet from the near edge
of a path. ATSSA, an NCUTCD member,
and a citizen supported this change,
while two State DOTs opposed this
change. One of the commenters opposed
this change, in part, because the change
would cause the MUTCD to be in
conflict with AASHTO guidance on
bicycle facilities.206 The FHWA believes
that the AASHTO guide, which is
currently undergoing revision, will be
changed to reflect changes in the
MUTCD. The FHWA adopts the
proposed changes in this final rule to be
more consistent with Part 2 and to
respond to feedback from practitioners
that the existing MUTCD standards for
sign height and offset can restrict the
ability of agencies to effectively install
signs on many shared-use path
locations. The FHWA also modifies
Figure 9B–1 to illustrate the minimum
vertical offset information for overhead
signs.
595. In Section 9B.04, retitled Bike
Lane Signs and Plaques (R3–17, R3–
17aP, R3–17bP), the FHWA in this final
rule revises the STANDARD and
GUIDANCE statements to clarify that
Bike Lane signs are not required along
bicycle lanes, and to give
recommendations on the placement of
Bike Lane signs and plaques when they
are used. A city, an NCUTCD member,
and a citizen agreed with the revisions
as proposed in the NPA, while a State
DOT and a city preferred that bike lane
signs remain mandatory. Whether the
presence or absence of the Bicycle Lane
sign provides a clearly measurable
benefit in indicating a designated
bicycle lane has not been conclusively
demonstrated. Amending the MUTCD to
make the use of Bicycle Lane signs with
marked bicycle lanes an optional, rather
than a mandatory, condition provides
flexibility for jurisdictions that do not
desire to use the Bicycle Lane sign,
without restricting the ability of
jurisdictions that prefer to use the signs
to continue to do so. These changes are
consistent with the changes to the
206 ‘‘Guide for the Development of Bicycle
Facilities’’, 1999, by the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO), is available for purchase from AASHTO
at the following Internet Web site: https://
bookstore.transportation.org/.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
definition of ‘‘bicycle lane’’ as discussed
in item 593 above.
596. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the NPA proposed new Section
9B.06 Bicycles May Use Full Lane Sign
(R4–11). This Section includes OPTION
and SUPPORT statements regarding the
use of this sign, which is illustrated in
Figure 9B–2. While two State DOTs,
ATTSA, three bicycle associations, two
cities, and several citizens supported
the proposed new sign, two State DOTs
and an NCUTCD member opposed it,
stating that the application of the design
should be restricted to locations with
speeds of less than 40 mph and that less
experienced cyclists will likely
misunderstand the meaning of the
message. Other commenters suggested
modifications to the sign design. The
FHWA adopts this new sign as proposed
in the NPA and accompanying text and
figure, to provide jurisdictions with a
consistent sign design, along with
application information, for locations
where it is important to inform road
users that the travel lanes are too narrow
for bicyclists and motor vehicles to
operate side by side.
597. In Section 9B.09 Selective
Exclusion Signs (numbered and titled in
the 2003 MUTCD as Section 9B.08 No
Bicycles Sign (R5–6)’’), the FHWA in
this final rule adopts new text regarding
the exclusion of various designated
types of traffic from using particular
roadways or facilities. As part of the
change, the FHWA adopts No Skaters
(R9–13) and No Equestrians (R9–14)
signs to the text and to Figure 9B–2.
While the NCUTCD and ATSSA both
agreed with the changes as proposed in
the NPA, a State DOT suggested that the
GUIDANCE be changed to an OPTION
statement. The NCUTCD and another
State DOT suggested that the section be
organized to be consistent with the
comparable section in Chapter 2B. The
FHWA agrees with the reorganization
suggestion and incorporates those
changes into the language adopted in
this final rule.
598. In retitled Section 9B.11 Bicycle
Regulatory Signs (R9–5, R9–6, R10–4,
R10–24, R10–25, and R10–26)
(numbered Section 9B.10 in the 2003
MUTCD) the FHWA in this final rule is
adopting information about three new
signs for bicycle pushbuttons, consistent
with similar text adopted in Chapter 2B.
The FHWA received a comment from
the NCUTCD in support of this change
as proposed in the NPA, but suggesting
that paragraph 4 be expanded to allow
the use of the PUSH BUTTON TO
TURN ON WARNING LIGHTS (with
pushbutton symbol) (R10–25) sign in
other appropriate locations where other
types of beacons or lights are used for
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66857
traffic control for bicyclists, such as
beacons at path-roadway crossings,
tunnels, or other locations. The FHWA
agrees and in this final rule adopts this
new OPTION based on the NCUTCD’s
suggestion.
599. In Section 9B.18 Bicycle Warning
and Combined Bicycle/Pedestrian Signs
(W11–1 and W11–15) (numbered and
titled in the 2003 MUTCD as Section
9B.17 Bicycle Warning Sign (W11–1),)
the FHWA in this final rule adopts the
NPA proposed OPTION statement
permitting the use of the Combined
Bicycle/Pedestrian (W11–15) sign where
both bicyclists and pedestrians might be
crossing the roadway, such as at an
intersection with a shared-use path.
Based on comments from the NCUTCD,
several DOTs and others, the design of
the sign adopted in this final rule is
changed from what was proposed in the
NPA. Further discussion of this sign can
be found above in the discussion of
Chapter 2C.
The FHWA also proposed in the NPA
to permit a TRAIL X–ING (W11–15P)
supplemental plaque to be mounted
below the W11–15 sign. A State DOT
commented that they use a TRAIL
CROSSING word message warning sign
(with the word ‘‘crossing’’ spelled out
rather than abbreviated). The FHWA
does not adopt this word message sign
in this final rule, but notes that agencies
are permitted to use word message
warning signs that they feel are most
appropriate for their situation. A
transportation consultant suggested that
the supplemental plaque should be
allowed to be placed above or below the
W11–15 sign. The FHWA disagrees,
because Section 2C.53 requires
supplemental warning plaques to be
mounted below the primary sign unless
otherwise allowed, and there is no
documented reason to allow it to be
above the W11–15 sign. Therefore the
FHWA adopts the text as proposed in
the NPA. The FHWA adopts the
proposed illustrations of the W11–15
sign and W11–15P supplemental plaque
configuration in Figure 9B–3. These
changes are consistent with Chapter 2C.
Finally, in the NPA the FHWA
proposed changing paragraph 06 to a
GUIDANCE to recommend, rather than
merely allow, that the W11–15 sign and
W11–15P supplemental plaques have a
fluorescent yellow-green background
color with a black legend and border.
The FHWA received comments from a
State DOT, a city, and a member of the
NCUTCD opposed to this proposed
recommendation, because either the
agency reserves the use of the
fluorescent yellow-green background
color for school-related uses or because
they feel that the research does not
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66858
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
support safety or operational benefits to
support the making of fluorescent
yellow-green background colors a
recommended condition. As a result of
these comments, along with comments
regarding similar issues in Part 2, the
FHWA adopts this paragraph as an
OPTION for consistency with Section
2C.03
600. In Section 9B.19 Other Bicycle
Warning Signs (Section 9B.18 in the
2003 MUTCD), the FHWA adopts in this
final rule the NPA proposed change in
the legend on the W5–4a sign from
‘‘BIKEWAY NARROWS’’ to ‘‘PATH
NARROWS.’’ The FHWA adopts this
change because shared-use paths are the
only bikeway type on which the W5–4a
sign is used, therefore, use on other
types of bikeways would be
inappropriate or confusing, and should
not be encouraged. An NCUTCD
member and a citizen agreed with this
proposed change. In conjunction with
this change in the text, the FHWA
adopts appropriate changes in Table
9B–1.
601. In Section 9B.20 Bicycle Guide
Signs (D1–1b, D1–1c, D1–2b, D1–2c,
D1–3b, D1–3c, D11–1, D11–1c)
(numbered and titled in the 2003
MUTCD as Section 9B.19 Bicycle Route
Guide Signs (D11–1),) the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add several new
signs, along with information on their
use. These changes would provide
flexibility and potentially reduce costs
for signing bicycle routes in urban areas
where multiple routes intersect or
overlap. A State DOT, an NCUTCD
member, two associations, and a citizen
all agreed with the changes. While a city
generally supported the signs, it
questioned whether the details of the
Bike Route Designation signs needed to
be required through the use of
STANDARD statements. The FHWA
believes that the level of detail is
needed to make sure that agencies
design the signs properly and
consistently. A State DOT
recommended that these signs be used
only on shared use paths, not on
roadways. The FHWA believes that the
bicycle symbol on the signs
distinguishes them from destination
signs for motorists, however to be clear,
in this final rule the FHWA adopts a
recommendation that the smaller bike
designation signs should not be used as
a substitute for the larger vehicular
destination signs when the message is
also intended to be seen by motorists.
Along with additional text regarding the
use of the Alternative Bike Route Guide
(D11–1c) and Bicycle Destination signs
(D1–1b, D1–1c, D1–2b, D1–2c, D1–3b,
and D1–3c), the FHWA adopts the
various new signs to Table 9B–1 and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
Figure 9B–4. The FHWA received many
comments from NCUTCD members,
ATSSA, State and local DOTs,
associations, and citizens in support of
the signs in Figure 9B–4.
602. In Section 9B.21 Bicycle Route
Signs (M1–8, M1–8a, M1–9) (numbered
Section 9B.20 in the 2003 MUTCD), the
FHWA in this final rule adopts the NPA
proposed Bicycle Route (M1–8a) sign
that retains the clear, simple, and
uniform design of the M1–8 sign, but
provides an area near the top of the
panel to include a pictograph or words
that are associated with the route or
with the agency that has jurisdiction
over the route. The M1–8 sign remains
in the MUTCD for use when agencies do
not wish to use a distinctive pictograph,
symbol, or wording.
In addition, the FHWA adopts the
proposed change of paragraph 04 to a
GUIDANCE to recommend, rather than
merely permit, that a U.S. Bicycle Route
number designation be requested from
AASHTO for a designated bicycle route
that extends through two or more States.
The FHWA also adopts in this
GUIDANCE the text relocated from the
definition of ‘‘designated bicycle route’’
in Section 9A.03 regarding continuous
routing of bicycle routes, as discussed
above in item 593.
Finally, the FHWA adopts the revised
design of the U.S. Bike Route Sign in
Figure 9B–4 so that a larger bicycle is
shown on the top part of the sign with
a smaller number below it. The reason
for the change is to present an
immediate impression of a ‘‘bicycle
numbered route’’ rather than a
‘‘highway numbered route which can
also be used by bicyclists’’ and to
provide consistency with AASHTO’s
recommended design for the sign. The
FHWA received two comments in
support of the proposed changes to this
section; however a State DOT
commented that they preferred the old
M1–9 sign with the route number larger
than the bicycle symbol and above the
symbol. The FHWA believes that the
larger bike symbol with smaller route
number will deter motorists from
mistaking the sign for a vehicle route
number when observing the sign from a
distance and adopts in this final rule the
image as proposed in the NPA.
603. The FHWA in this final rule
revises the content of Section 9B.22
Bicycle Route Sign Auxiliary Plaques
(numbered and titled in the 2003
MUTCD as Section 9B.21 Destination
Arrow and Supplemental Plaque Signs
for Bicycle Route Signs) considerably.
As part of the changes, the FHWA
revises the size and design of the M4–
11 BEGIN plaque to be consistent with
similar M4 series auxiliary signs in Part
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
9. The FHWA also deletes the M4–12
and M4–13 plaques from this section
and Figure 9B–4 because these
duplicate the M4–6 and M4–5 auxiliary
signs. In addition, the FHWA deletes the
M7 series arrow plaques from this
section and Figure 9B–4 because these
duplicate the new sizes of the M5 and
M6 auxiliary signs. The FHWA also
adds a size of 12 x 6 inches for selected
M3 and M4 series auxiliary signs, and
a size of 12 x 9 inches for all M5 and
M6 series auxiliary signs, and refers to
these smaller sizes in this section, Table
9B–1, and Figure 9B–4. These changes
will ensure that route auxiliary
designations are consistent between Part
2 and Part 9. The FHWA received a
comment from an NCUTCD member in
support of the changes to this section
proposed in the NPA. A State DOT
recommended that supplementary
plaques be restricted from exceeding the
width of the sign they supplement,
however the FHWA feels that this
restriction is not necessary, because
agencies do not tend to use plaques that
are wider than the sign that they
accompany as long as the available
plaque sizes enable choosing a plaque of
equal or less width.
604. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule the three new sections proposed in
the NPA following Section 9B.23
Bicycle Parking Area Sign (D4–3)
(Section 9B.22 in the 2003 MUTCD).
New Section 9B.24 Reference Location
Signs (D10–1 through D10–3) and
Intermediate Reference Location Signs
(D10–1a through D10–3a) contains
information regarding the use of these
signs on shared-use paths. Reference
Location signs (formerly called
mileposts) have been defined in Chapter
2D of the MUTCD since 1971, and have
proven extraordinarily valuable for
traveler information, maintenance and
operations, emergency response, and
numerous other applications. The linear
nature of many shared-use paths also
naturally lends itself to the application
of Reference Location signs. Defining a
standard and uniform design provides
more uniform traveler guidance, reduces
the proliferation of non-standard
reference location signs, and encourages
the use of these signs where desirable
and appropriate. The signs are
proportionately sized for the lower
operating speeds of shared-use paths,
using a 6-inch wide panel with 4.5 inch
numerals. The text is adapted directly
from Section 2H.05 defining the use of
these signs for conventional roadways.
Although the FHWA received comments
from ATSSA, an NCUTCD member, and
a citizen in support of this proposed
new section, the NCUTCD, several
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
bicycle associations, a city and a citizen
opposed paragraph 10 that
recommended that the zero distance
should begin at the south and west
terminus points, because it does not
allow for needed flexibility for local
agencies in setting up reference marker
systems on paths. Because deviations
from a recommendation are permitted if
there is a good engineering reason to do
so, the FHWA adopts the language
regarding the zero distance in this final
rule. A city suggested that placing the
details for the design of the reference
location in a STANDARD statement was
excessive; however, the FHWA believes
that these requirements are necessary to
make sure that agencies design the signs
properly. In addition to adopting
revisions the text, the FHWA adopts
revisions to Figure 9B–4 and Table 9B–
1 to include the use of these signs.
605. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a second new section, Section
9B.25 Mode-Specific Guide Signs for
Shared-Use Paths (D11–1a, D11–2, D11–
3, D11–4), that contains information
regarding the use of signs to guide
different types of users to separate
pathways where they are available. The
2003 MUTCD provided tools only to
prohibit user types, not to show which
user types are permitted. As a result,
jurisdictions commonly installed varied,
non-standard mode permission signs.
The changes adopted are intended to
provide clarity and uniformity for
mode-specific guide signs on shared-use
paths by adding four new signs to the
MUTCD. The FHWA received
comments from an NCUTCD member
and a citizen in support of this proposed
new section. In addition to adopting the
new signs in Figure 9B–4 and Table 9B–
1, the FHWA adopts the proposed
Figure 9B–8 ‘‘Example of Mode-Specific
Guide Signing on a Shared-Use Path’’ to
illustrate the use of the proposed signs.
606. The FHWA adopts in this final
rule a new Section 9B.26 Object
Markers. This section contains relocated
text and figures from Section 9C.03 of
the 2003 MUTCD, to be consistent with
a similar move of object markers from
Part 3 to Part 2. The FHWA received a
comment from an NCUTCD member in
favor of this change. The NCUTCD and
a State DOT suggested that the object
markers be included in a figure so in
this final rule the FHWA includes them
in Figure 9B–3 and adds the smaller size
object markers to Table 9B–1. Based on
comments from the NCUTCD and a
State DOT, the FHWA also adopts an
option to use a proportionately smaller
(6 x 18 inches) version of the Type 3
object marker for use on shared-use
paths. This smaller size will be more
useful and appropriate than the
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
standard size of 12 & 36 inches for many
applications, and will provide adequate
visibility and target value at pathway
speeds.
607. The FHWA adopts several
changes to Table 9B–1 in this final rule
based on comments to the docket. The
NCUTCD, a State DOT, a city, bicycle
associations, and citizens provided
comments regarding the R3–17 sign and
R3–17a and R3–17b plaques. As a result,
the FHWA changes the name of the sign
to ‘‘Bike Lane’’ to be consistent with the
actual wording on the sign and changes
the minimum size of the roadway size
for the R3–17 sign to 24 x 18 inches and
the sizes of the corresponding R3–17aP
and R3–17bP plaques to 24 x 8 inches.
Based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a bicycle
association, the FHWA changes the
minimum shared-use path size for the
R5–6 sign to 18 x 18 inches. The FHWA
does not agree with comments to reduce
the size of the roadway size of this sign,
because there are more distractions from
other signs and traffic control devices in
a roadway environment, and therefore
retains the minimum size of 24 x 24
inches for roadway uses in this final
rule.
The NCUTCD and several associations
suggested that the name of the W10–1
sign be changed to ‘‘Grade Crossing
Advance Warning’’ to be consistent with
the description of the W10–1 sign in
Chapter 8B. The FHWA agrees and
adopts this change in this final rule. In
addition, the NCUTCD, a State DOT,
two cities, and several associations and
citizens suggested that the size of the
W10–1 on shared-use paths be reduced.
The FHWA agrees and changes the
diameter of the W10–1 sign to 24 inches
for use on shared-use paths.
Based on comments from the
NCUTCD and several associations, the
FHWA adopts a row for the W10–9P No
Train Horn plaque (12 x 9 inches) and
a row for the W16–2aP XX Feet plaque
(18 x 9 inches) for use on shared-use
paths.
The NCUTCD and several associations
suggested that the name of the M1–8
and M1–8a signs be changed to
‘‘Numbered Bicycle Route’’ to be
consistent with the intended application
of these signs and to reduce confusion
with other non-numbered bicycle route
signs. The FHWA agrees and adopts the
name change in this final rule. In
addition, based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and several
associations, the FHWA revises the size
of the roadway M1–8 and M1–8a signs
to 18 x 24 inches for greater visibility.
Finally, based on comments from the
NCUTCD, a State DOT, and several
associations, the FHWA revises the size
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
66859
of the U.S. Bicycle Route (M1–9) sign to
12 x 18 inches for use on paths to make
the size of this sign consistent with the
M1–8 and M1–8a signs.
608. In Section 9C.03 Marking
Patterns and Colors on Shared-Use
Paths, the FHWA in this final rule
relocates the last five paragraphs that
were in this section in the 2003 MUTCD
to new Section 9B.26, as discussed in
item 606 above.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
expand paragraph 05 to describe that a
solid white line may be used on shareduse paths to separate different types of
users traveling in the same direction.
Because pedestrian use in designated
portions of shared-use paths is typically
bi-directional, the NCUTCD, a State
DOT, two cities, and several bicycle
associations and citizens opposed the
expanded description. The FHWA
agrees and does not adopt the phrase
‘‘traveling in the same direction’’ in this
final rule.
609. In Section 9C.04 Markings for
Bicycle Lanes, the FHWA in this final
rule incorporates several changes to this
Section to correspond with changes to
the definition of ‘‘bicycle lane’’ in
Section 1A.13 and signs and plaques for
bike lanes in Section 9B.04 (item 595
above). A State DOT, a city, and an
NCUTCD member all supported the
changes to this section that indicate that
bike lane signs are optional.
Based on a comment from a State
DOT, the FHWA adopts expanded
paragraphs 06 and 07 to include
information regarding the marking of
bike lanes in the vicinity of left-turn
lanes as well as right-turn lanes, for
consistency with other provisions in
Part 9.
In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
expand the last STANDARD statement
to include ‘‘other circular intersections’’
as locations where bicycle lanes are
prohibited. Although the FHWA’s intent
was to clarify that in addition to being
prohibited on the circular roadway of a
roundabout, bicycle lanes are not to be
provided on the circular roadway of
other circular intersections, the
NCUTCD and several bicycle
associations objected to the statement,
since there are certain types of larger
circular intersections (such as ones with
significant distances between exits and
entrances) where bike lanes may be
appropriate based on engineering
judgment. The FHWA agrees and does
not adopt the phrase ‘‘other circular
intersections’’ in this final rule.
610. The FHWA in this final rule
adopts the proposed new section at the
end of Chapter 9C numbered and titled
Section 9C.07 Shared Lane Marking.
This section contains OPTION,
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
66860
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
GUIDANCE, and STANDARD
statements regarding the use of a
proposed new Shared Lane Marking.
This pavement marking indicates the
appropriate bicyclist line of travel, and
cues motorists to pass with sufficient
clearance, and is based on field research
conducted in San Francisco, CA.207 The
purpose of this marking is to reduce the
number and severity of bicyclevehicular crashes, particularly crashes
involving bicycles colliding with
suddenly opened doors of parked
vehicles. The FHWA received two
comments from NCUTCD members,
three State DOTs, four local
jurisdictions, four bicycle associations,
and eight citizens in support of this
proposed new section.
Two State DOTs and one bicycle
association expressed concern regarding
paragraph 02 that recommends that the
shared lane marking not be placed on
roadways with a speed limit above 35
mph. Because the 35 mph speed limit is
a recommendation, agencies may
impose a lower maximum speed limit
criterion on the use of this marking if
there is a good engineering reason to do
so, therefore the FHWA adopts the
proposed wording in this final rule.
A State DOT, a local DOT, two cities,
two bicycle associations, and a citizen
expressed concern regarding the
proposed requirement in the NPA
regarding the placement of the shared
lane marking when used in a shared
lane with on-street parallel parking. The
commenters felt that the measurements
should be recommendations, rather than
requirements, in order to give agencies
flexibility in placement of the marking.
The FHWA agrees and in this final rule
adopts these measurements as a
GUIDANCE statement in paragraph 04.
The FHWA reiterates, however, that the
text provides a minimum distance from
the center of the marking to the face of
curb or edge of pavement where there is
no curb, so agencies are free to place the
markings at a greater distance if there is
a good engineering reason to do so.
The FHWA received comments from
a State DOT, two cities, a bicycle
association and a citizen regarding the
recommendation in paragraph 05 that
on a street without on-street parking
that has an outside travel lane that is
less than 14 feet wide, the centers of the
Shared Lane Markings should be at least
4 feet from the face of the curb, or from
207 ‘‘San
Francisco’s Shared Lane Pavement
Markings: Improving Bicycle Safety,’’ Final Report,
February 2004, prepared for the City of San
Francisco Department of Traffic and Parking by Alta
Planning and Design can be viewed at the following
Internet Web site: https://www.sfmta.com/cms/
uploadedfiles/dpt/bike/Bike_Plan/Shared%20
Lane%20Marking%20Full%20Report-052404.pdf.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
the edge of the pavement where there is
no curb. Some commenters felt that the
4-foot distance was too close to the curb,
while others stated that it is preferable
to install the marking closer to the curb.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts the
language as proposed in the NPA,
because it is a recommendation for
minimum lateral clearances, therefore
engineering judgment can be used if
slightly reduced lateral distances are
more appropriate, while larger lateral
clearances can also be implemented.
The FHWA also received comments
from three cities and from a
transportation consultant regarding the
recommended spacing interval between
the Shared Lane Markings. Some
commenters felt that a 250-foot spacing
was too close and some felt that there
should not be a recommended spacing
interval at all. The FHWA believes that
it is important to space the markings no
more than 250 feet apart so that users
can see the next marking from the
previous one, so the FHWA adopts the
recommended 250-foot interval spacing
in this final rule. Since this is a
recommended maximum spacing,
agencies are free to space the markings
at closer intervals if they feel it is
appropriate.
Finally, several commenters
expressed confusion, or the need for
clarity, between the use of the Shared
Lane Marking and the Bicycles May Use
Full Lane (R4–11) sign. The marking
and the sign are two separate devices,
however the FHWA adopts a SUPPORT
statement in this final rule providing a
cross reference to the Bicycles May Use
Full Lane sign and clarifies that the two
devices are not required to be used
together. In addition to the text, the
FHWA in this final rule illustrates the
appropriate design of the marking in
adopted Figure 9C–9 Shared Lane
Marking.
Discussion of Amendments to Appendix
611. As previously discussed in this
preamble under General Amendments
to the MUTCD, in this final rule the
FHWA places information in a new
Appendix A2, with metric equivalent
values for all English unit values used
in the MUTCD.
Rulemaking Analysis and Notices
Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
Planning and Review) and U.S. DOT
Regulatory Policies and Procedures
The FHWA has determined that this
action is not a significant regulatory
action within the meaning of Executive
Order 12866 or significant within the
meaning of U.S. Department of
Transportation regulatory policies and
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
procedures. The economic impact of
this rulemaking will be minimal. Most
of the changes in this final rule provide
additional guidance, clarification, and
optional applications for traffic control
devices. The FHWA believes that the
uniform application of traffic control
devices will greatly improve the traffic
operations efficiency and roadway
safety. The standards, guidance, and
support are also used to create
uniformity and to enhance safety and
mobility at little additional expense to
public agencies or the motoring public.
In addition these changes do not create
a serious inconsistency with any other
agency’s action or materially alter the
budgetary impact of any entitlements,
grants, user fees, or loan programs.
Therefore, a full regulatory evaluation is
not required.
Regulatory Flexibility Act
In compliance with the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96–354, 5 U.S.C.
601–612), the FHWA has evaluated the
effects of these changes on small
entities. This final rule adds some
alternative traffic control devices and
only a very limited number of new or
changed requirements. Most of the
changes are expanded guidance and
clarification information. The FHWA
hereby certifies that this action will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
This rule does not impose unfunded
mandates as defined by the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L.
104–4, 109 Stat. 48, March 22, 1995).
The revisions directed by this action can
be phased in by the States over specified
time periods in order to minimize
hardship. The changes made to traffic
control devices that would require an
expenditure of funds all have future
effective dates sufficiently long to allow
normal maintenance funds to replace
the devices at the end of the material
life-cycle. To the extent the revisions
require expenditures by the State and
local governments on Federal-aid
projects, they are reimbursable. This
does not impose a Federal mandate
resulting in the expenditure by State,
local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$128.1 million or more in any one year
(2 U.S.C. 1532).
Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
This action has been analyzed in
accordance with the principles and
criteria contained in Executive Order
13132 dated August 4, 1999, and the
FHWA has determined that this action
does not have sufficient federalism
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
implications to warrant the preparation
of a federalism assessment. The FHWA
has also determined that this
rulemaking will not preempt any State
law or State regulation or affect the
States’ ability to discharge traditional
State governmental functions. The
MUTCD is incorporated by reference in
23 CFR part 655, subpart F. These
amendments are in keeping with the
Secretary of Transportation’s authority
under 23 U.S.C. 109(d), 315, and 402(a)
to promulgate uniform guidelines to
promote the safe and efficient use of the
highway. The overriding safety benefits
of the uniformity prescribed by the
MUTCD are shared by all of the State
and local governments, and changes
made to this rule are directed at
enhancing safety. To the extent that
these amendments override any existing
State requirements regarding traffic
control devices, they do so in the
interest of national uniformity.
Executive Order 13175 (Tribal
Consultation)
The FHWA has analyzed this action
under Executive Order 13175, dated
November 6, 2000, and believes that it
will not have substantial direct effects
on one or more Indian tribes; will not
impose substantial direct compliance
costs on Indian tribal governments; and
will not preempt tribal law. Therefore,
a tribal summary impact statement is
not required.
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects)
The FHWA has analyzed this final
rule under Executive Order 13211,
Actions Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use. We have
determined that it is not a significant
energy action under that order because
it is not a significant regulatory action
under Executive Order 12866 and is not
likely to have a significant adverse effect
on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy. Therefore, a Statement of Energy
Effects under Executive Order 13211 is
not required.
Executive Order 12372
(Intergovernmental Review)
Catalog of Federal Domestic
Assistance program Number 20.205,
Highway Planning and Construction.
The regulations implementing Executive
Order 12372 regarding
intergovernmental consultation on
Federal programs and activities apply to
this program.
Paperwork Reduction Act
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501, et seq.),
Federal agencies must obtain approval
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
66861
from the Office of Management and
Budget for each collection of
information they conduct, sponsor, or
require through regulations. The FHWA
has determined that this action does not
contain collection information
requirements for purposes of the PRA.
104, 109(d), 114(a), 217, 315, and 402(a),
and as discussed in the preamble, the
FHWA amends title 23, Code of Federal
Regulations as follows:
Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice
Reform)
This action meets applicable
standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of
Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice
Reform, to minimize litigation, to
eliminate ambiguity, and to reduce
burden.
■
Executive Order 13045 (Protection of
Children)
The FHWA has analyzed this action
under Executive Order 13045,
Protection of Children from
Environmental Health Risks and Safety
Risks. The FHWA certifies that this
action does not concern an
environmental risk to health or safety
that may disproportionately affect
children.
Executive Order 12630 (Taking of
Private Property)
The FHWA does not anticipate that
this action will affect a taking of private
property or otherwise have taking
implications under Executive Order
12630, Governmental Actions and
Interference with Constitutionally
Protected Property Rights.
National Environmental Policy Act
The agency has analyzed this final
rule for the purpose of the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42
U.S.C. 4321–4347) and has determined
that it does not have any effect on the
quality of the environment.
Regulation Identification Number
A regulation identification number
(RIN) is assigned to each regulatory
action listed in the Unified Agenda of
Federal Regulations. The Regulatory
Information Service Center publishes
the Unified Agenda in April and
October of each year. The RIN contained
in the heading of this document can be
used to cross reference this action with
the Unified Agenda.
List of Subjects in 23 CFR Part 655
Design standards, Grant programs—
Transportation, Highways and roads,
Incorporation by reference, Signs,
Traffic regulations.
Issued on: November 18, 2009.
Jeffrey F. Paniati,
Executive Director.
In consideration of the foregoing,
under the authority of 23 U.S.C 101(a),
■
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
PART 634—[REMOVED AND
RESERVED]
1. Remove Part 634 .
PART 655—TRAFFIC OPERATIONS
2. The authority citation for part 655
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 23 U.S.C. 101(a), 104, 109(d),
114(a), 217, 315, and 402(a); 23 CFR 1.32;
and, 49 CFR 1.48(b).
3. Revise paragraph (a) of § 655.601, to
read as follows:
■
§ 655.601
Purpose.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways
(MUTCD), 2009 Edition, FHWA, dated
November 4, 2009. This publication is
incorporated by reference in accordance
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51
and is on file at the National Archives
and Records Administration (NARA).
For information on the availability of
this material at NARA call (202) 741–
6030, or go to https://www.archives.gov/
Federal_register/code_of_
Federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
It is available for inspection and
copying at the Federal Highway
Administration, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590,
telephone 202–366–1993, as provided in
49 CFR part 7. The text is also available
from the FHWA Office of Operations
Web site at: http//mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. In § 655.603, revise paragraph (a) to
read as follows:
§ 655.603
Standards.
(a) National MUTCD. The MUTCD
approved by the Federal Highway
Administrator is the national standard
for all traffic control devices installed
on any street, highway, or bicycle trail
open to public travel in accordance with
23 U.S.C. 109(d) and 402(a). For the
purpose of MUTCD applicability, open
to public travel includes toll roads and
roads within shopping centers, airports,
sports arenas, and other similar business
and/or recreation facilities that are
privately owned but where the public is
allowed to travel without access
restrictions. Except for gated toll roads,
roads within private gated properties
where access is restricted at all times are
not included in this definition. Parking
areas, driving aisles within parking
areas, and private highway-rail grade
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
66862
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
crossings are also not included in this
definition.
*
*
*
*
*
Appendix to Subpart F of Part 655—
[Amended]
5. In Table 1 is amended by revising
the daytime chromaticity coordinates
for the color Purple as follows:
■
TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—DAYTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR RETROREFLECTIVE
MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER AND 45/0 (0/45) GEOMETRY AND CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT D65
1
2
3
4
Color
x
*
*
*
Purple ................................................................................................
*
*
*
*
*
y
*
0.302
x
0.064
y
*
0.310
x
0.210
y
*
0.380
x
0.255
y
*
0.468
0.140
6. Table 2 is amended by adding the
nighttime chromaticity coordinates for
the color Purple as follows:
■
TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—NIGHTTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR RETROREFLECTIVE MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER AND OBSERVATION ANGLE OF 0.33°, ENTRANCE ANGLE OF +5° AND CIE
STANDARD ILLUMINANT A
1
2
3
4
Color
x
*
*
*
Purple ................................................................................................
7. Table 3 is amended by revising the
daytime chromaticity coordinates for
the color Fluorescent Pink, and by
■
y
*
0.355
x
0.088
y
*
0.385
x
0.288
adding after Fluorescent Pink the color
Fluorescent Red and its daytime
y
*
0.500
x
0.350
y
*
0.635
0.221
chromaticity coordinates, for
retroreflective sign material as follows:
TABLE 3 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—DAYTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR FLUORESCENT
RETROREFLECTIVE MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER AND 45/0 (0/45) GEOMETRY AND CIE STANDARD
ILLUMINANT D65
1
2
3
4
5
Color
x
*
*
Fluorescent Pink ................................................
Fluorescent Red ................................................
8. Table 3A is amended by adding
after Fluorescent Pink the color
Fluorescent Red and its daytime
luminance factor limits for
y
*
0.600
0.666
x
0.340
0.334
y
*
0.450
0.613
x
0.332
0.333
y
*
0.430
0.671
retroreflective sign material as follows:
Table 3A to Appendix to Part 655,
Subpart F—Daytime Luminance Factors
(%) for Fluorescent Retroreflective
■
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
Color
9. Table 4 is amended by adding after
Fluorescent Green the color Fluorescent
Red and its nighttime chromaticity
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
0.275
0.275
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
x
0.230
0.265
y
*
0.644
0.221
............ ............
Material with CIE 2° Standard Observer
and 45/0 (0/45) Geometry and CIE
Standard Illuminant D65.
Max
*
YF
*
20
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
*
30
coordinates for retroreflective sign
material as follows:
PO 00000
y
*
0.536
9.735
Min
*
*
*
*
Fluorescent Red ...............................................................................................................
■
x
16DER2
15
66863
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 4 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—NIGHTTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR FLUORESCENT
RETROREFLECTIVE MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER AND OBSERVATION ANGLE OF 0.33°, ENTRANCE
ANGLE OF +5° AND CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT A
1
2
3
4
Color
x
*
*
*
Fluorescent Red ................................................................................
10. Table 5 is amended by adding after
the color Blue the daytime chromaticity
■
y
*
0.680
x
0.320
y
*
0.645
0.320
x
y
*
0.712
x
0.253
y
*
0.735
0.265
coordinates for Purple retroreflective
pavement marking material as follows:
TABLE 5 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—DAYTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR RETROREFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER AND 45/0 (0/45) GEOMETRY AND CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT D65
1
2
3
4
Color
x
*
*
*
Purple ................................................................................................
11. Table 5A is amended by adding
after the color Blue the daytime
luminance factors for Purple
y
*
0.300
x
0.064
y
*
0.309
0.260
x
y
*
0.362
x
0.295
y
*
0.475
0.144
retroreflective pavement marking
material as follows:
■
TABLE 5A TO PART 655, SUBPART F—DAYTIME LUMINANCE FACTORS (%) FOR RETROREFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKING
MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDAR OBSERVER AND 45/0 (0/45) GEOMETRY AND CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT D65
Color
Min
*
*
*
*
*
Purple ...............................................................................................................................................................
12. Table 6 is amended by adding after
the color Yellow, the nighttime
chromaticity coordinates for Purple
■
Max
*
*
5
15
retroreflective pavement marking
material as follows:
TABLE 6 TO APPENDIX TO PART 655, SUBPART F—NIGHTTIME COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS FOR RETROREFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL WITH CIE 2° STANDARD OBSERVER, OBSERVATION ANGLE OF 1.05°, ENTRANCE
ANGLE OF +88.76° AND CIE STANDARD ILLUMINANT A
1
2
3
4
Color
x
*
*
*
Purple ................................................................................................
y
*
0.338
x
0.080
*
0.425
y
0.365
x
*
0.470
WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with RULES2
[FR Doc. E9–28322 Filed 12–15–09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910–22–P
VerDate Nov<24>2008
15:05 Dec 15, 2009
Jkt 220001
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\16DER2.SGM
16DER2
y
0.385
x
*
0.635
y
0.221
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 74, Number 240 (Wednesday, December 16, 2009)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 66730-66863]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E9-28322]
[[Page 66729]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Highway Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
23 CFR Part 655
National Standards for Traffic Control Devices; the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways; Revision; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 74 , No. 240 / Wednesday, December 16, 2009 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 66730]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Highway Administration
23 CFR Part 655
[FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2007-28977]
RIN 2125-AF22
National Standards for Traffic Control Devices; the Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways; Revision
AGENCY: Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), (DOT).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways (MUTCD) (also referred to as ``the Manual'') is incorporated
by reference within our regulations, approved by the Federal Highway
Administration, and recognized as the national standard for traffic
control devices used on all public roads. The purpose of this final
rule is to revise standards, guidance, options, and supporting
information relating to the traffic control devices in all parts of the
MUTCD to expedite traffic, promote uniformity, improve safety, and
incorporate technology advances in traffic control device application.
The MUTCD, with these changes incorporated, is being designated as the
2009 Edition of the MUTCD.
DATES: Effective Date: This final rule is effective January 15, 2010.
The incorporation by reference of the publication listed in this
regulation is approved by the Director of the Office of the Federal
Register as of January 15, 2010.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Hari Kalla, Office of
Transportation Operations, (202) 366-5915; or Mr. Raymond Cuprill,
Office of the Chief Counsel, (202) 366-0791, Federal Highway
Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC 20590. Office
hours are from 7:45 a.m. to 4:15 p.m., e.t., Monday through Friday,
except Federal holidays.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This document, the notice of proposed amendments (NPA), and all
comments received may be viewed online through the Federal eRulemaking
portal at: https://www.regulations.gov. Electronic submission and
retrieval help and guidelines are available under the help section of
the Web site. It is available 24 hours each day, 365 days each year.
Please follow the instructions. An electronic copy of this document may
also be downloaded from the Office of the Federal Register's home page
at: https://www.archives.gov and the Government Printing Office's Web
page at: https://www.access.gpo.gov/nara.
Background
On January 2, 2008, at 73 FR 268, the FHWA published an NPA
proposing revisions to the MUTCD. Those changes were proposed to be
designated as the next edition of the MUTCD. Interested persons were
invited to submit comments to FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2007-28977. Based on
the comments received and its own experience, the FHWA is issuing a
final rule and is designating the MUTCD, with these changes
incorporated, as the 2009 Edition of the MUTCD.
The text of the 2009 Edition of the MUTCD, with these final rule
changes incorporated, and documents showing the adopted changes from
the 2003 Edition, are available for inspection and copying, as
prescribed in 49 CFR part 7, at the FHWA Office of Transportation
Operations (HOTO-1), 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.
Furthermore, the text of the 2009 Edition of the MUTCD, with these
final rule changes incorporated, and documents showing the adopted
changes from the 2003 Edition, are available on the FHWA's MUTCD
Internet site https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. The previous version of the
MUTCD, the 2003 MUTCD with Revisions 1 and 2 incorporated, is also
available on this Internet site. The 2009 Edition supersedes all
previous editions and revisions of the MUTCD.
Summary of Comments
The FHWA received 1,841 letters submitted to the docket, containing
over 15,000 individual comments on the MUTCD in general or on one or
more parts, chapters, sections, or paragraphs contained in the MUTCD.
The National Committee on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (NCUTCD),
State Departments of Transportation (DOTs), city and county government
agencies, Federal government agencies, consulting firms, private
industry, associations, other organizations, and individual private
citizens submitted comments. The FHWA has reviewed and analyzed all of
the comments received. The NCUTCD comments included support for all
items in the NPA except as otherwise indicated. The significant
comments and summaries of the FHWA's analyses and determinations are
discussed below. General comments and significant global changes
throughout the MUTCD are discussed first, followed by discussion of
significant comments and adopted changes in each of the individual
Parts of the MUTCD. All of the items discussed below were proposed in
the NPA unless otherwise indicated.
Discussion of General Amendments to the MUTCD
1. The FHWA received several general comments from State DOTs,
local agencies, associations, and citizens regarding the NPA. Two local
agencies, a traffic control device vendor, an association, and two
citizens expressed general support for the changes in the MUTCD, such
as incorporating into the MUTCD recommendations of the Older Driver
Handbook, the Synthesis of Non-MUTCD Traffic Signs, and new
technologies. In addition to the overall general comments, some of the
commenters had specific comments that relate to the entire MUTCD. Those
topics that the FHWA considers to be substantive and non-editorial in
nature are discussed in the following items within this section.
2. The NCUTCD submitted a letter suggesting that the FHWA issue a
supplemental notice of proposed amendments (SNPA). Fourteen State DOTs,
AASHTO, and the Chair of the NCUTCD submitted duplicate copies of the
NCUTCD's letter in support of an SNPA. In addition, three State DOTs, a
county DOT, an NCUTCD member, and a traffic engineering consultant also
stated support for the NCUTCD's letter. The NCUTCD's letter included
the following statements in support of an SNPA:
1. The NPA did not include a quantified assessment of the economic
impacts of the proposed changes on public agencies and the private
sector.
2. More details are needed regarding some of the proposed changes
and some of the proposed changes need to be reorganized or reformatted.
3. The extent of the proposed changes and the number of expected
comments is such that the final rule would be significantly different
from the NPA version, and would therefore constitute a new document
which should be reviewed as an SNPA prior to becoming a final rule.
4. Because of the interconnectivity between the language in the
various sections, chapters, and parts, a change in one section might
have impacts on multiple other sections. Therefore, an SNPA is needed
in order to have the opportunity to review additional changes resulting
from responses to comments to assess whether they are consistent with
each other.
[[Page 66731]]
5. There is precedent for issuing multiple proposed rules for
changes to the MUTCD.
6. It is essential that the FHWA provide an opportunity to review
the FHWA responses to the docket so that implementation and liability
changes can be identified, assessed, and discussed before a final rule
is published.
7. An SNPA is needed to assess the FHWA response to comments and
evaluate the level of engineering flexibility that will be provided in
the next edition of the MUTCD.
Five State DOTs, a local agency, nine toll road operators, a major
retail business owner, and a traffic engineering consultant also
expressed general support for an SNPA.
Two bicycle associations, a traffic engineering consultant, and a
citizen disagreed with the need for an SNPA and requested that FHWA
publish a final rule. The two bicycle associations suggested that if an
SNPA were to be published instead of a final rule, the FHWA should
issue Interim Approvals for all new devices and applications in Part 9
so that public agencies can begin installing them to improve conditions
for bicyclists.
The FHWA carefully reviewed and considered the concerns both for
and against issuing an SNPA and decided that an SNPA is not necessary
or appropriate. The FHWA determined that the seven specific statements
cited by the NCUTCD in support of an SNPA do not justify delaying the
finalization of a new edition of the MUTCD that will significantly
improve the safety and efficiency of highway travel. Additionally, in
making decisions in the final rule regarding the various technical
issues cited in the letters from the NCUTCD and others who requested an
SNPA, the FHWA has taken into consideration the concerns expressed. To
address the concerns, in most cases the FHWA has revised certain
provisions to make them less restrictive or has deleted from the final
rule certain provisions that were proposed in the NPA, has reorganized
and reformatted material to clarify it, and has eliminated specific
target compliance dates or established long compliance periods
consistent with service lives of the devices. In most cases the new
provisions apply only to new installations or reconstructions of
devices, and the provisions for systematic upgrading cited in Section
655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal Regulations \1\ allow
existing noncompliant devices in good condition to remain in place
until the end of their service lives, thus minimizing any impacts of
new requirements on State or local highway agencies and owners of
private roads open to public travel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The Code of Federal Regulations can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/CFR/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. The FHWA received comments from three local agency DOTs, an
association of counties, and a citizen suggesting that there are too
many proposed changes to the MUTCD and that many of the changes are too
complex. The FHWA believes that continuously updating the MUTCD is
necessary in order to incorporate advances in technology, new research
results, and state of the practice in traffic control devices. Since
the MUTCD's purpose is to improve safety and efficiency, the MUTCD must
be revised to remain current with these new technologies and
applications.
4. A State DOT, 10 local agency DOTs, an association representing
local DOTs, and a traffic engineering consultant expressed concern that
there were too many new STANDARD statements (or GUIDANCE statements
elevated to STANDARD statements) in the proposed revisions, and that
the large number of changes places an undue financial burden on
agencies. The FHWA believes that the changes to the MUTCD will provide
improved uniformity in traffic control device applications across the
country, thereby increasing safety, and that the additional Standards
will not result in undue financial burden on agencies. As discussed
under Amendments to the MUTCD Introduction, in the vast majority of
cases existing devices in good condition that are not in compliance
with new standards can remain in place for the remainder of their
service life, thus minimizing any impacts of new requirements on State
or local highway agencies and owners of private roads open to public
travel.
5. The FHWA received comments from a State DOT and three city DOTs
opposing the scope of the changes within the MUTCD and suggesting that
many of the changes are more appropriate for a handbook, rather than
the MUTCD. Several of the commenters expressed concern that the MUTCD
was becoming more prescriptive in nature, thus limiting creativity,
flexibility, and judgment. The FHWA believes that the widespread use of
the MUTCD by State and local agencies and design professionals, and its
importance as a Federal regulation for traffic control devices
justifies the level of detail incorporated in the MUTCD. Further, the
FHWA believes that sufficient justification has been provided for any
new standards and that ample latitude for flexibility and judgment is
provided in the application of Guidance and Options in the MUTCD.
6. The FHWA adopts a new cover page for this edition of the MUTCD
that maintains general consistency with covers of previous editions,
but with changes to give it a distinctive appearance to minimize the
possibility of confusion by users. The date of this edition, which is
identified on the cover and elsewhere within the document, is the year
in which the final rule is issued.
7. The FHWA includes paragraph numbers in the margins for each
paragraph of each section for the final page images of this edition of
the MUTCD. The FHWA includes these paragraph numbers in order to aid
practitioners in referencing the MUTCD, as well as to assist readers of
future MUTCD notices of proposed amendments. The FHWA posted sample
pages on its MUTCD Web site showing four possible methods for paragraph
numbering and as part of the NPA asked interested persons to review the
sample pages and provide comments to the docket on the paragraph
numbering options. Based on comments, the FHWA numbers the paragraphs
in the manner that was shown as Alternative 3, with dark
numerals outside the margin, and in a font that is easy to read without
being distracting.
8. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and a citizen provided comments
regarding the format of MUTCD pages, print style, numbering of
sections, etc. Based on a comment from the NCUTCD, the FHWA changes the
font of GUIDANCE statements to italics to distinguish them from OPTION
and SUPPORT statements. As part of this change, the FHWA eliminates
italics from the titles of figures and tables.
9. The FHWA received several comments regarding the use of metric
units in the MUTCD. The NCUTCD, six State DOTs, ATSSA, an NCUTCD
member, and two traffic engineering consultants suggested that the
metric units be removed in their entirety or that the English units
precede the metric units, and a traffic engineering consultant
suggested that the MUTCD continue to be issued with both systems of
measurement. Because metric units are not currently used in the U.S.
for traffic control device applications, the FHWA determines that only
English units are to be used in the MUTCD text, figures, and tables and
places metric
[[Page 66732]]
equivalent values for all English unit values used in the MUTCD in a
new Appendix A2 in this final rule. This preserves the soft conversions
of the English to metric values in the MUTCD while also providing a
document that is less cumbersome to read and apply. This change is
consistent with an Informational Memorandum from FHWA's Executive
Director, dated November 25, 2008,\2\ stating that use of metric
measurements will now be optional in all FHWA documents, including
letters, memoranda, publications, reports, and information on FHWA Web
sites.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Informational Memorandum, ``Update on Metric Use
Requirements for FHWA Documents,'' by Jeffrey Paniati, dated
November 25, 2008, can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1108metr.cfm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Throughout the MUTCD, the FHWA incorporates minor changes in
text, figures, and tables for grammatical or style consistency, to
improve consistency with related text or figures, to improve clarity,
or to correct minor errors. Where the FHWA adds a new chapter within a
part of the MUTCD, a new section within a chapter of the MUTCD, or a
new item within a listing, the chapters or sections or items that
follow the addition are renumbered or relettered accordingly. All
Tables of Contents, Lists of Figures, Lists of Tables, and page headers
and footers are revised as appropriate to reflect the changes.
11. The FHWA modifies figures and tables to reflect changes in the
text and adds figures and tables to illustrate new or revised text.
12. In various sections of the Manual, the FHWA relocates
statements or paragraphs in order to place subject material together in
logical order, to provide continuity, or to improve flow. In addition,
the FHWA changes the titles of some sections, figures, and tables in
order to more accurately describe the content.
13. As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA removes the phrase
``reasonably safe'' throughout the Manual because it cannot be easily
defined, and as a result it is open to too much subjective
interpretation. The FHWA received a comment from a local DOT opposed to
this revision, stating that there are some circumstances in the MUTCD
where the phrase ``reasonably safe'' reflects real-world conditions,
and that removing the phrase could pose a liability problem to State
and local agencies in civil litigation. The FHWA disagrees because of
the subjectivity of the term and for each occurrence of the term either
eliminates or replaces the term with suitable language that is more
appropriate.
14. The FHWA changes the references to the book previously titled
``Standard Highway Signs'' to refer to the current title, ``Standard
Highway Signs and Markings.'' This reflects FHWA's change of the title
of that book to more accurately reflect its content, which includes
information regarding pavement markings. The FHWA received a comment
from ATSSA in support of this change. The FHWA also resolves the
inaccuracies between the sign illustrations in the MUTCD and the
``Standard Highway Signs and Markings'' (SHSM) book to the extent
practical in the MUTCD figures.
15. The FHWA conducted a comprehensive review of all of the sign
codes used throughout the Manual, and revises sign codes in several
places in order to provide more consistency and clarity. As part of
this process, the FHWA revises the term ``sign code'' to ``sign
designation'' to avoid confusion with other uses of the word ``code.''
The FHWA received a comment from ATSSA in support of this change. A
State DOT opposed sign nomenclature changes, stating that these changes
could be complex for agencies that catalog sign inventory databases
based on the nomenclature. The FHWA understands the issues related to
inventory databases but determines that the nomenclature changes are
necessary for consistency. The FHWA received a comment from ATSSA
suggesting that the suffix ``w'' be used for word message signs to
avoid confusion with the ``a'' suffix being used for abbreviations in
the route marker series (such as M4-1a and M4-7a). The FHWA disagrees
and uses the ``a'' suffix in sign designations for word message signs
that are alternatives to symbol signs, as presented in the NPA. The
FHWA uses the ``P'' suffix for designations for plaques to clarify that
these devices must accompany a sign and cannot be used alone. ATSSA
supported this change. Also, based on a comment from a citizen, the
FHWA adds a column to the sign size tables in Parts 6 and 9 to cite the
applicable MUTCD Section for each sign so that MUTCD users can review
the pertinent information for each sign. The sign size tables for other
Parts of the MUTCD already have this column.
16. Based on a comment from the NCUTCD that a single location
should be provided where all definitions can be found, the FHWA places
all definitions in Part 1 by relocating to Section 1A.13 all
definitions that were previously contained or repeated in the MUTCD
Introduction and in Parts 2 through 10 of the 2003 MUTCD and in the
NPA.
17. The FHWA adds information in the MUTCD regarding toll plaza
applications, because toll facilities are becoming more common and
there is a need to provide more consistent use of signs, signals, and
markings in advance of and at toll plazas, in order to enhance safety
and convenience for road users. The FHWA adds provisions on toll plaza
traffic control devices to Parts 2, 3, and 4 that reflect the results
of research studies on best practices for traffic control strategies at
toll plazas,\3\ FHWA's policy on toll plaza traffic control devices,\4\
and FHWA's report on ``Strategies for Improving Safety at Toll
Collection Facilities.'' \5\ The NCUTCD and 10 agencies that operate
toll facilities suggested that the toll road related material be placed
in a new, separate Part to facilitate the use of this material. The
FHWA understands that the toll operators would like to have the
information consolidated into one area, but disagrees with adding a
separate Part. Instead, the FHWA creates new chapters for toll plazas
within Parts 2, 3, and 4 and places the new toll-related material in
those chapters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ ``State of the Practice and Recommendations on Traffic
Control Strategies at Toll Plazas,'' June 2006, can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/rpt/tcstoll/index.htm.
\4\ ``Toll Plaza Traffic Control Devices Policy,'' dated
September 8, 2006, can be viewed at the following Internet Web site:
https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/policy/tcstollmemo/tcstoll_policy.htm.
\5\ ``Strategies for Improving Safety at Toll Collection
Facilities,'' Report number FHWA-IF-08-005, May 2008, can be viewed
at the following Internet Web site: https://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/tolling_pricing/resources/report/toll_summary/index.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
18. The FHWA expands the provisions regarding preferential lanes
and adds new provisions regarding managed lanes in various parts of the
MUTCD to address the increasing complexity and use of these types of
lanes. Although four agencies that operate toll facilities expressed
support for the need for increased uniformity in traffic control
devices on managed lanes for the purposes of improving traffic safety,
eight agencies (including some of those who also supported the need for
including toll facilities in the MUTCD) expressed concern that the
changes will place a financial burden on their agency, and two of these
agencies felt that the changes were too restrictive and should reflect
recommendations, rather than requirements. The FHWA understands that
changes in the MUTCD are often met with financial concerns; however,
the FHWA believes that the provisions for systematic upgrading
[[Page 66733]]
cited in Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23, Code of Federal Regulations
\6\ will enable changes associated with the final rule to be
accommodated without significant expense. The information on
preferential and managed lanes is contained primarily in Parts 2 and 3
and is intended to address specific signing and marking issues
associated with High Occupancy Toll (HOT) lanes, variable tolls and
other operational strategies on managed lanes, etc. To better
facilitate user understanding, the FHWA creates new chapters for
preferential and managed lanes in Parts 2 and 3 and places the new and
existing material on those subjects in those chapters. In addition, as
proposed in the NPA, the FHWA eliminates some information regarding
preferential lanes that is too specific for the MUTCD because it deals
with highway planning and programmatic matters rather than the traffic
control devices for preferential lanes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The Code of Federal Regulations can be viewed at the
following Internet Web site: https://www.gpoaccess.gov/CFR/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. The FHWA received comments from a variety of commenters on
subject material that was not included in the NPA. In some cases those
comments pertain to existing subject matter in the 2003 Edition that
was not proposed for change in the NPA, while in other cases the
commenters suggest new material for the MUTCD such as new signs or
different traffic control device applications from those included in
the 2003 Edition or the NPA. Comments received during the comment
period that were outside the scope of this rulemaking are neither
discussed in this preamble nor addressed in the final rule. The FHWA
appreciates these comments, and might consider some of these ideas for
potential future rulemaking activities.
Discussion of Amendments Within the Introduction
20. The FHWA revises paragraph 01 regarding the definition of
traffic control devices to reflect that traffic control devices on
private roads open to public travel are placed by authority of the
private property owner or private official having jurisdiction. A State
DOT commented that the existing language and that proposed in the NPA
for this paragraph implied that public agencies have the authority to
place traffic control devices on private roads open to public travel.
The FHWA agrees that clarification is needed and revises the text
accordingly.
21. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed revisions and additions to the
text regarding the locations where the MUTCD applies. Two city DOTs, an
NCUTCD member, three transportation professionals, a traffic control
device vendor, and two citizens all supported the changes, as proposed
in the NPA and as currently provided in the CFR, to apply the MUTCD to
private roads open to public travel. Two State DOTs, a local DOT, and
an employee of a State DOT opposed applying the MUTCD to private roads,
mostly because of concerns about enforcement of the provisions. The
FHWA recognizes that enforcement can only occur when a State includes
the requirement to comply with MUTCD in State ordinances, local
building codes, development approvals, site plans, etc., and as a
result of the potential tort liability to the owners of the private
roads. The FHWA believes that public agency traffic engineers are not
expected to enforce this provision for existing conditions on private
roads open to public travel.
Two State DOTs and two toll road operators suggested that the
wording be revised to reflect that toll roads may be operated by
public, quasi-public, or private entities and that toll roads are gated
and restricted by tolling. The FHWA agrees and revises the language in
this final rule and in 23 CFR 655.603(a),\7\ to clarify that, for the
purpose of applicability of the MUTCD, toll roads under the
jurisdiction of public agencies or authorities or of public-private
partnerships are considered to be public facilities, and that ``open to
public travel'' includes private toll roads and roads within shopping
centers, airports, sports arenas, and other similar business and/or
recreation facilities that are privately owned, but where the public is
allowed to travel without access restrictions. To address the comments
from two toll road operators, this final rule language further
clarifies that except for gated toll roads, roads within private gated
properties where public access is restricted at all times shall not be
considered to be open to public travel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule, dated
December 14, 2006, Vol. 71, No. 240, pages 75111-75115, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=fr14de06-6.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The FHWA received several comments from a major retail business
operator suggesting that there are many items in the MUTCD that are not
easily applicable to parking lots within shopping centers and the
driving aisles within those parking lots. The FHWA agrees that, while
MUTCD general principles and standard traffic control device designs
should be used in parking lots, there are some MUTCD provisions that do
not easily translate to conditions typically found in parking lots and
parking garages. The FHWA believes that additional future consideration
is needed to determine appropriate and feasible standards and guidance
for the application of traffic control devices in parking lots.
Therefore, the FHWA exempts parking spaces and driving aisles in
parking lots, both privately and publicly owned, from MUTCD
applicability in this final rule. The MUTCD continues to be applicable
to ring roads, roads providing access to or egress from public roads,
and circulation roads on private property open to public travel.
Accordingly, throughout the MUTCD, where the term ``private property
open to public travel'' was used in the NPA, the FHWA clarifies the
term to be ``private road open to public travel'' and provides a
precise definition of that term in Section 1A.13 in this final rule.
The FHWA also incorporates these changes into 23 CFR 655.603(a).
As proposed in the NPA, the FHWA also modifies the wording of 23
CFR 655.603(a) to remove the exemption from MUTCD applicability for
military bases, based on a request from the Military Surface Deployment
and Distribution Command to include military bases, in order to
facilitate road user safety through conformity and consistency with
national standards.
22. The FHWA adds SUPPORT paragraph 05 to clarify that pictographs
embedded within signs are not in themselves considered traffic control
devices and thus the pictographs are not subject to the provisions in
paragraph 04 that prohibit patented, copyrighted, or trademarked items.
This clarification is necessary to address frequent questions from
users of the MUTCD on this subject.
23. In concert with the change to show dimensions throughout the
MUTCD in only English units, the FHWA revises the text in paragraphs 13
and 14 to provide a reference to new Appendix A2 for tables converting
each of the English unit numerical values to the equivalent Metric
values and to recommend that if metric units are to be used in laying
out distances or determining sizes of devices, such units should be
specified on plan drawings and made known to those responsible for
designing, installing, or maintaining traffic control devices.
24. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to revise the paragraph regarding
adoption of MUTCD revisions by the States or other Federal agencies,
substantial conformance of State or
[[Page 66734]]
other Federal agency MUTCDs or Supplements, and compliance periods for
new and existing devices to reflect the requirements of the Code of
Federal Regulations applicable to the MUTCD that have been in effect
since 2006.\8\ In this final rule, the FHWA further revises the text to
make it clearer and more easily understood by users. The FHWA divides
the single paragraph into several separate paragraphs containing
applicable text on certain subjects that are presented in a more
logical sequence. New text consistent with the CFR is added regarding
compliance of new or reconstructed devices, and Option and Support text
regarding replacement of existing noncompliant devices is revised for
clarity and relocated from the end of the MUTCD Introduction to follow
other related text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The Federal Register Notice for the Final Rule, dated
December 14, 2006, Vol. 71, No. 240, pages 75111-75115, can be
viewed at the following Internet Web site: https://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=2006_register&docid=fr14de06-6.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
25. In the NPA, the FHWA asked for comments regarding the
possibility of incorporating the phase-in target compliance periods
into the body of the MUTCD text throughout the applicable parts and
sections in this Final Rule. The FHWA considered this change because
the list of target compliance periods is lengthy, and it might be more
convenient and effective for practitioners to have target compliance
periods embedded in the text, rather than in a different area of the
Manual. The Minnesota DOT has incorporated the target compliance
periods into its State MUTCD text, and the FHWA asked whether
Minnesota's method is preferable to listing all the target compliance
periods in the MUTCD Introduction. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, a State DOT, a
toll facility operator, an NCUTCD member, and a traffic control device
vendor favored placing the compliance periods within the sections to
which that they pertain. The NCUTCD also suggested that a reference be
placed in the Introduction to a list of all target compliance dates on
the MUTCD Web site. The FHWA understands that there are advantages and
disadvantages to placing the target compliance dates within the text.
Placing the target compliance dates within the sections to which they
apply might result in some agencies delaying action to comply with the
provision until the compliance date approaches. As a result, the FHWA
continues to provide the target compliance date information in the
Introduction, and does not embed the dates within the section text.
However, to consolidate and improve the clarity of this information,
the FHWA relocates the listing of target compliance dates from the body
of the MUTCD Introduction to a new Table I-2.
In new Table I-2, FHWA includes the specific target compliance
dates for those items whose dates were determined through previous
rulemaking, now that the effective dates are known, and deletes from
the listing any items for which the target compliance dates have passed
by the date of the publication of this final rule.
The FHWA deletes most of the large number of new target compliance
dates that were proposed in the NPA. Section 655.603(d)(1) of title 23,
Code of Federal Regulations, states that for existing highways ``each
State, in cooperation with its political subdivisions, and Federal
agency shall have a program as required by 23 U.S.C. 402(a), which
shall include provisions for the systematic upgrading of substandard
traffic control devices and for the installation of needed devices to
achieve conformity with the MUTCD.'' Although the FHWA may establish
specific target compliance dates to achieve compliance with respect to
specific devices, the systematic upgrade program allows public agencies
and officials having jurisdiction to upgrade their existing
noncompliant devices when the devices are no longer serviceable because
they reach the end of their service life or otherwise need to be
replaced, or when other events such as highway improvement or
reconstruction projects occur, thus minimizing any impacts to State or
local highway agencies and owners of private roads open to public
travel. Target compliance periods shorter than expected service life
have generally only been established in unusual cases when a new MUTCD
requirement is deemed to be so critically important from a safety
impact standpoint that it justifies earlier replacement of noncompliant
existing devices. In some cases, the FHWA has adopted target compliance
dates for certain provisions, such as a requirement to do a study or to
evaluate the timing of traffic signal clearance intervals, that are not
directly related to the service life of a device but which the FHWA
believes can be reasonably accommodated within typical agency
procedures and practices. The FHWA reviewed all the proposed target
compliance dates in the NPA in the context of the CFR language, the
general intents stated above, and the comments received, and the FHWA
establishes only 12 new target compliance dates in this final rule.
Each of these new target dates is discussed in detail under the
appropriate item later in this preamble.
Additionally, for new target compliance dates, the FHWA establishes
specific dates (December 31 of a particular year) rather than the
previous practice of setting target compliance dates as a certain
number of years from the effective date of the final rule. The FHWA
believes that specific end of calendar year target compliance dates
will assist MUTCD users by making the dates clear without the need to
determine what date a final rule became effective. It should also be
noted that the target compliance dates define the end of the ``phase-in
compliance period'' as discussed for various items in the remainder of
this document.
Discussion of Amendments Within Part 1
26. In Section 1A.07, Responsibility for Traffic Control Devices,
the FHWA revises paragraphs 01 and 02 to be consistent with the
language of 23 CFR 655.603 regarding the applicability of the MUTCD as
the national standard for all traffic control devices installed on any
street, highway, bikeway, or private road open to public travel. The
FHWA adopts language for these paragraphs in this final rule that is
consistent with terminology regarding private roads as discussed above
under Introduction to the MUTCD.
The FHWA received a comment from a citizen opposed to changing
``bicycle trail'' to ``bikeways'' as proposed in the NPA. However,
because the MUTCD defines bikeway as the generic term for any road,
street, or shared-use path that is specifically designated for bicycle
travel, the FHWA retains the word ``bikeways'' in this final rule.
The FHWA received three comments from local agencies opposed to
including the term ``private property'' because of their belief that
the property owner should be responsible for maintaining traffic
control devices on private property, not a public agency or other
entity. As discussed previously, the FHWA revises the term ``private
property'' to ``private roads.'' To respond to the comments from the
local agencies, the FHWA modifies the language in this final rule to
clarify that, in the case of private roads open to public travel, it is
the property owner or the private official having jurisdiction who is
responsible for traffic control device design, placement, maintenance,
operation, and uniformity, consistent with language in the MUTCD
Introduction.
The FHWA adds a Support sentence in this final rule about adoption
of the national MUTCD, supplements, or State
[[Page 66735]]
manuals by all States and a new GUIDANCE paragraph recommending that
these State manuals or supplements should be reviewed for specific
provisions relating to that State. The NCUTCD recommended these
additions and the FHWA agrees that this is necessary to clarify that
there is a need to review the specific State Manuals for local
requirements.
As requested by the U.S. Military Command, and supported by ATSSA,
the FHWA expands paragraph 07 to add the U.S. Military Command to the
list of Federal agencies that have adopted the national MUTCD.
Two State DOTs opposed the proposed change of paragraph 08 to a
GUIDANCE statement that would recommend that States adopt Section 15-
116 of the Uniform Vehicle Code (UVC) because the adoption of State
laws is outside of the control of State DOTs and is in the hands of
elected officials. The FHWA retains and adopts this change in this
final rule and reiterates that this is GUIDANCE, a statement of
recommended but not mandatory practice, and as a result the MUTCD is
merely recommending the adoption of this section of the UVC by the
States, in accordance with their laws and constitutions.
27. In Section 1A.08 Authority for Placement of Traffic Control
Devices, in the NPA the FHWA proposed adding a new SUPPORT statement
describing certain signs and other devices that do not have any traffic
control purpose that are placed with the permission of the public
agency or official having jurisdiction and a new GUIDANCE statement
that such signs and other devices should not be located where they will
interfere with or detract from traffic control devices. The FHWA
proposed this change to clarify that there are some signs and devices
that are placed within the right-of-way for distinct purposes that are
not traffic control devices. The FHWA received comments from the
NCUTCD, five State DOTs, a local agency, a vendor, and an association
agreeing with the proposed SUPPORT statement. A State DOT, a local DOT,
and a traffic device vendor suggested that some of the items included
in the SUPPORT statement, such as markers to guide snowplow operators,
markers that identify fire hydrant locations, markers that identify
underground utility locations, and design features such as speed humps
are indeed traffic control devices and their application should be
standardized by including them in the MUTCD. The FHWA disagrees with
adding explicit standards for these devices in the MUTCD, noting that
States may establish requirements for these devices and design features
under their adopted policy for use of the public right-of-way. The FHWA
adopts the SUPPORT statement, as proposed in the NPA but with minor
editorial changes, in this final rule.
Based on comments from the NCUTCD, a State DOT, and a toll road
operator, the FHWA changes the proposed GUIDANCE statement to a
STANDARD statement in this final rule to require, rather than just
recommend, that such signs and other devices shall not be located where
they will interfere with or detract from traffic control devices, since
it is important that traffic control devices not be blocked or
interfered with. This is also necessary for consistency with other
provisions in the MUTCD about device placement, such as the
requirements in Sections 2D.50 and 2H.08 that community wayfinding
signs and acknowledgement signs shall not be installed in a position
where they would obscure the road users' view of other traffic control
devices. Signs and other devices that do not have any traffic control
purpose that are placed within the highway right-of-way have even less
importance than community wayfinding and acknowledgement signs.
28. In Section 1A.09 Engineering Study and Engineering Judgment,
the FHWA received comments from the NCUTCD, a State DOT, and two toll
road operators recommending the removal of the existing STANDARD
statement stating that the MUTCD shall not be a legal requirement for
the installation of traffic control devices, because it is a general
provision for all devices in the Manual that is inconsistent with
numerous specific requirements elsewhere in the MUTCD that specific
devices must be installed, and such requirements are ``legal
requirements.'' The commenters also suggested that this Standard
statement may not be consistent with the Guidance statement that
immediately follows it. The FHWA agrees that this STANDARD statement is
not easily understood by users of the MUTCD outside of the legal
profession, but this statement has been the subject of important court
interpretations regarding the applicability of the MUTCD and has legal
significance beyond its plain meaning. The FHWA believes that, in the
future, consideration should be given to removing or revising this
statement, but additional legal study should be undertaken before doing
so. Therefore, the FHWA decides to retain this STANDARD statement but
cautions users of the MUTCD to consult with legal counsel before
attempting to ascertain the meaning of the statement.
The FHWA did not propose in the NPA a significant change to the
second paragraph of the GUIDANCE statement as it appears in the 2003
MUTCD. However, four Kansas counties, the Kansas Association of
Counties, and an engineer from Kansas suggested revising the language
that recommends that jurisdictions with responsibility for traffic
control that do not have engineers on their staffs who are trained and/
or experienced in traffic control devices should seek engineering
assistance from others. The commenters felt that many applications of
the MUTCD are straightforward and well illustrated, and engineering
assistance is not needed. As a result, the commenters felt that the
language should be revised to recommend engineering assistance only if
warranted due to the complexity of the situation. The commenters also
recommended removing language about smaller agencies requesting
assistance of larger agencies because of liability reasons. The FHWA
disagrees with these comments and in this final rule adopts the
revisions to the GUIDANCE statement as proposed in the NPA. However, to
address the concerns, the FHWA also adds a SUPPORT statement noting
that, as part of the Federal-aid Program, each State is required to
have a Local Technology Assistance Program (LTAP) that provides
technical assistance to local highway agencies and that requisite
technical training in the application of the principles of the MUTCD
and, as needed, engineering assistance, is available from the State's
LTAP.
The FHWA received a comment suggesting that the first paragraph of
the GUIDANCE statement in the 2003 MUTCD be revised so that the phrase
``this Manual should not be considered a substitute for engineering
judgment'' cannot be used to ignore Standards based on ``engineering
judgment,'' such as creating new sign symbols. The FHWA agrees that
this language conflicts with other statements in the Manual regarding
the intent and strength of Standards and in this final rule revises the
GUIDANCE statement in Section 1A.09, the definition of the text heading
``Standard'' in Section 1A.13, and the definitions of engineering
judgment and engineering study in Section 1A.13, to resolve the
conflict and to make these statements consistent with each other.
29. In Section 1A.10 Interpretations, Experimentations, Changes,
and Interim Approvals, in the NPA the FHWA proposed to revise paragraph
03 to indicate that electronic submittals of
[[Page 66736]]
requests for interpretation, permission to experiment, interim
approvals, or changes shall be submitted electronically rather than by
standard mail, and proposed to include the e-mail address for such
electronic submittals. As part of this change, the FHWA proposed to add
an OPTION statement that includes the postal address for mailing of
requests in the event that the submitter does not have access to e-
mail. The FHWA received comments from the NCUTCD, a State DOT and two
toll road operators recommending that the STANDARD statement be changed
to GUIDANCE or SUPPORT as this might not be convenient for all
agencies. The FHWA disagrees with these comments as adequate provision
for submission by standard mail is provided in the OPTION statement.
The FHWA is aware that some written requests that are submitted by
standard mail are lost or damaged in the screening of all postal mail
that is sent to FHWA headquarters. As a result, e-mail submittals are
preferred but standard mail submittals are also allowed. The FHWA
adopts in this final rule the STANDARD and OPTION as proposed in the
NPA but with minor editorial changes.
The FHWA in this final rule adopts the proposed change of paragraph
20, regarding local jurisdictions informing their State DOT of
locations where they are using devices under an Interim Approval, to a
GUIDANCE statement (formerly a STANDARD statement in the 2003 MUTCD).
The FHWA received comments from a State DOT and two toll road operators
in support of the revision and a comment from another State DOT opposed
to the revision because of their belief that the local jurisdiction
should be required, rather than merely recommended, to notify the State
DOT of locations where a traffic control device or application under an
interim approval is being used. The FHWA disagrees with this comment as
not all State DOTs believe that such notifications are needed and
because State DOTs can require such notification when they adopt the
MUTCD.
The FHWA received a comment from a State DOT suggesting that a new
STANDARD statement as proposed in the NPA be expanded to also require
that jurisdictions check with their State DOT for official status of an
Interim Approval in their State before requesting permission from the
FHWA. The FHWA agrees with the concept and adopts a new GUIDANCE
paragraph 21 in this final rule about requests for both experimentation
and interim approvals, which recommends that local agencies be aware of
any State requirements and policies that might apply to these
processes.
30. In Section 1A.11 Relation to Other Publications, the FHWA
proposed in the NPA to add four FHWA publications and a publication by
the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The FHWA publications
cover topics such as roundabouts, designing sidewalks and trails for
access, older drivers, and ramp management and control. The ANSI
publication discusses high-visibility public safety vests. In addition,
the FHWA proposed revising the list to reflect current editions of the
publications and adding Web site addresses to obtain the documents. The
FHWA adopts these new publications and revisions in this final rule. In
addition, based on comments from the NCUTCD, a utility commission, and
an engineering consultant, the FHWA adds several other new publications
that are useful sources of information. These publications include four
FHWA documents covering topics in signal timing, signalized
intersections, railroad-highway grade crossings, and changeable message
signs and an AASHTO publication on pedestrian facilities.
31. In Section 1A.12 Color Code, in the NPA the FHWA proposed
adding to the STANDARD statement the assignment of the color purple to
indicate facilities or lanes that are allowed to be used only by
vehicles equipped with electronic toll collection (ETC) devices. ATSSA,
a State DOT, four toll road operators, a traffic control device vendor,
and a citizen all supported adding the color purple for signing and
marking ETC facilities and lanes. A toll road operator in Florida
stated that their past experience has shown that the color purple fades
rapidly in Florida and will likely do so in other States with similar
climates. A toll road operator in Texas questioned whether there were
any purple materials for signs and markings that would meet Texas DOT
durability and nighttime standards. The Illinois Tollway expressed a
similar concern about challenges in design and application to ensure
that effective color contrast is provided under all circumstances. The
FHWA disagrees with comments that adequate materials do not exist,
particularly with the adjustment in color values discussed below, and
incorporates this change to readily identify such facilities or lanes
using signs and pavement markings as discussed in the changes in Parts
2 and 3. As a part of the change, in this final rule the FHWA revises
the text to reflect the intended general use of the color purple for
lanes restricted to use only by vehicles with registered electronic
toll accounts, such as in ETC systems utilizing transponders or video/
license plate recognition systems to identify a vehicle with a
registered toll account. Where a toll lane or facility is not
restricted to specific vehicles and any vehicle without a toll account
can use a toll lane or facility because a license plate recognition
system sends the vehicle owner a bill for the toll, the use of the
color purple is inappropriate.
Color specifications for signing and marking materials are
contained in title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations, part 655,
appendix to subpart F, Tables 1 through 6. The FHWA received a comment
from a signing material manufacturer stating that the proposed values
for the color coordinates in the NPA were too restrictive. Based on
retroreflectivity evaluations, the commenter suggested that the daytime
chromaticity coordinates for the purple colored sign sheeting be
shifted to a redder shade, and that a new set of chromaticity
coordinates be generated for a nighttime color that also allows for a
redder shift and that might be different from the daytime requirements.
A toll road operator suggested that the color purple designated by the
chromaticity coordinates is not the same hue as the color their agency
currently uses. The FHWA has reviewed the color properties of the
purple signing materials available from a variety of manufacturers and
adopts daytime and nighttime color coordinates for purple
retroreflective sign material (Tables 1 and 2) that are slightly
revised from the values that were proposed in the NPA. The adopted
daytime color coordinates are based on a large series of measurements
of various purple materials that are close to or match the Pantone
color selected by the EZ-Pass consortium. With the minor adjustments as
adopted, there are sufficient materials that meet the values to provide
for competition, but without reducing color recognition. The adopted
nighttime color coordinates are similar to the nighttime coordinates
for purple pavement markings. The FHWA also adopts daytime and
nighttime color coordinates and luminance factors for purple
retroreflective marking material (Tables 5, 5A, and 6) as proposed in
the NPA. The values for purple in the tables are as indicated below (no
change in the existing values for luminance factors for purple as
contained in Table 1A):
[[Page 66737]]
Table 1--Daytime Chromaticity Coordinates for Purple Retroreflective
Sign Material
------------------------------------------------------------------------
x y
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.302 0.064
0.310 0.210
0.380 0.255
0.468 0.140
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2--Nighttime Chromaticity Coordinates for Purple Retroreflective
Sign Material
------------------------------------------------------------------------
x y
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.355 0.088
0.385 0.288
0.500 0.350
0.635 0.221
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5--Daytime Chromaticity Coordinates for Purple Retroreflective
Pavement Marking Material
------------------------------------------------------------------------
x y
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.300 0.064
0.309 0.260
0.362 0.295
0.475 0.144
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5A--Daytime Luminance Factors for Purple Retroreflective Pavement
Marking Material
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 15
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6--Nighttime Chromaticity Coordinates for Purple Retroreflective
Pavement Marking Material
------------------------------------------------------------------------
x y
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.338 0.380
0.425 0.365
0.470 0.385
0.635 0.221
------------------------------------------------------------------------
32. In Section 1A.13 Definitions of Headings, Words and Phrases in
This Manual, as discussed previously, the FHWA places all definitions
in Part 1 by relocating to Section 1A.13 all definitions that were
previously contained or repeated in the MUTCD Introduction and in Parts
2 through 10. In regard to the definitions of the text headings
``Standard'' and ``Guidance,'' the FHWA clarifies that the verb ``may''
is not used in STANDARD or GUIDANCE statements, based on comments from
a State DOT. Also based on a State DOT comment, the FHWA further
clarifies the definition of STANDARD statements by adding that such
statements shall not be modified or compromised based on engineering
judgment or engineering studies. This prohibition has always been
inherent in the meaning of Standards, but the FHWA is aware of cases
where the lack of explicit text to this effect has resulted in the
misapplication of engineering judgment or studies. Some agencies
believed that Standards could be ignored based on engineering judgment
or an engineering study, which is not the case.
Additionally, the FHWA revises the definitions for various words
and phrases to better reflect accepted practice and terminologies and
for consistency in the usage of these terms in one or more Parts of the
MUTCD. Except as specifically discussed, there were a few comments of
an editorial nature regarding some of these definitions that the FHWA
incorporates in this final rule, as appropriate.
The FHWA proposed in the NPA to specify that the height of a raised
pavement marker is not to exceed approximately 1 inch above the road
surface, rather than specifying a minimum height, in order to clarify
that tubular markers and other similar devices that might be placed on
or in the roadway are not raised pavement markers. Based on
recommendations from the NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and a traffic control
device manufacturer, the FHWA changes the height requirement of a
raised pavement marker to not exceed 1 inch for a permanent marker or 2
inches for a temporary flexible marker and references Part 6 for
information on temporary flexible markers.
The FHWA clarifies the definition of ``intersection'' to reflect
comments from three State DOTs, two city DOTs, and an NCUTCD member
suggesting that several of the items within the definition were
confusing and needed clarification. The FHWA also clarifies the
definition of ``special purpose road'' by deleting the phrase ``or that
provides local access,'' because the definition in the 2003 MUTCD was
overly broad. The FHWA received comments from two local DOTs in
Washington State opposed to the FHWA's proposed clarification that
neighborhood residential streets are not special-purpose roads and
signing for such streets should be the same as that for other
conventional roads. One of those commenters suggested that neighborhood
residential streets should be treated differently from other
conventional roads and suggested that there should be two classes of
conventional roads: High-speed and low-speed. The FHWA disagrees with
the commenters and retains the definition, as proposed in the NPA in
Section 2A.01, and notes that neighborhood streets are two-lane
conventional roads within the definition for ``conventional road.''
The FHWA also adds definitions for a variety of new terms to the
list of definitions because they are used in the MUTCD and need to be
defined. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed using the term ``hybrid
signal;'' however, based on comments from two State DOTs and three city
DOTs, the FHWA changes the term ``hybrid signal'' to ``hybrid beacon''
throughout the MUTCD to emphasize that it is not intended that
approaching vehicles stop at a dark beacon face as they are required to
do at a dark traffic control signal in some States. To address comments
from the NCUTCD, two State DOTs, and seven agencies that operate toll
facilities, the FHWA adopts the definition for ``open road tolling
(ORT),'' rather than ``open road electronic toll collection'' as
proposed in the NPA, to match current use of the term. To reflect the
changes discussed previously in the MUTCD Introduction, in this final
rule the FHWA revises the term ``private property open to public
travel'' to ``private road open to public travel'' and clarifies the
definition to reflect that parking areas and driving aisles within
parking areas are not included. The FHWA also adds a definition of
``parking area'' since that term is used in the MUTCD. The FHWA also
makes minor revisions to several definitions to improve clarity and
consistency, as suggested by comments. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed to
include in the definition of the term ``school zone'' that it is an
area where special law enforcement activity or increased fines for
traffic violations are authorized. An NCUTCD member suggested that such
enforcement is not required for the area to be considered a school
zone. The FHWA agrees, and deletes that criterion from the definition
in this final rule. The NCUTCD, two State DOTs, two toll road
operators, and an NCUTCD member suggested that the proposed definition
of ``worker'' be revised to include workers that are not on foot, such
as equipment operators, toll collectors, etc. In addition, the NCUTCD,
a State DOT, and a toll road operator suggested that ``pathway'' also
be added to the definition of ``worker'' since workers on pathways are
also subject to potential harm. The FHWA decides to add pathway to the
[[Page 66738]]
definition, but does not make the other suggested change, because this
definition is general in nature and other specifics about workers are
covered in Section 6D.03.
The FHWA received many comments suggesting other new terms be added
to the list of definitions. In response to the comments received, the
FHWA decides not to add all of the terms suggested, but adds
definitions for ``accessible pedestrian signal detector,'' ``altered
speed zone,'' ``attended lane,'' ``average daily traffic (ADT),''
``downstream,'' ``dropped lane,'' ``ETC account only lane,'' ``exact
change lane,'' ``grade crossing,'' ``lane drop,'' ``open road tolling
point,'' ``overhead sign,'' ``plaque,'' ``post-mounted sign,''
``primary signal face,'' ``pushbutton information message,'' ``rail
traffic,'' ``signing,'' ``statutory speed zone,'' ``supplemental signal
face,'' ``toll booth,'' ``toll island,'' ``toll lane,'' ``toll plaza,''
``toll-ticket system,'' and ``upstream'' because they are used in the
MUTCD and should be defined.
33. The FHWA adds a new section following Section 1A.13. This new
section is numbered and titled Section 1A.14 Meanings of Acronyms and
Abbreviations in This Manual, and contains a STANDARD statement with 42
acronyms and abbreviations and their meanings. The FHWA adds this new
section to assist readers with the acronyms and abbreviations used
throughout the Manual. In the NPA, the FHWA proposed 38 acronyms and
abbreviations. The NCUTCD, ATSSA, and two State DOTs suggested several
more acronyms and abbreviations. The FHWA conducted a review of terms
used more than once in the MUTCD text and/or fig